Monoply

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
DRAFT #1, Dated 10/20/2011
Monopoly
The book that our political class and
the mega-rich and dont want published
By J. Kane Latta
Monopoly is a registered trademark of Hasbro, nc. This book is in no way affiliated with Hasbro, nc. and any use of the
world Monopoly or reference to the board game is in accordance with common public domain usage of the word and
board game.
______________________________________________________________________
Copyright 2011 This draft may be forwarded but ONLY in its entirety. All other rights reserved.
Copyrighted Material
_____________________________________________________________________
A Special Thanks To:
Jacquelyn
Who grounded me and warned in vain about the perils and uphill
battle o speaking the truth while oering her steadast
and unwavering support every step o the way!
Copyright 2011 2
_____________________________________________________________________
Foreord
always knew 'd write a book some day, but never envisioned it would be this one. t
started out with me, just an average citizen, suddenly having something none of us ever
have . . . some spare time. That time, was bestowed by the Great Recession we're all
now living in. Even though we're told it's now over, we all know better.
A news junkie, just like many Americans, was and to this day am not a political junkie
or someone with a natural curiosity about the economy. Only a few pages into this book
and you will question both those assertions, but they are in fact true. f our common
economic plight, within the context of the political arena, had no bearing upon our nation
and my fellow citizens, wouldn't be the least bit interested in either topic. f both the
economic plight of our nation and the political arena had no bearing on people's
everyday lives and future of our nation all the data, numbers and information provided
herein would simply be a waste of your time to read. Well America, if you don't realize it
now, you will realize in time our common economic plight and the context of that
plight within the political arena are just about the only things that really do matter. The
reason for that is quite simple: at a minimum all Americans need to eat and we all need
a roof over our heads. Meeting the two basic human needs of food and shelter are now
in more jeopardy than at any time since the Great Depression and as you will learn
herein the economic challenges ahead are absolutely immense and complicated well
beyond what most Americans now understand. To confront and overcome those
challenges America must now focus solely on three very succinct issues: massive
wealth disparity, a strong U.S. economy and creation of good private sector jobs.
As researched, peeled back the layers and evaluated, became ever more alarmed by
what uncovered. Previous to my research, saw my fellow Americans as a happy go
lucky group of souls living their own respective versions of the American Dream. Now
view my fellow Americans as a humble trusting group of people, being led to their
economic slaughter by a corrupt political class owned by a greedy aristocracy playing a
massive divide and conquer game via diversion and manipulation of the truth in
order to amass even more wealth and power. The cherished and long held idea that
America is a classless society where economic opportunity and upward mobility exists,
as you will discover herein, has never been further from the truth.
With the exception of having an extensive 20+ year career in corporate communications,
business journalism and marketing, 'm no different whatsoever than any other average
American citizen nor does such a background qualify me to write this book. f 'm
qualified to understand and interpret the facts, statistics and implications of this book,
then so are you. 'm merely the messenger of the facts, statistics, data and historical
facts. While of course draw some conclusions from the information, interpretation is up
to readers. Nonetheless, my background does uniquely qualify me to unlock and
decipher spin and sophisticated political manipulation. At the end of the day, it's all
advertising and marketing and once you realize that reality you'll see beyond it
with a big picture perspective to understand that we have all been played and
manipulated for decades. n Part , the multifaceted games are exposed and in Part ,
the beginnings of a resistance plan are put into place to end to the games.
Unfortunately, there is no silver bullet no singular political figure, existing political
party or piece of legislation that will restore the American Dream overnight. t took
decades of apathy and misguided trust in a failed political class to get us into the
economic mess we're now in and it will take years to turn the corner to get us out.
Copyright 2011 3
_____________________________________________________________________
f nothing else comes across herein, two realities are critical to get across: 1) the
economic/political hierarchy is no longer working for the vast majority of the American
people and 2) unlike at any time in our past, average citizens now have quick access to
credible information resources to clear away all the babble and noise killing the
American Dream. Armed with that information, the ONLY hope America now has is for
average citizens to step-up and get involved in order to save the American Dream. The
current political class is simply not equipped or capable of addressing the issues without
the leadership of common citizens. The days of worshiping some cult of personality
political figure or following and buying into the lofty rhetoric of so called political rock
stars with the flag as their backdrop is a failed exercise in futility. More
importantly, while voting is essential, merely voting every couple of years and doing
nothing else in between, is about as effective in bringing about any positive economic
changes as cursing at your TV.

Only a massive push by engaged citizens acting in their own economic self interest and
a constant monitoring of every movement the political class makes, will turn things
around and restore the American Dream. Anything short of a mass uprising and peaceful
revolution by the American people will produce nothing but more status quo empty
promises, hollow rhetoric and the same old political games that have been killing the
American Dream for more than 30+ years. By design and execution of an elaborate
manipulation scheme, we're a confused and divided nation focused on anything and
everything except the three most critical issues we now face: wealth inequality, a
strong economy and creation of good private sector jobs.
The time has arrived to say goodbye to cable news, the Harvard economists, political
pundits and the talking heads dividing America with gotcha politics, smokescreens and
manipulation. t's time that Americans admit that we have a grossly dysfunctional two-
party political system that serves only the greedy desires of the mega-rich. With an
inquisitive mind, the nternet and a few clicks of your mouse the big picture is clear.
Contrary to popular belief, there is no battle going on between two political parties
fighting it out for the economic wellbeing of the people. Red, blue, donkey and elephant
are just the colors and characters of an elaborate play acted out for the American
people. A conspiracy you ask? No! Conspiracies are for the feeble minded and far too
many Americans love to buy into whatever conspiracy theory that comes along. While
some things obviously happen behind closed doors and far more transparency is
needed, the American people are so apathetic and bamboozled that we fail to see and
investigate the facts that are right in our face.
That's the tragedy and the No. 1 focus of this book. The resources to uncover the truth
are pervasive, yet Americans are lazily led like sheep by cable news, politicians and so
called pundits who have as their only agenda which is more money in their pockets. Far
too many Americans will buy into even the most insane conspiracy theory, but won't lift a
finger to look at the truth when it is unmasked and available for anyone to see.
Everyone in America needs to eat and desires a roof over their heads, but far too few
will invest any significant research and advocacy time to ensure those two basic life
needs are met. On the other hand, as a barometer of warped priorities, more than 122
million Americans voted to determine the last America dol winner? While it seems a new
TV talent show comes upon the scene almost weekly, unless YOU can sing or dance
such talents are NOT going to be feeding YOUR family or paying YOUR bills. Therefore,
giving some thought and actual effort to ensure a strong American economy focused on
Copyright 2011 4
_____________________________________________________________________
job creation as well as the reduction in the massive wealth disparity that now plagues
our nation . . . should perhaps take a higher priority than American dol.

Lulled to sleep with the idea that the good guys are fighting the bad guys and it's all
being monitored and reported by a free press . . . the American people have been
raped economically for more than 30+ years. Despite what the American people are
being told is behind it all, such as: globalization, competition from China or the Great
Recession . . . those are merely the tools that have been utilized to make it occur. None
of it is natural and none of it is beyond the control of the American people. t is all being
driven by greed at the top, along with apathy and confusion within the majority of the
American population that have allowed it all to occur. A class of American aristocracy
owns our government, the political class, the media and the pyramid scheme funneling
an ever larger share of the money to the top. Smart, highly sophisticated, entrenched
and well financed the greedy are in charge of the American monopoly board with their
boot now firmly upon the neck of every average American.
While many books exist on most, if not all, topics covered herein, this book attempts to
not only expose the big picture but to tie it all together to detail the interlocking
construction of what amounts to a mirage that supports a grand American pyramid
scheme. Much of the information herein is better suited to be presented via the nternet
(which is part of Phase ), but the big picture can only be presented via a book.
Understanding the big picture is all about exploring and exposing the smokescreens,
political party games and manipulation techniques to demystify the control vehicles that
have the American people programmed like rats to act against their own economic self
interest. America has been transformed from a free-nation and returned to an existence
of serfdom that feeds the greedy mouths of an American aristocracy. Any idea of an
American Dream and upward mobility for average citizens is now, no more than a
contrived illusion. We the people are in lockdown, governed by an oligarchy, living in
a banana republic and the time has come to fight the true adversary instead of each
other.
The vast research resources and advocacy avenues provided herein (and more to come
as this draft is moved toward final publication) are the most valuable tools we now have
available to confront and solve the vast economic issues we now face. Assuming you
actually want the truth, the websites and information links herein, called breakout
resources, along with your in depth analysis, will put an end to political spin and
economic double-speak. n colloquial terms, we the American people have been ripped
off, robbed and bamboozled for more than three decades by a political class of dancing
puppets with a greedy aristocracy pulling the strings above the stage.
While most writers want to convince their readers of something, instead want you to
come to your own conclusions, free from spin and manipulation. That is exactly why
extensive footnotes are provided for all the statistics, data and information herein, along
with the aforementioned breakout resources. This book is about sending you upon your
own investigative journey with the goal of enabling you to form your own conclusions
instead of having them formed for you and spoon fed into your brain. Going forward, you
must believe ONLY what you can see and can document not what you are being told
by any political party, politician, corporate mouthpiece or talking head. Trust only what
you can verify, examine both sides of every economic issue and then, and only then,
form your own conclusions. Much of what seems to be, just isn't true and much of what
you have trusted for decades . . . just can't be trusted any longer.
Copyright 2011 5
_____________________________________________________________________
didn't write for reviewers at the New York Times or the Washington Post, but instead
wrote for my fellow Americans . . . in the mode of one-to-one conversational English not
stilted, ivory tower academic discourse. Nonetheless, no journalism rules are bent or
broken and every piece of information herein is 100 percent factual and documented
with footnotes. Unlike the political class and the media, have nothing monetarily to gain
from lying and manipulating reality. n fact, by giving up an anonymous existence, my
most precious possession, along with exposing the truth . . . 'm doing myself no
financial favors whatsoever! Some will claim that 'm envious of the mega-rich, but
instead, it's familiarity that breeds my contempt. Having earned well within the top 20
percent of American incomes during my career, a disenfranchised envious tag simply
doesn't fit. Being business friendly and pro free enterprise are not the same as a
nation ruled by an aristocracy driven by unmitigated greed and avarice.

A Washington, D.C. insider, 'm not, any more than you, but a move to Washington, D.C.
a decade ago opened my eyes to a city that is so corrupted by greed and money that
now see our nation's capitol as an apple teaming with worms. While most Americans
care about the economy, too many say they are not political. Unfortunately, the two are
as intertwined as foreplay and birth and what happens or doesn't happen in Washington,
D.C. as well as state legislatures, dictates most livelihoods and the future of the
American Dream. Getting involved is not some vague civic duty, but it is now a matter
of survival. Without engaged citizens, the mega-rich will march the American people into
the sea.

My perspectives from 20+ years as a corporate mouthpiece, deliver unique insights that
no journalist inside a news room possesses. At some point in life, you look in the mirror
and realize that you just have to try and do the right thing and for me exposing the
truth is now what must do . . . no matter the consequences to myself. Whether or not
Americans can stomach the truth is yet to be seen, but this book is all about exposing it,
whatever the personal consequences and cost to myself. n many instances provide
some actual solutions, but by no means am able to provide them all. f nothing else,
ask most of the right questions and questioning is where real change begins.
Questioning the road our common American Dream is now upon and whether our
current political system and characters are capable of turning the wheel before we go
off the cliff is the looming question that every American must now ask.
Unlike 99.9 percent of all books, didn't write this for fame and fortune, but instead
wrote it to answer a much higher idealistic calling . . . to try and awaken my fellow
American citizens. The American aristocracy and our political class don't want this book
and subsequent website to happen and it won't happen without you. Without you simply
attaching this draft to an e-mail with your comments and sharing with every American
you know, all the facts, statistics and work herein will be in vain. There will be elements
herein with which you disagree . . . thus is the nature of anything that involves economic
and political discourse. Freely take whatever you disagree with herein and toss it
over your shoulder and out the window, but please take action now on the initiatives
with which you do agree. America can no longer afford to act like children by taking their
ball and going home whenever we disagree, but instead we must unite by the millions
on the issues where there is agreement. Divide and conquer politics, manipulation and
diversion are exactly why the American Dream is dying and Americans now have to
open their eyes before it's too late. Before reading further, please temporarily place all
your political tags, such as liberal, conservative, progressive, right and left on the rack by
Copyright 2011 6
_____________________________________________________________________
the front door . . . such divisions are mere blinders whereby all average Americans are
losing economically. 'm irreverent by necessity and my blade is sharp on both edges in
order to cut through gotcha politics, sound bites and our failed status quo political
system. While Americans can presently agree on little or nothing, there is one thing we
can almost all agree upon this so called political system in regard to addressing the
critical economic issues of our time is just no longer working for the American people.
Just documenting the truth that presently now exists, is worthless without an extensive
attack plan to change the road ahead. Therefore, Part details many of the roles and
efforts that Americans must adopt, along with probing critical questions required to
turnaround what is now a bleak future. Anarchists, socialist, communists and ardent two-
party devotees need not apply, but all Americans willing and interested in working within
the system to restore the American Dream are encouraged to make contact to share
their ideas and input. Ultimately, this book is about taking back America from the
aristocracy and restoring financial security and opportunity to all Americans.

This early draft manuscript is being distributed free of charge via e-mail for two
purposes: 1) to gather a wide-range of input, ideas and feedback previous to publishing
and 2) to procure grassroots financial donations to either self-publish or to pursue the
avenue of finding a publisher. t may be forwarded in this draft form, as you have
received it, but ONLY !n !t" ent!rety !t# no ed!t" $#an%e" or delet!on" as protected
by U.S. copyright laws. nside of those extremely strict perimeters, you are strongly
encouraged to forward a copy to every American e-mail address that exists! This is
about numbers and the more inboxes it hits, the greater chances for success in getting it
to print.
Finding a publisher, for a book that both the mega-rich and our political class never want
to see the light of day will be difficult, if not impossible. Whether a publisher is found, or a
route to self-publishing is pursued, is yet to be determined. Your involvement, financial
contributions and input; along with sharing this draft with all your fellow Americans will
determine success or failure. Success is all about exposure to the American people in
massive numbers to create a network and then allowing that exposure to take its course.
To say America is at a crossroads is clich and so often repeated that the words now
ring hollow we're way past the crossroad and missed a huge turn decades ago. n
reality, America is either at a point of meltdown or revolution. We're traveling down a
dead end status quo road of division and polarization that only aid the adversary. f we
stay the present course, we're doomed to a two class America of the fabulously wealthy
and the dirt poor . . . with no class of Americans in between whatsoever. This book is all
about coming together to change that impending reality. Americans now feel helpless
and hopeless which has led to apathy and a resignation that nothing can be done to stop
the current path we are now on. Nothing could be further from the truth, but that can only
happen with a nation of common citizens who are informed, aware and fully engaged.
This entire book is premised upon educating the American people on how we got here
and more importantly how we can now turn back the tide that is killing the American
Dream. There is much to be uncovered and investigated along with a massive fight
ahead, so let's get started . . .
Copyright 2011 7
_____________________________________________________________________
Contents
America Year 2030 ....................... 10
The Writing s On the Wall . . . ........................................................... 13
Some Stakes Firmly in the Ground .................. 16
America's Economy and the Board Game Monopoly .......... 18
Greed Kills the Game for Everyone ................. 20
A Profile of the Mega-Rich ..................... 21
The Career Ladder Unclimbed .................... 23
Wealth Redistribution ........................ 27
Historical Context to Massive Top-Only Wealth ............ .. 33
Budget Basics and the 800 Pound Gorilla ................ 36
Death and Taxes are Avoidable ................... 44
Corporate Taxes . . . Not So Fast ................... 52
The Art of Critical Thinking .................. . .... 56
Sipping from the Cup of Liberty Kool-Aid ................ 57
Worshipping the Gods ........................ 58
The Great Game Changer with More to Come ............. 63
Facing Up to the On Shore Numbers Reality ............... 74
Democracy to the Rescue ..................... 96
Shooting Ourselves in the Foot .................... 100
Voting in Satan: Attorneys and Lawyers ................ 102
Career Politicians . . . No More, Ever Again! .............. 104
The Political Families ........................ 105
Why Would Someone Run for Congress? ............... 105
The Revolving Door ........................ 109
Show Me the Money ......................... 110
Limits, Loopholes and Transparency .................. 113
n Washington, it's Always Party Time! ................. 118
The Two-Party Mirage ....................... 121
Pulling Back the Curtain ...................... 128
The Wall Street Reform Bill ...................... 131
So Why Would Our President Sign Such a Bill ............. 132
The Federal Reserve ........................ 134
Either Way it Goes, it's a Win-Win for the Mega-Rich .......... 138
f You Think Wall Street is Greedy, Welcome to Corporate America ... 141
CEO/Executive Compensation: A Recipe for Even More Economic Disaster 145
Humans are NOT Stock ...................... 147
t's an Employers' Market ...................... 152
Labor Unions: the Antithesis of Corporate America or Not? ....... . 156
Bigger is Better but NOT for You ................... 160
Big Box or Big Prison? ........................ 162
Wally World the Evil Empire ..................... 163
The Ultimate American Dream Killer .................. 166
The Sleeping Dragon is Now Wide Awake! ................ 170
A Balance of Power Largely in Consumers' Hands ............ 179
Trade Agreements and the WTO ................... 180
The North American Free Trade Agreement .............. 187
The Media Game: How t Gets Played and Who Wins ......... 196
Keep Them Believing and Waving the Flag ............... 202
Keep Them Amused, Entertained and Distracted ........... 205
Copyright 2011 8
_____________________________________________________________________
Now to the News ......................... 206
Sex Sells and Always Will ..................... 208
The Sky is Falling .......................... 209
These People are News Journalists? ................. 210
Keep Them Fighting . . . Each Other .................. 211
Blurring the Lines ......................... 216
Media Conclusions if Any ....................... 217
High Jacking the Christian Religion .................. 218
Table Setting for the Mega-Rich .................... 221
Resist or Continue Sticking Your Head in the Sand? ........... 228
Part : The Resistance ........................ 232
Copyright 2011 9
_____________________________________________________________________
A&er!$a Year 20'0( No one in America possesses a crystal ball. No one can see into
the future and no one, no matter how informed they may be, can predict with certainty
what America will be like in 2030, or for that matter 2020. Throughout the decades,
many dark predictions have come and gone with no consequential merit being proven
out by time.
As a nation, humans in general for that matter, we don't plan ahead or look down the
road and instead only react after calamity. Since tomorrow will most surly arrive and
more than likely there will be a 2015, a 2020 and a 2030, ask yourself what America will
look like economically when those milestones arrive? Since most Americans will still be
alive when all these year milestones arrive, it would seem logical to look down the
economic road, read the tea leaves, make some informed projections and react with a
sense of urgency . . . rather than stick our heads in the sand. Even Americans who are
set-for-life financially and on the downside of life expectancy have children,
grandchildren, nieces or nephews they profess to love and care deeply about. Therefore,
based on that professed love and the fact that we all need food, the question of where
America is headed economically and what it will look like in the years ahead should
be the foremost burning question on the minds of all Americans. t's not a question for
liberals or conservatives, black, white or brown Americans, Christians or non-Christians,
the middle-class or the poor, but a question for all Americans that need to eat and desire
a roof over their heads.
As things currently stand, all the tea leaves, all the data, all the trends and all the
statistics clearly answer that question with one conclusion: the economic fortunes of the
vast majority of Americans are in steep decline and that trend will continue if not
stopped. Barring manna from heaven or some miraculous economic game changer
without intervention by the American people the economic doom ahead for the vast
majority of the American people is as certain as the sun rising tomorrow morning.
n the best case scenario our economic fortunes will continue to decline year by year,
decade by decade until the remnants of prosperity, that most Americans still possess,
will have dissolved entirely. n the worst case scenario America will fall into a complete
and utter caldron of massive social unrest, lawlessness, chaos and total collapse of the
societal norms we now enjoy. With both scenarios, the America ahead will be
unrecognizable to anyone living today.
n the best case scenario, there will be no economic middle-class whatsoever and only
two classes of people: the mega-rich and the poor. Massive tent cities with millions of
Americans will be a permanent fixture in every major city in America. The former homes
in middle-class neighborhoods will stand dilapidated and empty except for squanders
waiting for an eviction that will never arrive. Business districts, shopping plazas, strip
malls and downtowns throughout America will be boarded up and instead of Americans
pulling out charge cards . . . beggars will line the streets. American infrastructure, from
roads, highways and airports will be in decay or nonexistent. The ever shrinking number
of the affluent and the mega-rich will either live in walled compounds guarded by security
forces or will have already left America.
To get an image of the worst case scenario, look no further than the hundreds of
apocalyptic movies generated by Hollywood over the past few decades. Envision
Washington, D.C. as a fortress city. Access to the White House gates, all memorials and
monuments not already toppled and defaced blocked off by huge concrete barriers
Copyright 2011 10
_____________________________________________________________________
guarded by U.S. troops in full combat gear. The worm hole of K Street lobbyists, an
empty shell of burned out buildings and overturned cars.

What was once called Wall Street will be a ghost town with the tattered ropes of
hangman's nooses dangling from its once iconic towers. Vaults filled with paper money
standing open for anyone who's nostalgic for a souvenir. The iconic bull statue that once
stood at the heart of Wall Street smashed into a thousand pieces. The former palatial
estates of Wall Street CEOs that once stood as a testament to their unbridled greed
and avarice now burned to the ground. The American monetary system throughout
America, once the scepter of Wall Street, comprised of only precious metals such as
gold, silver and platinum or basic barter for goods and services.
n America at large, no electricity, no running water, no computers, no nternet, no local
TV stations or newspapers and no schools still operating. Strongmen dictators and
warlords holding control of vast regions within America. The mega-rich once thought to
be the beautiful people hunted day and night and no longer viewed as beautiful or
worshiped like gods amongst men. Once proud of their last names it's now the last truth
the mega-rich will acknowledge. nstead of money, human life is now the most prized
commodity of commerce and survival. Just a decade or two earlier the words freedom
and liberty rang loudly from every radio and TV in the land then one day freedom
and liberty finally arrived . . .
magine New Orleans after Katrina or Haiti after the earthquake multiplied across every
city in America. Massive starvation, no hospitals, a constant cholera epidemic, no police
force in most cities, every man for himself, a dog eat dog, kill or be killed society where
killing will be required just to survive. All those guns out there finally getting used and
suddenly being far more prized than the top model Mercedes or Jaguar that once sat on
showroom floors. You get the idea . . .
Be it the best or the worst case scenario described above one of the two scenarios is
headed our way . . . none of it has to happen and it doesn't have to be. Historians
reference the fall of Rome and other great civilizations as mere cycles of an inevitable
rise and fall. What goes up must come down we're often told . . . as if it is all some
civilization science with forces beyond our control.
While all the data, statistics and trends indicate that history will again repeat itself
there are no scientific laws or basis for an inevitable decline. To prevent it, at present,
there are far two few protagonists tuned in and active to stop what's coming, but that can
change overnight. As is human nature, when threatened people retreat into little
fortresses and take the mindset 've still got mine, good luck getting yours. Even
though 30+ years of our most recent history proves otherwise, most Americans still
believe some politician or political party will ride to the rescue on a white horse. The bad
news is that there is no savior on the way . . .
What is on the way is something most Americans have never experienced a strange
gurgling noise in their stomach called hunger and starvation. When it arrives it will be
driven just as much by the fringe left's focus on some utopian dream as the radical
right's manipulation of religion and obsession with guns and the flag. f you're imagining
some nuclear disaster, some attack from a nation such as China or perhaps even a dirty
bomb terrorist attack you couldn't be more off base. This adversary is not sitting just
off shore in a nuclear sub being monitored by satellite surveillance. They are not little
Copyright 2011 11
_____________________________________________________________________
green men hovering above in outer space. This adversary's attack began more than 30+
years ago and it has yet to be reported by our American media and in fact our media
are the biggest fans of the adversary.
The adversary is here on our shores already and they almost destroyed us, during their
first attack, just previous to the Great Depression. Back then they operated under the
moniker of robber barons, but today they are known as the beautiful people. While
you never mingle with them, you buy their books, listen to their every word, watch their
TV networks and rent their movies. Virtually none of them have ever served in our
military to protect the nation for which they owe their existence, but they are always the
very first to speak of our boys in harms way. Their boys however, are never in harms
way because they live in a bubble. Their generals have never held political office, but
they pay the rent for every political office in the land. Their attack began long ago and
almost all Americans provided aid to the adversary every step of the way. f there are
still prisons in 2030, treason will be the charge and aiding and abetting will be our crime.
Not only did we aid the adversary, but we worshipped them, fawned upon them and
reached out to just touch their robe. These modern day Christ-like figures wallow in
opulence and ostentatious displays of way too much money and America just can't seem
to get enough of worshipping them.
Their stealth attack is highly sophisticated and extremely subtle, but the damage is
beginning to show. All across America today, if you're even remotely awake, you see it
even if you don't yet feel it in your wallet: the American Dream is already dead for many
and is quickly dying for the rest of America right before our eyes. As you drive to work or
take the kids to soccer practice you see it in the foreclosed home down the street, the
blank billboards on the highway, the closed shop around the corner and the empty Main
Street retail areas unless of course you live in Washington, D.C. where no decline
whatsoever has been seen or experienced. For at least a couple of decades we've
known that the American manufacturing sector was losing jobs and everyone's pay and
benefits have become stagnant, but now the economic devastation is creeping up the so
called social class ladder. Children that never left home, now never will and many
adults who had careers are now moving back in with family or friends . . . just to survive.
While none of this may describe you, at least not yet, you too have been robbed as will
be demonstrated herein and clearly understand . . . unless America awakens the worst
is yet to come! Your day of reckoning will arrive if we the people continue to stumble
along like sheep following breadcrumbs of political division that will lead only to
increased poverty, starvation, homelessness and despair.
The culprits and forces that are continuing to drive Americans' ongoing economic
devastation are not the ones you're being told. nstead, they are all rooted in pure
unmitigated greed, legalized political corruption and influence peddling. n truth, it's a
confused and apathetic America that is aiding and abetting the adversary every step of
the way. America will wake up to what's arrived and what's ahead the only question
that still remains is when? Will it be before it's too late or after?
At this moment in time, most Americans can still take the attitude of 've got mine, good
luck getting yours and quite frankly we do . . . every single day! t's not that we're a bad
lot, but until our own posterior is threatened we're slow to react. What you don't realize is
that your neck is already in the hangman's noose and the rope is tightening. At the time
of this writing, the number of officially unemployed is around 15+ million and the number
of under-employed (a.k.a. rocket scientists working at McDonalds) is around 30 million.
Copyright 2011 12
_____________________________________________________________________
As bad as both of those numbers sound, trusting in and believing they are anywhere
near the real numbers if pure folly for fools. First off, the political class has a vested
interest in making the numbers sound as good as possible and secondly, they just don't
know what the numbers are because they currently have no real way to measure them.
All that's known is there are 311+ million Americans and percentage X is receiving social
security or unemployment benefits and percentage Y have a job. Every calculation in
between those four known numbers is almost pure conjecture (based on telephone
surveys) a.k.a. lying to make the numbers appear less dire for political gains.
An April 2011, USA Today article stated that in 2010 only 45.4 percent of Americans had
a job. t was the lowest percentage in more than three decades and the lowest level
since women began entering the workforce in large numbers. The percentage of men
who had a job in 2010 was only 66.8 percent the lowest percentage ever recorded.
1

Does anyone in America believe that well over 154 million Americans, 55.6 percent, are
retired, under the age of 16 or just don't need to work? Of course not . . . it's impossible
for anyone in America to believe the 8, 9 or 10 percent unemployment numbers,
supplied by the government, are accurate.
We're being told by our corporate owned media machine that all the dire numbers are
due to the economic devastation brought on by the Great Recession that started in
2007. The powers in charge of this game are desperate to convince all Americans that
our current economic disaster is something that happened recently, that we're on our
way out and well on the road to recovery. Well America it is a blatant outright lie and a
part of the massive propaganda and manipulation machine that keep Americans in the
dark. While much of it is subtle and up to conjecture, as to who is responsible . . . the
evidence from decades of decline are clear.
As to whether the projected descriptions of America in 2030 are realistic or something
from just another nut job is for you to decide. Maybe it's all just pure conjecture and
overkill, melodrama that is way over the top? Perhaps, but what's not in question
whatsoever it that every single trend and all the numbers without exception have
America pointing in that direction. While dictatorships are falling in the Arab world, most
Americans today still believe we have representative government and live in a
democracy. A few of the unhinged and feeble minded believe some grand conspiracy
is behind our economic demise, while most believe it's due to normal ebbs and flows of
the economy. Both camps couldn't be more wrong! Nothing about the impending death
of the American Dream is natural and the forces behind it are all right out in the open
for all to see if they open their eyes. t's being driven by a force as old as mankind
itself. The struggle between the best within man's heart and the worst within man and for
the past 30+ years it is greed within man that has been winning at the expense of the
America people.
T#e )r!t!n% *" On t#e )all
Unlike the politicians, political pundits and media that speak out the back of their head
with generalities, glowing speeches, promises that can't be kept, sound bites, party
politics, inflammatory rhetoric and enough smokescreens to confuse any American
this book is about the data and the facts. What you may currently think, or what
someone may say are meaningless unless backed up and validated by the facts, the
data and statistics.
Copyright 2011 13
_____________________________________________________________________
The phrase writing is on the wall is derived from the biblical story where an actual hand
and fingers were seen writing on a wall by a king. As the story goes, the king didn't listen
and paid the price. No matter how blatant the hand writing, it seems that throughout
history, mankind will deny the obvious and cling to the familiar until it's too late to reverse
course. Unless America can read the handwriting now on the wall and turn the wheel
now, the prospects for America's economic future, most especially for the middle-class,
are dismal. The numbers, evidence and statistics herein are so overwhelming and
compelling to mandate a radical course reversal that the simply cannot be denied.
Right now, the writing is on the wall for every single American [outside of the very top
percentage of the mega-rich] that it couldn't be more clearly written. The following bullet
point numbers, statistics and realities are intended to provoke thought, exploration and
most importantly . . . compel your actions going forward. The following are documented
facts. They are not created and put out by some political party or candidate, they are not
fear mongering, they are not propaganda and just like every statistic herein they are
footnoted in the hope that you will check out each one if you have any doubts
whatsoever as to their veracity.
n exchange for a lifetime of toil and hard work by our parents, as well as
previous family generations, 91.9 percent of Americans receive nothing, zero, not
a dime of inheritance when their parents' estate is settled. A mere 1.6 percent
receive more than $100 K and 1.1 percent receive more than $50 K. Since that
adds up to 94.6 percent of the population it means the 5.4 percent at the top of
the American food chain get all the outstanding billions in inheritance dollars.
1

The bottom 90 percent of Americans own a grand total of 10 percent of all the
stocks, bonds, trusts and business equity in America and only around 25 percent
of the non-home real estate.
2

With inflation calculated, an America making $25 K in yearly income during 1979
would have to now be making $75,313 to have held their financial ground.
3
That's
an increase of 331+ percent, yet the average American income for entire
households (not individuals) rose only 50 percent between 1979 and 2006.
4
For
seven straight years leading up to the beginning of the Great Recession (2000 to
2007) actual inflation adjusted income for 90 percent of Americans declined.
5
Between

the start of the Great Recession and June 2011, median household
income in the U.S. fell 9.8 percent and after the official end of the Great
Recession, between June 2009 and June 2011, the inflation-adjusted median
household income fell another 6.7 percent.
6

n 2009, 1 in every 160 Americans filed bankruptcy and the 2010 numbers rose 9
percent to 1.4 million.
7
The fall in employment from 2007 levels will cost U.S. workers more than $1 T in
lost wages/salaries during the five year period 2008-2012.
8
America is
experiencing the highest long-term unemployment since 1948.
9

Copyright 2011 14
_____________________________________________________________________
American families lost a total of $19.4 trillion (in 2010 dollars) in household
wealth from June 2007 to March 2009. As of Q1, 2011, only somewhere around
$6 T of that lost wealth has been recovered.
10
As of May 2011, more than 5 million homes have already been repossessed
since 2006.
11
More than 1 million American homes were repossessed in 2010
with 1 in every 45 homes receiving a foreclosure notice (2.9 M). As of June 2011,
there were more than 2+ million homes in active foreclosure and another 2+
million waiting in the wings.
12
As of July 2011, analysts are predicting another 5 to
7 million homes will be repossessed before the carnage ends.
13

Between June 2007 and March 2009, American families lost $6.4 T in home
value alone.
14
Home values plummeted 32 percent between 2005 and 2011.
15
As
of May 2011, nearly 14 million people, 28.4 percent of all homeowners owe more
on their mortgage then their home is worth (a.k.a. underwater) and half of those
homeowners are more than 30 percent underwater.
16
Analysts now project that
the percentage of home ownership will fall to around 63 percent before we
bottom out (circa the mid-1960s rate of homeownership).
17
Approximately half of all American workers have less than $2000 saved for
retirement.
18
As of 2008 corporate pension plans in America were under-funded
by an estimated $217 billion.
19
State government pension plans are under-funded
by $3.2 trillion. n 2010, for the first time ever, the Social Security system paid out
more in benefits than it took in via payroll taxes.
20
When Social Security is
combined with Medicare, projections for the next 75 years indicate the programs
are under-funded by $46 trillion.
21
Nationally 14 percent, 43.6 million, 1 in every 7 Americans are now living below
the poverty line which is $21,954 for a family of four. Suburban poor grew by 37.4
percent since 2000 to account for 13.7 million Americans. The number of poor
people living in the suburbs now exceeds the number living in cities by 1.6
million.
22
More than 41 million Americans are now on food stamps.
23
A number
that represents 1 in every 7 Americans the highest number and percentage in
America's history.
24
Medicaid enrollment as of 2010 surpassed 68.2 million, also
the largest number in America's history.
25
Between 2005 and 2009, inflation adjusted median net worth fell 66 percent
among Hispanic households and 53 percent among black households compared
to a mere 16 percent among white households 2011 median net worth by race
was $113,149 for whites, $5,677 for African Americans and $6,325 for
Hispanics.
26

Alarmed? Shocked by these numbers and statistics? f not, then you already knew them
or you're living large, untouched yet by the massive decline in American prosperity. f
any group needs awakening it's the as yet untouched who are living in denial with their
heads in the sand. There are many more statistics and numbers to follow because
everything herein all about exposing the reality as opposed to what is being said in
political and corporate circles.
Copyright 2011 15
_____________________________________________________________________
Many reading these statistics and numbers will assume they know what's coming:
another bleeding heart socialist liberal talking about all the perils of the free enterprise
system. Big surprise, you're not even close, not even warm!
+o&e +ta,e" F!r&ly !n t#e -ro.nd
Now that some of the damage already done has been documented and 've alluded to a
possibly bleak future to come for most Americans it's time to place some stakes firmly
in the ground as to what believe to be bedrock America values. First and foremost
understand that 'm NOT a socialist, communist, anarchist or member of either of the two
political parties, herein referred to as Party A (Republican) or Party B (Democrat). n fact,
'm not a member of any political party for several reasons, as follows: 1) While some
have suggested that America would be better off if all political parties were outlawed,
don't by any means believe or adhere to that radical mindset, but do clearly see the
damage done to democracy, the political process and our economy by what are known
as party politics and power grabs. 'm not a member of a particular political party simply
because don't see one can fit within. Therefore 'm a registered ndependent which
now accounts for somewhere around a third of American voters. Surveys regularly
indicate that more than 80 percent of Americans would vote for another party and most
voters registered in Party A or B only do so in order to vote in party primaries. With that
as reality, neither of the two main political parties or even the two parties combined
can say they represent the majority of the American people. 2) As evidenced by the
dismal economic statistics, simply don't see how anyone in America can be either a
proud member of either Party A or Party B? n the No. 2 spot, just behind the
government's role of providing national security, is government's role in providing a level
economic playing field upon which all Americans can compete and prosper.
Clearly, if that is the measurement of our two-party system then the current system is an
abysmal failure. f you're not yet convinced of that fact, then 'm quite confident you will
be when the statistics on wealth disparity in America are revealed herein. Now, for any
of you political party loyalists out there who contend that America just hasn't had enough
of one party or the other consider that in the last 35 years, America has had a Party B
president for 15 years and a president from Party A for 20. That fact begs the question,
'which party has America not had enough of?' Perhaps the more practical question is,
'why have both political parties been such abysmal failures at providing a level economic
playing field upon which more Americans can compete for their slice of the American
Dream?'
Make no mistake whatsoever: 'm a capitalist 100 percent that believes in the free
enterprise system. With that said however, life experiences teach that a free enterprise
system cannot operate unrestrained without major problems for the majority of the
American population. On the opposite side of that coin, are the fringe left a.k.a. closet
socialists who don't really believe in the free enterprise system at all. Who knows,
socialism may be the best answer, but history's answer to that question is an emphatic
NO! What socialists don't realize is that if a perfect socialist state were imposed upon
America tomorrow, it would be horribly corrupted with gross inequalities within a week
without the same checks and balances we're missing today in our American free
enterprise system.
The other element within the fringe left, who claim to believe in the free enterprise
system, are those that believe money grows on trees and that you can fund more
Copyright 2011 16
_____________________________________________________________________
government without more money. That same crowd have now coined a new term
called corporatism which at its core has the belief that everything that involves
corporations and business is pure evil from the bowels of hell. They even take offense to
the term business friendly as if an environment conducive to business and a strong
economy is something evil. There are absolute multitudes of good corporate citizens in
America, good employers, great places to work and business owners that value their
employees with pay beyond absolute minimums to fill the job. As will be explored herein,
many businesses most especially Small to Medium Enterprise (SME) operations are just
as economically challenged as the American workforce. A global economy, coupled with
corporations that have morphed into behemoth corporate monsters via mergers and
acquisitions and way too much money concentrated at the top of the food chain have
many SMEs gasping for air. Herein, when corporations are maligned, it's not describing
the vast majority of businesses in America, but instead refers to the top-heavy corporate
beasts that dominate the economic landscape who use their position to unfair advantage
and manipulation of the marketplace. Much of the stagnated wages/salaries environment
in America that has occurred over several decades is systemic to marketplace pressures
and not due to abuse or exploitation of the American workforce. t is primarily the
economic table being tilted in favor of the behemoth corporate entities and their mega-
rich stockholders that now have the vast majority of American businesses and the
workforce alike in the same sinking boat.
To paint all corporations with the brush of evil as is done by many on the fringe left is just
wrong! To expect pay and benefits to exceed marketplace norms and profit constraints is
simply unrealistic. While there is widespread abusive and out of whack corporate entities
with CEO pay and profits that are obscene, most corporations in America operate in an
environment of restraint via some semblance of conscience and marketplace confines.
As noted already, the free enterprise system is far from perfect and to expect utopia
detached from marketplace realities is simply not realistic.
Those on the fringe left in America that believe profit is a bad word simply don't
understand what makes the world go around. Where is it that these people think money
comes from don't know, but what they don't get is that food comes from the same
place. Everyone can't have a job working for the government simply because there
would be no paychecks to tax in order to pay the government workers. Why is that you
may ask? Simple, the government doesn't have even one penny of their own. t all
comes from taxes, tariffs, arms sales or the newest source: lending Wall Street our
money at a ridiculous low rate. n order to collect 10 cents in taxes from a government
employee, you first have to pay them that dollar and if everyone works for the
government there is no one in America to create those government payroll dollars. While
all this may seem like a basic duh for most people, for many Americans this reality is a
real epiphany. Furthermore, if the government just prints more money to pay for more
government employees, the dollars in every American pocket simply become more and
more worthless as time moves forward. Stating the obvious, on occasion, unfortunately
is required simply because many Americans believe we can have it all and not pay for it
somehow.
The last resort, now already exhausted, was to borrow trillions of dollars from
Communist China until we've reached a point that we can't afford to even to pay off the
interest money we owe them much less the actual debt. Only Wall Street gets
ridiculously low interest rates from U.S. taxpayers, but China is not as stupid as U.S.
taxpayers. Because we unfortunately don't have the Chinese government in our hip
Copyright 2011 17
_____________________________________________________________________
pocket (like Wall Street does our government) . . . we pay real interest rates to China on
the money we've borrowed from them. t's too bad China hasn't yet experienced
freedom and developed democracy like us; if they had we could make some big
time campaign contributions and get some better interest rates like Wall Street did from
Congress.
Bottom line, what does all this really mean a.k.a. what's the skinny? The skinny is that a
whole lot of Americans currently working in jobs for federal, state and local governments
are going to be out on the street and getting a government job is going to be extremely
difficult going forward. Therefore the 30+ million under and unemployed at present is
going to grow by leaps and bounds via government workers tossed out into the
streets via austerity measures if we do not create millions of new jobs in the private
sector, hold the line on American jobs going off shore and bring jobs back to America.
Now, with this painful lesson in economic reality in place it must also be noted that,
within every economic system, there will be winners and losers as well as disparity in
wealth. With that said, our American free enterprise system has proven itself to be the
best economic system found to date for delivering the widest benefits to the most people
within a society; however the free enterprise system is a creation of man. t is NOT
some perfect organism with natural self-correcting mechanics that will deliver the most
value to the most citizens without some degree of government, and just as importantly
consumer intervention a.k.a. a shoppers' conscience. Even with both government and
consumer intervention utopian existence within America or anywhere in the world will
never happen, but there should at a minimum be a more level playing field upon which
most can compete for economic equality. Furthermore, participants within our American
free enterprise system should be handsomely rewarded for their hard work and victories
within the system. Those rewards should include great wealth, ownership of property
and the ability to pass down a significant amount of that that wealth to their family.
A&er!$a/" 0$ono&y and t#e Board -a&e Monopoly
Back in the early 1900s Elizabeth Magie developed what were the early beginnings of
what would become a Parker Brother's game called Monopoly. According to Wikipedia,
the purpose of the game was to teach people how monopolies end up bankrupting the
many and give extraordinary wealth to the one person that wins the game. don't know if
Elizabeth or the Parker brothers had a clue about economics but it's a safe bet that none
of them had a PhD in economics from Harvard. Nonetheless, even without a PhD, any
American that made it out grammar school can step back from the game of Monopoly
and draw real life conclusions of how our American economy has worked to date and will
work, or not work, in the future. Although the types of businesses have changed since
the inception of the game Monopoly, the economy game we all play in real life is
essentially the same as it has always been. Going forward in your reading of this book
replace and supplant the following from the game of Monopoly within your mind:
Game Concept = Our Founding Fathers, Writers of the Constitution and the Bill
of Rights
Board Administrators = federal, state and local government
Monopoly Board = The American Economy ONLY - Off the Board = Off Shore
Copyright 2011 18
_____________________________________________________________________
Properties/Spaces on the Outside of Board = Current Mega-Rich Holdings
All Areas nside the Properties/Spaces = Where We the Little People Live
Chance Cards = ndividual Upward Mobility or Downward Spiral
Community Chest = Social Safety Net
Free Parking Space = Strictly for Blue Bloods and Silver Spoon Crowd
Luxury Tax Space = A Space the Mega-Rich Never Land Upon
ncome Tax Space = A Space the Mega-Rich Maneuver Around
Get Our of Jail Free Card = High Powered Expensive Attorneys
The Bank = Wall Street and the Big Five American Banks
The Path Around the Board = Your Life
The Dice = Socioeconomic Class
Your Game Token = Chosen Profession
Now, in your mind replace all the old economy businesses with new economy
businesses such as software providers, nternet commerce, computer manufacturers
and all the other types of business that have sprung up since the game of Monopoly was
invented. Unlike the game of Monopoly, we all don't start life out with an equal amount of
money. Whether that's the way it should be, is neither here nor there, it's just the way it
is. Again, there is no utopia and there is no perfect economic system . . . reality is no a
board game. Since we were fortunate enough to be born in America we at least get to
play the game on the American board. So just be glad you're not playing on the African
board. Clearly understand that for this book, this is about America and our nation's
founding fathers were not concerned about what happens economically on any boards
outside of the American board/economy. We cannot lift up the world with approximately
only 5 percent of the world's population.
Going forward, as far as the world economy that has been manipulated by the greedy
to kill the American Dream, it can no longer be a concern except where it impacts the
America economy, American jobs and wealth gain for average American citizens.
Unfortunately, due to interconnected nation economies, we have a vested economic
interest outside of our borders. The object of the game going forward, if we the little
people have any chance at all for survival, is as follows:
A) As much as possible keep goods and services, produced by labor outside of the
American board, from coming into play on the American board.
Copyright 2011 19
_____________________________________________________________________
B) Keep as much money and commerce as possible within the inside of the board
among the little people and out of the hands of the mega-rich.
C) Maintaining the number of little people a.k.a. supply to where it does NOT
greatly exceed the demand for good paying jobs.
Believe it or not, as will clearly be demonstrated herein, if we accomplish A, B, and much
of C the American Dream will be largely restored. t's NOT rocket science and it doesn't
require a Harvard PhD in economics. Divided we the people along with the American
Dream have fallen. While the solutions are simple, the enormity of moving the many
mountains to implement the solutions can only be accomplished together.
-reed K!ll" t#e -a&e 1or 02eryone
While Webster's provides the official definition of greed you know what it is already. You
first saw it early on when playing in the sandbox. t may have been a sibling or a
playmate but all of a sudden they reached over and grabbed your toy truck. Since this
was your first experience with greed you did nothing. Then feeling empowered they
reached over and grabbed a toy car, your sand bucket and the shovel. Since you hadn't
yet learned to curse, you said something like, 'hold on Buster those belong to me!'
Buster is now running a hedge fund on Wall Street, but he'll be addressed later. The
point is that greed starts almost a birth. Let's leave it to some philosopher, religious
figure or scientist to determine why we humans are greedy. We need to simply accept it
as a reality that's part of man's DNA. There are even some current theorists that believe
we have inbred within certain families in the top social caste a super-gene with a higher
inclination for greed. While that may or may not be, one thing is for sure: greed exists
within every human to some degree no matter how perfect and pious they may appear to
be on the outside. t's just reality and a fact of life that cannot be denied.
While greed rears its ugly head and manifests itself in many ways within humans, the
most tangible yardstick we have to measure it is in the form of money. No matter the
venue: be it religion, politics, business or personal dealings, money seems to be the
root to all evil or at least most of it. Since we all must have money, it creates a paradox
in which we're damned with too little of it and we're damned just like in the game of
Monopoly when one player or players get too much of it.
Money unfortunately corrupts humans and bends their principles and judgment to where
they will do or say anything to get more of it. We can all agree that we wish humans
were not that way, but the reality is that they just are that way. Greed rules and at the
end of the day, giving any politician, corporate CEO, union leader, civil rights leader,
advocacy group, political pundit, bureaucrat or anyone in the news media the benefit of
the doubt when it comes to greed is just nave and stupid . . . yet we do it anyway
over and over and over. Why? Because we want to believe, we want to trust, we want
what we wish was true to actually be true, but it's just is not! Whoever said that every
man has his price, as much as you may hate to believe that, was just speaking the truth
. . . like it or not, it's reality!
We all like to think that we are not greedy, are exceptional and that we can't be bought.
There are a very small percentage of humans that cannot be bought, who will always do
the right thing in every situation no matter the consequences or how much money is on
Copyright 2011 20
_____________________________________________________________________
the table. s that You? Personally, would like to think that is me as well, but if a member
of the mega-rich pulled up in my driveway in a black limo, opened the trunk and
unloaded several suitcases of cash money in exchange for not writing this book . . . what
would do? What would you do?
n my youth, as 'll thoroughly document herein, failed the test when it came to helping
to pass the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) which put at least 1.6
million textile workers out of work. (f reincarnation exists, 'm not looking forward to the
next time around. Please be kind to roaches and rats . . .)
n 1887, Lord Acton made his famous quote, Power tends to corrupt and absolute
power corrupts absolutely. Great men are almost always bad men, even when they
exercise influence and not authority: still more when you super add the tendency or
certainty of corruption by full authority. What was said way back then was true before he
said it and is as true today as it is going to be tomorrow and the day after . . . You can
wish it weren't so, you can pray that it not be so and you can steer future generations
away from it being so, but it will still prevail simply because it is part of man's DNA and
what makes him tick. There are exceptions and thank God there are, but the exceptions
are as likely as finding a needle in a hay stack.
'm not here to preach, but instead to question: when is a level of money and power
enough and when is too much bad for the greater good of America as a whole? Mankind
in general is greedy as hell and nine times out of ten, if there is enough money on the
table they will cheat, lie and manipulate to get more of it. Sorry if that truth gives you an
empty feeling inside . . . the facts are the facts. Left unmonitored, unregulated and to
their own devices man will cheat and steal like a dog. (BTW Dogs only steal when
hungry) You've all heard the phrase, trust but verify. Well, going forward, when it
comes to your wallet in regard to politics, economics and your share of the American pie,
it's time to say good-bye to trust and depend solely upon verification alone. Not only
because you can't afford to trust, but because we now have the tools and information at
our fingertips, via the nternet, by which to verify. More is needed via transparency
measures, but we're not even using the numerous tools we now have.
You've been cheated, stolen from and manipulated long enough and if you continue to
place blind faith in any corporate leader, politician, TV network, talking head, writer,
political pundit, economist, political activist, civil rights leader, union, political party or
presidential candidate then you're just asking for more of the same. t's all BS until
proven otherwise to be true!
A 3ro1!le o1 t#e Me%a4R!$#
While we all must admit that we all are greedy to some extent for the most part, if we
are, it has no impact upon the American economy at large. When a street vendor
working a cart on Wall Street buys cheap hotdogs or waters down the mustard to pad his
pockets, so what? There is another vendor on the next corner which creates little chance
of a street vendor monopoly taking over and cheating everyone. On the other hand, if
that one unscrupulous street vendor begins to buy up all the independent vendors and
turn them into employees then the marketplace scenario has potential to change due to
greed.
Copyright 2011 21
_____________________________________________________________________
The more money that flows upward to one individual, the more vendors that one
individual can afford to buy out. The more that individual buys out, the more money that
flows upward until that individual along with their family become a street vendor dynasty
a.k.a. American royalty. t doesn't happen overnight and it certainly doesn't happen in
one generation, but in time, they become kings and queens. All greed is bad and some
would say evil, but it doesn't imperil every American unless the greed is wildly
consolidated within a group at the top of the food chain.
During my long career, 've worked for and with several first generation rich who are
now American royalty (albeit pseudo-royalty), as well as their generational offspring.
While the first generation may have huge egos, pass that off as drive and ambition and
consider the first generation as the best to work for by far. The first generations generally
still have some empathy for their fellow man and realize but for the grace of God,
there go but . 've even seen such empathy in second and third generations, but after
that you can forget about it! After a couple generations or so, they become entitled
American royalty who believe they deserve every dime and privilege they have. They
believe you and are beneath them, much like the manure (a.k.a. dog poop) you've
stepped upon when walking your shelter mutt.
After a couple of generations, the feet of mega-rich American royalty never touch the
ground again, much less step in poop. American royalty don't even know their dogs do
that sort of thing (someone is always around to clean it up before they cast their
privileged eyes upon it). From birth to death their golden feet never touch the ground.
Their soft hands have never known the feel of grime or dirt unless it happens to cling to
a golf tee. Their skin is either lily white or tanned to bronze perfection. Their sweat is
called perspiration or glow and is never achieved except through polo, tennis, golf,
yachting or an expensive trainer to the stars. You didn't go to school with them because
they started out at day schools then attended what we call high school at such names
as Roxbury Latin, Bearley, Collegiate, Groton, Dalton, Spence, Horace Mann, Winsor
and Milton just to name a few. Some are studious, but many are not and none are ever
burdened with the indignity of a job at McDonalds while in high school. Most go on to
attend one of the vy League schools such as Harvard, Yale, Princeton, Columbia,
Dartmouth, Brown, Cornell or Penn. f they don't touch such sacred ivy, not to worry,
education is primarily for the little people whose toil and brains make American royalty
even more money. To ensure the little people keep our little noses to the grid stone,
upon graduation 66+ percent of graduates from public universities owe an average of
$24 K in college loans and collectively the debt will exceed more than $1 T in 2011.
1

Since 1980 the price of college has increased 600 percent more than the rise of inflation
during that period and for the first time in history there is more student loan debt in the
U.S. than credit card debt.
2
For all the hard work, sacrifice and massive debt, most of the
little people are relegated to attending lowly state schools . . . the equivalent of a
scarlet letter when it comes to career opportunities. Sure, there is some upward
mobility for state school grads, but few if any will ever crack the glass ceiling of the vy
League. t just doesn't happen . . . contrary to popular belief.
Remember those grades, report cards and SAT scores you sweated about in high
school? t's no sweat for the students of vy League lineage via what are called legacy
admissions. t's the type of admission that got George W. Bush into Yale. f daddy got
in, they get in via a system of privilege that no one else in America can access. f that
doesn't work, a big donation is made to the school for an endowed professorship, new
building, library wing or athletic facility. Consider it affirmative action in the form of
Copyright 2011 22
_____________________________________________________________________
money to affirm they are better than everyone else in America. Once affirmed as a
member of American royalty, these students arrive on campus in a Jaguar, Mercedes or
Land Rover and are exposed for the first time in their lives to strange beings from
another world. These strange creatures wear rags, ride bikes, eat in the cafeteria and
actually go to the library to study. nstead of ski trips to Switzerland during winter break,
they stay on campus because they can't afford to go home. These strange creatures
actually maxed out their SAT scores and qualified academically to attend an vy League
school. These beings are the affirmed poor who attend vy Leagues schools via
scholarships and are viewed by the students of American royalty much like the monkeys
at the zoo . . . dirty little creatures well behind on the evolutionary path to wealth and
riches.
Two of the most notable students who qualified to be in the vy League's affirmed poor
program are president, Obama who graduated from Columbia and former president, Bill
Clinton who graduated from Yale Law School. On the surface, it would seem that such
admissions are a generous outreach effort to lend those less fortunate a helping hand,
but as will be demonstrated, it is something far more insidious than a helping hand. t's
the first step in a buy-out plan to capture, control and ethically castrate the best and
brightest in America early in life.
T#e 5areer Ladder 6n$l!&7ed
The affirmed as royalty students don't all attend vy League schools of course, some are
placed into the vy League community college system in such lowly places such as Duke
and Stanford, but they all have one thing in common. t's referred to as the phone call.
Via family connections, fraternity brothers, sorority sisters and the like, they skip the
grimy ladder rungs touched by state school graduates. n fact, many, if not most, of the
royals' parents will tell you quite honestly why they sent their prince or princess to one of
these schools connections. The education rip-off from overpaid professors pales in
comparison to the lifetime dollar value of the right connections.
American royals don't send out hundreds or even thousands of resumes like those of
you who attended lowly state universities. There's no need . . . what a waste of time that
would be! The phone call gets made and the resume is a mere formality. As long as
the resume has the right school name, the GPA is virtually meaningless . . . if the club
card is stamped with the correct name they get in. There may be a short waiting list on
rare occasions, but that time can well be spent touring Europe or studying abroad until
something comes open. As long as the hands stay soft and the sense of privilege and
entitlement stays hard . . . it's just a matter of time until the prince or princess take their
rightful place within our American aristocracy.
Once the phone call has been made, the coronation ceremony soon takes place and
the privileged assume their ordained throne of massive wealth and American power. By
no means is it being suggested that the royal scepter is handed only to members of the
vy League, anyone can buy one, but they are expensive and the cost gets higher by the
day. Today, via decades of manipulation, the top one percent of Americans control at
least 40 percent of all the wealth in America so buying a royal scepter ain't cheap
and only the most elite of the elite can afford the price.
1
The price keeps out the riffraff
and those that have actually touched dirt and viewed dog poop.
Copyright 2011 23
_____________________________________________________________________
Please don't be confused as to who in America qualifies as a royal. You may live in your
town's country club or some exclusive gated community, may have a pool, 5 luxury cars,
a beach house, a mountain house and a really big boat you like to call a yacht, but
you're just riffraff and a royal want to be. A real American royal wouldn't give you the
time of day or help you to your feet if they hit you with their Bentley. American royalty is
not for the nouveau riche mega-money takes generations to acquire in most cases.
Even if you've forgotten the feel of dirt and what dog poop looks and smells like, you're
just on the road to becoming American royalty and no where close to getting in this club.
Even though there is no firm dollar cut off to become royalty, for the most part the top tier
royals are on two lists (provided via breakout resources below) compiled each year by
Forbes magazine called the 400 Richest Americans and another list called the World's
Richest People. These lists are not comprehensive by any means and there is a class, a
caste of families that are so rich and powerful that they can buy their way off these two
lists. These people and families are not royals, but constitute world monarchies hiding in
the shadows. The best known of these world rulers are the Rothschild family who at
the turn of the 20th Century were rumored to have as much money as the rest of the
entire western world combined. Do some google searches on them and you'll find
conspiracy theories that place them as part of the lluminati a.k.a. the New Word Order
group.
Personally, don't do conspiracies, don't believe in them and even did . . . 'm not about
to do anything to piss off the Rothschild family. n brief, for any conspiracy to take place
humans have to be involved and humans at some point will talk. As soon as they do
talk, the conspiracy is exposed. While some conspiracies exist and have taken place
over the years, it's unrealistic to buy into the idea that even a small group of really rich
people can all keep their mouths shut. The bar for conspiracy buy-in, for anyone not
feeble-minded, is high and as it should be. n most cases, conspiracy theories are for the
feeble-minded who gravitate to the intrigue provided by the idea of a conspiracy. Now,
with all that being said, if you ask if the mega-rich all know each other and have each
other on speed dial? The answer is a resounding Yes! Without a doubt they conspire
behind the scenes to manipulate, monopolize commerce and crush any little people
that get in their way. They buy governments, politicians, political parties, armies,
regimes, topple leaders and almost anything else on Earth you can imagine. They all
know each other, even though some hate each other, they hang out with each other,
intermarry, go yachting together, fund political PACs together and generally twist and
warp anything and everything in America and the world to satisfy their unbridled greed
and desire for even more money and power as if they didn't have enough already.
Are these mega-rich royals to be feared? Yes! Mess with Bill Gates because he is a
nerd, or with Warren Buffet because he's an old man, but take on the Rothschild family
and you're toast! t's rumored that, via their money, they defeated Napoleon so kicking
your posterior or just making you disappear one day, never to be found or heard from
again, would be no problem whatsoever. f they can hide in the shadows, virtually
nothing is ever heard or reported about them and they don't even show up on the list of
the world's richest people . . . what else do you need to know? f you choose to spit in
the eye of the mega-rich pick a punk like Bill Gates, not a Rothschild!
Provided below, are lists of the world's richest people and the first question that comes
to mind is: whether everyone listed on Fortune's lists is bad, evil and greedy? No! Well,
come to think of it, they are probably all greedy or they wouldn't have this much money
Copyright 2011 24
_____________________________________________________________________
now would they? Either now, or at some point, you need to put the reading of this book
aside and study the following two lists in great detail . . . otherwise you're not going to
get the rest of this book. As a study guide, use the following bullet points to direct your
investigation:
Review how much money and wealth these few individuals actually have and
control.
Look at the companies, hedge funds and corporate monopolies they run and
manipulate to create a vast upward pyramid scheme. Study how interconnected
their empires all are and how far reaching the tentacles of these empires really
extend.
Look at all the family connections within the lists. As an example, the Walton
family who own most of Walmart and Sam's Club is comprised of 5 people worth
over $100 B and that's just the most obvious and prominent family on the
American list. Do the math and add up what some of these families are actually
worth.
Once you've done that, begin to think, not dream, about what this type of money
will buy based upon what we all know about the word greed. What won't it buy
is probably the better question: governments, legislation, politicians, trade
agreements, all competitors in the marketplace, judges . . . the list is absolutely
endless with the only possible exceptions being love and eternal life.
Finally, tie all this money back to our imaginary game of Monopoly and equate
these people to players who own every space on the outside of the American
game board. Think what this type of money does to the game, what it
manipulates, what it monopolizes and ask yourself if there is any limit to how it
skews the board and warps our American economy in favor of the few at the
expense of the majority.
Brea,o.t Re"o.r$e8"9:
This, the first of many breakout resources to follow, requires a brief introduction of what
breakout resource(s) are and their role. There exists a wealth of resources and
information via the nternet that provide critical information for your evaluation. On a few
occasions, far too few, information exists that is 100 unbiased, but unfortunately,
because America is locked down with two-political party blinders, truly unbiased
resources are few and far between. This, the first of many breakout resources just
happens to be 100% unbiased, but these will be the exception rather than the rule.
Nonetheless this book strives to deliver only the most unbiased resources, advocacy
groups and organizations possible while freely acknowledging the reality that almost
every resource provided has at least some bias and lack of objectivity. Again, that hole is
primarily due to a two political party lock down of the American people . . . nonetheless,
the focus of this book is first and foremost about providing unbiased information, entities
and advocacy groups as a route to bring Americans to the table for massive change,
both economic and political.
Copyright 2011 25
_____________________________________________________________________
With all this being said, you'll get some Party A or Party B dogma in almost breakout
resource provided. You will not find so called news sites nor strict political party
mouthpiece sites and information linked and referenced herein. Why? Simply because
they all have a bent and political party agenda and America has had way too much spin
and manipulation already. The time has come for America to dig for the truth instead of
listening to politicians and talking heads making or maintaining their flow of money from
political party dogma.
Going forward, the links and information resources will be provided without introduction
and lengthy commentary as to potential bias, etc. All the sites and information provided
stand alone, speak for themselves and not for this book, however, your failure to
investigate and share all those you deem to be credible with almost every one with your
fellow Americans is criminal. Going forward, it's critical for each American to think for
themselves, make up their own minds based upon data and unbiased information and
then get involved.
T#e R!$#e"t :00 3eople !n A&er!$a
http://www.forbes.com/forbes-400/
T#e )orld/" B!ll!ona!re"
http://www.forbes.com/wealth/billionaires/list
"ote: All links provided herein are o course sub#ect to change and some may be dead by the time you read
the book! With a little $googling% and clicking on your own& most o the resources can still be easily ound!
'inks will o course be monitored or $live status% on a timely basis and brought up to date when ound to be
dead!
Now that you have a better grasp of who is mega-rich and who is just a mere want-to-be,
you are far better equipped to read further and grasp the implications for this kind of
wealth. These people may or may not live in America, but wherever they live they sure
as heck don't care about old glory, America land of the free and home of the
brave. They would no more allow the uniform of any U.S. military service to touch their
body as the dog poop that gets on your shoe. That doesn't mean for an instant however,
that they are not open to making billions as a U.S. military contractor or being protected
by America's military might. You'll find no American flag stickers on their Rolls Royce
and they don't stand out in the heat on the Fourth of July to salute the troops that protect
all their business interests. Waving the flag, getting a tear in their eye as they hear the
national anthem or saluting the coffin of a U.S. service member returning from war . . .
just doesn't trip these people's trigger. The only tear that ever develops in the corner of
these peoples' eyes is a tear of joy as they compile more piles of money and amass
more power. Patriotism, they believe, is for the little people . . .
f you don't retain anything else about the mega-rich of America, plug this into your head
and hard wire it: THEY HAVE ZERO SOCAL SSUES politically and they don't die in
wars. Unlike most Americans they don't foam at the mouth when a talking head like
Rush Limbaugh talks about school prayer, abortion, same sex marriage, don't ask don't
tell, civil rights, gay rights, a mosque at ground zero and the 100s of other issues that
America continues to fight about and be divided upon. f the mega-rich in America want
an abortion they get one. f they want their child to pray all day, in between some
Copyright 2011 26
_____________________________________________________________________
studying with a private tutor, it happens. Social issues simply don't impact them . . . they
are above all that and 100% immune. Social issues are for the little people ONLY! The
mega-rich are focused on one thing money and until Americans learn to focus on our
money and our economy instead of social issues we're toast!
Sure, the mega-rich engage in charity and philanthropic endeavors that impact social
issues on occasion, but those events are just exclusive cocktail hours where they can
brag to each other about their money and how much they gave. Does some of it do
some good? Of course it does and most importantly it provides a great public relations
opportunity to keep the little people soothed with the idea that the free enterprise
system in America has some paybacks to society. When you reach into your pockets, as
almost all Americans do, to give to some cause all you receive is a small itemized
deduction on your tax return, but when the mega-rich let go of a dime . . . the whole
world knows about it 24/7 via the media they own shouting it from every rooftop. f the
mega-rich give, whatever it bought has to be named after the benefactor or forget about
it . . . it's not going to happen. Try getting something named after you the next time you
send $5 to the Red Cross . . . the John Q. Public band-aid. When the majority of the
mega-rich give, it's for one or more of three reasons: ego, control and influence
peddling.
Politically speaking not one social issue is on their agenda and the same goes for
philanthropy. t's all about money and getting more of it. That includes buying members
of Congress and state legislatures to write legislation they want the way they want it
written. t includes any efforts to limit any and all competition by allowing them to squash
any competitor that may dream of challenging their monopolies. t includes pushing
wages so far down that no one can live and then when that's not enough to satisfy their
greed moving the jobs off shore for even cheaper payrolls.
They have no conscience whatsoever and more than anything, you need to realize, is
they have no nation. They may live in America for the time being, but any real allegiance
whatsoever to America or our people is zero! The media they own and run interview the
mega-rich or their minions almost daily for their opinion on business and the economy.
These brilliant gladiators of the free enterprise system are held in the highest esteem by
most Americans. The truth is: these people are vultures of the world and every continent
is their playground. Humans, be they American, ndian or Chinese are nothing more than
profit centers . . . tools to produce the greedy even more wealth.
The world is their Monopoly board and America just happens to be just one of the many
boards upon which they play. You, your family, your livelihood are so far down their list
of priorities that you don't even register as a pawn on the board, much less a player.
Only the pseudo-rich register as pawns on this board and you couldn't be more invisible
to them if you tried.
As clearly demonstrated herein, these royals run America and the world with and iron fist
of control with extremely sophisticated manipulation techniques that will boggle your
mind once exposed. These are the people destroying the American Dream for all of us
and these are the people that must be reined before it's too late. Greed has no bell that
will go off one day to alert the mega-rich that they now have enough money. The irony is
that we the people must save them from their own greed before they kill the goose
that's been laying their golden eggs for more than 30+ years. Sadly, America has
Copyright 2011 27
_____________________________________________________________________
already been plundered to the tune of trillions and the greedy still don't seem to have
enough money and power. When is enough, enough?
)ealt# Red!"tr!7.t!on
As defined by Wikipedia: Wealth Redistribution is the transfer of income, wealth or
property form some individuals to others caused by a social mechanism such as tax
laws, monetary policies or tort law. Most often it refers to progressive redistribution form
the rich to the poor, although it may also refer to regressive redistribution from the poor
to the rich. n the brainwashed minds of 99 percent of Americans wealth redistribution
means one thing and one thing only: socialism. The term socialism means a lot of
different things to Americans but at its core, to most Americans, it means 'taking their
money and giving it to sorry ass deadbeats to lazy to work.'
First off, most Americans, don't have two nickels to take and give to anyone. God help
the deadbeats if they need your paltry pennies. So put your fears of socialism to rest.
Secondly, as documented herein, when your parents pass away, if they haven't already,
you're still not going to have two nickels to rub together since only the mega-rich inherit
any real money. Even if you got more than $100 K it's still chicken feed a.k.a. two
nickels to rub together when you equate it to real wealth in the grand scheme of things.
n other words, you're not an America royal and never will be so get over worrying about
someone coming to take your money . . . you don't have any and more than likely never
will. Nonetheless, make no mistake whatsoever; this is not a push and introduction of a
socialist state in America. As clearly and unequivocally stated early on, this book was
written by a capitalist who has earned well within the top 20 percent of American salaries
and who doesn't want the government coming to take my two nickels any more than
you do. So let the hair on the back of your neck lay back down and settle in for the actual
truth about wealth redistribution in America.
Referring to the definition above for wealth redistribution . . . it mentions a type of
wealth redistribution called regressive redistribution. Ever heard of the term on cable or
network news? You won't! Go into the den, turn on that wide screen TV you're still
paying on and start flipping channels to listen for the term regressive redistribution.
What do you have via our technological revolution, 500 channels, maybe more? Sit
and flip from channel to channel 24/7 for the next year or so and you are NOT going to
hear the term anywhere, any time, on any channel especially on one channel in
particular a.k.a. the freedom and liberty channel. You can and will find socialism talked
about 24/7/365, but regressive redistribution you're not going to hear about. Let's
investigate and explain what it is and then the reason you've never heard of it will
become clear.
An unsophisticated definition of regressive redistribution can be summed up in one
word called stealing. While the word stealing is rather harsh and abrasive, it gets
worse. t's not just stealing, it's stealing from those in America that can least afford it, as
in YOU! f you prefer, you can call it weaseling, hoodwinking, manipulating, bamboozling
or whatever you wish, but at the end of the day it's just good old common stealing.
Regressive redistribution in America is essentially a wildly sophisticated, multi-faceted
pyramid scheme where massive wealth is flowing in one single direction ONLY . . .
Copyright 2011 28
_____________________________________________________________________
upwards toward a very top small percentage of the mega-rich. Very curious, that
progressive redistribution gets all the media attention when the true culprit in the death
of the American Dream is regressive redistribution. Unless you are in the tiny small
percentage of Americans at the very top, it's your wealth, from your hard work, that's
leaving your pockets every single day through regressive redistribution that is to be
alarmed about . . . not socialism!
Everyone has heard of trickle down economic theory that is currently experiencing a
popular political resurgence. Via that theory over the past 30+ years what has actually
occurred and is continuing to occur is massive GUSH UP economics. Unlike trickle
down economics however, GUSH UP economics is no theory . . . this theory actually
works. t has proven to work over the past 30+ years and is getting stronger by the day.
Please don't confuse gush with the word trickle . . . gush means a money tsunami! A
gully washer, tidal wave and the type of flood that Noah built his ark to survive.
Why you have never heard of gush up economics and the massive wealth being stolen
from you and accumulated by the mega-rich at the top is actually quite simple they
[the mega-rich] don't want you to know about it. f you were one of them would you? Of
course not! nstead you'd rather have everyone you can buy off banging on the socialism
drum 24/7 distracting the American people from what's really happening.

Referring back to our imaginary American Monopoly board, first understand that this
board belongs to YOU. You along with your parents and their parents paid for it with
200+ years of sweat, toil and sacrifice. All together, the millions of Americans that
worked, fought and died for America own this board and at one time almost everything
on it. t is still the biggest and strongest economy in the entire world and we still have
one of the highest standards of living in the entire world . . . for the time being anyway. f
any reader feels guilty about this fact then simply close this book and pass it on to
someone else because this book is all about taking care of individual American
citizens and nothing else! n short, it's about being proud to be an American, proud of the
standard of living we've earned and all about keeping it from being stolen!
Underneath our collective American Monopoly board we all own, we typically have our
money stashed under the edge. We like it, it feels good to have all those bills stashed
under there and the more we have the better. That's exactly the way it should be in a
free enterprise system. This is America and we're about earning money lots of it, if
that's an individual American's goal. Earning money however, is not the same as
stealing it via political corruption and massive multi-national corporate monopolies.
As we've worked and toiled and played the game, the way the rules say it's to be played,
something has changed over the last 10, 20, 30 years . . . our money under the edge of
the American board is not getting larger. More than 30+ years ago Americans put the
kids in daycare and almost all our spouses to work. Then we went out and got a second
or even a third job. Based upon that fact alone, we should all be financially secure with a
large majority well off, but that is not the case at all . . . Americans are losing their shirt.
'What gives,' most Americans are now asking? We waved the flag and voted like we're
supposed to, our spouse got a job, we went to college or trade school, joined the union
at work, got another job on the side and still our money under the edge of the American
Monopoly board is still not growing. t must be the economy in general . . .
Copyright 2011 29
_____________________________________________________________________
The statistics say it's not the economy at all. n the U.S., non-farm productivity between
1979 and 2009 rose 8.4 percent.
1
Productivity increased twice as fast in 2009 as it had
in 2008 and twice as fast again in 2010.
2
As a result, corporate profits grew 22 percent
since 2007.
3
With productivity and profits up it seems only fair that the wealth of average
Americans would be up as well. Virtually everyone in America is and has been working
harder and smarter for at least 20+ years or more. Even though most Americans are no
Harvard economist, most of us understand that Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is the
market value of final goods and services produced within the borders of a nation.
America, as you probably know, is the largest economy in the entire world and in 1980
the GDP was just under $3 trillion but has risen steadily every single year without
exception to 14+ trillion in 2010.
Brea,o.t Re"o.r$e8"9(
3rod.$t!2!ty +tat!"t!$"
http://www.bls.gov/lpc/prodybar.htm
-D3 -rot#
http://www.tradingeconomics.com/Economics/GDP.aspx?Symbol=USD
Most Americans don't know how much a trillion is and it won't fit on the screen of our
calculator we got in high school. We do all know that just one trillion is a heck of a lot of
money and a whopping $11+ trillion GDP increase in just the last 30+ years is
phenomenal and huge beyond what our small brains can fathom. We realize of course
that the population of America has increased significantly over that period of time and
that only a small percentage of that $11+ trillion is actual profit, but any way you slice it
that's billions and billions and billions of dollars in profits. As demonstrated herein
statistically, virtually none, if any, of those billions of dollars have gone into your pocket
since 90 percent of all Americans have experienced stagnant or dropping salaries
and wages for three straight decades.
4
Since we know that manufacturing jobs have
been leaving the U.S. for more than 20+ years we know those billions were not
reinvested into American manufacturing infrastructure. Since we know that 75 percent of
non-home real estate is owned by the top 10 percent of Americans some of it went buy
property (virtually none of it bought by us peasants). Those billions of dollars also didn't
go to pay down the federal deficit and contrary to popular belief the money didn't go to
'those sorry people too lazy to work who are gaming the system via welfare.' So the
question is, where did all those billions in profits, over the last 30+ years, go?
The answer: it went to buying up more wealth, stocks, bonds, trusts, property, diamonds,
furs, mansions, Bentleys, caviar, second and third homes, pools, personal trainers, ski
trips, world travel, passed down inheritance, influence buying, think tanks, lobbyists on K
Street, political action committees, campaign contributions, retreats with members of
Congress, so called philanthropy, art work, therapists, private schools, plastic surgery,
fine dining, exquisite wines, wine cellars, chauffeurs, maids, nannies, pool boys, day
spas, yachts, yacht clubs, country clubs, golf, polo, vy League educations, estates,
security, shopping sprees in Rodeo Drive and the host of other extravagances that only
American royalty can afford. Let's not be petty and envious however, none of this stuff is
cheap and it requires a lot of money. We know from all the statistics provided herein that
Copyright 2011 30
_____________________________________________________________________
virtually zero money has trickled down in the last thirty years, so let's try to get an idea
of how much money has been gushing upward:
The top 1 percent of U.S. households control 40+ percent of the nation's private
wealth. Just 25 years ago the top 12 percent controlled 33 percent.
5
That 40+
percent figure is more than the combined wealth of the bottom 90 percent of all
Americans.
6
A mere 20 percent of Americans at the top of the food chain own 84
percent of all the privately held wealth in the U.S.
7
The top 10 percent of Americans now own 90 percent of all stock, bonds, trusts
and business equity and at least 75 percent of non-home real estate in this
nation.
8
For 15 straight years previous to the Great Recession that began in 2007, the top
1 percent absconded with 50 percent of all the income earned in America.
Currently half of all American income is going to the top 10 percent.
9
When capital gains are included, the 1/10th of the top 1 percent collectively rake
in more than $1 trillion a year when capital gains are included.
10
Since 1983, 43 percent of all the new financial wealth created by the U.S.
economy went to the wealthiest 1%. A full 94% was absorbed by the top 20%,
leaving just 6% of the financial wealth created during the 80s, 90s, and 2000s to
the bottom 80% of Americans. Total real income growth during that same time
period was similarly distributed, with 44% of increases amassed by the top 1%
and 87% of total increases accruing to the top 20%.
11
The total inflation-adjusted net worth of the (orbes 400 rose from $507 billion in
1995 to $1.62 trillion in 2007, before dropping back to $1.37 trillion in 2010.
12
Overall income inequality is now at its worst since 1928, just previous to the start
of the Great Depression.
13
As of this writing, the U.S. has 496,000 households worth at least $30 M and
more than 5.2 million worth more than $1 M. By 2020, households worth at least
$30 M are projected to exceed 496,000 and more than 65 million U.S.
households will be worth at least $1 M.
14
The top 1 percent of households in the
U.S. have seen a 281 percent rise in after-tax income since 1979.
15
Income inequality: It wasnt always this way
http://www.epi.org/economic_snapshots/entry/income_inequality_it_wasnt_always_this_
way/
Copyright 2011 31
_____________________________________________________________________
Anyone see a trend here? s anyone with a calculator and a PhD in economics or math
able to put a firm dollar figure on all the bullet points above? f calculated back to 1980,
when the trend officially began, it's trillions of dollars . . . how many trillions who knows?
s anyone out there in America scratching their heads asking themselves why these
numbers and statistics aren't being reported by CNN, FOX, MSNBC, CBS, NBC or ABC
news? Doesn't it seem like there would be a multi-segment, week long expos by all the
networks, newspapers and major news websites to get the word out to the American
people? nstead, all we in America hear about is the threat of socialism . . . why are we
not hearing anything mentioned about the term regressive redistribution instead?
Clearly these trends raise a lot of questions and for most Americans who believe we live
in a democracy that operates within a free enterprise system where most Americans
have a chance to succeed . . . it should raise some serious concerns. These concerns
are not that some people are getting filthy rich in America. n a capitalist system, the
pursuit of wealth is the essential element that makes it work. After all, it's what the free
enterprise system is all about . . . making money. The real concern and questions are,
'what does this kind of money buy?' 'Can it buy a government?' and 'What does this type
of money do to our imaginary American Monopoly board?'
While the complex mathematical calculations to arrive at the profit dollar figures
represented by a $14 T GDP growth over 30+ years are impossible to figure out, it's not
too difficult to figure out where the money went. Putting you on an investigative journey
to uncover how all the money went to the top of the American food chain is what Part of
this book is all about. First let's get some historical context by going all the way back to
our founding fathers to see what they intended and move forward in time to see where
these numbers and statistics were previous to 1980.
Copyright 2011 32
_____________________________________________________________________
;!"tor!$al 5onte<t to Ma""!2e Top4Only A&er!$an )ealt#
f someone had been asleep for a hundred years or so and suddenly awoke in America
today, they would think that the Constitution, Bill of Rights and the history of our nation's
founding had suddenly been unearthed from a time capsule. The last time anyone
checked, all the documents and vestiges of history are all still safely tucked away and
available for inspection in museums. Even better, via the nternet, all can be accessed
by any America with the click of their mouse and believe it or not . . . you won't even
need Glen Beck's password for access.
nstead of listening to the so called experts, pundits and talking heads who would like
America to believe that we're all so ignorant that we need them to interpret the
Constitution and Bill of Rights for us . . . simply pull up the documents and some history
and read them for yourself. Despite what all the so called experts pretend to know that
you can interpret for yourself, a few things are clear:
America was created to be run for the people by the people for the greater good
of the whole nation, not just a few select families and individuals.
The government is tasked with regulating commerce for the greater good of all
citizens and a winner take all mandate is not part of the Constitution and Bill of
Rights.
The government has both the right and obligation to collect taxes for the greater
good of the whole nation and there are no tax tables contained within the
Constitution, Bill of Rights or in any museum for guidance.

n short, there were some general guiding principles laid out in the beginning and all the
specifics were figured out as we went along. All the current hoopla about the
Constitution saying X, Y and Z specifically is about as accurate as the millions of the
interpretations of the Bible and the Koran.
One thing from all the writings, documents and history is however crystal clear: America
was founded to provide its citizens with freedom from rule by kings, queens and royalty.
Massive bloodline wealth and governance of America by those bloodlines and wealth
are not part of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights or any of the founding fathers' writings.
Search as long as you would like and you won't find any historical documentation that
puts into place rule of America by a monarchy based upon bloodlines. Furthermore, you
will not find any documentation that dictates America is to be ruled by Wall Street,
corporations and special interests.
All Americans know the history of kings, queens, serfs and peasants. We all know that
America, our Constitution and The Bill of Rights were established and written expressly
to ensure that we would never again suffer under the greed and tyranny of kings and
queens. Today however, The Constitution that was designed to protect us is being
manipulated and contorted to ensure we're enslaved once again. Just like the Bible and
the Koran, the Constitution and Bill of Rights can be manipulated. t's being done with
evangelical fervor and earnestness befitting the snake oil salesmen that traveled the
Copyright 2011 33
_____________________________________________________________________
west early in our history. No one, not even the most skilled manipulator can show where
The Constitution dictates rule by kings, queens or American royalty.

Whoever said that we Americans have a short memory absolutely nailed the truth. That
truth is repeatedly the root to 99.9% of all our current economic problems. Even though
short memory is just a nice word for absolute stupidity, let's stick with the term short
memory for now. Consider for a moment the American fascination with royalty,
especially the British royals. For as long as anyone can remember we've fawned over
the queen, Princess Di's life and death, Prince Charles and now we're gushing over the
newest installment of royalty via Kate, Prince William's new bride.
t's often said that the closest thing we have to royalty in America is the Kennedy clan,
but surely the Bush family can't be far behind with two presidents and a governor. The
media and people that make such statements about American royalty make them as if
we in America have missed out on something, as if we're being cheated somehow by
not having our own true monarchy to support with millions of tax dollars.
The American value system is based upon hard work, sacrifice and relative equality, but
for some reason we admire, worship and worst of all enable the exact opposite of those
ideals. The crowns on the heads of our American monarchy are money connections and
great wealth.
Unlike the fringe left that live in some dream world of utopian existence yet to be, most
Americans live in the real world fully realizing that wealth has its privileges. Guess
what? t is and always will be that way. f acquired through hard work and sacrifice on a
fairly level playing field, most Americans don't begrudge one single dime of earned
wealth by Americans. t's what the free enterprise system is all about: work hard, make a
lot of money and live as large as you want, but don't ruin the game for everyone else in
the process. Living on inherited stock portfolios and doubling their value every
generation is not called work, anymore than managing a hedge fund or holding
company that pummels humans into the ground in exchange for stock price gains that
benefit the American aristocracy.
As with our imaginary American Monopoly board; we've all played with the jerk that ruins
the game for everyone. Good natured nice humans, people we thought were our friends
become transformed during the game as they accumulate more money and property.
They get that smirk and smile on their face when you land on their property with all the
hotels. Suddenly they develop a maniacal laugh as you hand over your money into their
grubby little hands in exchange for moving even more poverty stricken along the board.
f even play money on a Monopoly board game turns good people into greedy little
creeps just think what real money does to people who weren't good people to begin
with?
What's the goal in the game of Monopoly? Simple: to bankrupt every player on the board
any way you can, using every method possible that include: psychological warfare,
propaganda, monopolization, bank fraud, intimidation, collusion, partnerships and
anything else you can dream up. Have you ever cheated at Monopoly? (Perhaps
grabbing a few bucks out of the bank while the banker was in the kitchen.) n a game
however, humans don't starve to death, families are not thrown out into the street and
people don't put a gun in their mouths and pull the trigger . . . in a game all is soon
forgiven and forgotten.
Copyright 2011 34
_____________________________________________________________________
You would think however that nothing would be forgotten or forgiven in the real game of
Monopoly we play every day. For us, the little people, it's not a game at all. t's our
lives, our livelihoods and our economic dreams for the only life we're going to have. For
those Americans in the top percentage of incomes and wealth, it is nothing but a game.
When you have billions of dollars it becomes nothing but play money just like in the
game of Monopoly. At least on the board game the winner has to look their fellow
players in the eye, but in the real world the mega-rich never look any of us in the eye . . .
as they suck the lifeblood out of every single American en route to bankrupting everyone
on the board.
This book is not big on restating history and is focused primarily on the future not the
past. Nonetheless, sometimes history just slaps you in the face and you have to pay
attention to certain parallels. The parallels between the Great Recession we're now in
and the Great Depression are so obvious and undeniable that only the brain dead could
deny them.
n short, the Great Depression was caused in large part by way too much money in way
too few hands. n 1927 on the eve of the stock market crash, that keyed the Great
Depression, the top 1 percent of Americans owned 24 percent of all the wealth in our
nation. Today, that figure is at 23.5 percent.
1
Even though, back then, they didn't have
speed trading on the stock market and complex derivatives they did have everything
else that brought on our Great Recession. Massive speculation, almost zero banking
regulation, bubbles, insider trading, government corruption and massive monopolies that
have brought our free enterprise system with any real sense of competition to its knees.
Early in the 20th Century with the advent of the Robber Barons, the amassing of way too
much wealth in way too few hands and the creation of monopolies our democracy
and economy began to fail. Over the course of the second 100 years or so, there have
been ebbs and flows from time to time that disrupted the accumulation of massive
wealth and creation of monopolies. Some were regulatory, some were economic up evils
and some were changes due to new inventions. Nonetheless, most of the families that
were mega-rich at the turn of the last century are still mega-rich today. They are in fact
American royalty. Take for example the Vanderbilt family who built a hunting lodge in
Asheville, N.C. That hunting lodge at one time sat upon more than 1000 acres and
was, maybe still is, the largest home in America. ronically family patriarch Cornelius
Vanderbilt got his big break when he helped to beak up a shipping/ferry system
monopoly outside of NYC. Once he learned the ropes of monopolies, he went on to take
the concept to a whole new level with unscrupulous, greedy pursuits of money via
corrupting politicians and undercutting any and all competition that got in his way. Not
only is the Vanderbilt family still rich as dogs, but you can see a chip off the old
Cornelius block, every evening in CNN's Anderson Cooper who is his direct offspring (a
few generations removed). The mega-rich may change their names, they may try to hide
their heritage, but the money tree of old money, never seems to die along with the
doors it opens along the way. Guess we shouldn't expect little Anderson to do an expos
any time soon on the massive wealth passed down in America.
Slowly at first, but gaining speed as it went along, money from the mega-rich, such as
the Vanderbilt family, has choked our democracy to death to where we're at a point
now . . . that it is on the verge of almost complete failure. Rule by democracy has been
replaced by the rule by an oligarchy. Why did we bother to settle the land, steal it from
Copyright 2011 35
_____________________________________________________________________
the ndians and fight the Revolutionary War if crumbs from the greedy are all we have
to show for our forefathers' blood sweat and tears as well as our own? Not only have we
been cheated, but our parents and their parents have been cheated as well. This nation
belongs to us, not the mega-rich and our political class, but decades ago the majority of
Americans abdicated their oversight responsibilities to our democracy.
Some Americans will of course contend that to the victor go (all) the spoils no matter
how it was accomplished. Most Americans believe that the smartest, brightest and most
industrious in a free enterprise system should be rewarded, but with a caveat: as long as
it's accomplished on a fairly level, uncorrupted playing field. Even if we had a perfectly
level playing field (which we of course we never will) do Bill Gates, Warren Buffet and
the Walton family actually need a b-zillion dollars? No! What's more, most Americans
can clearly see the dangers posed to both our democracy and a well functioning free
enterprise system that humongous individual wealth creates.
At some point in the upward accumulation of wealth there have to be at least a few
politically introduced constraints to make accumulating even more wealth increasingly
less likely to happen. The greedy can't be allowed to buy up every space on our
imaginary Monopoly board by bribing the board administrators a.k.a. the government.
The reasons are simple: it led to the Great Depression, contributed to the Great
Recession and it destroys any idea of a true democracy via massive political corruption.
Life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness for the majority of Americans just doesn't
happen in a free enterprise system where only a few Americans at the very top are
allowed to control the entire Monopoly board on which we all are forced to play.
One thing about the mega-rich that you need to understand and just admit before we
move forward: they didn't get rich by being stupid. They all either have MBAs and PhDs
in greed and any level of Q or expertise they may be missing is a phone call away to
one of their vy League fraternity brothers or sorority sisters. They have every single tool
and advantage at their disposal (owning most of them) and with the mega-rich the term
unlimited budget is not a clich.
State of Working America: The rich get richer
http://www.epi.org/economic_snapshots/entry/the_rich_get_richer/
R!"!n% De7t and t#e M!ddle45la"" +=.ee>e?an 6pdate to 200@
http://www.levyinstitute.org/pubs/wp_589.pdf
B.d%et Ba"!$" and t#e A00 3o.nd -or!lla
t has long been said in America that the only two things in life that are unavoidable are
death and taxes. By the strictest of definitions the mega-rich do die and they do pay
some taxes. Let's however explore two questions: A) whether they have been paying
their fair share and B) instead of dying should their last breath pass down billions in
extravagant wealth to yet another generation of American royalty?
Copyright 2011 36
_____________________________________________________________________
First off, almost everyone agrees that incomes taxes are way too high on most everyone
in America except of course for those Americans that pay none, typically the working
poor. The irony is that corporate America squeezes every dime, off shore hiring and
imports new immigrants to work for nothing in order to drive down wages . . . then are
always first to point the finger at the 47 percent of freeloading Americans who aren't
paying any taxes. Here's a novel concept, try cutting some real paychecks to all those
freeloading Americans who aren't paying any taxes and guess what? Problem solved,
they'll make enough to pay taxes. Then in turn we can cut the tax burden upon the
mega-rich, but not until.
The reason taxes are too high is simple: politicians at every level, to include federal,
state and local governments have made promises they didn't have to keep because
most of them would no longer be in office when the bills came due. Further complicating
the issue were all the government bureaucrats, at every level, not doing the job of basic
addition and subtraction. Both of these truths have to change going forward, but this
book is focused on the future not history unless we can learn from it, so we now have to
learn from the past and move forward.
Unfortunately, moving forward is going to be painful and difficult. n order to focus on the
future, the federal budget for 2010 from Wikipedia was pasted in below and anyone with
nternet access can simply pull up the same pie chart for review. The following are what
most reasonable Americans consider mandatory spending avenues and the billions
going out the door of the treasury.
$677.95 B Social Security
$571 B Other mandatory programs
$453 B Medicare
$290 B Medicaid
$164 B nterest on National Debt
$663.7 B Department of Defense
$42.7 B Department of Homeland Security
$2862+ T Total Mandatory Spending = 80% of the $3552 T budget
Everything else, beyond what most reasonable Americans would consider
mandatory, comes to only $690 B left over to run everything else.

Copyright 2011 37
_____________________________________________________________________

)!,!ped!a +o.r$e
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2010_United_States_federal_budget
Ta,!n% Apart t#e Federal 7.d%et
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-srv/special/politics/budget-2010/
O7a&a/" 2011 B.d%et 3ropo"al( ;o *t/" +pent
http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2010/02/01/us/budget.html
Playing the role of Mr. federal budget is not the purpose of this book, but every reader
needs to at least have a basic grasp of where and how the money is allocated. Most
Americans could go to Washington, D.C. tomorrow and by the end of the week cut 20
percent out of every single budget and save $710 B. We could cut off all 'those sorry
people too lazy to work' that get the most press coverage (namely welfare and
unemployment) and save $557.3 B or we could close the Pentagon and plant daisies in
its place and save $663.7 B. Neither cut would get us within budget just for 2010, not to
mention the debt coming down the road. n 2009 we were $1.42 T in the red and by
2015 the debt is projected to be $20 T based upon current spending, projections.
Go to any source you want to pull up and the reality will say the exact same thing:
American has huge bills to pay!!!!! Whether we have Welfare mothers and their children
along with the unemployed starving to death on every American street corner or we kill
off our imperialist war machine (as some like to call it) we're still broke! On top of that,
state government pension plans are under-funded by $3.2 T. n 2010, for the first time
ever, the Social Security system paid out more in benefits than it took in via payroll
taxes. When Social Security is combined with Medicare, projections for the next 75
years reveal the programs are under-funded by $46 T. Anyway you want to cut
Copyright 2011 38
_____________________________________________________________________
spending, when you get back to the bottom line, the federal government is still broke and
we're in the red up to our ears!
While Congress talks 24/7 about debt ceilings, cutting spending and the federal deficit
due to so called entitlements, such as Social Security and Medicare, the biggest
budget item of all, by far, is never even mentioned. t's like the invisible 800 pound gorilla
in the room that is considered sacrosanct to dare mention cutting.
That budget item is of course national defense and homeland security. To understand
how the biggest budget item of all which absolutely beyond any doubt has the most
waste, fraud and room for cuts is free from any discussion of budget cuts you must
first understand Washington, D.C. While the rest of the U.S. is suffering from the second
worst economic disaster in our nation's history, clearly understand that Washington, D.C.
has experienced no pain, feels no pain and has no idea whatsoever that the rest of the
nation is living in the midst of the Great Recession.
The 6+ million people who live in the greater D.C. Metro area as still living high on the
hog and are doing just fine! The entire place, almost all residents and businesses live off
the federal government by either working for the government or feeding off the existence
of government or its payroll. By an overwhelming proportion, most of the money that
pays all those wages and salaries come from one place: national defense and homeland
security spending. Always a huge slice of the federal budget, but after 9/11 the spending
has grown by colossal proportions beyond what anyone could ever imagine. f it were
possible to put aside what happened to the Pentagon on 9/11 and the lives lost, which of
course is not possible to do . . . in strict economic terms alone 9/11 created the
biggest economic boost to ever happen to the D.C. Metro area economy as well as the
military industrial complex throughout America. Most Americans, unless exposed via
living in the beltway for a period of time, simply cannot fathom the money being spent on
national defense and homeland security.
With less than 5 percent of the world's population, America has the largest defense
budget of any nation on Earth by an extremely wide margin. While many Americans now
question the intervention into raq, most have never questioned the general spending
post 9/11 on combating terrorism. Whether we've just been lucky or all the money has
paid dividends no one can say, but the fact that we've not had another 9/11 type event is
hard to argue with. That could change before the ink on the book is dry. Nonetheless,
the current spending levels on national defense and homeland security will bankrupt our
nation if they are maintained. America, with less than 5 percent of the world's population,
can no longer afford to be the world's police force . . . we simply don't have the money!
Nonetheless, Libya was considered essential by the neocons such as senator, McCain
who never saw a war he didn't want the U.S. to get involved in. While the fringe left
peace freaks are quick to slam the neocons, how many of them are at the White House
protesting the U.S. military intervention into Uganda? None! Oil for our cars is evil, but
sending troops all over the planet to stop human rights abuses, rape and genocide is just
fine and dandy. How many are willing to put their posterior on the line to dodge bullets to
stop rape and genocide? None! Both Libya and Uganda are none of our business and
both the fringe left and the radical right need to wake up and figure out we no longer can
afford to intervene anywhere for any reason whatsoever unless our national security is
threatened and that is clearly not the case in Libya or Uganda. Let the continent of Africa
deal with their own problems while we deal with ours!
Copyright 2011 39
_____________________________________________________________________
Post 9/11 and to this day, anything that has the words national defense or homeland
security printed on it gets approved, no questions asked, no intensive study, no rigorous
hearings and nothing that even resembles restraint exists if it might possibly make
American safer. Billions upon billions of taxpayer dollars flow like water to any and
every defense/homeland security contractor who is willing to make significant campaign
contributions and no one in Washington, D.C. or America at large even bats an eye. f
you added up all the billions spent since 9/11 on national defense and homeland
security, we could have created impenetrable bubbles for every man, woman and child
in America to protect them from terrorist and still have a couple trillion dollars remaining.
Everyone in America could have been assigned their own personal terrorism
bodyguard. Where does it end? What is the threshold for enough spending when it
comes to combating terrorism?
Whether you are a dove or a hawk, some degree of spending is inevitable and it
somehow has to be paid for which under the current tax structure is currently
unfunded. Before examining who should pay and how much, let's look briefly at the
bills. Just the prime defense contract money being funneled to defense contractors in
2010 alone totaled $84.6 B.
1
Just as a snapshot, the tax dollars spent in 2010 that went
to just the top 5 defense contractors were as follows:
2
Lockheed Martin $10+ B
Northrop Grumman $8+ B
Boeing $5+ B
General Dynamics $4+ B
Raytheon $4+ B
The massive money and top companies are broken out here to simply drive home the
point to America that war is an extremely profitable business for the corporations
involved. Most Americans do not however see war as a business, but instead see it as
national defense and homeland security. Just like every other profitable business in
America, national defense and homeland security come with big fat CEO paychecks and
huge stock market payoffs for the top 10 percent of Americans who own all the stock.
Unlike most profitable U.S. businesses however, the fat and inefficiency in operations far
exceeds any other business in America for two reasons: 1) they are spending tax payer
money and 2) ever since 9/11 it has been a free-for-all spending frenzy for anything that
might keep America safer.
Supposedly it is all being spent to keep Americans safe from terrorism, but we can look
no further than the trillion dollars spent in raq to see that money had nothing whatsoever
to do with terrorism. Every American alive knows it had to do with oil, otherwise we'd
be fighting wars and doing nation building everywhere, but we're not are we? What did
we accomplish? We spent a trillion dollars on people that hate us and created a power
vacuum for ran to assume when we leave. f you recall when it all started, according to
president, Bush , oil money was going to pay for the war funding. That didn't happen
and the promise of oil money to pay the bill has been completely forgotten somehow?
That trillion dollar woops in political circles is called a miscalculation, but the assets
Copyright 2011 40
_____________________________________________________________________
from the spending are now owned by raq, the profits are in the hands of defense
contractors and American tax payers have yet to pay off any of the bill a.k.a. a massive
federal deficit.
t can be assumed that in time big oil will benefit from the trillion dollars spent, but the
real lion's share of money went to defense contractors and their stockholders. After
thousands of American lives lost on the battlefield, almost exclusively from only the
middle-class and the poor, the American people have yet to benefit at the gas pump and
it can be argued are no safer from terrorism than we were previous to spending a
trillion dollars.
What about Afghanistan? Another trillion plus dollar war expenditure that made the
defense contractors and their stockholders rich as dogs. Most in America would agree
that at least we're somewhat safer from terrorism as a result. Nonetheless, the mission
in Afghanistan was over long ago, bin Laden is now dead and we're still spending money
on a stone-age toilet run by tribes. How that mission turned into a nation building
exercise instead of a war mission is as simple as tracing it back to the profit motives of
our defense contractors and their stockholders. Bringing democracy and stability to a
prehistoric people and a nation with no strategic value to America a.k.a. no oil or
economic value . . . makes about as much since as annexing Mexico's problems.
Al-Qaeda is in Pakistan and there is a mission to be pursued there, but nation building in
Afghanistan largely benefits only stockholders and national defense contractors. The
only strategic interest we may have in Afghanistan is tied to Pakistan, but for years
we've continued to spend billions in Afghanistan? The reason is simple . . . because it's
good for the war business.
t should be clearly stated here that am not a dove, served in the Army long ago and
don't believe it is realistic to believe that we can tear down the Pentagon and plant
daisies as some of the anti-war activists believe. Furthermore, not only is the threat of
terrorism real, but there are a least a billion people in Pakistan alone that would nuke the
U.S. if they got the chance. With that said however, most of the billions being spent in
Afghanistan and many of the dollars being spent on national defense and homeland
security are a complete waste that is being irrationally driven by fear of a boogie man
called terrorism.
To date, if we're honest with ourselves, we've just been lucky more than perfect in
regard to preventing another major terrorist attack on U.S. soil (as of this writing). To
date, roughly speaking we've lost around 3,000+ Americans on U.S. soil to terrorist
attacks. Does anyone in American believe that that number will not rise at some point in
the future no matter how much money we spend? Of course not!
n 2005, 45,800 Americans died and 2.4 million were injured due to car accidents. Have
we shut down all the roads, taken everyone's car keys and spent trillions of taxpayer
dollars to stop these deaths and injuries? Of course not, but spending trillions of
taxpayer dollars to try and eradicate with 100 percent certainty the possibility of any U.S.
citizens ever dying again from terrorism seems rational to Americans? Even teenagers
are allowed to drive in America and no taxpayers are willing to spend trillions of dollars
to stop that, so why a blank check for the pentagon and homeland security? Going
strictly by the odds of who is more likely to kill U.S. citizens on U.S. soil which is to be
more feared . . . terrorists or teenage drivers?
Copyright 2011 41
_____________________________________________________________________
With only a few exceptions, such as a dirty bomb, nuclear bomb, sabotage or bombing
of nuclear reactor or poisoning of a water or food supply . . . the likelihood of 45,000
deaths and 2.4 million injuries in a single year due to terrorism are almost impossible to
fathom. Stopping such a catastrophic number in loss of life due to terrorism is prudent
and even though that can't be accomplished with 100 percent certainty it is rational to
support enough spending upon homeland security and national defense to preclude
such catastrophic events. However, nation building in raq and Afghanistan and trillions
of dollars later and we still are vulnerable to both the catastrophic terrorist events and
smaller scale incidents such as the one that occurred at Ft. Hood. So how do we
calculate the cost versus benefit ratio?
The point is that even with a blank check, money spent with defense and homeland
security contractors, America will only be made somewhat safer from terrorism. f we
had instead utilized profiling via race, nation of origin and religion criteria to preclude
entry and immigration into the U.S. we would be far safer than we are after two wars
and spending several trillion dollars. While not advocating for such iron clad racist and
religious discrimination policies by any means, this truth demonstrates that America is
willing to take certain calculated risks in order to maintain our identity as a free and just
nation with religious freedoms.
While America understands and supports that calculated risk, most have yet to
understand there are calculated risks associated with national defense and homeland
security spending as well. With less than 5 percent of the world's population, we can't be
alone in fighting terrorism for the world and we can't spend enough money to make us
100 percent safe. f we bankrupt all of America to support the Pentagon and defense
contractors, then we have lost the war on terrorism.
Even so, we have spent well over 3 trillion dollars already and we will continue to spend
billions upon billions of dollars on national security and homeland defense. Neither of the
two wars having been paid for to date and based upon current tax dollars the entire
defense budget is unfunded. Since the defense and homeland security budgets are a
sacred cow in Washington, D.C. because of lobbyists and somewhat irrational fear of
terrorism, someone in America has huge unpaid bills to pay?
Such huge expenses beg the questions: who should pay, what's acceptable and who
should pay the lion's share? t's clear that the lives of average Americans, from the
middle-class and the poor almost exclusively, will be the only ones lost doing any
fighting and dying for America in war. So with that as reality, as far as classes in
America, which we supposedly don't have . . . the middle-class and the poor carry the
heaviest burden of all for any American war. Although the media machine, owned by the
mega-rich, love to talk about our boys in harms way . . . except for the rarest of
exceptions, it's not their boys in harms way. The vy League boys prefer golf, tennis
and polo instead of dodging bullets in raq and Afghanistan . . . for some reason?
Admittedly, all of America was attacked on 9/11 and for a few brief weeks we were one
nation. The response as far as war and American lives has been carried not by the
mega-rich however. raq it could easily be argued was never about terrorism or a threat
to the U.S. other than the need for oil. What about S. Korea, Libya and U.S. troops on
European soil, defense agreements with Japan, Taiwan, Saudi Arabia, etc., not to
Copyright 2011 42
_____________________________________________________________________
mention billions spent by the state department and for foreign aid? Who benefits the
most from all these risks, efforts and billions and billions of dollars in tax money?
Let's be honest America, while terrorism, human rights, peace on Earth and world
stability benefits the average American somewhat, based upon the rape of America via
free trade and a world economy . . . the benefits to average Americans from all these
efforts and billions being spent are minimal at best. Those who benefit the most, by far,
are U.S. multi-national corporations, the mega-rich and the top 10 percent of Americans
who own almost all the stock in America. While many in America still believe it's all about
delivering democracy, human rights and world peace everywhere on Earth . . . the truth
is that it's all about the money. t's about marketplaces, consumers, commerce and
opportunities for more wealth for the mega-rich gained upon the world stage. t's not
about old glory, but instead is about a vision of free trade (free labor) and one world
economy that rings the register for America's aristocracy and the world's mega-rich.
Whether you agree with all the efforts, spending and involvement is neither here nor
there for purposes of this book. What cannot be disagreed with is that the costs of
national defense and homeland security should be far more heavily weighted toward the
top of the America food chain via a greatly increased tax burden. Furthermore, the day
has arrived for America to demand that our multi-national corporations and the mega-
rich who benefit the most from America's national defense and homeland security
spending . . . hire American workers exclusively whenever possible. Lives of the middle-
class and poor lost in war, billions of dollars in defense and homeland security spending
and who benefits? Troops returning from war can't even get hired anywhere in America
due to PTSD concerns and no transferable job skills and 90 percent of America has
been loosing financially for 30+ years so it's not us that are benefiting.
Where is the hiring of Americans by America's multi-nation behemoth corporations?
Where is the concern and initiatives to reduce the massive wealth inequality in America
by those that benefit the most from America? The aristocracy only takes from America,
but get a free ride as far as any obligations to America and that must change going
forward.
Why should the America people and taxpayers protect the cheap labor pools all over the
world for the primary financial benefit or our nation's aristocracy? No terrorist is going to
fly a plane into our house and stock market losses from unrest on the other side of the
world have little impact upon 90 percent of Americans. Why should we fight any war to
secure oil or to maintain free markets throughout the world if we are not to benefit? Any
idea of shared sacrifice on behalf of America's mega-rich, who don't do any of the
fighting, who haven't returned to America in flag draped caskets or without limbs . . . is a
sick joke upon the America people.
As far as shared prosperity, the massive wealth inequality in America documented
herein puts any idea of that to rest. t seems that when it comes to our aristocracy, they
do nothing but take from America. They take the benefits of this nation's national
defense all over the world to secure free markets and then take American jobs and
send them to those nations for more profits. Then when the greedy are asked to pay
their fair share of the national defense and homeland security load via higher taxes they
scream about being the job creators in America. Taxing the mega-rich is a jobs killer
we're told over and over, even though there is now more money concentrated at the top
of the America food chain than ever in history and no jobs to be found. Hopefully the
Copyright 2011 43
_____________________________________________________________________
game of playing 'we can't tax the mega-rich, under the guise that it will kill job creation,'
has just about run its course in America. Along with that epiphany, should also come a
realization that we do not all have the same risks, nor do we all share equally in the
prosperity created by homeland security and national defense. Therefore, it is now clear
that although we all benefit somewhat, it is only fair that those that benefit the most
begin to pay their fair share of national defense costs that are now at least a couple of
trillion dollars in the red.
Top 20 De1en"e 5ontra$tor"
http://www.defensesystems.com/articles/2010/05/27/top-20-defense-contractors.aspx
Deat# and Ta<e" are A2o!da7le
Obviously, as noted above, defense and homeland security spending along with war
funding, nation building and spreading democracy was a huge contributor to the federal
red ink, but in truth . . . what we are now facing started decades ago. n the most simple
of the terms, the Congress and all presidents going back to Reagan lied like dogs. All
the liars, previous to the political class we now have, are now drawing federal pensions,
working as lobbyists, sitting on corporate boards, writing books or working on their
presidential libraries.
Rather than be honest with the American people, they all promised way too much, spent
way too much, gave way too many tax breaks to the mega-rich and kicked the can down
the road for us to deal with now. Were we the American people complicit? Yes! We
trusted way too much, when we were told that we could bake our cake and eat it too and
we bought it while we paid no attention whatsoever while greed took over our nation.
The lake was filled with money and for decades the mega-rich could rob us all without
many average Americans paying attention or noticing, but now the bill for their greed has
come due.
The bill now due began compiling way back in 1982 when Reagan gave massive tax
cuts to the mega-rich we could not afford and every president and Congress thereafter
was bribed and pressured to keep the pyramid scheme going. Now that the bill has
come due, the political class that sold us out for more than 30+ years expect us, the
little people to pay the tab for the mega-rich via austerity measures. Never mind that we
the little people have been raped by the greedy in the labor market for 30+ years and
have nothing left to sacrifice . . . we'll ultimately pay higher taxes and suffer needlessly
from the massive austerity cuts now on the way.
Before exploring the historical tax shifts, along with a history of income taxes in America,
two things should be clearly noted: 1) Taxing the mega-rich into the ground now [at this
late date and time] is NOT going to solve our federal or state budget problems.
Americans are going to be paying higher taxes in the years ahead no matter what is
done to the tax codes for the mega-rich. Massive cuts in waste and federal spending
must occur, but nonetheless it's not going to be enough to solve our red ink problem
without your taxes going up as well. Those taxes to come may arrive in other forms,
Copyright 2011 44
_____________________________________________________________________
such as sales taxes, but they're coming . . . write it down, it's the gospel of truth that no
politician is going to tell you and 2) The mega-rich at this moment in time have us, the
little people, exactly where they want us . . . confused and backed into a corner. While
we the little people no longer have the luxury of not playing nice with our fellow
Americans the mega-rich, to a certain extent, can thump their noses at us all and
take their ball and go home any time they wish. So any idea that we the people are
going to tax them at the rates they should have been paying since 1982 is fools play. As
workers within America, they don't need us any longer because we're now expensive
dead weight compared to the slave labor available in the developing world. At any point,
the mega-rich can just purchase their own island somewhere, incorporate there and
laugh all the way to the bank. Nonetheless, tax rates for the mega-rich are going up
because we the people are going to see to it! Before we raise their tax rates, let's look
at some historical perspectives as far as the top tax brackets and the percentage at
which mega-rich Americans were taxed in the past. As follows is a snapshot of rates for
single Americans in the top brackets after the turn of the last century coming forward:
Y0AR
TO3
BRA5K0T 30R50NTA-0
1B21 C1,000,000 @'D
1B22 C 200,000 EAD
1B2E C 100,000 2ED
1B'2 C1,000,000 F'D
1B'F CE,000,000 @BD
1B:: C 200,000 B:D
1BFE C 200,000 @0D
1B@0 C 102,000 @0D
1BA2 C :1,E00 E0D
1BA@ C E:,000 'A.ED
1BB1 C :B,000 '1D
1BBF C 2F',@E0 'B.FD
2011 C '@B,1E0 'ED
Again, these are just snapshots in time but generally in between the years documented
above the rates stayed fairly constant for many years. Above the peak and the valley
points show the massive shifts that have occurred. There are many things striking about
the tax snap shots and dates above, but something beyond all else stands out and most
Americans have been blinded to it by the mega-rich media machine.
Since 1936 no one in America, it seems, has been focusing on the top tax bracket. Since
then through today, no one above a certain top bracket is taxed even one percent higher
than someone making just a few million dollars. Today you pay 35% at $379,150 or at
$7 M (the average income for the top 1/10
th
of the top 1 percent). Look at 1991 where
some peasant making $49,000 paid 31 percent the same rate as someone making $7
M or more. Even in 2011, the top bracket is only $379,150 with a ridiculous 35 percent
rate for those raking in millions . . . at a time when we have more red ink than at any time
in our history except perhaps around WW.
Why not some realistic tax brackets for the mega-rich to remove some red ink such as:
$5 M 50%, $6 M 55%, $7 M 60% and 8+ M 70%? That would simply take the tax
Copyright 2011 45
_____________________________________________________________________
rate for those making $8+ M back to the rate of 1970. Where are the tax brackets for the
corporate CEOs, sports figures and movie stars making $10, $15 or $80 M a year?
America is being told that we all have to pull together and tighten out belts so where is
the belt tightening at the top? Why do tax brackets for the mega-rich not even exist?
The time has come to create them and keep them in place until government spending
and red ink are under control, the trillions in war expenses are paid down and our debt to
China is repaid. This is not rocket science, America has to bring in more revenue and
drastically cut government spending. We're of course pushing the envelope with a 70
percent rate, but tiered brackets at the top are now mandatory far into the foreseeable
future. As clearly demonstrated by all statistics trickle down economics is a complete
lie that's part of an American pyramid scheme created by political corruption. Trickle
down would be wealth accumulation, not merely being still employed [if you're that
lucky] and 90 percent of the people have lost out on any significant wealth accumulation
for the past 30+ years. The only wealth being accumulated is at the top and it goes off
shore into a Swiss bank not into job creation within America or into your paycheck.
When you get paid, it goes straight into stimulating the economy because unfortunately,
most Americans are forced to live hand to mouth, paycheck to paycheck.
t's only fair that along with the liberty and freedom enema being prescribed that we
remember the third leg of bedrock American beliefs called JUSTCE. There is no
liberty and freedom without justice and it's only fair and just for our fellow Americans
who benefit the most from citizenship pay a higher percentage of income in taxes. Way
too much money at the top chokes out any opportunity for average Americans to
succeed. We're forced to work for the greedy who own the Monopoly board at stagnated
wages simply because there are no other options. nstead of a free enterprise system,
we now live within a prison lockdown where no American has any liberty and freedom
whatsoever . . . unless they are a member of the mega-rich. You have the freedom to go
to work everyday for stagnant wages and if you don't show up you'll be replaced by a
temp, contractor or someone off shore to boost profit margins.
n addition to the fairness question and real liberty and freedom; tax history previous to
the Great Depression in Roaring 20s clearly demonstrates that when American royalty is
created by the mega-rich not paying their fair share economic bubbles are created
that burst upon the little people . . . not the mega-rich. t is an historical fact that a
higher tiered tax rate percentage existed for the mega-rich, previous to president,
Reagan and it created the biggest middle-class in America's history. Just as importantly,
if not more, such a progressive rate for the mega-rich creates economic stability by
quelling booms and busts that have plagued American ever since Reagan.

For the evidence, simply look at the tax history provided above in 1922 and 1925 when
taxes on the Robber Barons went way down for years. n 1929, because of excess at the
top, the bubble created burst into the Great Depression that nearly destroyed our nation.
When too much money is in the hands of too few it becomes play money just like in the
game of Monopoly which leads to greed, speculation and no regard whatsoever for
the human toll that such excess always seems to deliver for the little people. The
Roaring 20s and the 1980s ushered in by president, Reagan have much in common.
The 1920s, eat, drink and be merry mentality created by tax cuts for the mega-rich,
also created stock and real estate bubbles. With the 1980s tax cuts for mega-rich
Copyright 2011 46
_____________________________________________________________________
Americans simply added cocaine and disco to the toxic cocktail of greed. The booms
may be fun for awhile, but the inevitable busts created by massive wealth at the top
devastate the little people.
The devastation brought about the virtual failure of the entire savings and loan system
during the Reagan years, contributed to booms and busts in the interim period and
finally devastated the entire American economy with the mortgage meltdown that
initiated the Great Recession. Previous to president, Reagan, America had almost 50
years of sustained economic stability along with a sustained higher tax rate on the
mega-rich. With the short memory of Americans, we of course only remember the disco
music and dancing. Waxing nostalgic is great, but anyone buying into trickle down and
Reaganomics all over again must just be remembering the disco music and dancing
only.
How America can be stupid enough to once again buy into Reaganomics and trickle
down theory in the wake of our 2008 mortgage-bubble bursting and zero trickle down in
more than 30+ years has no real answer? Part of the answer is that Americans,
predictably, want an easy way out and forgetting the real past and replacing that reality
with nostalgic memories of 1980s disco dancing is far easier than actually facing reality
tough choices we have ahead as a nation. As fun as disco was, we can't dance our
way out of this financial and economic nightmare. Put your dancing shoes away, take
down the disco ball . . . the time to face reality has arrived!
Federal *nd!2!d.al *n$o&e Ta< Rate" ;!"tory
http:))www!ta*oundation!org)iles)ed+individual+rate+history-,-.-.,,-!pd
Prepare for austerity America! t of course will be presented as tightening our belts and
rolled out as some patriotic sacrifice needed by ALL Americans. t will be wrapped in
the flag with the Star Spangled Banner playing in the background. To be emphatically
clear, politicians and government at all levels have over promised and overspent beyond
comprehension! Nonetheless, much of the deficits we're going to be paying off via
tightening our belts and austerity measures are now sitting in Swiss bank accounts of
the mega-rich. Since 1982 the greedy got tax cuts America could not afford and they
socked it away off shore or bought up more of the American Monopoly board that killed
off chances of upward mobility for most Americans. They are left rich as dogs and the
little people are left with our eyes bulging out like mice clamped in a mouse trap who
fell like suckers for the trickle down cheese. Austerity is not gong to be pretty and it will
be the first bitter taste of what was described as America, Year 2030 at the beginning
of this book.
0"tate Ta<e"
f our federal income tax structure contributes to creating American royalty, then our
estate, gift and generation skipping transfer taxes are the crown, scepter and royal
jewels of the American aristocracy. Several states have estate taxes as well, but for
brevity the focus herein is only upon the federal estate tax structure. Since the mega-rich
Copyright 2011 47
_____________________________________________________________________
control all the think tanks and foundations, as well as all the corporate media they go
to great lengths to manipulate income tax spin, but all of these efforts pale in comparison
to their spin surrounding what they like to call death taxes a.k.a. estate taxes. Behind
the smoke and mirrors are America's mega-rich names such as Gallo (E&J Gallo
Winery), Koch (Koch ndustries), Mars (Mars, nc.), Walton (Wal-Mart) and Wegman
(Wegman's Food Markets) just to name a few who fund a group called the Policy and
Taxation Group (PTG) who utilize at least two big gun lobbying firms in their efforts. One
of the firms, Patton Boggs lobbies on estate taxes specifically for the Mars and Wegman
families in addition to their work with the PTG.
1
The full list of individuals, families and
corporations behind the PTG is not available because current lobbying laws do not
require disclosure. These names were divulged previous to 1999 when the group did
disclose some of their backers. A 2006 report by Public Citizen and United for a Fair
Economy, linked below, named some 18 families behind the PTG with an estimated their
net worth [of these families alone] in excess of $185 B.
2
Another group called the Family
Business Estate Tax Coalition that includes the American Farm Bureau Federation and
National Federation of ndependent Business is also highly influential in the propaganda
effort.
200F Report 7y 3.7l!$ 5!t!>en and 6F0 4 G+pend!n% M!ll!on" to +a2e B!ll!on"H
http://www.faireconomy.org/files/pdf/millions_billions.pdf
Their spin technique, used far too frequently is the old divert focus upon a miniscule
group to gain leverage for the greater greed of those that really benefit. n this case it's
the poor family farm and small business owners the mega-rich want Americans to see
as potential victims. Typically, the mega-rich's media minions go out and interview a so
called farm owner. They walk the hallowed land, handle the dirt and talk about how
the farm has been passed down through generations and is now being threatened to be
taken away by big government. The technique works great because it tugs at American
values and heart strings, but it's a lie! f a so called farm or small business is worth
enough to be impacted by estate taxes then it is not a farm or a small business, but
instead is fabulous wealth! As you'll see, via the actual numbers below, if a family farm
is worth enough to be impacted by the absolutely huge exclusions offered in the estate
tax laws then it's high time to sell off some dirt to pay estate taxes. A December 2010
CNN Money article quotes the Tax Policy Center, who has extensively researched the
issue, as saying there is little hard evidence [to suggest] that the impact of estate taxes
on family farms and businesses is a major concern.
3
The Gallows family may still play in
the dirt to grow some grapes, but the Walton family hasn't been near any dirt in their
entire existence.

The so called death tax is so tagged because the mega-rich, that control the dialog,
wish to put fear into average Americans that they too will have to pay taxes to big
government just for the right to die. [How unfair!] Furthermore, they want the average
American to believe they are going to miss out on their inheritance when their parents
pass on. t's funny how a few welfare dollars to the working poor raises the ire of many in
America, but billions passed down from generation to generation to silver spoon
Copyright 2011 48
_____________________________________________________________________
American royalty concerns almost no one. Once again, the mega-rich masters of
manipulation have brainwashed the American people into believing something that is
just not true with implications going far beyond collecting some taxes. nstead this
massive accumulation of passed down billions sits upon the American people and
economic opportunity like a fire sucking up all the oxygen by which all average
Americans are able to thrive.

Quoting directly from the statistics already presented in Part , n exchange for a lifetime
of toil and hard work by our father and mother as well as previous family generations,
91.9 percent of Americans receive nothing, zero, not a dime of inheritance when their
parent's estate is settled. A mere 1.6 percent receive more than $100 K and 1.1 percent
receive more than $50 K. That adds up to 94.6 percent of the population which means
the 5.4 percent at the top of the American food chain get all the outstanding billions in
inheritance dollars. With these statistics as the reality and facts, the mega-rich are not
engaging in campaign spending and lobbying to protect the family farms in America. Just
like the billions spent during each campaign season, it is pay-to-play graft and corruption
of our so called democracy.
Sorry to disappoint you, but the mega-rich have ulterior motives in regard to
manipulating your ideas on death taxes. t's critical for them that you believe that even
though 94.6 percent of the population will barely be able to afford the burial or cremation
costs for their parents . . . you'll be one of the 5.4 percent that hits the American jackpot.
Once again, it's the same concept as the lottery . . . if enough suckers keep buying into
the game being played it just continues to work.
On a personal level still clearly recall my now departed father calling me repeatedly for
several days saying he needed to talk. Two heart attacks and a stroke, but something he
needed to say was apparently very important to him. Quite frankly, when we finally sat
down and talked was shocked at the topic. At 67 he could no longer work and with
tears in his aging eyes he apologized to me for not leaving our family with millions of
dollars. As a successful financial planner, he told me of all the millions he made for
others and how many times he came close himself, but the American Dream carrot
remained somehow just beyond his outstretched fingers just like it does for 94.6 of all
citizens. 'm sure at some level he felt like a failure, but in my mind he was the greatest
dad that ever lived. Falling prey to the Americanism, still permeating our culture, that
says 'if you don't get rich in America . . . it's your fault' he too bought it hook, line and
sinker. Even though less than 5.4 percent of Americans pass on any inheritance, much
less billions, we play the American lottery and participate in a pyramid scheme where
increasingly only the mega-rich ever win.
As clearly stated early on firmly believe that families should have the right to pass down
a significant amount of wealth to the next generation and beyond. f however this free
enterprise system is filled with liberty and freedom, then why do only 5.4 percent
experience prosperity? The answer to that question is simple: the greedy own every
space on the outside of the American Monopoly board and have all the little people
locked down in a pyramid scheme. The mega-rich already know that you're not going to
get the carrot it's only the majority of America that has yet to figure it out. The
American Monopoly board belongs to the mega-rich at present, you are only allowed to
exist upon it . . . thriving upon it and gaining wealth of your own is against their rules.
nheritance and wealth gifts come from upward mobility and there is less upward mobility
today in America than at any time in our entire history. Just like the wildly overwhelming
Copyright 2011 49
_____________________________________________________________________
odds of you NOT getting mega-rich, the odds of you passing down any significant
amount of wealth are ONLY 5.4 percent at present and decreasing by the day. Any fear
you have of the so called death tax is about as rational as your fear of a terrorist flying
an airliner into your home.
n 2001, our moneyed Congress passed the Economic Growth and Tax Relief
Reconciliation Act. Within its provisions included a supposed temporary repeal of the
estate tax by raising the exempted amount from $675,000 in 2001 all the way up to $3.5
M by 2009. Worse yet, in 2010 the tax was repealed for one full year which allowed such
billionaires at George Steinbrenner to die with a virtual free pass that allowed his family
to squirrel away an unknown amount of mega-dollars. n 2011 the entire law was set to
sunset reverting back to a wealth exemption of $1 M. The reason for the sunset was that
by 2012 the expense upon our federal deficit is expected to exceed $1 T for the decade.
Not so fast, led in part by Party B, Senator Blanche Lincoln of Arkansas [who has the
Waltons as constituents] along with Party A who screamed liberty and freedom the
White House caved in. nstead of a 55 percent rate that was scheduled to go into effect
in 2011, it remained 35 percent and even worse instead of maintaining the $3.5 M
exemption they raised it to a whopping $5 M. n theory these rates will expire at the
end of 2012 and revert to a higher percentage and smaller exclusion amount . . . which
won't happen without Americans by the millions pushing it down the throats of Congress!
While the $5 M exemption is being written about in some circles, what's bizarre is that no
one mentions the fact that anything above $500,000 gets taxed at no more than 35
percent . . . $500 M - 35%, $5 B - 35%, $10 B - 35%, $20 B - 35%. Multiply 65% of
what's left over from a few billion dollars across six or seven generations. Then add in
stocks, bonds, trusts, real estate purchases, etc. that all will more than likely appreciate
in value. Then you will understand how one simple phone call gets these people into
Harvard or a job on Wall Street? A progressive tax structure for the upper brackets far
beyond a $500 K cap is long overdue! No way does someone passing on a mere $500 K
beyond the $3.5 M exclusion get taxed at the same 35 percent rate as someone passing
on $500 M or several billion! Only fools would allow billionaires to pay only 55 percent,
much less a mere 35 percent on billions of dollars passed down. f you're wondering why
austerity measures are on the way . . . you're looking at it in addition to the out of
control federal spending of course.
6n!ted 1or a Fa!r 0$ono&y 86F09
http://faireconomy.org/issue/federal-tax
Ta< 3ropo"al" !n 3re"!dent O7a&a/" F!"$al Year 2012 B.d%et(
http://www.ctj.org/pdf/obamabudgetfy2012.pdf
6nne$e""ary A."ter!ty 6nne$e""ary +#.tdon
http://www.ips-
dc.org/reports/unnecessary_austerity_unnecessary_government_shutdown
Copyright 2011 50
_____________________________________________________________________
Ta< Loop#ole"
The purpose of this book is to crack open doors and provide resources for deeper
examination by readers. While the income tax and estate tax structures for the mega-
rich can be addressed somewhat with a quick glance, not so for the multitude of tax
loopholes that exist only for the mega-rich. There are entire books written on the topic
geared primarily for the mega-rich of course. Off handed comments throughout this book
such as this is not rocket science don't apply when it comes to tax loopholes for the
mega-rich . . . the loopholes are so many, so complicated and so vast that even
scratching the surface herein is problematic.
The reason for that is simple, it's because that's the way the mega-rich want it. Only a
common citizen with an extensive tax and accounting background can figure out and
enumerate all the tax loopholes afforded the mega-rich. Just lightly researching the topic
makes your eyes glaze over and any real attempt to drill down too far into the topic
herein will lose many, if not most readers. Bottom line the arena of tax loopholes are the
most crooked, convoluted, deceitful scam that exists in America to screw average
Americans and reward only the greedy.
The most heinous loophole, with huge implications far beyond funneling more money to
the mega-rich, are free stock and reduced price options awarded as part of executive
compensation and for serving on corporate boards. This loophole allows millions in free
money to be slipped into the pockets of the greedy and no tax is paid on it until and
unless it is sold. Some capital gains taxes are paid on the dividends, but nothing
whatsoever is paid in taxes on the actual stock unless it's sold. t equates to millions and
millions of under the table pay that never show up on a W-2 Form or 1099 Statement.
Bad as this is, as will be explained further, this loophole and compensation method is the
worst thing that ever happened to the America workforce. n short, senior executives,
most notably CEOs and members of the board are given every incentive possible to take
care of their stock price ONLY to the detriment of every employee in the company.
When we Americans finally wake-up and slam the door on loopholes, we must start here
and work downward. f a CEO or senior executive wants stock in their company then
they can buy it outright at full price, just like you or any employee in their respective
company.
The companion to this loophole for tax evasion is by deferring compensation to gain
advantages from changes in the tax code that occur from time to time. What if you could
take about a third of your pay and just park it somewhere until the tax rates looked
better? Not a bad deal if you can get it . . . but you can't since you're not a member of
the mega-rich club.
Warren Buffet, the world's third richest billionaire as of this writing, may be best suited to
sum it up. n short, he notes that people in his office, secretaries, etc. pay 32.9 percent
of their income in taxes and Buffet, via loopholes, pays a paltry 17.7 percent. Admittedly
we can easily guess that a snap shot from personnel in Buffet's office is not a cross
section of America, but just a mere snapshot of one office tells America just how tilted
the table is in favor of the mega-rich. Buffet notes he uses no tax shelters or any of the
myriad of maneuvers, available to his fellow billionaires, to evade paying his fair share. f
Buffet is paying only 17.7 percent you can bet your bottom dollar, that all of Buffets
fellow billionaires are paying far less than 17.7 percent and in fact it's documented to be
true. Each year, the RS tracks and breaks out the tax returns of the 400 highest
Copyright 2011 51
_____________________________________________________________________
adjusted gross incomes. n 2007, [latest year such data is available] the total value for
that income was $345 M [an average of $8+ M each]. Their average federal income tax
rate, due to loopholes and deductions, was a mere 17 percent. So in essence, with the
existing loopholes and deductions available only to the mega-rich, we would have to
bump their tax rate from the present 35 percent to 53 percent just to get the 35 percent
they should now be paying. Only by closing all their loopholes and bumping their income
tax rate to 55 percent, will we even begin to compel the greedy to pay their fair share of
what they owe.
NB5 *nter2!e !t# )arren B.11et
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cu5B-2LoC4s

5orporate Ta<e" . . . Not +o Fa"tI
t is clear to all Americans that the big global corporations, the multi-national behemoths
are shipping jobs off shore and bleeding out the American Dream on shore via stagnant
and shrinking pay on top of an ever increasing workload. Even so, there exists an ever
increasing number of Americans on the fringe left simply out of touch with reality when it
comes to taxing our nation's corporations. Just the word corporation sends these types
into fit of rage . . . as if any incorporated company is evil and satanic. Their vision for
America is to tax every corporation into nonexistence and convert America into a
commune where we all live off community gardens. Even though working for a
corporation, especially the big ones, is not what it once was most people that work for
one are certainly glad to still have a job and want no part of community gardening to
replace their current job.
Many in this fringe left group simply label any business professionals as corporatists
who are ruining the planet, the world and America. Many within this group also have
never had a real job, a career and have no aspirations in life beyond a community
garden.
As noted early on herein, democracy as a form of government and the free enterprise
system has worked well for Americans and will work once again once a peaceful political
revolution takes place. t will never be perfect, even after a revolution, but most people
that want to replace it by killing off all corporations and complete anarchy are playing
video games in their parent's basement. Most Americans like to work, want a career or
at least a good job and corporations provide that. Corporations also do a lot of good in
their communities and for America at large. Painting all corporations with the
corporatists brush of evil is for the immature and unrealistic.
A corporation is simply going to do what it was designed to do: grow as large as it is
allowed to grow and make as much money as possible. t's just programmed into any
corporation's DNA to pursue both these goals with a vengeance. t's not their fault that
too many have been allowed to grow into behemoth monsters that are killing off
economic opportunity and the American Dream, nor is it their fault that many are not
paying their fair share of taxes, overpaying their CEOs and corporate boards. t is simply
Copyright 2011 52
_____________________________________________________________________
what they are going to do as long as they are allowed to do it. A corporation is no
different than a tiger . . . it hunts, it kills, it eats anything in its path and grows larger until
it is either killed or penned. Penning the monster corporations via antitrust laws and the
breakup of monopolies is smart and good for America in many if not most cases, but
killing off American corporations with taxes is the pursuit of fools.
First off, a corporation is no different than the mega-rich who own them. They don't have
to be here in America, but we do and we need to work somewhere. They can all
incorporate tomorrow off shore and many have already done so and more will do so if
their tax burden becomes too high. A company such as American Express, can simply
incorporate off shore, change their name to World Express and never pay another
dime in corporate taxes.
Despite the fact that many of the mega-corporations owe their very existence to America
and the American people . . . they don't see it that way. They exist to take from America
and now many have taken all they need to from America and are in the big leagues
playing the multi-national, global marketplace game. America and Americans are no
longer their focus and they could care less if every American man, woman and child is
starved to death. Since they owe their very existence to America, this reality is very sad
and it should not be that way, but that's the way it is and this book from start to finish is
all about facing reality instead of dreaming of utopia.
Now, here are three more realities for the fringe left out there to get their heads around
and swallow: 1) Corporations don't pay taxes. No matter how stubbornly some on the
fringe left want to cling to the idea of making corporations pay even higher taxes it simply
can't be done without killing jobs and the American economy at large. You can of course
bankrupt corporate America with taxes [the true goal of the anarchists in America], but
you can't make them pay taxes. No different than the electric bill of a corporation, taxes
are an expense that gets lumped into a big pile of (red) expenses that set the bar to leap
in order to make a profit. The more taxes heaped upon a corporation the higher the bar
gets and the more corporations are forced to hire cheap off shore labor. Of course taxes
are not the only reason they hire off shore by any means. 2) You and everyone that do
business with the corporation being taxed pay the corporation's tax bill via higher prices
for goods and services. 3) Nations throughout the world, European nations included, are
subsidizing their corporations with state money and none is doing it more than China.
Stop and actually think just for one moment! The reality is that the government of the
second largest economy in the entire world is subsidizing their businesses with billions
and billions of dollars while American companies try to compete with these Chinese
companies.
Chinese government subsidies take the form of subsidized energy bills, cheap or even
free land, low interest loans, government funded R&D facilities and little or no taxes
whatsoever just to name a few of the imbalances. Add to that, a grossly undervalued
currency this is killing off the economy of the entire world outside of China and it is only a
matter of time until American corporations can no longer compete.
Far too many Americans see millions and even billions in profits for American
corporations as something bad and evil. First off, they are supposed to make millions
and billions as reward for performance, but more importantly, those dollars help to offset
the billions in subsidies being funneled by Chinese as well as European companies to
Copyright 2011 53
_____________________________________________________________________
their corporations. Billions of dollars in subsidies are just another reason to not buy
Made in China or even Europe.
Clearly American corporations are not paying what they owe in taxes via tax breaks and
legal loopholes. n 2011 alone, these tax dodging techniques will cost the federal budget
alone more than $102 billion in lost revenue.
1
General Electric (GE) who's CEO is head
of president, Obama's job council is No. 1 on the list of corporate tax dodgers, but
nonetheless the closing of loopholes should not override sanity and balance. Top of the
list of sane business friendly corporate tax deductions are Research and Development
(R&D) costs that are the No. 1 predictor of future economic development and
competitive advantage. Furthermore, government money spent [via tax breaks] to
subsidize these R&D efforts is mandatory, not optional in view of government subsidies
being funneled by China and other nations.
While true loopholes are a problem that must be solved, corporate taxes are not the
issue killing the American Dream. The number one issue is that the behemoth multi-
national American corporations are not hiring Americans! Despite the constant spewing
that a free market, global economy is good for America it's not creating jobs and
higher pay for Americans. For as far out as anyone can foresee, that trend will only
continue until and unless corporations are either enticed or forced to hire Americans.
That's the reality today and it's going to be the reality for at least the next few decades
and that is the No. 1 issue in regard to corporate taxation that is far, far, far more
important than reducing federal red ink via corporate taxation! Congress and state
legislatures can force American companies to hire Americans almost overnight and the
means to compel them to do so will be explored in Part , but for now understand that
any red ink being removed via corporate taxes is way down on the list of priorities.
f Americans were working and making a living wage, or prospering instead of being
squeezed by their corporate masters, then a significant portion of the deficit red ink
would disappear via individual tax returns. When an American company is showing
profits of millions and billions, hiring off shore is 100 percent about greed [except for a
few geographic needs] and has nothing whatsoever to do with competition in a global
economy. Keeping in mind that every corporation exists to make a profit, taxes eat up
profits and to get that profit back American corporations will make up the difference with
cheap labor unless prohibited. Calls to place an even heavier burden upon American
corporations, via more corporate taxes, shoots all Americans in the foot via higher prices
and unemployment numbers as well as stagnated wages/salaries.
While American corporations are currently not being compelled to hire Americans and
pay them a living wage, raising their taxes is surely not going to compel them to hire
Americans! American corporations are not in business to take care of Americans,
although whenever possible they should be hiring Americans exclusively, it's not going
to happen without a government based carrot or stick monetary incentive. Those
Americans screaming freedom and liberty while worshipping the unrestrained free-
trade world economy must have been asleep for the past 30+ years. Profit motives
dictate that every job possible either goes off shore or is given to new immigrants willing
to work for nothing. t's just that simple and all the statistics prove it beyond any shadow
of any doubt whatsoever!
Copyright 2011 54
_____________________________________________________________________
To unfairly penalize U.S. corporations with a stick, while foreign companies who hire few
if any American citizens do business on U.S. soil, is absolutely stupid! Just as stupid, if
not more, is the insanely stupid American buying habit of purchasing imported goods
and services. The two political parties have failed miserably at doing their job in
compelling the hiring of Americans and strongly encouraging the buying of American
made goods and services. t's not because of partisan politics and a dysfunctional
political system, but instead it's because Congress is bribed to sell out the American
people. Just like you take care of your boss, Congress takes care of theirs . . .
corporations and the mega-rich. When you boil it all down and follow the money, none of
our economic issues including under and unemployment are difficult to see through or
untangle. The root of it all is government corruption via cronyism and bribery via
campaign contributions.
Nonetheless, full and gainful employment for all Americans who are willing to work and
willing to develop job skills is priority for the corporate tax structure not the federal
deficit. f any American citizen is intellectually and physically able to work, further their
jobs skills and education, but are unwilling to do so then they can starve. Mailing out
government checks to people unwilling to work is not what America was built upon, but
to allow a company like GE to hire anyone off shore, for any job that can be done in
America, or to invest in operations off shore to hire cheap labor, then walk on all their
corporate taxes is a crime against the American people! Currently, around 50 percent
of GE's 300,000 employees word-wide are not based in America.
2
Their recent track
record of paying virtually no corporate taxes dictates that a carrot approach a.k.a. taxes
breaks to compel them to hire Americans would have no value, then it's time to employ
the stick as in massive tax penalties for NOT hiring Americans. Corporations are
motivated by one thing and one thing only: making money or saving more money and
until the incentives and or penalties are put into place to hire American citizens, we the
people will lose financially as we have for 30+ years.
As noted early on, pro-business is good because Americans need to work in order to
acquire food and shelter. Even so, that does not mean that corporate America should
own Washington, D.C. like a puppy on a leash. That's an entirely different story. Should
the various off shore tax loopholes such as the Double Dutch and the Double rish
Sandwich, used by such corporations as Google, get slammed shut? Absolutely!
However, there are far more critical issues to address in regard to corporate America,
such as . . . how do we command their attention when it comes to retaining and hiring
American employees. This is the No. 1 issue in America and it will continue to be the
most pressing issue going forward and it is not being addressed by anyone! Whether
you want to call them taxes, incentives, or penalties [stick, carrot or kicking them in
the teeth], hiring and retaining Americans going forward is far more important than any
pittance received, via corporate taxes, for deficit reduction. For now, as long as
corporations cover their infrastructure costs in order to operate in American, that's
enough. Not hiring and retaining American workers and paying dirt wages and salaries
are a whole other matter entirely! Going forward if corporations play on our American
Monopoly board, they're going to hire Americas . . . one way of another!
While American CEOs making millions whine about a corporate tax rate of 35 percent
being the highest in the world they hire every off shore employee they can find, low
ball every salary offer for every American they do hire, bleed American workers with ever
higher benefit contributions, expect Americans to perform the job of two people and do
everything in their vast power to kill the American Dream for everyone. After being bent
Copyright 2011 55
_____________________________________________________________________
over and financially raped for 30+ years, the American CEOs making millions want the
American people to give their corporations an overall reduction in taxes? Admittedly,
virtually no corporation in America actually pays the 35 percent, via loopholes, off shore
gimmicks, etc., but the CEOs asking for the rate to be reduced to 25 percent or even
zero are forgetting that we the American people are in no mood to pay millions of
dollars in CEO salaries, be played as pawns for stock market gains for the mega-rich,
have our jobs outsourced to China and then turn around and give big corporations tax
breaks. Along with all corporate tax loopholes being slammed shut, the corporate tax
rate should be far lower than 35 percent, but an entire nation that has been financially
raped for 30+ years by corporations just don't any longer believe in corporate good will
towards America and her people. We believe the mega-corporations, are out to screw us
any way they can. Until and unless that belief changes, as evidenced by hiring millions
of Americans and paying them full American market value . . . this is war! f corporations
want something from America, it's time for them to give something back to America
instead of just taking and taking everything possible in a greedy feeding frenzy that is
sucking the financial life out of America. Even a gambler with the upper hand and all the
cards can overplay their hand and corporate America overplayed their hand long ago!
T#e Art o1 5r!t!$al T#!n,!n%
Most people, at least in the marketing world, have heard the acronym KSS which stands
for Keep t Simple Stupid. The problem with that approach when it comes to politics
and economics is while some issues are simple none are simply all black or all
white. Due to decades of brainwashing, the art of critical thinking [which is the ability to
see the gray instead of just the black or the white] is DEAD! Part of that, of course, is
due to political party channels such as FOX and MSNBC who spew nothing but all black
or all white opinion journalism and call it news.

From birth we're indoctrinated into one political party's way of thinking or another and as
time moves forward most all 'actual thinking' goes out the window. Thinking is difficult,
extremely time consuming, burns up mental energy and when it comes to politics and
economics it oftentimes hurts. Playing it safe is easier. f you think you're actually
objective, then ask yourself when was the last time you read or viewed anything from
'the other side' on any political or economic issue? f you're a white American do you
ever read black media? f you happen to be a rabid Party B loyalist when was the last
time, if ever, that you opened up your mind to any other perspective or viewpoint? [How
do you know your opinions are on target if you've never bothered to validate them
except through one prism?]
The vast majority of people never, ever stray one inch from their comfort zone. f FOX
News is where you get your news then it is set in stone. That's what you watch, that's
what you believe and those are the people you trust. Everyone on the planet has a
hidden agenda, including your mother and your spouse, but you'll open a newspaper,
website or turn on MSNBC and eat every morsel of dog food they are willing to feed you
without ever once considering alternative views. Why? t's easy, it's part of our
comfort zone, like eating our favorite cookies with a glass of milk. Anything that
threatens our current way of thinking or the status quo, by nature we're going to resist
with all my might. As a result our brains become fat and lazy from too many easy to
swallow cookies. t sits on its couch like a zombie and feeds upon its own limited
resources of one brand of dog food and only one brand. nstead of being able to actually
evaluate basic right from wrong our brain can only process we're right and they're
Copyright 2011 56
_____________________________________________________________________
wrong. Truth is rarely all black or white and the best course of action oftentimes lies
somewhere in the middle between two extremes.
The tragedy is that we think we're informed, but in reality we're just indoctrinated and
are no more informed than someone trapped in the same box their entire life. We know
those four walls, that's all we know and that's all we're ever going to know until we begin
to explore and do some critical thinking outside of our brain's comfort zone.
No one within the media or political arena, and we do mean No One as in ZERO, is
telling you the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth so help them God. Let's
be brutally honest, we're all a bunch of liars, it's just the nature of life that we lie to get
what we want. f we all told the truth we'd have no job and no friends. Within the media
and the political class however, their lies, manipulation and half truths are bankrupting
our nation and destroying the middle-class. The media make their money from
advertising based on the number of viewers and readers they suck in and the politicians
make their money from legalized bribery via our current horribly flawed system of
American democracy.
Consider what would happen if all politicians and members of the media were forced to
take a truth serum before they stepped up to the podium or came on the air. The serum
would compel them, from that day forward, to always tell the whole truth from all angles
not just black or white extremes. The result would be mayhem! No one could get elected
and all media would go out of business. Why? Most people don't want the truth because
they simply can't handle the truth. The truth hurts, is difficult to confront and destabilizes
many closely held beliefs.
Case in point: what if any politician told the truth about the 8+ million lost jobs that
occurred at the start of the Great Recession? You know the truth is that those jobs aren't
going to return any time soon no matter who is voted into office or what any politician
does while they are in office. f any politician were to actually say that however, they
would get one vote . . . from their mother.
We like lies, we like eating our brand of dog food no matter how irrational it may be. sn't
it time however that we all grew up, acted like adults and employed some critical thinking
for a change? The lies and manipulation that defy rational thinking from the fringe left
and the radical right are so ideologically extreme that all bounds of sanity are being held
hostage to only the extremes. Going forward, America must learn to think again instead
of eating dog food from the extreme fringe left and the radical right.
+!pp!n% 1ro& t#e 5.p o1 L!7erty Kool4A!d
Liberty and freedom sounds good doesn't it? When it's spun by some character
wearing Revolutionary War regalia with Betsy Ross in the background sewing the first
America flag if sounds even better. For a nation ever more desperate for anything to
cling to, almost anything sounds good that takes us back to a more simple day and time
be it George Washington crossing the Delaware or Paul Revere riding through America
to wake-up the troops. Nonetheless, the freedom and liberty brand of dog food
currently being sold by charlatans and snake oil salesmen to the American people is the
biggest ruse since the Wall Street bailout scam. There is no doubt that the word liberty
is all over the Constitution and Bill of Rights. t even says we're supposed to have
liberty right there in our pledge of allegiance:
Copyright 2011 57
_____________________________________________________________________
pledge allegiance to the Flag of the United State of America, and to the
Republic for which it stands: one Nation under God, indivisible, With
Liberty and Justice for all.
Liberty and its close cousin freedom must be good things or they wouldn't be in our
Pledge of Allegiance, Constitution and Bill of Rights. On that most all Americans agree
100 percent with the millions of Americans guzzling like drunken sailors from pitchers of
Liberty Kool-Aid. Just hearing the words liberty and freedom make you want to
leave all modern conveniences behind go buy a mule, a plow and settle 40 acres. Be
forewarned, however that the beauty queen you're married to may chip a nail, there is no
such thing as computer automation when it comes to plowing and your children will not
take well to sunlight when removed from the darkened video game dungeon. Your
measly 40 acres won't produce enough corn to compete with the mega-sized corporate
farming operation up the road and your former beauty queen will have to take in laundry
to make ends meet, but you'll have liberty for the first time ever.
With that reality in mind, some ingredient must be missing from this liberty Kool-Aid? t's
right there in the Pledge of Allegiance two words just past the word liberty . . . it's the
word justice. That word never gets mentioned by the modern day Paul Revere types,
only the words liberty and freedom 24/7. Plug either word or in combination into a
Google search and you'll be 107 before you get to the end of all the websites, bloggers,
militias, conspiracy theories, radio talk shows, books and so called political leaders
spewing liberty and freedom like a meteor shower. Google the word justice and you'll
get to the end of that list in about a day. You just landed upon the biggest potential
economic bomb to ever come our way. Radical Muslim terrorists look like Mickey Mouse
when compared to the liberty and freedom bombers now dropping their propaganda
upon the American people.
Just who is behind this propaganda bomb and more importantly why are they are behind
it? t's the same people stealing the American Dream from all Americans. Clearly
understand that liberty and freedom without justice is called slavery. When all the
spaces on the outside of our imaginary American Monopoly board are locked up and
owned by the mega-rich, when they hold all the cards in the pyramid scheme with an
ever larger percent of every dollar flowing upward . . . liberty and freedom are the
exclusive domain of the greedy alone!
)or"#!p!n% t#e -od"
From the beginning of time, somewhere in a cave, man has admired and coveted
wealth, riches and all the trappings that go with it. This book was not written to pass
judgment on whether that is good or bad . . . it's just always going to be that way to
some extent as long as man inhabits the Earth. t's easy to imagine a caveman acquiring
the best club, which in turn made him the best hunter, which in turn got him the hottest
cave babe. While modern man likes to think that he has come so far with Manhattan
condos and mansions perched on a cliff in Maui we just haven't. Thorough out our
three million year inhabitation of Earth some men have accumulated wealth and
prosperity and some have starved. Via a combination of variables such as drive,
ambition, greed, luck, corruption, exploitation, position, cruelty, politics, family,
intimidation and intelligence man has separated himself into what's commonly referred
to as a class system [from kings to peasants and every class in between]. To varying
Copyright 2011 58
_____________________________________________________________________
degrees, no matter how wealth and power was achieved, it has been worshipped down
through the centuries by the peasants a.k.a. the 99 percent. For the majority of the three
million years we've been here, there was no equitable means to gain wealth and power
unless you killed for it, or at least were willing to kill for it. For centuries kings and rulers
amassed wealth and power by either exploiting the masses or conquering other kings
and rulers and stealing what they had. Along the way, man discovered that slaves were
a really good way to make money and acquire wealth because the only overhead
required was a little food, a roof and protection from the elements. Beyond that small
expense, it was all profit. Only within the past couple of hundred years did man
determine that slaves weren't cool any longer so chains were replaced with the minimum
wage and whips were replaced by human resource departments, bankers and landlords.
Most of these changes came after the discovery of the New World and the American
Revolution that promised the greatest opportunity for equality amongst man in the
history of civilization it was called democracy. America would be for the people
simply because it would be ruled by the people. There would be no more kings and
rule by monarchy, no more dictators and fewer serfs and peasants. Through elections,
where everyone would have a vote, the people would finally be in charge of their own
nation and destiny. n the event that the people didn't like their government, they would,
in theory, have the opportunity every couple of years or so to go into the voting booth
and vote them out. n theory, there is no reason whatsoever that such a one vote per
citizen system shouldn't be fair and equitable for everyone as long as everyone plays
the game by the rules. As we all know by now, the economic and political game is
shaped by far more than just a few feeble rules.
The cultural and psychological factors involved in the game are just as, if not more
important, than any rules of the game. As long as the majority of Americans believe the
game isn't rigged and they have a say in how the American Monopoly board is
administered, they will continue to chase the carrot. n greyhound racing it's the fake
rabbit, but whatever the race, the concept is the same. All the hounds in the race start
from the same gate and all believe they have a chance of catching the rabbit. once had
an old black lab and she would dash off into the night and be gone for a day chasing a
rabbit. Never caught one, not once, never even got close but she chased rabbits her
entire life until she was too old to chase any longer and gave up the fight. [Maybe she
caught one by now in dog heaven, but who knows, the chase may have been her
heaven?] even told her she was never going to catch one, but she never listened. She
would see a rabbit, her eyes would get big as saucers and off she would go just like
Americans head to work everyday if we're fortunate enough to still have a job.
Even though dogs sleep all day while we work, we humans are smarter than dogs . . .
aren't we? Dogs like to chase rabbits and we like to work. f you're fortunate enough to
have a profession you love, then it's really not work, but more like getting paid to have
fun. Even if you hate your job it at least gives you a sense of belonging, some purpose
for being here or at the very least . . . it pays the bills. Unlike a hound or horse, we're
smart enough to know that we don't all start the economic race form the same gate.
Mental and physical handicaps tragically preclude some humans from even entering the
race, but most of us at least get to run in the race. n NASCAR terms, American royalty
have the best mechanics and pit crew and are given the poll position at birth and the rest
of us start the race somewhere in the middle or toward the back of the pack. Life
expectancy dictates the miles we can put on our engine and how long we'll be in the
race.
Copyright 2011 59
_____________________________________________________________________
At 16 most Americans still have dreams of winning the race, but at some point in life
those dreams begin to fade and playing the lottery seems the best chance of winning.
More than 51 percent of Americans between the ages of 18 and 29 still believe they will
be rich some day. Why wouldn't they? Facebook's Mark Zukerberg, a 26 year old from
Harvard is now worth an estimated $14+ B . . . why couldn't little Johnny from the local
community college be next? t could happen because we all know that in America
anything is possible. Most Americans, if they are honest with themselves, never had
ambitions of winning the race and just running with the pack, way back in the race, was
always good enough. Run a good race, have a few laughs along the way and call it a
day.
The absolutely amazing part of this race story is how many Americans still believe, even
today, that they are gong to make it into the winners circle. Bad car, no sponsors, slow
pit crew, worn out tires and a horrible starting position doesn't deter a large percentage
of Americans from running the race with everything they can muster from under the
hood. n 2003 at least 31 percent of Americans said that it was very or fairly likely
they would become rich in their lifetime. Even more astounding is the fact that the
percentage was almost identical to the same Gallop poll done 13 years earlier in 1990.
Truth be told, 99 percent of us at some point in life believed we were going to be the
next Bill Gates, Warren Buffett or Sam Walton. Bottom line, that belief, no matter how
totally unrealistic it may be, is what makes the entire system work. t's what sends
Americans off to work everyday, it's what keeps our so called democracy together and
it's what makes the pyramid scheme work so well for our American royalty. The idea that
'we're going to next' if we just get a good education, work hard and make sacrifices we'll
turn the corner one day and be a fat cat is what turns all the wheels in the system.
t's what makes Americans idolize our American royalty and believe they deserve every
dime they have with no limit ever being put upon their wealth and power. [After all, they
earned it fair and square no matter their starting poll position in the race] ronically it is
this very same belief system that is rapidly converting America into a two-class only
caste system of the fabulously wealthy and the dirt poor. The one thing you won't hear
anywhere in America is any talk about classes of people. t's bedrock gospel that the
subject is never mentioned or discussed anywhere within the media, on any cable
channel, network newscast, mainstream websites or newspapers. The idea that we don't
have classes of people in America is so completely ingrained as an Americanism that to
even mention the subject within the media would be tantamount to heresy. We're the
land of the free, home of the brave where every man and woman has the chance to
compete and become rich as dogs. How any American can still believe this idea today,
much less more than a third of our entire nation is testament in large part to our
corporate owned media. That smoke and mirrors game will be explained herein, but for
now clearly understand that your chances of getting rich in America today are far less
than your chance of marrying a movie star, giving birth to quadruplets, striking oil in your
backyard, getting hit by a meteor or winning the lottery. Yes, such comparisons are
exaggerated somewhat, but not my much. f you define rich as annual earnings of $340
K per year then you have between a 4 to 6 percent chance of reaching that plateau for
one year during any 30 year period in your life, but compared to American royalty $340
K is chicken feed. Even a mere million per year in income doesn't make the true
American royalty-club cut of more than $7.1 M per year [the average of top 1/10
th
of the
top 1 percent in incomes].
1

Copyright 2011 60
_____________________________________________________________________
Even for someone born into a multi-million dollar family, the odds are very remote indeed
of every reaching the $7.1 M pinnacle, but for everyone else . . . it just doesn't happen
unless you can act or play a sport really well. f real life was like the game of Monopoly
where everyone starts out with the same amount of money a.k.a. all dogs in the same
starting gate the odds would increase dramatically, but with the joke that is our
inheritance tax structure that's not going to happen. Metaphorically speaking, most of us
America dogs start the race with a flat tire in a traffic jam far from the actual track. Given
that all members of American royalty start the race from the poll position, their odds are
wildly tilted toward remaining royalty and the average American's odds of becoming
royalty are almost zero! As a barometer, in 2010 there were only 16 new members to
the list of the Forbes 400 richest Americans and in 2009 there were only 19. By
comparison, back in the 2000s there were 40 or 50 new members every single year that
joined the list.
2
Being rich is a subjective determination, but a 2004 survey determined that 19 percent of
Americans believe they earn in the top 1 percent of income which explains a lot. This
finding seems to go hand in hand with our collective American ego of thinking we're the
biggest, the brightest and the best nation on Earth when in fact, we may be the
biggest suckers on Earth. Consider our ideas and perceptions on upward mobility as an
example. n reality, the chances for upward mobility in America are well behind most
modern industrialized nations to include: Denmark, Norway, Finland, Canada, Sweden,
Germany and France who all have shorter work weeks, more holidays, socialized
medicine and much higher taxes. When people in these nations are surveyed versus
citizens in the U.S., on a range of survey questions surrounding income inequality and
upward mobility, the results compared to Americans responses are nothing short of
absolutely bizarre!

Copyright 2011 61
_____________________________________________________________________
Doe" 0.rope Really ;a2e Le"" 6pard Mo7!l!ty T#an A&er!$aJ
http://www.prospect.org/csnc/blogs/ezraklein_archive?
month=05&year=2009&base_name=is_europe_really_have_less_upw
6pard Mo7!l!ty +tat!"t!$"
#ttp(//.""$.!"$.ed./"o$/1a$.lty/do$"/d!prete/r!$#e"112A0E.pd1
As you can see from both the true realities of upward mobility to the perceived ideas on
reward versus effort, family status in the wealth equation and the role that government
should or should not play, Americans are either totally and completely out of touch with
reality or everyone else in the industrialized world is crazy . . . take your pick?
One thing is sure, if you're a greedy pig sitting on the top of the pecking order, America
is where you want to be. Apparently we're a nation that believes to the victor go all the
spoils and every man for himself if you're not getting rich in America it's 100
percent your fault and your fault alone . . . no matter how high the odds are stacked
against you or how bad the odds are getting by the day. f there were ever any more
clear evidence of a totally brainwashed nation . . . this is it!
Massive political corruption within America has created the most imbalanced playing
field at any time in our history. Most Americans agree 100 percent that becoming rich as
a dog should be an option to pursue if that's your thing in life, but do we believe that
anyone should have the obscene wealth of a Bill Gates, Warren Buffet or the Walton
Family? t's time for that question to be asked, not because they don't deserve it or didn't
earn it, which may or may not be the case . . . but simply because it gives them way too
much power politically and economically to tilt the table even further in their favor. Just to
reiterate, such thinking is not socialism, but instead calls for a massive restructuring and
leveling of the economic playing field to regulate greed and monopoly powers before
they kill both the rich and the poor.
As far as the American mega-rich go, Gates and Buffet are probably two of the better
ones and this book's purpose is not to demonize them. Everyone knows who Gates is so
he makes for a good foil. Many in America worship Gates as a God-like figure for being
the most brilliant, intelligent, industrious, innovative human to ever set foot on Earth. The
truth is that he was born into some money had access to the nternet and technology at
an early age and essentially stole some software from BM. Yes, by most standards the
guy is to be commended for being an industrious smart guy, but the truth is that he just
happened to be at the right place at the right time. At least 1000 other individuals, if not
more, could have ended up where he did if they had the same luck, timing and
intelligence along with drive and ambition. He's a smart guy, but no one worthy of
worship like some type of God.

He's rich, so what? He won at the game of Monopoly, but being allowed to continue
playing and amassing even more wealth, more properties and more control to
monopolize the entire board kills the game for everyone. Without some real tax brackets
Copyright 2011 62
_____________________________________________________________________
for mega-millionaires and mega-billionaires and limits upon inherited wealth the game
for every generation thereafter is destroyed for three reasons: 1) it creates a playing field
for everyone else that is just way too unequal 2) that kind of money compounds and
grows at rates that creates American monarchies where every offspring thereafter is
afforded a lifetime of repulsive overabundance and privilege that they did nothing
whatsoever to deserve and 3) most important of all, 40 percent of the nation's private
wealth in the hands of one percent of the population is way too much power in the hands
of way too few. That type of money buys elections, buys governments, drives wars and
becomes more powerful than the nation within which it exists. That type of money and
power returns us to an existence of kings and serfs and we the people deserve better
than serf existence if we live in a democracy. f you think the dangers mega-wealth are
being exaggerated, google the Rothschild family who with their money defeated
Napoleon and are still pulling financial and political strings even today [to include within
the U.S. Federal Reserve].
T#e -reat -a&e 5#an%er !t# More to 5o&e
Let's just be honest, friction between the mega-rich and poor [known now in America as
the middle-class] has always existed. Back in the Old World, serfs and peasants may
have bowed to the king and queen as they passed by, but as soon as they passed,
when no one was looking, they spit, cursed and shot them the bird. The truth is
however, they needed each other. The peasants and serfs needed a job and protection
by the king's army to keep them from being killed and raped when the kingdom was
attacked and the king needed the serfs to do his crap work in the fields. American royalty
don't own the army, at least not technically anyway, but they do provide a lot of
American jobs . . . or at least they once did.
For two centuries, all things considered, the rich in America and the middle-class along
with the poor got along pretty well simply because we needed each other. Being
lower down on the totem pole wasn't great by any means, but compared to being a serf
in the Old World, being middle-class or poor in American was generally not a bad gig if
you could get in and we welcomed all the new immigrants that would come. Back then
we had plenty of space and new immigrants were desperate enough to work for
nothing . . . some things never change. Back then, there was opportunity and bounty
enough for all and many prospered. The rich got richer and the poor and middle-class
got opportunities like never before to become rich. America was truly the land of milk
and honey where almost no one ever starved and the vast majority of Americans
prospered. Wages went up as demand for labor went up and the standard of living rose
for everyone in America. n most cases the owners of the factories and businesses
actually felt something in their hearts for their workforce. They developed a patriarch
mentality or at least wanted their workers to have a turkey on Thanksgiving and many
even did their utmost to support and develop their towns and local geography. t was
called giving back and it was part of a realization that we were all Americans and all in
this together for better or worse. t wasn't a perfect relationship by any means but it was
by the late 1960s and 1970s about as perfect as it was ever going to get. Then
something changed that would change the world forever more.
f you're thinking it was greed, you're wrong. As alluded to earlier, greed has always
been around and always will be around as long a man inhabits the Earth. What
happened around 1980, which seems to also be the time that massive wealth began to
be accumulated at the top, was that the Earth shrunk and it's been shrinking smaller
Copyright 2011 63
_____________________________________________________________________
every day since. The first shrinkage devastated the middle and lower middle-class in
America but the next shrinkage that is just around the next corner is going to be
the most catastrophic hit that the American economy has ever experienced . . . unless
YOU awaken now to stop it!
As noted and warned earlier, the mega-rich are smart, very smart and when they are not
they can hire smart for less money by the day. On top of being smart they are greedy
to the core of their beings. Combine smart and greedy and you have a recipe for big
trouble for anyone that's not mega-rich. The mega-rich, their media minions and vy
League economists call the big trouble . . . free trade or the global economy.
t would be horribly remiss to attribute the idea of free trade and the global economy to
just the mega-rich in America. Somewhere on the fringe left is an absolutely huge group
of American elite and members of the political class that support the idea of free trade
and a global economy with an evangelic fervor even stronger than the mega-rich. Led by
those in academia, this group of elitist Americans, from all segments of the economic
spectrum, see themselves as citizens of the world. Their guiding star is a collective guilt
for being born an American.
These Americans, many who like to call themselves intellectuals, believe in their hearts
and have been taught that we Americans don't deserve anything we have. The truth is, if
we are honest with ourselves, we don't deserve much of what we have relative to the
billions of other humans on the Earth. Where we were born, in what nation we were born
and to whom we were born was just a matter of happen chance. t was a roll of the
universe's dice, a twist of fate. Any of us could be living in ndia, Africa, Mexico or China
right now instead of America. Along with that understanding, for some, comes a huge
sense of guilt, especially from the fringe left of the political spectrum.
With that hook, when the greedy and their media minions started selling the idea that
free trade was going to be good for everyone on the planet this group of Americans
gobbled it up like kittens sipping their first bowl of milk. t relieved their conscience and
that collective sense of guilt to think that free trade would raise the wages and the
standards of living for all members of the world community. What the mega-rich and
the so called intellectuals didn't tell anyone was that it may take a thousand years,
maybe longer, for that to happen. The professors didn't tell their students that while the
world was being transformed that the professors would still work and have food while
the students would have no job and no food. n fact, none of the elite and mega-rich
selling the idea of a global economy told Americans they would have to be reduced to
surviving within Third World living standards before the global economy equalized wages
across the planet. They also didn't tell Americans that it would come so fast and that
their children, grandchildren and several generations thereafter could forget about a
living wage and the quality of life that most Americans have grown to enjoy.
This massive shift, like it or not, has been and will largely be accomplished upon the
backs of average Americans who have been losing financially for more than 30+ years
and who will continue to lose going forward if we continue down the present economic
and political path. What none of the academics, Harvard economists and the elitists
within our political class ever divulged to the American people is that as the standard of
living rises in the developing world the standard in America will fall and continue to
fall.
Copyright 2011 64
_____________________________________________________________________
Not true, you say? f that's what you believe, then answer these simple questions: who
or what will maintain our American standard of living while the Third World and
developing nations catch up? Will the greedy suddenly develop a national conscience
whereby they will feel compelled to pay Americans more money for the same job they
can get done for 80 percent less in ndia? Will the middle-class in Brazil, ndia and China
be able to afford the majority of goods produced in the U.S. by 2030, or will those goods
still be overpriced via wage and salary disparities?
For those who are still feeling a collective sense of guilt for being born in America, before
you raise your hand to be reduced to a Third World existence, could you please first try
the Peace Corps for a year . . . just to see how you like it rice every meal, assuming
you get that, gets pretty old according to reports on the ground. Sending money to Haiti
or Africa is a whole lot different than actually living there. [BTW your Mercedes stays
behind if you move to the Third World.] Hollywood celebrities like Sean Penn and Oprah
visit places like Africa and Haiti but as you may have noticed, none to date have
relocated to Haiti or Africa. Both may be a worthwhile place to visit, but no American, it
seems, wants to actually live there. f however you wish to bring the Third World to
America, then rejoice at the moment we're zeroed in and right on course. Your
feelings of guilt will soon be relieved.
For those Americans who believe in eating and who see what's already happened via
free trade and this global economy dog food we've been fed for more than 20+ years
now there is some really bad news . . . the worst is yet to come! You have not even
begun to fathom the next phase of this free trade whammy we're all supposed to be so
pumped up about. n reality, it's going to be the ultimate death nail in the coffin of the
American Dream if it's not stopped by you and millions of other citizens just like you.
The initial attack by the mega-rich in this free trade onslaught were huge fast ships,
transport planes and massive cross border highways [paid for with our tax money]
heading into Mexico. f you were around back when the free trade shaft started, you'll
recall that the economy was strong, unlike today, and you wonder now [but not back
then] why did they mess with a good thing? They claimed at the time, that it was
necessary in order to remain competitive in the global economy. That was an outright
lie then and it is now blasphemy to say it 20+ years later . . . in truth it was pure
unmitigated greed!
When the concept of free trade was introduced it was hailed by most politicians and all
our corporate owned media as just an inevitable natural evolution in commerce. t was
rolled out as the next big thing to come as if Santa was on the way. After all, we had
been trading with other nations for well over a century and this new push was just an
extension of an already great thing. n reality, America had been running trade deficits
for years and for the mega-rich this free trade came with the added bonus of acquiring
cheap labor off shore labor for them to suck even more money out of America the
strongest economy in the world.
We were told over and over that this new free trade thing couldn't be stopped, couldn't
be avoided and that we the people would benefit beyond our wildest dreams. New
markets would be opened for American goods and services and while there may be
some shift in jobs going off shore a massive number of new jobs would be created
that would be far better than the jobs we lost. The way the story was told and spun by
the corporate owned media and vy League economists was that Americans would still
Copyright 2011 65
_____________________________________________________________________
be the top dog but with new jobs that paid much better. Trusting, hard working and
humble Americans believe everything we're told by our government and especially
Harvard economists so we bought it all . . . hook, line and sinker like a large mouth bass
striking a shiny new lure. f it's wrapped in old glory and spurred by our collective
American ego, we'll buy any manure they throw at us no matter how illogical it may be.
Our public servants a.k.a. politicians and bureaucrats, who we thought back then had
our best economic interests in mind, would watch out for the people by negotiating
trade agreements and regulating it all so that we the people would be protected and
flourish like never before. n the world of spin and marketing, the easiest way to sell
something is to appeal to the ego of the buyer. f you can accomplish that, the buyer will
get sucked in every time; so we the people were told over and over by the politicians
and corporate owned media that Americans were the best and brightest workers on
Earth and we could compete with anyone. Our collective American ego puffed out its
chest, cocked its head upward in arrogance, waved the flag and prepared to compete in
this new global market. The funny thing is, they didn't actually lie to us about being able
to compete . . . they just left out the part about having to give up our car, our house and
regular food on the table in order to compete.
Hind sight as they say is 20/20, especially knowing what we know now about free
trade. We're now being told that if we don't improve our math skills we'll never survive in
this new economy. That may just be the only truth our government and the corporations
ever told us . . . because if anyone 30+ years ago could add, subtract, multiply and
divide we wouldn't be in this horrible economic decline. Even though the world's
population continues to explode, the numbers disparity won't change that much, so let's
just use today's numbers. Please get out your calculator . . . there are 7 billion people on
the planet a.k.a. the global marketplace and with the exception of the U.S. and most of
Europe, almost all those billions live in developing nations with developing paychecks
a.k.a. cheap labor. So let's take the current population of the U.S. of approximately 311
million who have one of the highest standards of living in the world a.k.a. real
paychecks and add in another 700 million or so to account for Europe [just a wild guess]
to arrive at a round figure of 1 billion or so. Then subtract the 1 billion from 7 billion and
we end up with a number of 6 billion people living in developing nations who on
average make far less than our 311 million U.S. citizens. To get a gauge of how much
less, let's take the Chinese worker who is working a 16 hour day in a slave labor camp
known as Qualcomm to make your Apple iPhone. They make a whopping $1.69 per
hour. Since we all know that no one can actually live on minimum wage in America, for
our analysis let's arrive at a low even number of $10.00 per hour for American workers.
The difference in hourly pay between our world and theirs is $8.31. Now multiply that
$8.31 by the 6 billion people living in those developing nations and you arrive at a
cavernous number of close to $50 B per hour. Multiply that number by 40 hours per
week and the cavern grows to $2 T per week. Now, multiply that number by 52 weeks in
a year and it comes to $104 T per year in labor cost disparity between the U.S./Europe
and the developing world.

Now, answer this question: how many years of free trade will have to pass before the
wages in those developing nations reach a mere $10.00 per hour? Could it happen in
25 years or will it take 50, a 100 or 500 years? The truth is that no one on the entire
planet knows how long it will take or if it will even happen. What about those vy League
economists in the bow ties . . . they have all this figured out, right? They have it all
figured out all right just not for your benefit. Now would be a good time to remember
Copyright 2011 66
_____________________________________________________________________
the advice that YOU need to start thinking for yourself by asking the right questions,
such as motives behind the so called answers? When listening to the so called
geniuses [such as Harvard economists] would be a great time to start deploying that
mental strategy. Number one, even though you may have dropped out of high school,
you and are not that dumb and number two: the economists, CEOs, talking heads on
the tube, government officials and politicians are just not that much smarter than us . . .
sorry to disappoint you! Americans have been guilty of believing in the so called
leaders and experts by giving them the benefit of the doubt for far too long. When you
do even the most basic math, none of what Americans have been told about free trade
or this wonderful global economy adds up in our favor if you're an American.
Now, before anyone goes there, the numbers used in the analysis above are the most
simplistic, elementary, calculations and economic analysis possible. They will of course
be called something from a dunce and ignoramus while being laughed off the planet by
all economists, talking heads, CEOs, bureaucrats and politicians alive. Even a dunce
deserves a little credit . . . it's absolutely true that there are so many economic variables
left out of this elementary numerical analysis that to even begin to list them all would
take a year or more. The average American brain, when compared to a Harvard
economist, pales in comparison. So what? Here's what you need to get, even though the
$104 T cited above are elementary calculations that don't begin to encompass the
variables such as salaries and hourly pay wages, shipping costs, raw materials costs
and the thousands of other variables . . . if the number is just $30 T or even $10 T per
year, Americans by and large simply can't compete!
Whatever the number really is, no matter how many spread sheets are produced,
economic computer models, charts and number crunching exercises are conducted
the cavernous black hole of wage/salary divide between America and the developing
world simply cannot be bridged and cannot be explained away! Anyone, from the
smartest PhD to a high school drop out who believes otherwise, is dumber than a rock!
What is known, beyond any shadow of any doubt whatsoever, is that we the people in
America can't compete with $1.69 per hour and can't possibly win at this free trade
game within the next 25, 50 or 100 years, probably far, far longer . . . unless the playing
field in wages are leveled and balanced along with some constraints placed upon
companies doing business within America. Without intervention, within a free flowing
world economy, the American worker, be they wearing a tie or working on assembly line,
is doomed! We're on borrowed time and the clock is ticking . . .
t's just basic math that a child can calculate. For America to be able to compete in this
so called free trade world economy, either the wages and salaries of the developing
world have to come up to our level or our wages and salaries have to do down to their
level. That's the part of the wonderful free trade story the mega-rich conveniently left
out when the politicians and CEOs started selling Americans this worthless bill of goods.
This is not something that's coming down the road. f you recall, if you figure in inflation,
all wages and salaries have been completely stagnant for everyone outside of the top 10
percent for more than 30+ years. No financial gains whatsoever, only a 30+ year loosing
streak. What else do you need to know about free trade that this cruel reality doesn't
tell you? t was never about free trade it was always about free labor for the greedy.
f you're wondering why this isn't being reported 24/7 on the news by our so called free
press remember that those pretty faces donning the latest designer fashions don't
come free. They are paid millions to smile, look pretty or handsome and always have
Copyright 2011 67
_____________________________________________________________________
perky personalities while delivering what corporate America wants delivered . . .
which is never the truth when it comes to free trade and the world economy. For now,
understand that these people are not your friends. Friends don't sell you out for pieces of
gold . . .
Until most recently [with the economic devastation brought on by Wall Street's greed
with the complicity and help of our federal government] most Americans had yet to feel
any real economic pain. We lived in our bubble, watched the news of factory closings
and jobs being shipped off shore with concern, but to be honest, most Americans didn't
really care enough to react and stop it.
Within our nation's collective psyche some bedrock beliefs called Americanisms exist
that are hard to kill even though all indicators say they are a lie. The one belief, in
particular, that should be long dead is that within America [the land of opportunity] if
anyone fails they have only themselves to blame. While you of course gave some
money to your church, the local food bank, the Salvation Army or the United Way you
weren't really that concerned when other people's jobs were going off shore. n too many
hearts, Americans have been saying, 've got mine, good luck getting yours. Until free
trade and the world economy deliver the wolf to our doorstep Americans want to stick
their head in the sand. After all, many of us believe we deserve what we have, we think
we earned it, we went to college and worked our posterior off to get where we are. The
people losing their manufacturing jobs to off shore cheap labor should have gone to
college. t's easy to rationalize that they should have made sacrifices and they should
have seen their demise coming years ago and prepared themselves. At the end of the
day, all the manufacturing jobs leaving our shores bothered many of us, but in all
honesty not that much because we still had ours. All that is about to change however . . .
unless we work together to stop it!
Huge ships and massive air cargo operations bringing in tons of cheap crap none of
us really need we understood all too well. While it was bad for Americans who used to
have jobs in the manufacturing sector, it was good for those Americans that still had jobs
and money. Huge cargo ships and massive air freight operations were no threat to
Americans that wore ties . . . those that went to college and majored in business,
accounting, engineering, T and other highly skilled occupations. Just a few years ago it
was thought that an intelligent, college educated American with highly sophisticated job
skills had nothing to fear off shore. The people taking American jobs in developing
nations were dumb clucks and besides they are there and the jobs are here in America
safe and sound. They can't do your job then ship it in, but what if they could do the job at
one third of your salary as if they were here in America?
Around the same time the free trade craze was taking hold, something else came on
the horizon along with the so called technology revolution. At the time, it was merely
considered a new toy, a new form of media not so different than a new television with
lots of channels that didn't work so great, especially at first. That toy was called the
nternet, the World Wide Web and it was gong to be really something some day. Way
back then it made strange noises via dial up, it crashed, it went down from time to time
and it would obviously take years and years before it delivered on its promise of
shrinking the planet. As time went forward, information and data began to be transported
from one place to another, via e-mail at first, then via more and more sophisticated ways
as time marched forward.
Copyright 2011 68
_____________________________________________________________________
On a personal level was heavily involved, on the marketing end, with one of the first
companies to deliver bills and invoices via the nternet and have worked in the nternet
software market every since. Today, the nternet is something just short of a Star Trek
transporter that moves everything but human bodies and physical goods along the
information super highway. n reality, today, the only real limitation the nternet has is
that it cannot yet transport human bodies or physical goods virtually everything else it
can do, is doing and will do even better as time marches forward. Every year, almost
moment by moment it gets stronger, more robust and someone figures out yet another
way to shrink the planet with this technological marvel called the nternet. t may
however, be the absolute the worst thing that ever happened to the upper middle-class
American workforce and our nation's economy . . .
While the nternet can't yet back up time, it is already enabling a 24/7/365 world
economy that never rests not even for a nanosecond. As a prime example: a few
years ago did some consulting work with a French company called Dassault Systemes
that programs and sells engineering software. The software is absolutely amazing
beyond belief in that it enables anything, from a battle ship to a rocket ship, to be
designed and specified down to the very last rivet. We're talking 3D animation, massive
redesigns and months of mathematical calculations now taking place in seconds once
the variables are plugged in . . . but that's not the amazing thing. What's amazing, yet
horrifying, is that it's all done via the nternet with engineers from all over the world
working on the same project, at the same time, with the same views that deliver
integrated data and information to all of them simultaneously. No lag time, no sending
files back and forth but actual engineering production. t's like having a virtual NASA
engineering team all the in same room, all working on the same project , but in reality
they are spread all over the world.
Now with something that complex in mind as here now, ask yourself the following three
questions: 1) Can you name any job currently being done in America [that doesn't
require a human to be physically standing or sitting within the geographic confines of the
U.S.] that cannot be done in ndia, China or some other developing nation? 2) Do you
believe members of the mega-rich and multi-national corporations have any allegiance
to America whatsoever when it comes to making money off cheaper labor in order to
accumulate more wealth? and 3) How many members of Congress will sell you out
versus protecting American jobs when the mega-rich pile millions of dollars on the table
in front of them?
f your answers to those three questions scare you, then you have a brain and you need
to start using it. f your answers don't scare you, then go smoke some weed, play video
games and wait for the next installment of American dol . . . while you still have
electricity.

n ndia today, more people speak English than in the U.S. and many of them are
answering the phone when you call almost any so called American company for tech
support, customer service, etc. Call centers were just the beginning and virtually no one
in America cared when those people lost their jobs, just like they didn't care when 1.6
million textile jobs disappeared along with the U.S. furniture industry. How about the
350,000 T jobs outsourced to ndia, in just the last decade, from Silicon Valley alone?
1

Did that get anyone's attention? No! The corporate owned media keep telling us it's just
a natural evolution and progress and we continue to eat the dog food we're being fed.
ndia is just one example along with call centers and T jobs the real list of developing
Copyright 2011 69
_____________________________________________________________________
nations sucking jobs out of the U.S. and depressing wages in America is far too long to
list.
Asia accounts for 60 percent of the world's population and China and ndia alone
account for 40 percent of it. As already noted, there are well over 6 billion people on the
planet willing to work for less money than Americans. Not only that, but they are willing
to make less while living in a grass hut or sleeping in shifts on bunks piled to the ceiling
in corporate dormitories. Forget the offshore threat for a moment, there are thousands
upon thousands of houses in America right now where new immigrants to America share
their bunks with two other people on rotational shifts as they compete for our jobs. The
offshore threat is now the on-shore threat. Do you think the greedy have a problem with
5 or 6 workers lined up for every job opening in America?
The offshore threat to American workers and standard of living used to be just ships and
airplanes, but with the advent of the nternet all that changed forevermore. n addition to
shipping and the nternet that give easy access to American jobs, emerging economies
have something we don't yet have, but will very soon if we don't wake up. That strategic
advantage is billions of hungry bellies. t has been said that a good army marches on a
full belly, but a hungry belly will march even harder and will work for anything that's
offered. The oceans are not going to dry up and the nternet genie is not going back into
her bottle. That simply means one undeniable thing: every single job currently in
America that doesn't require a human to be physically in a spot on U.S. soil to perform it
will someday be gone if we don't stop it. Think this is an exaggeration? Then answer
the following question: why would any company hire an engineer in America for $120 K
when they can hire the exact same skill set in China for $20 K? Nave white collar
professionals still think that because they wear a tie and speak English without an
accent it's going to save their job?
n China, right now, there are slums where thousands of highly educated college
graduates with degrees in T, engineering, accounting, business administration and
every other degree you can imagine are sitting unemployed. ndia and China can split
the atom to build the bomb, but Americans actually believe they are not exceptional
enough to do accounting, purchasing or engineering? These people are NOT stupid!
With that as a fact, what do you think is going to stop the coming demise of white collar
jobs going to China and ndia if you are a white collar professional? Maybe the flag and
patriotism will save you? Perhaps some allegiance to America and her wonderful
workers will save you? After all, you did give your company the best years of your life
and your boss likes you . . . that might save you on the first cut? Here's a question, do
you think that when your day comes that those manufacturing workers, now
unemployed, will care? Do you think they should? The truth is that many, perhaps even
most, probably will have some empathy simply because they know all too well what it's
like to starve. f you however, don't wake-up, you're about to find out!
Two mega-fallacies exist in regard to the reality of the current and future American
workforce. The idea that existing Americans will take the good jobs and the rest of the
world or even new immigrants will take the crappy jobs was flawed when the first can of
free trade dog food arrived on our shore. Even though it was the most illogical idea
ever spewed upon Americans, it appealed to our collective ego and sense of entitlement.
The spin was that low skilled jobs would go off shore or to new immigrants and native
born Americans would either work in high skilled better paying jobs or work in the service
Copyright 2011 70
_____________________________________________________________________
sector. The logic neither works for off shore labor or new immigrant labor. t's
propaganda pushed by the mega-rich to keep America asleep at the wheel.
The second fallacy is that a good education is a sound investment that is going to save
Americans from sinking in the world economy. The majority of Americans (57%) now say
that the higher education system in the U.S. fails to provide students with good value for
the money and 75 percent say college is now too expensive for most Americans to
afford. Echoing that sentiment, only 51 percent of college presidents describe the U.S.
higher education system as one of the best in the world.
2
Even so, in most major metropolitan areas in America almost half of the kids never
even make it out of high school, much less go to college. The pool of uneducated,
unskilled workers in America is already far too large for the few jobs available, but
despite all the billions of dollars spent on public education in America that pool is
quickly growing into a massive ocean of impoverished who will either be unemployed or
among the working poor. Accelerating the depth of this homegrown ocean are millions
more uneducated and unskilled workers being added via immigration each year. s
anyone in America or within the political class contemplating or working to solve where
these millions of unskilled, uneducated people are going to work in the decades ahead?
While many Americans can foresee what's coming for these unskilled and uneducated
masses, most still believe they and their children can escape via higher education. What
these Americans don't yet realize is that the value of higher education, in almost all
cases, is falling like a rock. As the cost is rising rapidly the value is falling just as
rapidly due to the technological revolution, shrinking of the planet and billions of
highly educated workers emerging in the developing world.
Much of the higher education expense in the developing world, for their best and
brightest, is subsidized or picked-up by the state while in American such funding is being
cut drastically. American students instead are graduating from less than world-class,
overpriced institutions with a massive student loan on their back while being told they
are the best and brightest workers in the world who can compete with anyone. What is
amazing is that the gospel of American exceptionalism is still being preached even in
the face of 30+ years of massive economic evidence to the contrary. Our collective ego
is literally killing us . . . as we've yet to face up to and address that we are losing out
economically to the rest of the world.
We Americans are now expendable like fat, expensive dinosaurs who have outlived our
usefulness to the greedy who play on the global stage. The old idea that if you studied
hard, went to college and got a good education you could stay above the fray is now
dying quickly. College graduates are already standing in the soup lines of America and
with the advent of the nternet there will be a whole lot more smart, educated people
standing in those lines. Skilled or unskilled, the mega-rich that once depended upon us
just don't need us any longer and even the political class only need us to show up in the
voting booth every couple of years. Other than that, we're simply a profit center who is
now eating up too much profit in salary and benefits versus what we bring in for the
bottom line of corporate America. Americans [compared to starving people living in grass
huts] are fat, lazy and very expensive. We are used to big houses, expensive cars, a
roof over our heads and the expectation for more to come. There is more to come
alright, but none of it is good unless we retake the reins from a political class owned by
Copyright 2011 71
_____________________________________________________________________
the mega-rich and stand up to American corporations and companies doing business in
the U.S. who have us on the fast track to Third World existence.
Jo Tracker
http:))www!workingamerica!org)#obtracker)
Consider where the future lies for America's multi-national corporations . . . with a
measly 311 million people who are all broke, maxed-out on their credit cards and
tapped-out on their second mortgage America is not the big consumer pool of the
future. f you are going to invest and fish for more money you go where the most fish are
. . . the 6 billion people not living in America and in Europe. n 2010, in the midst of the
Great Recession, all but 4 percent of the top 500 U.S. companies reported profits and
the stock market closed at its highest point since the 2008 meltdown.
3
So why did U.S.
companies appear to not be hiring . . . leaving the unemployment rate in America at
almost 10 percent? The fact is that, during the Great Recession, they were hiring, to the
tune of 1.2 million people outside the United States. nside the U.S., during the same
period they hired far less than a million Americans.
4
For Caterpillar, nc. who invested in 3 new plants in China [in just the last quarter of
2010] more than half of their 15,000 new hires were overseas.
5
n fact, 15 percent of
their entire workforce is now Chinese.
6
Their Asia-Pacific sales were up 38 percent for
the first 3 quarters of 2010 compared to only 16 percent in the U.S. Meanwhile,
Caterpillar's stock price rose 65 percent during 2010 to further boost wealth
accumulation for the mega-rich in America. For other companies such as Coca-cola and
UPS the story is generally the same as you might expect. For DuPont, whose workforce
in the U.S. shrank 9 percent between January 2005 and October 2009, their Asia-Pacific
workforce grew a whopping 54 percent during the same period and their 2010 stock
price was up 47 percent.
7
n 2000, only 26 percent of Cisco Systems workforce was off
shore labor, but in 2010 it had grown to 46 percent.
8

n April 2011, the Wall Street Journal reported that between 2000 and 2010, some of our
nation's largest corporations, such as General Electric, Caterpillar, Microsoft, Walmart,
Chevron, Cisco, ntel, Stanley Works, Merck, United Technologies and Oracle cut their
U.S. workforces by 2.9 million people and hired 2.4 million people off shore.
9

n 2009, a huge outsourcing clinic was convened in Dallas by the Conference Board to
assist and facilitate even more offshore outsourcing of American jobs. Almost all the
multi-national corporations had representatives in attendance eager to get on board with
moving America jobs off shore. Of the conference participants who had already moved
American jobs off shore, the jobs were split as follows:
10

6% Finance
22% Customer Service
14% Procurement
25% Human Resources
33% T
Copyright 2011 72
_____________________________________________________________________
Hands down, the overwhelming response given as to why the jobs were moved off
shore, by 45 percent of conference participants, was to reduce operating costs and
capital expenditures a.k.a. corporate speak for cheap labor.
11
f there was ever a wake-up call for America's college educated, white collar
professionals, you're looking at only the beginning of what's to come if not stopped.
Clearly it is not lowly factory workers now losing their jobs to off shore cheap labor, but
instead, the greedy are now coming for white collar professionals as alluded to herein. f
the job can be done via the nternet it simply won't be sourced in the U.S. going forward.
n 2011, Goldman Sachs, amid record profits and after receiving $10 B in bailout money
from U.S. taxpayers and billions more out the backdoor of the Federal Reserve, floated
the news that 1000 of their white collar financial professionals would be fired.
12
America's
loss will be Singapore's gain where new off shore operations will hire replacement
workers. Beyond cheap labor, the move is also a maneuver to skirt new Wall Street
reform regulations a.k.a. ethical and honest business practices.
Up and down the F500, F2000 and far beyond the trend is the same. Massive hiring
overseas to acquire cheap labor to increase profits and reward Americas top 10 percent
who own all the stock. Nothing whatsoever for average U.S. citizens but depressed
wages or continued unemployment. Admittedly, a company such as UPS can't hire a
delivery driver on U.S. soil to deliver packages in China, but anyone that believes the
trend to hire overseas is not based first and foremost on cheaper labor is nave indeed.
Anyone that still believes all the offshore new hires are in lowly positions needs to wake-
up now! As Americans, we of course want U.S. companies to succeed in the world
economy, but if they are based in the U.S. or are foreign companies doing business in
the U.S. they have an obligation to hire American workers whenever and wherever
possible.
Anyone in America that thinks that will happen without massive pressure on U.S.
companies and foreign companies doing business in the U.S. is not just nave but
absolutely stupid. While the prospects for America workers may be falling like a rock, we
do have one huge advantage still in our hands the biggest, strongest economy of any
nation in the entire world . . . numero uno! Obviously we're being sold out by politicians
and U.S. corporations alike, but both need us to continue doing exactly what we've been
doing for decades in order to complete the sell out. They must have us continue walking
like sheep to place our heads into the guillotine while the standard of living rises
overseas and ours continues to fall. By 2022, for the first time in history, the world will
have shifted from mostly poor to mostly middle-class and by 2030 that number will
double to more than 5 billion people.
13
Meanwhile in America, the middle-class is vaporizing into thin air. n Brazil they are
moving out of the slums and in ndia they are moving out of their huts, n America
however the poverty rate is increasing dramatically by the day and more and more
houses, formerly occupied by middle-class Americans, stand empty via foreclosure.
Massive trade deficits with nearly every other nation on Earth, most especially low wage
emerging nations, combined with American mega-corporations off shoring and a political
class that continues to sell out the American people to the mega-rich is propelling a race
to the bottom for all average Americans. f the American people do not awaken now and
fight with the power of their wallets and retake the reigns of political power from the
mega-rich . . . within a decade, the economic fate of all average Americans will be
Copyright 2011 73
_____________________________________________________________________
sealed for generations to come. At the moment, we are no more than a stepping stone, a
temporary money bridge for the mega-rich to finance their vision of world economic
domination at our expense.
t's our collective economic might working together that simply cannot fail us, if and
ONLY if, we begin to use it. We're down but we're not out yet, not by a long shot . . . but
we have to wise up before it's too late!

0$ono&y *n 5r!"!"
http://economyincrisis.org/
Fa$!n% 6p to t#e On +#ore N.&7er" Real!ty
Now that the 6 billion hungry mouths in the developing world, yearning for American
jobs, has been explored, it's time America faced up to the other numbers reality
unsustainable population growth within the U.S. n the last century (1900 2000) the
U.S. population more than tripled growing by more than 205 million people.
1
Currently
the U.S. population is around 311 million people and conservative projections, based
upon current policies, are that by 2050 the U.S. population will explode to more than 439
million people.
2
t is the equivalent of 48 more cities in the U.S. the size of Chicago.
3
The
carbon foot print and global warming consequences alone of that many people portend
an environmental nightmare, but such unsustainable growth will also deliver lower
wages, higher taxes, degraded public education and infrastructure along with water and
food shortages. Most if not all of those implications are already coming to pass, are
apparent today and could not be more blatantly obvious for the decades ahead. Take all
the population issues we face at present and multiply that by 130 million more people by
2050 then ask the question, 'is that an alluring vision of America that provides quality
of life and economic opportunity or instead does it portend the coming of an horrific
nightmare?'
Clearly, no data, statistics and trends herein point more toward a bleak economic future
for America and Third World existence than our looming overpopulation explosion. How
a nation with a university system that is the envy of the entire world [with the science of
population studies extremely well established] can be on the path toward Third World
quality of life via overpopulation defies all logic and sanity! Even a novice in the arena
of population studies, completely lacking in intellect, can look at the continent of Africa,
nations such as ndia and Pakistan and clearly see the implications for America.
Nonetheless, all rational, intellectual and sane voices warning of the horrific
consequences of overpopulation have been muzzled via antiquated historical context,
religion, party politics and playing of the xenophobia and race card.
Since manipulation of xenophobia and the race card are the most contentious and
emotionally charged, the day has arrived for America to confront these two issues head
on and address them squarely. America is a nation of immigrants and our cultural
diversity is one of our greatest strengths. That fact and history have no bearing
whatsoever upon the implications and science of population studies that clearly dictate
Copyright 2011 74
_____________________________________________________________________
horrific consequences ahead, such as, an imploding economy, an environmental
wasteland and eroding quality of life associated with an exploding U.S. population.
Neither does the undeniable fact that a significant number of Americans are xenophobic
and racist have any bearing whatsoever upon the issue of an exploding population in
America.
The fact that America is facing a horrific Third World future due to overpopulation [if not
corrected] and the fact that some people in America are xenophobic and racist have
zero relationship whatsoever to one another. The two facts are completely unrelated!
Neither fact has any bearing whatsoever upon the other and tying the two together is
absolutely 100 percent illogical. Overpopulation leads to starvation, lack of both
economic opportunity and quality of life no matter the color of one's skin or nation of
origin. Furthermore, given the existing economic disadvantages for both brown and
black Americans, overpopulation simply creates an even higher wall that has already
entrapped far too many in a never ending cycle of intergenerational poverty.
No matter the forces driving overpopulation within the U.S. be they legal and illegal
immigration or poor and pregnant the economic disadvantages and quality of life
issues disproportionately impact brown and black Americans more than any races by an
extremely wide margin. The median household net worth by race in America is $113,149
for whites, $5,677 for African Americans and $6,325 for Hispanics. Advocating for
population growth via legal or illegal immigration simply increases competition for jobs
most especially in minority communities who already have the highest unemployment
percentage and rates of poverty. As of June 2011 the unemployment rates for African
Americans was 16.2 percent and for Hispanic Americans it was 11.6 percent while
the unemployment rate for white Americans was 8.1 percent.
4
While roughly 31% of all
U.S. workers experienced unemployment or underemployment at some point in 2009
the rates were higher for African-American and Hispanic workers, at 36% and 41%,
respectively.
5
Whereas only 14.3% of white children had an unemployed or
underemployed parent in 2010, one in four African-American and Hispanic children had
an underemployed parent.
6
As a result, 2010 marked the first year in our long history when the majority of children
living in poverty, 37.3 percent, were Latino while 30.5 percent were white and 26.6
percent were black.
7
Hispanic children living in poverty had the steepest increase of any
ethnic group, growing from 4 million in 2005 to 6.1 million in 2010.
8
Reasons given by
the Pew Hispanic Center was a product of their growing numbers, high birth rates and
declining economic fortunes.
9
Of the 6.1 million Latino children living in poverty, more
than 66 percent (4.1 million) are children of new immigrant parents, a direct result of high
birth rates among Hispanic immigrants.
10
As you trace the minority unemployment trend downward by age and education levels
the percentage of unemployment rises markedly. Now consider that only 55 percent of
U.S. born blacks and 54 percent Hispanics (ages 18-29) have a high school diploma and
ask yourself if this segment of society needs even more job competition?
11
Clearly
nothing could be more blatantly racist, cruel and inhumane, not to mention ignorant and
shortsighted, than to pile more uneducated poor on the top of America's minority
citizens. Of eligible workers of all races, up to age 24, a record 51 percent were
unemployed as of the summer of 2011.
12
As with all unemployment numbers, the
percentage of black and brown youth in this percentage is far higher that for white youth,
but as a whole far too many of those under the age of 24 are unemployed, disengaged,
Copyright 2011 75
_____________________________________________________________________
disenfranchised and seething with frustration and anger. f you think it is a minority issue
or an education issue alone, think again America. As of the summer of 2011, more than
250,000 recent college graduates were unemployed and an untold number are flipping
burgers or some other menial task.
13
Together with the uneducated and unskilled who
are unemployed or flipping burgers, these young Americans make up a cauldron of
unrest that is just waiting to boil over upon America. t's the same frustration and anger
that the world watched play out in the U.K. riots in the summer of 2011, the flash mob
phenomenon we're now beginning to see at increasing numbers in the U.S. and the
protests upon Wall Street in the autumn of 2011.
Those in America playing the race card in regard to immigration, most especially illegal
immigration, couldn't be any more racist and disingenuous toward brown and black
American citizens . . . most especially the youth. nstead of pivoting to confront the
issues driving poverty and unemployment, Party B and civil rights groups in their blood
thirst quest for political power . . . do everything possible to pour gasoline upon the fire
by adding even more numbers of ill equipped, uneducated new immigrants on top of
starving American citizens at the low end of the socio-economic ladder . . . most
especially brown and black American citizens. These people are already drowning
economically, their children are living in poverty and instead of tossing them a life
preserver, Party B's solution is to toss them a huge boulder to sink them even further.
The primary modus operandi being utilized to both acquire political power and to starve
those at the bottom of the socio-economic ladder is of course: the race card. Nothing
else could have the power to silence all intellectual and rational voices in regard to the
immigration issue more than the emotionally charged issue of race? At every turn, in
every discussion the immigration issue is allowed to be reduced to playing of the race
card. t's simply a fact that illegal immigration comes mainly from the south instead of
from Canada. Since the majority of Americans would also oppose Canadians
immigrating illegally into the U.S., does that make those Americans racists since most
Canadians are white? Since a large proportion of Canadians speak French, would
anyone opposing tax dollars to produce government documents in French be labeled as
racist? Of course not and no one ever makes that charge, but if illegal immigration
comes from the south or tax funded accommodations are made for Spanish and you
oppose it . . . you're labeled a racist?
This is the U.S., a nation of laws and one of those laws is against illegal immigration into
the U.S. Forget about English as the official language of America, English is the
language of commerce for everyone on the entire planet. For that reason, more people
in ndia speak English than in the U.S., yet taxpayer dollars are utilized to accommodate
Spanish in America? Absolutely Spanish should be the No. 1 second language of all
Americans, right ahead of Mandarin which we'll need when we are annexed by China,
but to make it in the U.S. economically you must learn English instead of expecting the
U.S. to take on the expense of making everything bilingual to accommodate Spanish.
Nothing states that reality more emphatically than the 6.1 million Latino children living in
poverty.
The solution by the radical right is to simply tell all non English speaking Hispanics to
learn English as if most have the money and the freedom to go to night school. The time
has arrived for all Americans to realize that we have a major economic problem without
a workforce that speaks English. The solution is to take all the taxpayer dollars currently
being utilized to produce government documents in Spanish, quadruple the money, add
Copyright 2011 76
_____________________________________________________________________
in a billion and then offer English as a second language courses ABSOLUTELY FREE
OF CHARGE to anyone and everyone that is willing to attend . . . no U.S. citizenship
required! Make them available 24/7 to accommodate any schedule, provide childcare for
attendees, tutoring, provide the classes via the nternet and every means possible to
remove the language barrier as an economic impediment for success.
Look no further than Canada where it is a law that every single communication [to
include private and public sector] websites, printed documents, tax documents,
advertising, manuals, etc. must be produced in both French and in English. Billions and
billions of corporate profits [a.k.a. competitive economic disadvantage] and tax dollars
are flushed down the toilet each year in Canada just to accommodate an insane law to
humor one small population segment within Canada. That is exactly the direction that
America is heading . . . write it down and watch it come to pass unless you stop it.
Multiculturalism and our rich diversity of second languages learned, taught and spoken
throughout America is part of our national heritage. When talians migrated into the U.S.
we didn't accommodate their language, nor have we begun to accommodate Mandarin
which may actually be a really good idea the way things are heading. t is in fact
discriminatory to accommodate Spanish because it economically handicaps those that
do not speak English. What economic chance would any American have in China if they
did not know how to speak and write Mandarin? None! Zero! Yet we expect a population
that is already economically disadvantaged to be able to survive and excel in America
without being able to at least speak English? By accommodating and handicapping
those that only speak Spanish we believe we're being compassionate? Where is the
compassion in relegating someone to a lifetime inability to make it economically in the
U.S. by not doing everything possible to teach English as a second language to anyone
and everyone that is willing to learn? Without such efforts, we're a nation that is simply
stamping the word POOR on these people's foreheads and thrusting them into the
bottom of an American caste system for life.
No where are such efforts more critically important than at the preschool level. We must
enable children from homes, where Spanish or some other language is the predominate
language, to get a leg up in acquiring English language skills that will be critical to their
academic success. To continue to nothing, cut spending on such education programs,
places these children behind the academic learning curve and in all likelihood relegates
them to a lifetime of poverty. What chance does a child in America have that shows up
for the first grade without being able to understand English? f they are held back a year
to learn English, then so be it. Sending any child to the next grade that is not grade level
competent in English is a crime! How can non English speaking parents help with
homework or communicate with teachers about their child's academic progress?
The charge of racism in regard to language skills, legal and illegal immigration is nothing
more than a straightforward and extremely obvious manipulation ploy. The intent is to
transform what should be an intellectual, objective discussion of overpopulation and
economic opportunity into an emotional race-charged shouting match. Why the race
card ploy gets played in regard to illegal immigration is simple: it works by playing upon
Americans sense of justice and equality for all. Where is the potential for equality and
justice if English competency is not required?
Let's be extremely clear and emphatic about one thing . . . there is no justice and
equality to the racial profiling that is taking place in Arizona and other places in
Copyright 2011 77
_____________________________________________________________________
America. Even if we had little green men from Mars walking around America who
obviously are here illegally it would be a violation of their civil liberties within a free
society to arrest them because they are green and short. Anyone in America that
condones racial profiling to remove illegal immigrants couldn't be anymore un-American.
By that same yardstick, anyone that believes in justice and equality for American citizens
cannot condone illegal immigrants living in a society as second class humans existing in
the shadows. Allowing them to enter and work within the U.S. victimizes them more than
anyone via horrible wages, exploitation, poor living conditions and a lack of rights
afforded legal new immigrants. t drives down all wages for everyone in the lower socio-
economic pool of workers and becomes a massive tax drain upon public resources such
as schools, healthcare and social services. t is literally bankrupting America
economically with a ball and chain around our nation's ankle as we struggle to compete
in a world-wide economy . . . a battle we're currently losing. To see where it is leading,
look no further than the Greek debt crisis, driven in large part by illegal immigration and
the road ahead for America is clear. They too were led by the shrill voices screaming
racism, xenophobia and human rights in an atmosphere that disregarded the fiscal costs
and red ink brought about by illegal immigration.
Between 2008 and 2010 alone, 1.1 million new immigrants entered America and landed
jobs, as reported in January 2011, via a study conducted exclusively for Reuters by the
Center for Labor Market Studies by Northeastern University.
14
During that same period,
U.S. household employment declined by 6.26 million.
15
More than 35 percent of those
1.1 million new immigrants were undocumented workers and the reason they got hired,
instead of legal citizens being hired, is simple: low ball pay along with no healthcare
benefits and basic payroll taxes being paid for these workers.
16
t makes legal American
workers more expensive and less desirable.
17
So instead of reducing the 6.26 million
number who lost jobs during that period by more than 17 percent to 5.16 million,
America added 1.1 million new mouths to feed. The overwhelming vast majority of these
350,000 illegal immigrants went directly into competition pool for jobs among the working
poor in America who as of 2009 already number well over 30+ million.
The report states that the ongoing immigration explosion is creating a deeper domestic
labor glut at the bottom of the workforce ladder, depressing wages and sharpening
already widening income disparities.
18
The Reuters article adds, . . . such a finding
could add to calls to tighten up on illegal immigration. But much of it is Hispanic and the
growing Latino vote is a key base for Obama's Democratic Party.
19
Obviously, Reuters
concludes the same thing that all Americans with a brain already know Party B is
willing to put their party strength and election prospects ahead of the economic well
being of American citizens at the lower end of the socioeconomic spectrum a.k.a.
sacrificing the poor upon the alter of poverty to get votes. No matter how many American
citizens are unemployed and how many are starving . . . Party B [it seems] cares only
about the political power gained from starvation, unemployment and poverty being
created by illegal immigration.
The primary blame is not on the shoulders of the 350,000 undocumented workers who
came during this period, but with the employers who hired them. As long as employers
can hire and exploit cheap undocumented labor they will. t reduces wages for U.S.
citizens and those authorized to work in the U.S. and forces undocumented workers into
the shadows where they are forced to work for slave wages. According to a study by the
Pew Research Center, the number of illegal immigrants living in the U.S. in 2010 was
11.2 million. More than 8 million of those illegal immigrants are in the U.S. workforce, a
Copyright 2011 78
_____________________________________________________________________
number that comprises 5 percent of the entire American workforce.
20
n other words, the
unemployment rate could be drastically cut without illegal workers taking jobs from
American citizens among the working poor. Nonetheless, the fringe left and the media
write articles, manipulate studies and continue to contend that new immigrants do not
take jobs from American citizens. They cite the extremely rare instances where get
tough state immigration laws result in labor shortages as if that proves something. Here
is what such articles and studies prove: 1) employers in America at the low end of the
labor pool aren't paying enough to get their missions accomplished 2) employers in
America have been exploiting the illegal labor pool to drive down wages far below the
level of a living wage and 3) employers can either pay enough to get the job done,
without using illegal labor, or they can suffer the business consequences. The fringe left
and media contrived propaganda is simply not true and anyone with the guts to examine
the numbers knows that it is baseless ploy being manipulated for political power. When
employers are quoted in articles stating ' can find anyone to work what they are really
saying is they can't find anyone to work for slave wages and paying a living wage will
hurt their profits.
Clearly, the issue of both legal and illegal immigration is first and foremost an economic
issue. A massive inflow of new immigrants, to the tune of well over a million every single
year, [be they legal or illegal] is simply an economic burden America can no longer
afford going forward. Nonetheless the fire hose of race baiting in regard to illegal
immigration continues primarily under the cover of Hispanic advocacy simply because
the inflow is from the south. The insidious race based propaganda serves only three
purposes: 1) it locks even more Hispanic American citizens at the low end of the
socioeconomic ladder into a never ending cycle of poverty 2) it creates a larger bloc vote
for Party B and voice for Hispanic civil rights groups who are both disingenuous in their
concerns about the poor as evidenced by their continued efforts to dump even more
job competition upon both brown and black America and 3) it guarantees a continued
flow of cheap labor to America's employers and exacerbates downward pressures on
earning power for our American citizens most in need.
While no one in Party B has ever bothered to ask the poor and working poor about the
negative economic impact immigration, most especially illegal immigration, has upon
their financial lives . . . how about the opinions of Hispanic citizens? f you listen to the
shrill voices of the fringe left, Hispanic civil rights groups and all the national media
Hispanic Americans are portrayed as too unsophisticated to understand the basic
concept of supply and demand economic theory. The reality is far different however, with
31 percent of Hispanic Americans seeing the negative impact of illegal immigration upon
their lives.
21
While 30 percent are ambivalent, only 29 percent see illegal immigration as
a positive.
22
Fewer than seven in ten native born Hispanics say immigrants strengthen
America.
23
More than 61 percent say that illegal immigration is caused by a lack of
adequate immigration enforcement.
24
Why Hispanic America is presented by both the
media and civil rights groups as one monolithic voice in favor of illegal immigration
speaks volumes about the power of the media and advocacy that's only focused on
gaining more political power instead of the economic needs of brown Americans.
f America learns nothing else from this book, one thing is clear . . . the political class will
do anything and sacrifice the economic wellbeing of any American [with the exception of
the mega-rich] in order to hold power, gain power and control the flow of money in
Washington, D.C. While Party A could obviously care less if every man, woman and
child in America starves, Party B is willing to manipulate starvation for political power
Copyright 2011 79
_____________________________________________________________________
and money by playing the role of poverty pimps. Ask yourself the question, where Party
B would be if the economic playing field in America was more leveled and upward
mobility existed for all Americans? What if there was no need for welfare or
unemployment checks, what political party would suffer the most? Where are the
unrelenting, concerted efforts from Party B to level the economic playing field in America
to correct the massive wealth disparity that now exists, most especially in our nation's
minority population? All good questions, don't you think . . . particularly appropriate when
filtered through the highly fractured race card prism being manipulated for political power
only.
Any American that claims to be an advocate for the poor, who favors continued
immigration at the present level [be it legal or undocumented] can only be either
uninformed about population issues or disingenuous as to their true motivations. With
millions unemployed, many starving already and wages stagnant for decades who is
it that suffers the most with continued out of control immigration numbers at the present
levels? Demand for workers has fallen off a cliff and it will remain that way beyond a
decade and far into the future. Therefore increasing the supply of people available for an
every fewer number of jobs is about as logical as pouring gasoline on a fire.

To be extremely clear, at the low end of the economic ladder, the issue is a numbers
and economic issue 100 percent entirely and the day and time has finally arrived for all
Americans still wearing rose colored glasses to be forced to look at the real numbers
along with the economic implications instead of being divided along racial or political
party lines. So here are the numbers as of the 2009 reality in America:
Almost 26 percent of the entire workforce, 30+ million people in America are
among the working poor, which in 2009 was an income of $21,654 for a family
of four. Their average wage was $8.31 per hour.
25
Some 56.8 percent are white, 14.2 percent are black and 23 percent are
Hispanic.
26
Only slightly more than 36 percent of the working poor even graduated from high
school.
27
Almost half of the working poor are under 44 years of age which means that for
at least the next 20 years or more [at a minimum] there will always be at least
15+ million available low wage workers.
28
More than 21 percent of the working poor are foreign born.
29
More than 96 percent of the working poor are employed in only three industry
segments: Services, Trade and Retail.
30
Now, in view of these absolutely horrific numbers that represent hunger, malnutrition and
a cycle of devout poverty that most, including their children, will never escape how
can any rational and compassionate American advocate adding to the 30+ million
working poor in this nation via unrestrained legal or illegal immigration? A number
already needlessly ballooned by more than 21 percent of the working poor who were
born outside the U.S. [2+ in every 10]. To call such advocacy compassionate is so sick,
Copyright 2011 80
_____________________________________________________________________
so warped and so depraved that it is unconscionable to do so via race baiting or
political party power objectives. The actual numbers simply do NOT lie, but the race
baiters and the politicians only interested in votes instead of what is best for
America's poor and working poor citizens do lie every single day! f the competitive
pressures from overpopulation are removed from the working poor, their income levels
rise by simply reducing the supply of people to the ratio of jobs that exist. t will cost
more for employers to achieve their business objectives and that will put more money
into the system to stimulate the economy. The vast majority of America's economic
problems stem from consumers not getting a real paycheck that enables them to spend
a dime beyond what is needed for food, shelter and transportation.
t doesn't take a crystal ball to foresee at least a couple of decades in massive federal
and state cutbacks in social services, aid to the poor, numbers of teachers and strains
upon our healthcare system and infrastructure. Therefore, how in good conscience can
any compassionate advocate for the poor be behind increasing the percentage of the
working poor in America by 21 percent year after year via foreign birth? Who is going to
pay the way for these people? Where are they going to work? How are they going to
support their families? How are they going to be educated? Where are the billions and
billions of dollars in federal programs, education, social services and medical care
supposed to come from to support well over 6 million foreign born members of the
working poor in America already? How much higher would the wages of the working
poor be if there were 6 million less people competing for their jobs? These are all
questions for the fringe left to answer as well as owning up to the fact that a permanent
class of poor Americans meets the power objectives for Party B. All difficult questions to
confront and an ugly political reality indeed, but the time has come for Americans to face
the truth and address the realities.
As documented repeatedly herein, we are a nation ruled and guided by extremist
ideologues where the majority voices of sanity in the middle are never heard. Perhaps
nothing demonstrates the two ideological extremes more than the fringe left and radical
right approaches to poverty in America. From bashing the unemployed as druggies
wanting a free ride, while telling them to get off their posteriors and find a job, to
accusing anyone poor in America of being lazy and of poor character . . . the radical right
clears their conscience of any duty whatsoever to the drown trodden in America. As if
that were not callous and misguided enough by itself, they play the religion card via the
abortion issue to ensure that poor and pregnant is the norm, rather than the exception.
Cutbacks in planned parenthood funding and restraints in sex education efforts do
nothing but add to the rolls of poverty and the U.S. population. While fueling the rolls of
poverty, the radical right berates welfare mothers and is utilizing the budget deficit to kill
what little is left of any social safety net in America. Nothing could be more cruel and
schizophrenic than to exacerbate the issue of poor and pregnant with some unrealistic
abstinence mindset while killing off any means and assistance for survival or a route out
of poverty such as education and job training.
No matter how malnourished, listless and uneducated the poor in America may be . . .
finding the energy and unlocking the mysteries of performing the sex act are apparently
no obstacles to success. f you don't have cable TV or the nternet, what better way to
pass the time than sex? Expecting or preaching abstinence is about as realistic as
keeping kids out of the cookie jar.
Copyright 2011 81
_____________________________________________________________________
For the poor and uneducated, the very basic concept that no money should = no
children or far fewer children is not understood along with birth control 101. High
birthrates correspond directly to lack of educational attainment, but you have to question
the educational attainment, intelligence and basic common sense of anyone that
believes the teaching of abstinence is a replacement for birth control and sex education?
f we are to have any hope of population control and economic prosperity in America,
planned-parenthood and birth control assistance via adequate funding must be available
to everyone, most especially the poor!
The emerging mindset of the radical right to cut planned-parenthood and birth control
assistance funding while lamenting the rise in welfare mothers and drain the poor
place upon our society . . . couldn't be anymore callous and illogical! Surely all adults,
even the radical right, know where babies come from and how they are created. Surely
they understand that children of poverty are ill equipped and poorly prepared to enter
schools that are already crumbling. While teachers and education spending are easy
scapegoats for poor academic performance, the truth is that lack of family stability and
structure is the No. 1 issue leading to failure of our education system. When educators
and political leaders talk math and science and a prepared American workforce, they
seem clueless in addressing the poor and pregnant issue that is leading to a systemic
failure of our education system.
Of the top 34 developed nations, as of 2011 American students rank 14
th
in reading,
17
th
in science and 25
th
in math and 25 percent of America's eighth graders cannot read
at grade level.
31
Yet, parents that chose to deliver children into poverty and Americans
as a whole want to abdicate their responsibilities and lay all the blame on teachers. At
the same time, the media yearns to portray American children as computer geniuses
because they can play video games. n truth, parents are raising illiterate children who
can't even add and subtract, while they are being horribly mischaracterized in the media
as little computer whizzes . . . when in reality, unfortunately, a dunce cap is a far more
fitting depiction for too many. While disintegration of the American family, single
parenting, etc. are a driving force in our failing schools, it is poor and pregnant more
than any other factor that is destroying our public education system.
With both the fringe left and radical right totally out of touch with U.S. population issues
and Main Street reality, such as: a failing education system, massive unemployment and
ballooning poverty in America let's review some U.S. history just for nostalgia.
Everyone in America is familiar with the famous quote on the Statue of Liberty that
reads, "Give me your tired, your poor, Your huddled masses yearning to breathe free.
These inspiring words are from a sonnet written by Emma Lazarus in 1883 that was
bronzed and mounted in the Statue of Liberty in 1903.
While such prose and wonderful sounding words evoke images of the American flag
waving in the wind, the sound of the Star Spangled Banner playing in the background
and immigrant families arriving upon our shores at historic Ellis sland . . . a lot has
changed since 1903. The most notable change is that American citizens are now the
tired, poor huddled masses. n 1903 we were still a relatively new nation, the industrial
revolution required people power by the millions to engage in the manufacturing process
that grew our nation into an economic power house and the envy of the world.
n the late 1970s America and the world in general began a massive transformation
known then as the computer age, known now as the information age. To enumerate
Copyright 2011 82
_____________________________________________________________________
the economic impact of this transformation not to mention the grossly misguided idea
along the same time period that America could be transformed into a service sector only
economy is impossible within the breath of this book. n short, the world turned,
mistakes were made and as a nation we have yet to grasp and understand the new
economic reality we now live within. Namely, the larger a nation's population becomes
the more challenging it will be going forward to provide good jobs, economic opportunity
and food a.k.a. quality of life.
Most, if not all, modern industrialized nations who are able to support both a large
middle-class and quality of life for that middle-class have a smaller population than the
U.S. Most, if not all, nations with greater upward mobility than the U.S. have a smaller
population. All the nations on Earth that have overwhelming poverty and massive
starvation, such as ndia, Pakistan and the continent of Africa have one issue in common
overpopulation. t is true that in Asia, for instance, the numbers of middle-class
people are growing at a rapid pace, however don't confuse middle-class in Asia with
middle-class in the U.S. Even a lower middle-class existence in America is opulent and
extravagant when compared to middle-class existence in most of Asia. They are moving
from a hut to an apartment while Americans are now moving from a house to an
apartment . . . en route to a hut. The reasons are many, but one of the foremost primary
drivers is overpopulation within America that increases job competition and lowers
wages.
Nonetheless, in America we're still clinging to some wildly antiquated idea that we can
take in all the tired, poor huddled masses of the world and survive. Just as misguided
and related is the idea that a nation with less than 5 percent of the world's population
can float every economic boat on Earth or intercede in every human rights or Third
World poverty issue. We can't even deal with the poverty issue in America, much less
the rest of the world. The world has changed, yet our thinking in regard to immigration
has not. We've taken a wonderful idea and completely ruined it by indulging insane
excess that is killing the America Dream for everyone. n 1903 not only did we need
millions of new immigrants to build out a manufacturing economy, but we could also
afford the population influx via an explosive growth in GDP. Today, there is zero
economic advantage to a larger population if that population is not gainfully employed
and paying taxes instead of drawing welfare checks.
The Ellis sland images of poor families disembarking ships and setting foot on America
soil are so ingrained into the America psyche, that far too many believe that the realities
that existed in 1903 still exist today. Namely that a family could step onto American soil,
find jobs and become contributing members of the U.S. economy. That was true in 1903,
but today it is nothing more than nostalgia a.k.a. a lie perpetuated by the media to grow
eyeballs, lower labor costs for all U.S. employers and to grow a larger voting bloc for
Party B. Guess who subsidizes the growth of that voting bloc and lowered labor cost for
all U.S. employers? t is you, the U.S. taxpayer: 2009 data (collected in 2010)
documents that 57 percent of households headed by an immigrant (legal and illegal) with
children (under 18) used at least one welfare program.
32
Even the households with no
U.S. born children had a welfare use rate of 56 percent.
33
t is estimated that 52 percent
of households headed by legal immigrants used at least one welfare program in 2009
while the rate for illegal immigrants was an outrageous 71 percent.
34
The eight major
welfare programs examined in the data above are SS (Supplemental Security ncome
for low income elderly and disabled), TANF (Temporary Assistance to Needy Families),
WC (Women, nfants, and Children food program), free/reduced school lunch, food
Copyright 2011 83
_____________________________________________________________________
stamps (Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program), Medicaid (health insurance for
those with low incomes), public housing, and rent subsidies.
Now America, does it look as if new arrivals on our shores, be they legal or illegal, are
able to find gainful employment whereby they can afford to feed the children they
chose to bring into the world and pay taxes? While the media bends over backwards to
find and highly publicize the 1 in a million new immigrant success story each year, in
order to grow eyeballs and consumers, it doesn't match the reality. Just like those
oversized checks given to lottery winners and the Facebook, Zukerberg story . . . the
idea that new immigrants into America are making it is a complete myth. The only thing
they are making is an ever more difficult environment in which established citizens
struggle to find work while making the welfare rolls in America balloon to the point of
bursting.
t would be completely wrong and callous to blame and penalize the poor children of
immigrants for their plight, but the nostalgic idea of Ellis sland immigrant arrivals who
are able to make it in the U.S. a.k.a. feed their own children and pay taxes is now
ancient history form a time long past. Even if a U.S. citizen is a millionaire who can
afford 20 children and send them all to private schools, such a practice is callous and
shortsighted in view of our U.S. population issues. On the other hand, to come to
America as a new arrival, have multitudes children that you can't afford and then expect
U.S. taxpayers to pick-up the tab is far worse!
The result is that all members of America's lower socio-economic strata [be they black,
brown or white] suffer from increased job competition and lower wages while U.S.
employers profit wildly from cheap labor and Party B gets a larger voting bloc . . . all
subsidized by U.S. taxpayers. t is U.S. taxpayers that subsidize the lack of pay by
employers, even though all the blame is laid at the feet of the poor.
The 30+ year financial losing streak for almost 90 percent of Americans via stagnated
wages and salaries should demonstrate to all sane Americans that the majority of the
population we already have are not gainfully employed and almost half can't afford to
pay taxes. Adding to our population arbitrarily via immigration with zero economic criteria
as to potential economic contributions to our nation works collectively to sink every
existing citizen's financial boat. t simply increases the supply of people when demand is
at one of its lowest points in history. The only people in America that benefit from such a
completely out of whack supply of people to the ratio of open jobs are the mega-rich and
the top 10 percent of Americans who own all the stock in America and Party B.
As the fringe left blasts charges of xenophobia and racism from their megaphone while
evoking images of the American Flag and Ellis sland, perhaps it is time for America to
take a look a the employment numbers reality we're now facing. Spewing the platitudes
of cultural diversity woven into 'the rich fabric of America's identity as a melting pot of
the entire world' continues to have a wonderful melodic ring upon the American psyche
until you place that fantasy up against the economic nightmare we now face in America.
When the fringe left lauds cultural diversity as the end all criteria to immigration policy,
why do they not speak of economic diversity as a laudable goal as well? Millions upon
millions of dirt poor, starving new immigrants in need of government assistance to feed
their children is NOT diversity . . . poor and starving is just poor and starving no matter
the color of one's skin or their nation of origin.
Copyright 2011 84
_____________________________________________________________________
As of this writing there are 5 or 6 people available for virtually every open job that exists
in America and the official unemployment rate is well above 9 percent. Even the
government numbers, which only fools believe, peg the number of unemployed and
underemployed at somewhere between 20 and 30 million Americans. As bad as that
sounds, as bleak as these numbers are no one in America is looking ahead, most
especially any political leader or party. Furthermore, no one is telling Americans the truth
about the most probable economic and employment scenarios yet to arrive.
To understand the truth, Americans have to first get our heads around a reality that
many have yet to understand and digest. Despite the media hype behind any ray of
economic sunshine gleaned from employment numbers, the stock market, new orders
for durable goods, etc. our economy is NOT going to miraculously bounce back one
morning. No matter who is president, no matter which of the two failed political parties
you vote in or out . . . we're NOT coming out of the Great Recession and recovering from
the damage done by Wall Street's greed for a long, long time! t is simply not going to
happen and America is in for a long hard slough like nothing any of us have ever
witnessed in our lifetimes. This reality does not mean that we can't recover or that we
won't recover, but simply states the truth which is that it is going to be a slow and painful
recovery. Here's why in a nutshell: 70 percent of the economy is driven by consumer
spending and everyone outside of the top 10 percent is broke. With wages stagnated for
decades, Americans made up the gap for lack of pay increases with credit card debt.
Once the credit cards were maxed out, Americans began making up the gap for lack of
pay via second mortgages in order to keep spending. With the mortgage meltdown that
began the Great Recession the game came to a screeching halt simply because
there was nothing left in home value to spend. No money via work, no money via credit
cards and no money via second mortgages = no consumer spending for at least a
decade or more. Housing, furnishings, real estate, etc. are a dead fish which accounts
for 20+ percent of the entire U.S. economy which leaves only 50 percent of the
consumer economy to create jobs. Outside of the 30 percent of the economy that
comprises Business to Business (B2B) spending, which is beginning to show signs of
life, 20 percent of the economy is completely dead and the remainder is on life support
due to no money in any consumers' hands . . . except for the mega-rich and top 10
percent.
A horribly wounded economy will simply not support massive population growth as far
out as anyone can reasonably project and nostalgic memories of Ellis sland will not
change that extremely cruel reality. We U.S. citizens are now the tired, poor and
hungry and we're going to be economically challenged for many years to come. As to
whether we can recover with either of the two failed political parties leading the way is
entirely another question all together, but that question will be examined herein as we
move forward.
For now, let's look at the employment reality in America via a snapshot in time and then
extrapolate those numbers going forward with some very realistic projections. As of July
2011, the public sector was shedding an average of 25,000 jobs a month, mostly at the
state and local level.
35
Since the official end of the Great Recession in June 2009,
430,000 public sector jobs had already been lost by July 2011 with almost all projections
being that the number will far exceed 1.5+ million more public sector jobs lost before the
bleeding ends.
36
During the same period, the private sector added only 980,000 jobs.
37

Subtract out the job losses in the public sector and that cancels out 40 percent of the
980,000 private sector jobs created during this period of time.
38
Now consider that
Copyright 2011 85
_____________________________________________________________________
estimates dictate that 125,000 jobs per month (1,500.000 per year) must be created just
to accommodate new people coming into the jobs market.
39
Be they immigrants, college
and high school graduates, dropouts and people re-entering the workforce . . . only one
of these groups can be quickly and easily eliminated to reduce the supply of people to
the number of jobs that exist: that group of people are new immigrants. A number of
125,000 per month, dictates that 3 million new jobs are needed in a 2 year period just to
accommodate new entries into the jobs market. t also means that for the period
between June 2009 and July 2011 alone, we were 2 million jobs in the hole in just
accommodating new entries into the jobs market. The reality is that any numbers
showing a lower unemployment rate during that time were a complete lie . . . a.k.a. false
government propaganda!
Now pick a number, to be conservative lets go with the pseudo official number of 8.5+
million jobs lost to the Great Recession [instead of the more realistic number of 20 to 30
million private sector jobs needed now!] With the 2 million jobs in the hole (noted above),
we're currently trying dig out of as of July 2011, added to the 8.5+ million jobs lost to the
Great Recession, plus 125,000 new entries coming into the jobs market every month
going forward . . . where will we be by July 2015? f everything holds steady, private
sector jobs growth continues at the anemic pace it did between June 2009 and July
2011 the very conservative jobs-hole number will be 16.5 million by July 2015. f you
carry the conservative numbers forward to July 2020 it becomes a jobs hole of 24 million
unemployed.
f however we use the more realistic jobs hole beginning number of 20 million
(unemployed and underemployed), instead of the 8.5+ million official number of jobs
lost during the Great Recession, the jobs-hole number becomes 35.5 million by 2030.
Do the math America, use the conservative projections, make all the best case
scenarios leaps of faith you wish and the numbers still add up to a horrific employment
picture and economic future for America. No one believes the current unemployment
numbers supplied by the government and our failed political class who pompously stand
upon their podiums with the flag as a backdrop. They are all hoping that our failed
education system didn't get Americans to a point where they can add, subtract and
multiply. Apparently they are thus far correct, since almost no one in America seems to
be sounding any alarm bells about the future.
Even with zero job losses in the government sector, instead of the 2+ million projected,
the private sector would have to produce more than 236,000 new jobs per month for
three consecutive years just to recoup the 8.5 million official number of jobs lost due to
the Great Recession. f you use the more realistic number of 20 million new jobs needed
now, it would take more than 7 consecutive years at 236,000 new private sector jobs per
month and no job losses whatsoever in the public sector.
Again this very ambitious private sector jobs growth figure of 236,000 per month is with
zero losses whatsoever in government jobs, zero new entries coming into the jobs
market instead of the 125,000 per month and zero immigration into America. nstead, an
unrelenting fire hose of more than 1+ million legal new immigrants and untold number of
illegal immigrants coming in each and every year and giving birth at rates that far exceed
the native U.S. population.
Copyright 2011 86
_____________________________________________________________________
With it being abundantly clear that any and all jobs growth for at least the next decade
will have to come strictly from within the private sector alone, let's take a snapshot look
at how we're doing:
Private Sector Job Creation May 2010 to May 2011
40
May 2011 83,000
April 2011 251,000
March 2011 219,000
February 2011 261,000
January 2011 94,000
December 2010 167,000
November 2010 128,000
October 2010 143,000
September 2010 109,000
August 2010 110,000
July 93,000
June 2010 65,000
May 2010 48,000
Now America, no more basic math, but instead realize that if we are not adding upwards
of a million private sector jobs per month we're making little if any progress on the
unemployment front whatsoever. That's the reality no matter how many race or
xenophobia cards get played, no matter how many politicians from both of the two failed
political parties squirm in front of the cameras and no matter how much smoke the
propagandist within our corporate media machine blows into the air. t's bleak and it will
take well over a decade if not far longer for our U.S. economy to recover enough to
become a jobs engine for prosperity.
n short, birthrates combined with legal and illegal immigration into the U.S. dictate both
economic opportunity and quality of life within our society. While an aging workforce out
of proportion to a youthful workforce is a detriment to economic vitality, far fewer people
are needed to sustain America going forward. There are ZERO national benefits,
rewards or advantages whatsoever to in the modern world to population growth if that
population is not gainfully employed. None! n fact, by every measurement and on every
scale, America would be far better off economically and in quality of life for all U.S.
citizens if population growth could be held at zero . . . which of course is almost
impossible. Nonetheless, the science of population studies largely dictates that zero
population growth should be our driving focus . . . not wildly uncontrolled population
growth.
With the present unemployment and underemployment rates along with the anemic
projected growth of our nation's GDP, we're currently overpopulated to the tune of
between 20 to 30 million people. We simply don't have the jobs or even a plan to create
jobs that will enable America's economy to support the overabundance of human capital
we have already yet we continue to unnecessarily add well over a million more people
every year via legal and illegal immigration? New census bureau figures released in
2011 place the foreign-born population in America at 40 million, 12.9 percent of or our
entire population, the highest share since 1920 back when we actually needed more
human capital.
41
The 1,4 million increase from 2009 was the biggest since the mid-
decade housing boom.
42
Copyright 2011 87
_____________________________________________________________________
+."ta!na7le *&&!%rat!on( A&er!$an )or,er"
https://www.numbersusa.com/content/nusablog/beckj/august-17-2011/sustainable-
immigration-part-1-4-american-workers.html
We have a failing education system, a crumbling infrastructure, an unraveling social
safety net due to massive government red ink and millions of people being added on top
of these realities at a pace that will crush America if not alleviated. n spite of that glaring
reality, the political class is doing virtually nothing and actually exacerbating the issue
associated with overpopulation via absolutely insane immigration policies.
Whether it is the radical right refusing to believe that poor people have sex, or the fringe
left advocating for an open and free flowing southern border, while telling heart warming
Ellis sland stories . . . they are both completely clueless and out of touch with reality!
That simply means one thing: the America people are going to have to sound the alarm
and take the reins of reality when it comes to a policy of sane population management
and control. Just to survive economically, sex education and birth control have to be
readily available to any and all Americans without any restraints. Just as important, if not
far more, the fire hose pipe that has been flooding America with new immigrants [both
legal and illegal] for decades must immediately be brought down to a small hardly
discernable trickle.
Each year for decades the U.S. has accepted more legal new immigrants as permanent
residents than all of the other nations in the world combined. n 1965, before laws were
liberalized, there were 9.6 million first generation Americans living in America.
43
By 2007
that number was 38 million.
44
Between 2000 and 2005 America experienced the largest
5 year influx of new immigrants in our nation's history with more than 8 million new
arrivals more than half entering illegally.
45
Since the start of the Great Recession
through 2010, with 30 million American citizens unemployed or underemployed, more
than 3 million more new immigrants arrived to swell the ranks of poverty and cheap labor
even further.
46
The immigration numbers don't even begin to tell the population explosion story, but
instead it is the fertility rates of new arrivals that clearly portend massive poverty in
the years to come. America's 2.05 fertility rate is far higher than other industrialized
democracies (Europe 1.4 and Japan 1.3).
47
The U.S. population explosion is not coming
from existing U.S. citizens giving birth, but instead from new immigrants giving birth to
the tune of more than 2.3 million every single year.
48
n fact, with current immigration
trends, 79.5 percent of all U.S. population growth between 2010 and 2050 will come
from immigration and births to new immigrants.
49
As if blind to the poverty caused by
overpopulation in a nation such as ndia, many new immigrants bring with them a
cultural blind spot and yearning for large families. t's as if they arrive, see open space
and quality of life and don't make the connection as to why America was an alluring
destination . . . we don't yet have massive overpopulation and poverty brought about by
high fertility rates. Across the world, the higher educational attainment the lower the
Copyright 2011 88
_____________________________________________________________________
fertility rate and new immigrants into the U.S. with less than a high school degree have
an absolutely alarming fertility rate of 3.30 compared with those with a college degree or
more having a fertility rate of only 1.91 children.
50
For illegal immigrants more than 60
percent have a high school degree or less.
51
The data and statistics simply don't lie and nothing is more critical in regard to
immigration policy than education levels of new arrivals. Using 2009 numbers, of
households headed by an immigrant who has not graduated high school, 80 percent
accessed the welfare system, compared to only 25 percent for those headed by an
immigrant who has at least a bachelor's degree.
52
t doesn't take a genius in population
studies or a sociology expert on the cycle of poverty to plug fertility rates and education
levels into an equation and arrive at a reality that dictates an absolutely horrific future for
America's economy, the poor, government red ink, social unrest and massive starvation
in America the likes of which our nation has never before witnessed.
Now America, you do the math and examine the realities of massive government red ink,
a crumbling education system already, more than 300,000 teacher layoffs between 2008
and 2010, a disappearing social safety net and more competition for jobs that at any
time since the Great Depression. With educational attainment of parents and poverty
being the foremost indicators of children's educational attainment and workforce
preparation what do the numbers predict for the economic future of America? Do the
numbers appear to paint a picture of a vibrant economic engine that will enable the U.S.
to compete in a world economy? Do they paint a picture for quality of life, gainful
employment opportunities, upward mobility and an America that any sane person would
want to live in? No!
The population numbers, education levels, birth rates, crumbling education system and
infrastructure, government red ink and massive unemployment and underemployment
already paint a clear picture of America 2030 as described in the beginning of this
book. Massive tent cities in every metropolitan city in America, stepping over beggars on
trips to the mall, starvation, malnutrition and more than likely social unrest. Yet we as a
nation just continue forward with some blind nostalgic idea of Ellis sland stories as if this
is still 1903.
With zero population growth, if that were attainable, just the education and workforce
preparedness issue alone is a huge mountain for America to climb, but with immigration
both legal and illegal adding to the weight of that climb . . . we simply can't prevail
economically. An immigrant's ethnicity, race or country of origin doesn't matter [as long
as they are not a terrorist] it only takes the basic laws of supply and demand [people
and jobs] to dictate that illegal immigration into the U.S. must be brought down to zero
and legal immigration must be severely curtailed now! t doesn't take a population
studies expert conducting a five year multi-million dollar government funded study to
figure this out. At some point, instead of being the melting pot the pot melts instead
and everyone inside it suffers. By no means whatsoever should we be taking in more
permanent residents every year than all of the other nations on the Earth combined . . .
in addition to the massive problem we already have with illegal immigration.
A simple look at the numbers of legal new immigrants, allowed into the U.S. between
1820 and 2010 clearly indicates that beginning in the 1980's we as a nation completely
lost our minds, intellect and sense of deductive reasoning in regard to our nation's
immigration policies and numbers.
Copyright 2011 89
_____________________________________________________________________
Snapshots: Persons Obtaining Legal Permanent Resident Status 1820 to 2010
53
Do the math America, almost 10 million new arrivals on our shores to begin the new
century and well over 3 million arriving in the midst of the Great Recession. This is not
1903, we do not have wagon trains crossing America looking for unclaimed land to settle
nor do we do not have employers screaming for more people to fill millions of open jobs.
What we have instead are the shrill voices of race baiters and those manipulating the
xenophobia and race card to grow both the unemployment numbers and the poverty
levels in America toward that of the Great Depression if not far worse. Add it up America,
somewhere around 10 million legal new immigrants in just one decade, 40 million now
living in the U.S. and somewhere around 12 million of them being illegal immigrants
equals an imported population problem that far exceeds the available jobs that exist.
With the unemployment and underemployment numbers at somewhere between 20 to
30 million, it doesn't take some sophisticated equation to figure out that U.S. citizens
would be far better off economically without half if not far more of the additional 40
million people that arrived via immigration. What is the immigration strategy from the
bureaucrats in Washington, D.C., what are their economic goals and what are they
thinking? Where are the hearings and the outcry from the American people?
There is no place in America for xenophobia or racism in regard to addressing the
overpopulation issue. There is no place in America for holding animosity towards new
immigrants that were allowed in due to horribly ill conceived legal immigration policies by
the U.S. government and the failure of our government to enforce the law in regard to
illegal immigration. The fault lies with the American people who sat by idle and apathetic
and allowed it to take place year after year, decade after decade until it grew into what is
now an existing mountain of overpopulation we have on our hands to solve as a nation.
Likewise, allowing only the shrill, hysterical voices yelling racism and xenophobia to
sever America's collective brain from its stem to the economic detriment of all U.S.
citizens and our collective quality of life is a manipulation ploy that must end now!
nstead, we need millions of shrill, hysterical voices yelling stop having babies you can
not afford! Population issues are about numbers, the mix of the poor and economic
contributors, education levels, infrastructure limits, the social safety net, urban sprawl,
the environment and most of all economic opportunity and quality of life for all U.S.
citizens. t's about an intellectual, objective and rational discussion on population that
Copyright 2011
Year Year Year
1820 8,385 1915 326,700 1999 644,787
1821 9,127 1925 294,314 2000 841,002
1822 6,911 1935 34,956 2001 1,058,902
1825 10,199 1945 38,119 2002 1,059,536
1835 45,374 1955 237,790 2003 703,542
1845 114,371 1965 296,697 2004 957,883
1855 200,877 1975 385,378 2005 1,122,373
1865 248,120 1985 568,149 2006 1,266,129
1875 227,498 1995 720,177 2007 1,052,415
1885 395,346 1996 915,560 2008 1,107,126
1895 258,536 1997 797,847 2009 1,130,818
1905 1,026,499 1998 653,206 2010 1,042,625
90
_____________________________________________________________________
results in a subsequent policy implementation that serves the greater good of the whole .
. . not the selfish desires of race, political party or U.S. employers that want a never
ending supply of dirt cheap labor for ever higher profits.
For those that believe we should completely slam the door on legal immigration . . .
forget about it! With the illegal immigration problem yet to be addressed adding to the
problems of the working poor, massive poverty and a failing education system
completely shutting the door to legal immigration would be nothing short of economic
suicide. With somewhere around half of the students in most inner city school systems
never even making it out of high school America needs all the college graduates we
can economically absorb from other nations. At the moment at least, the university
system in the U.S. is still the envy of the entire world. t is our No. 1 economic asset in a
competitive world economy. Sadly, our students are less and less able and capable of
taking advantage of our university system via financial constraints and academic
preparedness. Allowing foreign born students to take advantage of our fabulous
university system [often funded by taxpayers via state schools] in the areas of medicine
and the arts is a viable contribution for the world at large if and only if they return to
their native country after completing their education. On the other hand, in the areas of
business, engineering, technology and science, for example, our current approach is
grossly shortsighted. f we educate the world in these arenas and then return these
students back to their native country to compete with the U.S. economically, within a
nation such as China, our policies are nothing short of absolutely stupid!
Americans, most especially the utopians, have yet to figure out that the survival game
ahead is strictly about economic competition with every nation on Earth. Unless you've
missed it, Communist China seems to be getting this free enterprise global marketplace
concept pretty well at this point in time, just like ndia and Brazil. We need to be
providing them with MBAs, engineers, scientists and math geniuses via our world-class
university system like we need a hole in our head. We play nice and the rest of the
world is taking economic advantage of our naivety. Would an NFL or NBA team allow
someone from an opposing team to participate in all practices and preseason activities
and then send them back to the opposition at the start of the season? Of course not! s a
competitive world economy any different whatsoever than professional sports? No!
Therefore, why would we educate the world in the arenas of business, engineering,
technology, science, etc. and send them home to compete and steal jobs from America?
t seems that everyone outside of America still want to live in America. Most especially
people from poverty stricken, wildly overpopulated nations such as ndia and Pakistan.
t's quite easy to understand that someone living in a nation where starving beggars line
the streets and the stench of trash, excrement and urine is pervasive would want to
relocate to America where we don't yet have those problems. Surely, no sane
American's future vision of America is to emulate the problems of ndia and Pakistan
caused by high fertility rates and massive overpopulation? Surely, no one can label such
a statement as xenophobic since via the nternet and a couple clicks of a mouse, anyone
can see what life is like in ndia and Pakistan. By comparison, we in America still have
some quality of life left, but we've reached far beyond our economic capacity limits at
present to absorb even more people. While we can't entirely close the legal immigration
door to America, we now must instead be extremely selective as to who is allowed into
our university system and our nation at large. To educate our economic competition and
then send them home to compete with us simply makes no economic sense whatsoever!
We're well beyond the point to where we can economically absorb new immigrants, most
Copyright 2011 91
_____________________________________________________________________
especially more poor huddled [uneducated] masses and have no other choice but to
turn away all but the best and brightest economic contributors. That in turn creates
economic opportunity and room for more huddled masses somewhere well down the
road when they can be absorbed into a revived growing economy.
By allowing only the very best and brightest students and legal new immigrants with
Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM) skills into America, we can help
counter our failing education system via entrepreneurs and contributors to a strong U.S.
economy. Clearly, with a failing U.S. education system, we are at an increased
economic disadvantage without such an influx of talent. While the time has arrived to
radically reduce the number of legal immigrants coming into the U.S., priority-one for
entry going forward must be STEM skills almost exclusively . . . not whether they are
tied, hungry or huddled. f you're asking if that is an elitist policy and perspective the
answer is No! Not unless you have answers to the massive poverty issues in America,
a failing education system, pulling the working poor out of a cycle of poverty and can
provide jobs for the legal and illegal influx of poor immigrants who are already swelling
the ranks of America's working poor by more than 20 percent. n the event that you have
an answer to all these issues, then please head directly to Washington, D.C. where no
one is even paying the slightest attention to the issues of overpopulation and the
economy. All anyone in Washington, D.C. cares about are votes as well as supplying
cheap labor and more consumers to corporate America and the top 10 percent who own
all the stock in America.
Going forward, for as far into the future as anyone can now see, illegal immigration must
cease entirely and legal immigration must be reserved for only an extremely finite
number of economic skills sets that American citizens cannot provide. Attracting foreign
nationals and entrepreneurs to relocate or start-up viable, well funded businesses in the
U.S. [that hire American citizens] must become priority-one, in addition to fulfilling critical
economic skill sets in which we are lacking. A mom and pop operation, selling cokes and
candies out of a convenience store is NOT a viable entrepreneurial endeavor that will
provide good jobs for American citizens.
f entrepreneurs, businesses relocating and skill sets go unfulfilled we collectively suffer
economically as a nation. Are such criteria the main focal point of America's immigration
policy? Of course not, that would be sane, rational and objective instead of shrieking,
shrill and hysterical. Most all of America believes that cultural diversity is good and that
being a melting pot society from all over the world is one of our greatest assets. Since
that is true, where is the melting of race and xenophobia ploys that have continued to
plague any objective, intellectual reasoning in regard to America's immigration policies?
America cannot both laud the benefits of being a melting pot and at the same time allow
the race and xenophobia card to dominate the formulation of immigration policy. Either
we are a melting pot or we are not? f we are, then it requires rational, objective
discussions in regard to our nation's immigration policies and criteria for entry into
America . . . devoid of the race card and xenophobia manipulation ploys. Economic
impact of immigration is one of the last criteria being considered and instead, more often
than not, it's whether an immigrant currently has family in the U.S. More often than not,
entry into America has nothing whatsoever to do with America's collective economic
prosperity. Can a new immigrant support their own children, or will they expect U.S.
taxpayers to pick-up the tab should be question No. 1.
Copyright 2011 92
_____________________________________________________________________
When family is not the main criteria for entry, a system of corporate slavery is often
deployed via H-1B visas that allow temporary entry into America. The non U.S. citizen
agrees to work for slave wages in return for corporate sponsorship of an H-1B visa.
Supposedly, such salary and wage manipulation are against U.S. law, but no one on an
H-1B via is going to complain so no scrutiny whatsoever upon employers ever occurs.
Once in the U.S., the non U.S citizen becomes an indentured servant held hostage to
slave wages by the corporation that sponsored them. That in turn drives down the
salaries for everyone working in each economic sector impacted by H-1B visas. To get
an idea of the volume: in 2009 alone during the Great Recession more than 214,271
H-1B visas were issued as some 15+ million American citizens stood in the
unemployment line.
54
Each visa comes with a 3 year window that is extendable to 6
years with multiple loopholes for even longer stays, so it's not like they are passing
through, but instead become permanent temporary workers.
Without a doubt, for some very limited roles, America needs a strong and vibrant H-1B
program to counter our failing education system. All entrants under the H-1B visa
program must have a college degree to qualify, unlike the 60 percent of illegal
immigrants that have a high school education or less. While more than 200,000 H-1B
visas being issued in a single year is wildly excessive, the program if managed correctly
could be an oasis in a desert of economic despair, but instead it's being used as a
corporate loophole for cheap slave labor. Although it can be argued accurately that a
number of U.S. citizens will compete and lose out on jobs to these foreign born
nationals, the upsides far outweigh the downsides in regard to jobs for U.S. citizens . . .
up to a numerical point and only if micro-managed by U.S. citizens instead of
Washington, D.C. bureaucrats.
Currently the H-1B visa program and legal immigration go far beyond filling critical
economic talent needs that cannot be sourced in the U.S. No different than the offshore
sourcing to acquire cheap labor, both avenues are being exploited by corporate
America. Only after a position has been adequately advertised and every avenue to find
a qualified U.S. citizen to fill the role, should an H-1B visa be allowed. Currently that is
not the case, but instead it is a means to acquire cheap labor into the U.S. to boost
corporate profits and drive down salaries for everyone.

There will of course be those that say to turn away the tired, poor huddled masses is
un-American and contrary to what we were founded upon as a nation. Well America, that
ideal was great in 1903 and it makes for wonderful heartwarming Ellis sland stories, but
today we can't even feed and employ the people we have in the U.S. already. To allow
immigration numbers, both legal and illegal, to continue at the present rate with the
wildly excessive fertility rates that new immigrants bring with them is a recipe for
absolute economic disaster! Look no further than a nation such as Pakistan where more
than a third of the population can't even read and write, where millions upon millions of
impoverished people live on the streets begging for food and it is easy to see where we
are heading if the growth of the U.S. population is not managed and controlled. How any
American can look at a nation such as Pakistan and not see that America already has at
least 20+ million more people than we can provide jobs for . . . just boggles the mind of
any sane human that can add and subtract. With some 15+ million Americans currently
unemployed, 20+ million underemployed and no job growth on the horizon for at least a
decade that will enable America to economically re-absorb the citizens we have . . . we
have to curtail the fire hose of new arrivals upon our shores.

Copyright 2011 93
_____________________________________________________________________
The American boat is sinking like the Titanic under the weight of overpopulation that is
leading to stagnated wages, massive poverty, crumbling public education system and a
once dynamic economy that now has the job creating horsepower of a lawnmower. f
you're riding upon an economic Titanic, do you allow more people on the boat to help it
sink or do you stop the flow almost entirely while you bail water for a couple of decades?
This is the extremely simple question that America must now address and answer,
instead of wallowing in Ellis sland nostalgia and listening to the shriek, shrill, hysterical
voices yelling racism and xenophobia. From a scientific, population studies standpoint
every boat has a safe capacity limit for a reason. s it cruel and self-centered for
economically unqualified new immigrants to be allowed onto the U.S. boat, while
America is undergoing the worst economic disaster since the Great Depression? Yes! t
is cruel to both the new immigrant and the working poor of America who are already
struggling and in many cases starving. f dumping more uneducated bodies with no job
skills upon the heads of America's working poor is your idea of compassion . . . then visit
you local homeless shelter, get out of your Lexus and ask the hungry of America if they
are feeling your compassion?
That perspective is oftentimes missed by many Americans, most especially many on the
fringe left who advocate for the poor and open borders. There was a time when America
could take in and provide for many of the world's tired and hungry, especially those just
outside our borders, but those days are gone! We're broke, we have no jobs or food to
offer and as heartbreaking as it is, we are now forced to turn most people away in order
to keep our entire economic boat from sinking. We clearly have no other choice!
t is not complex algebra to calculate how many people are currently in America of
working age already, multiply by one of the highest fertility rates in the modern world,
divide by a crumbling education system and foresee massive poverty and starvation on
the road ahead. Look no further than Pakistan for a vision of America in the decades to
come.
Because of America's still high standard of living, any way you wish to slice it, we're
expensive to employ compared to the rest of the world. Therefore, no matter how many
trade agreements are rewritten or how much the economy improves some day, we will
have an ever more finite number of jobs to offer. That will be true for at least for the next
20+ years unless some, as yet undiscovered, jobs creator strictly for Americans comes
along. Therefore, our first and foremost duty and obligation to humanity is to employ our
citizens who were born here. t's an American birthright and it's just as critical to
restoring the American Dream as everything else in this book. f you were born in the
U.S. then you should have the first shot at the jobs that exist. t's called a return on the
investment made by your forefathers and your efforts to date. t's not racism or
xenophobia in any shape, form or manner whatsoever! The immigration issue is not
about having or not having a heart . . . it is just about basic math and the economic
survival of U.S. Citizens. t is solely a numbers and capacity issue based concretely in
supply and demand economic dynamics. The more people we have in America equals
more competition for an ever fewer number of jobs available and just as important . . .
less pay for the jobs that do exist. Review and study all the nations that have a higher
standard of living than the U.S.A., such as France, Canada, Denmark, Norway, Finland
and Germany. What do they all have in common? The answer: a much smaller
population than we do. The fewer the number of people, the higher demand there is for
each person when it comes to hiring or firing. A lowered supply of people raises demand
Copyright 2011 94
_____________________________________________________________________
and wages. At this moment in America, humans are like grains of sand with more than 5
applicants for every job that exists. For the mega-rich, corporate America and the top 10
percent of the food chain that own all the stock . . . this is a dream come true and they
hope this present scenario lasts forever. They live in castles, have bodyguards and can
leave America any time they wish. The rest of us have to live here . . .
n only one single economic segment of the U.S. economy is there currently a shortage
of workers: agriculture and agriculture alone. Most second generation Americans, and
beyond, still refuse to pick grapes in the hot sun. Therefore America must finally create a
robust, vibrant guest worker program to fulfill this one singular jobs cavity . . . instead of
getting the job done via illegal immigration. With a failing education system and no jobs
growth on the horizon in America . . . how long American citizens will be able to refuse
such work is an open question? There are only so many really good burger flipper jobs
to go around.
America is a sovereign nation. t was a sovereign nation when the Statue of Liberty was
erected and it must remain a sovereign nation. f we can afford to be the good guys and
either export our jobs to China and Mexico or give jobs to people legally coming into
America then great, that's awesome! However, if we can't we can't and wishing it was so
doesn't change the reality. f and when we have full employment in America via the
reduction of low wage scabs a.k.a. legal and illegal immigrants coming in to increase
profits and wealth for the mega-rich then we can think about allowing thousands of
new people in, but not until. That's just the cruel reality of how it has to be in order for
our citizens to have a job that pays anything resembling a living wage, instead of being
slave labor for the greedy. Otherwise, we will turn into the Third World nation we're
currently en route to become with even higher unemployment, lower incomes and
standards of living along with massive starvation. The greedy want cheap labor and
consumers and the political class caters to those desires as well as seeking votes to
gain or hold political power. As far as creating upward pressures on wages or any
concern whatsoever for the overall quality of life for the majority of Americans . . . the
political class in America could care less!
All or,er"K!n$l.d!n% 7la$, yo.t#K7ene1!t 1ro& a t!%#t la7or &ar,et
http://www.epi.org/blog/workers%e2%80%94including-black-youth%e2%80%94benefit/
)el1are 6"e 7y *&&!%rant ;o."e#old" !t# 5#!ldren
http://www.cis.org/immigrant-welfare-use-2011
Sustained, High Joblessness Causes Lasting Damage to Wages, Benefits,
Income and Wealth
http://w3.epi-data.org/temp2011/BriefingPaper324_FNAL%20%283%29.pdf
)ealt# -ap" R!"e to Re$ord ;!%# Beteen )#!te", Bla$," and ;!"pan!$"
http://pewresearch.org/pubs/2069/housing-bubble-subprime-mortgages-hispanics-
blacks-household-wealth-disparity
*&&!%rat!on Dr!2e" 6.+. 3op.lat!on -rot#
Copyright 2011 95
_____________________________________________________________________
http://www.thesocialcontract.com/artman2/publish/tsc_21_2/tsc_21_2_rubenstein_8_pop
ulation_growth.shtml
Ne%at!2e 3op.lat!on -rot#
http://www.npg.org/
*&&!%rat!on D.r!n% 3er!od" o1 ;!%# 6ne&ploy&ent
http://epi.3cdn.net/c096470249dad7ba7a_epm6iit2i.pdf
FA*R
http://www.fairus.org/site/News2?
page=NewsArticle&id=16895&security=1601&news_iv_ctrl=1821
*lle%al *&&!%rat!on Ba$,la"# )orr!e", D!2!de" Lat!no"
http://pewhispanic.org/reports/report.php?ReportD=128
5enter 1or *&&!%rat!on +t.d!e"
#ttp(//.$!".or%/node/E:

;ear!n% on GNe Jo7" !n Re$e""!on and Re$o2ery(
)#o Are -ett!n% T#e& and )#o Are NotH
http://epi.3cdn.net/c096470249dad7ba7a_epm6iit2i.pdf
GDe&o$ra$yH to t#e Re"$.e . . .
Be it: tax breaks and unfettered access to cheap labor for the mega-rich or Wall Street
greed . . . the American people always lose. Trillion dollar deficits, that will add up to
even more lost jobs and declining paychecks, along with billions of homeowner dollars
erased via underwater mortgages. No matter the political party in charge, the people
always lose and the mega-rich always come away unscathed and better off. Healthcare
and some social issues are addressed from time to time, but economically, the people
have lost virtually every battle to the mega-rich for 30+ years. With two political parties,
full of people who call themselves public servants, supposedly fighting for the people,
how is it possible that when it comes to money . . . we always lose?
Answering that question is wildly entailed and complex and Part of this book is all about
answering that question, but the succinct answer is that America expects far too much
from democracy a.k.a. government and instead of getting it all we receive almost
nothing in return. Think of the U.S. government much like the old Swiss Army knife that
everyone has seen. Think of the big knife blade as homeland security and national
defense. The second largest and second most important blade on the Swiss Army knife
is the economy, jobs and a reduction in wealth disparity. All the other tools, such as the
spoon, corkscrew, toothpick and other knife tools are just nice to have, but are not nearly
as essential for life. Metaphorically speaking, the big blade [homeland security and
national defense] works and every other government function is somewhat a failure,
most especially the government's function to ensure a strong U.S. economy, jobs and a
reduction in wealth disparity that just continues to climb.
Copyright 2011 96
_____________________________________________________________________
The American Dream is disappearing before our very eyes and we the people are ever
more rapidly being starved, yet government serves the needs of only the mega-rich?
How can that be, especially in a democracy? There can only be one answer to that
question . . . we now live in an oligarchy not a democracy.
An oligarchy as defined by Wikipedia is a form of power structure in which power
effectively rests with a small segment of society distinguished by royalty, wealth, family
ties, corporate or military control. How the U.S. could be ruled via an oligarchy, when
we have the right to vote for either one of two political parties, is not quickly or easily
explained. The threads that weave the oligarchy together are highly sophisticated,
multifaceted and permeate our political process, culture, and especially the media.
Essentially, call it an oligarchy or whatever you wish, America is ruled by unbridled
greed.
My introduction to politics, greed and the two-party political system came early in my
career. was a wayward upper middle-class kid who joined the Army, got some money
for college and found my way into a F500 textile/apparel company. Somehow through
hard work, or just luck, ended up as top lieutenant for public relations, media relations
as well as some political lobbying. Other than voting and reading the newspaper had
never had any exposure to politics and politicians. Probably much like you, thought at
the time that politicians were good Americans in general and were looking out for me
and people like me. of course knew that they differed greatly between each other on
many topics, but figured that was by conviction, conscience and political persuasion.
My CEO, a self described self-made rags to riches story, was a staunch member of
Party B. found a corporate CEO being a Party B member more than a little curious.
Since worked with this guy and his senior management team on a daily basis, knew
they were about one thing and one thing only making money and lots of it. A growing
$600+ million company, their only priority was making a buck and stomping on any
company or little people that got in their way. That included paying the employees on the
manufacturing floor as little as they could get away with of course. however, was fairly
well compensated for a marketing/PR guy in the early 1990s. Since everything had
always read and heard, told me that Party A were pro-business and Party B were for
the people was more than a bit puzzled at management's Party B leanings.
Nonetheless, my career was on the upswing and was being paid well, compared to any
salary 'd ever had before, so got with the Party B plan that was apparently going to be
paying my bills.
t was announced one day that, as a company, we were pro NAFTA, the North American
Free Trade Agreement. From that day forward until passage, ate, breathed and rallied
the troops for NAFTA. The bill of goods being sold was that NAFTA was going to be
good for everyone in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. understood the part that NAFTA
was going to be good for Mexico since they were dirt poor, but had trouble
understanding how it was going to be good for the U.S. and the 4000+ textile workers at
our company. t didn't add up in my mind, but what did know . . . majored in English at
a state university and assumed was just a kid who didn't know enough about the
economy and how it worked. t was a given that all of Party A was for it and since almost
all of Party B were for it, as well it just had to be a good thing. All the economists from
the vy League schools, as well as the political pundits in Washington, were for it. Even
more surprising, academia and the socially conscious elite were for it because it would
raise the standard of living for those poor souls in Mexico. The theory was that illegal
Copyright 2011 97
_____________________________________________________________________
immigration from Mexico would cease entirely because they would have good jobs in
Mexico and for some reason, we Americans owed them good jobs. Since all these really
smart experts, politicians, corporate CEOs as well as academia and the American elite
were for NAFTA who was to question? did what Americans always seem to do
trusted our so called leaders and listened to the corporate owned media machine.
The foremost proponents of NAFTA, by far were President Clinton along with Al Gore.
Even though many in Party B today love to write a revisionist history of NAFTA, know
better because was there! Al Gore told our people that they could expect higher paying
jobs in such industries as biotech. didn't know what biotech was and none of the people
on our manufacturing floor knew what is was, but it sounded good when it came from Al
Gore . . . even though anything that involved a microscope may as well have been
something from the planet Mars. The idea that these people were going to be retrained
and suddenly have a leap in Q that would enable them to work in biotech was about as
likely as them flying to the moon one day. Al Gore has since moved on to save the
planet in exchange for millions and millions of dollars. The millions of fairly uneducated
textile workers that believed his NAFTA spin are now mowing lawns in the summer and
praying for global warming so the grass will grow year round.
During all the NAFTA hoopla, got to do really cool stuff like work with the secret service
when Al visited. chaperoned Bill Bradley when he came through to push for NAFTA
and met dignitaries from the Mexican government, who by the way also attended vy
League schools just like presidents Bush, Clinton and Obama. orchestrated political
rallies, worked the media and all the other exciting stuff you'd expect to rally political
winds to blow for passage of NAFTA. Then one day, what feared might happen,
actually did happen. t's typically known as a crisis of conscience or a moral dilemma.
flunked my test big time and to this day still live with the shame.
On multiple occasions the company brought in all 4000+ employees, showed them
videos from the CEO and political heavy weights like Al Gore and Bill Bradley spoke.
[Just like on TV with flags, banners, music and all the trappings of a political rally] After
each event each employee received paper, pens and envelopes to write Congress to
say that NAFTA was a good thing for them. Since the CEO was known as 'one-of-them'
who started out on the plant floor, the employees believed anything he told them and
would write anything he told them to write. Since president Clinton and Al Gore were
also behind it, no one even questioned NAFTA as not being a good thing. Knowing that
handwritten letters would be the most compelling, but also knowing that many of our
workers never finished high school, much less knew how to write or form a complete
sentence . . . we had a dilemma.
Guess who did know how? Me. didn't just know how, was a professional spin master
who could twist the illogical NAFTA lies into sounding logical and good for our
employees. can take even the worst corporate news and turn it into a positive and
spinning NAFTA was a piece of cake. tossed in good heartfelt stuff like how NAFTA
would feed their families and then wrapped it around the American flag and waved it
like hell. [ think recall hearing the star spangled banner playing in the background as
wrote.] With just a little bit of spin, almost any evil can be wrapped around the flag much
like liberty and freedom are now being spun today to serve only the mega-rich.
Human Resources gave each of our 4000+ employees a copy of the letter wrote and
they copied it into their own handwriting, signed their name, put in an envelope and
Copyright 2011 98
_____________________________________________________________________
tossed it in a box. No one dared to refuse they all knew better. The company of
course took care of the postage and the mailing. After all, NAFTA was all about boosting
the future of our employees, so picking up the postage was just another way to help.
Mission accomplished! NAFTA passed . . . the truth of the story is that the company may
as well have given each employee a razor blade [instead of pen and paper] . . . held
their wrists in place and told them which vein to slice. Today, 1.6 million textile workers
that had jobs in America have lost them. Former president Bill Clinton is an American
hero that can afford to pay millions of dollars for his daughters wedding and Al Gore is
worth more than $100 million thanks to saving our planet. Two shining members of the
Party B a.k.a. party of the people.
At the time did my part to push NAFTA, knew in my heart beyond any doubt
whatsoever that it was wrong and knew that virtually every textile job would go to
Mexico or off shore. An English major fresh out of college by only a few years apparently
knew more than the president, vice president, almost every vy League economist,
members of academia, the American elite and every political pundit on TV. was smarter
than all the experts . . . how could that be? What didn't know at that time, but do now,
is that had just been introduced to the American two-party political oligarchy.
While didn't speak up of course, Ross Perot, a presidential candidate at that time did,
but no one listened. of course told myself that, if hadn't taken part in the NAFTA rape
of the America people, then someone else would have. [The same lie most people on
Capitol Hill tell themselves every morning on the way to work.] While was right about
NAFTA, did nothing to stop it. At the time, coming home to my new bride without a job
because had a crisis of conscience just didn't seem like a good idea. No love, no car
and no where to live was just too big of a price to pay. therefore did what most people
do during a crisis of conscience took the money a.k.a. sold my soul. learned then,
at an early age, that money via politics will make mankind sell their souls for pieces of
gold and no political party is immune.
Aside from my personal scarlet letter that still wear because of NAFTA, what took
away from the experience was that Party B and Party A, who supposedly hate each
other, work together united as one when the cause is MONEY for the mega-rich. At the
time, wanted to believe just as many Americans still want to believe . . . politicians work
for the people as public servants for the good of America and her people. The reality
at the time, and even more so today, is a politician's only real conviction is their wallet.
My payoff arrived via a paycheck and theirs arrived via campaign donations and
positions of power for family and friends. NAFTA was all about, and only about,
delivering cheap labor to U.S. corporations. Cheap labor meant more profits and more
profits meant bigger campaign contributions. All of the 1.6 million textile workers who lost
their jobs via NAFTA were sold out by Clinton, most all of Party B and nearly every
member of Party A just like when Judas kissed Jesus on the cheek. Now, they all like
to claim they didn't know how NAFTA would turn out, claim it was some grand economic
experiment that went bad . . . but almost no one has lifted a finger to repeal the
legislation. n truth, in exchange for selling out the American people they all took the
money and ran.
This experience was essentially my undergraduate work in political science. My
masters and eventual doctorate came via reading, observing intently, a move to
Washington, D.C., political activist endeavors, tons of researching and simply peeling
Copyright 2011 99
_____________________________________________________________________
back the curtain and connecting the dots. Before the Great Recession, was just like
most Americans . . . who never really have the time to dig further, but once started
peeling the apple that is Washington, D.C. uncovered an apple full of worms. Without a
clear understanding of the play between money and politicians, the so called political
system and how it really works restoring the American Dream is impossible.

While good paying jobs and a strong U.S. economy that works for the people instead of
only the mega-rich is the main focus of this book no discussion of that goal can take
place without the restoration of our American democracy. We the people were sold out
on NAFTA just like we're being sold out via the free trade and world economy ruse
being played out every day in America. n order to stop the downward slide, we must first
learn how we got here and how the mega-rich are run their oligarchy form of government
with the face of a democracy.

+#oot!n% O.r"el2e" !n t#e Foot
There are a lot of curious things about America and our culture that are difficult to
understand, but one may be above all else voting in only the mega-rich or their proxy
stooges. t's no more illogical than if the Jewish prisoners in Auschwitz had voted for
Hitler to hand out the towels as they headed to the shower. Not only have virtually all
Americans gotten gassed economically for the last 30+ years, but we've continued to
vote in Hitlers during every single election cycle? To be fair, much of that is due in large
part to a two-party only political monopoly whereby it's cost prohibitive for anyone not at
least a millionaire to run for office, but even so . . . we've done nothing whatsoever in
30+ years to change that reality. So getting gassed economically is 100 percent our fault
and our fault alone.
n America we are brainwashed 24/7 to worship the mega-rich and you, your parents
and their parents have voted for the rich for well over a hundred years, if not longer. t
actually started when a big land owner like George Washington became our first
president, but it began in earnest with the Robber Barons of the Great Depression. As
students of history know, these early 20
th
Century U.S. businessmen and bankers
amassed huge personal fortunes, typically by anti-competitive or unfair business
practices. Some of the best known names, we still recognize today, such as Rockefeller,
Morgan, Carnegie, Vanderbilt, Hershey and Gates just to name a few. A political pundit
of that day wrote, f a [politician] has the power to do great evil and won't do it right
unless he is bribed to do it, think . . . it is a man's duty to go up and bribe. How any
American doesn't see billions in campaign donations from the mega-rich, corporations,
labor unions and special interest groups as straight-up, blatant bribery is the biggest
question of our day. Back at the turn of the Century, many Americans were uneducated,
but they knew then, just like we know today, that a large percentage of great wealth is
gained via monopolies, collusion, corruption, influence peddling and bribery. Knowing
that to be a fact, why would Americans vote in the rich?
How could a Rockefeller, any Rockefeller, be voted into office back then and especially
today? How did being rich become the number one qualification for holding political
office? After fighting the Revolutionary war to get away form the king and then to turn
around and create new kings, via the voting booth, is without a doubt the most bizarre,
mind boggling reality in all of American politics.
Copyright 2011 100
_____________________________________________________________________
One school of potential flawed thought is that the wealthy, especially those from the
business world, know economics and business so well that they know how to vote on
issues that will create a strong economy. Even if that were true and there is no evidence
that it is, can you trust the wealthy to do the right thing for the people? sn't it more likely
that they will take care of their own? Greed and their love of money made these people
rich, or they inherited it and learned to love it. What's their motivation to ensure you get
your fair share of the American pie? Already millionaires when they arrive in Congress,
once elected they receive $174+ K per year, a cushy pension after only a few years in
office and a federal backed retirement account . . . where is their incentive to make sure
you don't starve?
t shouldn't be this way, but the old adage of birds of a feather stick together is true.
Any minority sticks together and take care of their own, be they black, Hispanic, rish or
filthy rich. A tiger does not change its stripes and the greed that got them into Congress
isn't going to change. That makes it far more likely the rich, when voted in, will use their
position to enrich themselves, their families and their elite friends before they will do
anything to level the playing field for you. Most were born with a silver spoon with a DNA
that programmed them to think that a level playing field is the absolute worst thing that
could ever happen to them and their family. Yet, voters send the rich to Washington,
D.C. and state legislatures in the hope that they will work to create a level playing field
for everyday Americans?
You can of course get filthy rich by being honest but it's quite rare indeed. sn't it far
smarter to play the odds in your favor just to be safe? Shouldn't you at least do enough
research to see how the politician got rich before you send them to Washington to look
out for you? n most cases, it's not a pretty story once you get beyond the scripted
campaign spin.

The opposite end of voting in the rich logic is that they no longer have anything to gain
by being greedy. Some new found conscience will enlighten them into wanting to give
back to the people as public servants. Ask yourself the question, how many servants
own mega-yachts like Senator Kerry? Ask yourself why he tried to dodge taxes on his
yacht in 2010, if he has your best interest at heart? The Kennedy clan and Bush family
are American royalty who believe their blood lines are superior to the American people.
What does someone born with a silver spoon know about anything in the real world?
What qualifies them to make good decisions on anything that affects your wallet? Have
they ever worked 40 hours in a week at minimum wage as most all of us did at some
point in our life? The concept of a budget and living within average citizen means is
completely alien. Does wealth handed down on a silver platter qualify the American
aristocracy to look out for your financial wellbeing?
The greedy via the political-class run an America oligarchy that controls the
overwhelming vast majority of all the wealth. They know that people yearn to be led like
sheep because thinking for themselves hurts their brain. For some reason people buy
into the idea that a politician running for office is somehow superior to themselves and
money seems to be the number one criteria used make that determination. They deduce
that if you have money, no matter how you got it, you must be smart and voting in so
called smart people on the surface seems to make good sense. nstead, doesn't it
make more sense to vote in people with integrity, principles, solid working backgrounds
and people from the American middle-class? There are literally a multitude of qualities
that make a good political candidate, but being rich is NOT one of them. Voting in the
Copyright 2011 101
_____________________________________________________________________
rich or puppets of the mega-rich is like voting for Tiger Woods to date your daughter
then expecting him to respect her.

The only time rich politicians a.k.a. most members of Congress pay any attention
whatsoever to you-the-voter is every couple of years or so near election time. They know
that most of you can't even name the last 5 presidents, much less how your members of
Congress voted on legislation X, Y and Z a couple of years ago. Quite frankly, they think
we're all dumb bunnies and to date, based upon our current economic scenario and
horribly corrupted democracy . . . they're 100% correct in their assessment. Only on very
rare occasions do members of Congress focus on anything whatsoever beyond making
themselves, their cronies and campaign contributors rich. Every once in a blue moon a
war, health care or massive unemployment will come along and they are forced to pay
attention to the needs and desires of the people, but 99 percent of the time it's all about
them and their bank account.
Even though your bank account is getting worse by the day, the bank accounts of
members of Congress are doing fantastic. n short, they are almost all millionaires and
the vast overwhelming majority of them are multi-millionaires many times over.
5on%re""!onal )ealt#
http://www.opensecrets.org/pfds/index.php
The opensecrets!org site may be the single most important window the American people
have or transparency and accountability in government! /ts an absolutely antastic tool
with almost any inormation you can dream o when it comes to money and 0ongress&
the ederal government& etc! /ts strongly suggested that everyone e*plore the site and
support the resource inancially! / it is not unded& America will lose one o& i not the
best& resources available to protect our wallets and guard against the massive political
corruption thats currently taking place!
While this book could explore in detail all the Congressional wealth, how they got it, if
they earned it, etc., there are two reasons for not doing so. First, exploring in detail is
your job in order for you to free yourself from news media and political party dogma
a.k.a. forming your own conclusions instead of being spoon fed. Secondly, any analysis
herein would be subject to accusations of bias . . . so do your own in depth analysis. The
core guiding principal of this book is to free you from news media and political party
dogma by providing the most unbiased resources available.
Nonetheless, the Congressional wealth information provided via opensecrets.org does
warrant a little high level analysis. Admittedly, it will seem at times that Party A is given a
pass, but it's assumed that you're bright enough to understand they're all rich as dogs
and their basic pitch is all based on trickle down a.k.a. crumbs falling from the table of
the greedy. So members of Party A appearing in the top 25 richest members of
Congress list shouldn't make you drop your jaw . . . that's a given. What's surprising is a
multitude from Party B appearing on the top 25 list, such as: Nancy Pelosi, Jay
Rockefeller and John Kerry just to name a few of the better known names. Please
Copyright 2011 102
_____________________________________________________________________
examine the lists in great detail and make up your own mind. Look at their companies,
where and how they got their money and ask yourself how could it be possible for them
to vote for anything that doesn't benefit the American aristocracy and the mega-rich? n
short, if you're a member of Congress at this point in time, no matter your political party,
you're rich as a dog and not an average American citizen.
What's strange about this reality, since we supposedly live in a democracy and are free
to vote for whomever we choose how is it that all members of Congress seem to be
filthy rich? We don't have a king and everyone in office both locally and nationally are
voted into office by the people. Just as strange, if not more, is the fact that even during
recessions, such as the one that began in 2008 the rich just continue to get rich while
almost 90 percent of the people just continue to lose ground. How can this be? How
did we end up here? We live in a democracy and we vote every couple of years so if
there is something wrong with the system it must also be true that we the people
must be to blame. As it turns out, nothing could be more accurate and true as
demonstrated throughout this book. The good news is that it doesn't have to be this way.
That's why this is NOT a history book about wealth inequality and our American
oligarchy, but provides instead a viable blueprint for beginning to fight back via Part :
The Resistance. Otherwise, everything herein would be a complete waste of ink and
time.
Lot!n% !n +atan( Attorney" and Layer"
f you murder someone, or didn't and have been accused of murdering someone, you
need an attorney. An attorney is an unavoidable and necessary evil for a few instances
in life, but they are NOT a necessary evil in politics. At present, the percentage of
lawyers in Congress is generally down from a peak of around 75 percent years ago to
now around half. Even so, half is way too many! Seeing this trend as good is like saying
Congress is only half bad. Since many attorneys are also rich, they carry a double
stigma and we know none of them got rich without bending the rules and catering to the
mega-rich and political class in one way or another. The average salary for an attorney
is only $70 K so if they are rich, the odds dictate that it didn't happen completely above
board.
Somehow, along the way, the American people got confused between writing legislation
and passing legislation. There are lawyers aplenty in Washington and state legislatures
to write legislation and the ink in those pens will never run dry, but to have a lawyer
actually vote for or against any legislation is like trusting Tiger Woods with your
daughter. Besides the fact that most are crooked to some degree at least all the rich
ones; the real problem with a lawyer is that EVERYTHNG is negotiable. Every single
law school in America teaches the following creed to every single student: there is no
such thing as black and white only differing shades of grey. n other words there is no
right or wrong.
Take the scenario of a criminal defense attorney who defends a murder suspect. Even
when a suspect freely admits to his attorney that he committed the murder in
premeditated cold blooded fashion for no good reason other than fun . . . an attorney will
still take the money and defend the murderer. That is a good thing and a necessary part
of our judicial system, but having someone holding public office voting on the future of
America that can negotiate that and look the other way . . . is a really bad thing! Whether
a criminal attorney, corporate attorney or ambulance chaser they'll almost all go with
Copyright 2011 103
_____________________________________________________________________
whatever flow that makes them rich. t's just bad odds to vote in an attorney . . . why take
the risk?
When it comes to government corruption, bribes, pay-to-play and even the existing
status quo, there is black and white a.k.a. wrong and right. Most things are
negotiable, but some things such as ethics and right and wrong are not!

G5areer 3ol!t!$!an"H . . . No More, 02er A%a!nI
The first thing you will always hear if you suggest term limits for members of Congress or
state legislatures is that we the people will lose legislative expertise and experience.
Guess what, when we vote out all incumbents every couple of election cycles or better
yet install strict term limits we will in fact lose both expertise and experience . . .
thank God! When it comes to politicians, the more expertise and experience we can lose
the better. Bernie Madoff had expertise and experience at working the financial system,
but we don't want to get him out of prison to run Wall Street. Do we want experience at
lying, caving in to lobbyists and special interest? With that as experience we're far
better off with all rookies on our team. So some of the rookies will not be slick, polished,
silver tongued vipers, so be it. Lying into the camera takes time to perfect and by the
time they perfect it, they will be on the way out via the vote or term limits.
Let's be honest, at least with ourselves, what issue in the past 50 years requires the
experience of a professional politician to resolve? Yes, there are private citizens that
bring backgrounds into Congress that pay knowledge dividends, but professional
politicians and bureaucrats know one thing and none of it is good for the American
people. Let's take the issue of financial derivatives that was recently debated during the
Wall Street reform debate. Does any average American understand them? Does anyone
in Congress? The answer is, hell no! Therefore, the answer to derivatives is you do
away with them completely or at least write laws that make them completely transparent
and fairly understandable to average Americans. Where did the idea come from that
someone on Wall Street should be allowed to concoct investment schemes so
sophisticated that no one but Wall Street types can understand them . . . then when the
scheme blows up, we dumb bunny taxpayers are forced to pick up the tab? f it's not
transparent and simple enough for a fairly intelligent citizen to understand then the
answer is hell no not here in America! f we haven't learned anything, we should at
least know by now that Wall Street and the banks are only greedy, not brilliant.
Ultimately, the point is that nothing Congress or legislatures vote on, is or should be,
rocket science that requires political experience. f you can understand issues and can
read bills, then you're qualified to run for office and be voted in. You'll have plenty of staff
and if you want a biased perspective on any issue, lobbyists are standing right outside
the door 24/7. Have you ever actually watched C-Span? Do these people look
experienced and sound extremely intelligent to you? Turn on C-Span every once in a
while and point out the geniuses . . . pompous, pretentious, boobs aplenty, but geniuses
you won't find any . . . not even one!
Having gray hair and being old is fine, but getting old and aging as a member of
Congress is not! Senator Byrd from West Virginia served as a Senator form 1959 to
2010 and delivered more pork a.k.a. wasted taxpayer money for his state than any
member of Congress in history. The voters of West Virginia already had him embalmed,
why they didn't just put a stick up his back and stand him on the floor of the Senate to
Copyright 2011 104
_____________________________________________________________________
continue delivering pork is hard to fathom? Not meant to be irreverent to the deceased
or his family, but the point here is that someone elected 50+ years ago has zero
business in Washington, D.C. . . . other than to participate in the system of pork and
political corruption.
T#e 3ol!t!$al Fa&!l!e"
Many in America seem to forget that we fought and won the Revolutionary war to get
away from kings, queens and rule by monarchy. Even today, for some reason, we fawn
over the royals in England as if there is something to be admired about inbreeding
and the idea that blood lines bestow a lifetime of privilege and power. The whole idea is
putrid and repugnant to everything America was founded upon, yet we try to duplicate
the idea by supporting political families as if they were royals. The Kennedy, Rockefeller
and Bush families are just three in a long history of political families that continue to
somehow inherit the mantle of trust by American voters. Supposedly, politics and being
a public servant is a calling [not to far from being a minister]. While a minister's kid may
or may not be called by God to follow in their parent's footsteps rest 100 percent
assured that it's NOT God calling the kids of politicians into politics. Not unless God
looks like George Washington's portrait that's printed on a dollar bill. Most of the family
members called into politics had the calling delivered on a silver spoon of lifetime
privilege within caste system of American aristocracy. f they ever worked, they worked
for daddy or one of daddy's friends and now they believe they should be allowed to take
over the family political business. Government is NOT a family business and it surly isn't
a birthright to be delivered on a silver spoon. Whether it is Liz Cheney or Ron Regan
milking their daddy's political legacy for a job in the media or yet another political
offspring such as Dan Quayle's son who ran for office in the last election . . . the answer
going forward is NO! Go get a real job . . .
)#y )o.ld +o&eone R.n 1or 5on%re""J
While this book focuses primarily on Congress and the federal government, never
assume that the same principals and measurements do not apply to state and local
politics as well. The focus herein just upon Congress and Washington is for the sake of
brevity alone. The only difference between Washington, state and local politics is that
the pay-off is much bigger for members of Congress. That's why politicians work their
way up the political ladder from city council and county commissioner to Senator once
they really know how to work the system for money.
Considering the media scrutiny and pressures, the first question everyone in America
should ask themselves is why someone would want to run for Congress or major political
office? The first answer to the question 99 percent of the time is they have a huge ego
and sense of superiority that make them narcissistic enough to run. At a minimum the
salary for a member of Congress is in excess of $174+ K per year in addition to free
healthcare benefits and 16 percent of their salary per year going into a federal retirement
account. Not bad money, but living in Washington is wildly expensive and maintaining
another residence back home takes some real money. So the salary alone is not that
great and some could make that much money or more working at a real job.
t's not until you scratch the surface that you begin to see what they are really raking in
to be our so called public servants that you see the gold at the end of the political
rainbow. They have plenty of perks such as legitimate (legal) reimbursed travel, security
Copyright 2011 105
_____________________________________________________________________
if needed, etc. which has monetary value, but the first really big jaw dropping revelation
comes when you discover they have a pension plan like virtually no other American
citizens. As of 2001, only 4 in 10 Americans are part of any pension plan at all and none
are guaranteed by U.S. taxpayers. Many private pension plans in corporate America are
grossly under-funded and are sure to fail going forward not likely for the
Congressional pension plan.
Unlike private pension plans, instead of having to work a lifetime a member of
Congress is vested after only 5 years of service. Upon just 5 years of so called service
a member of congress receives 12.5 percent of their salary starting at age 62. [Unlike
many private pension calculations that span an entire employment lifetime, the salary
amount calculation for a member of Congress is an average of only the last three years
of service.] On the other end of the scale, to receive 80 percent of that salary, upon
retirement, a member of Congress must complete 32 years. At present pay, the pension
benefit for 32 years of service is $139,200 for the remainder of their lifetime. At age 50
however, with only 20 years of service a member of Congress can walk away with
$87,000 per year for the rest of their life. At only 10 years of service they are guaranteed
a lifetime pension of $43,500.
To see just what the pension gravy train costs U.S. taxpayers at a time of record federal
deficits, let's take for example: 20 years of service where a member of Congress
decides to walk away at 50 years old and multiply that by an average life expectancy of
78+ years [even though members of Congress live much longer because they have real
health care]. Just one pension for a 20 year member of Congress who lives an average
lifespan and retires at 50 cost U.S. taxpayers $2,436,000. f only half make it to 20 years
and retire at 50 it's $650+ M.
With some retiring after 32 years of service and some after only 10, age variables, etc., it
easily cost U.S. taxpayers more than a billion dollars for a guaranteed pension system,
like almost no other. True, they don't all make it 20 years and they don't all walk away at
50, but almost all live far beyond the average life expectancy of a mere 78 years. Divide
the number in half and it's still way too much money completely wasted at a time of
record federal deficits, not to mention immoral at a time when Americans are literally
starving.
Coma, life support system, second job, new career . . . whatever former members of
Congress get their pension, along with any cost of living increases, forever, as long as
they live [no brain waves required just a heartbeat and the check arrives]. Senator Byrd's
family even finagled to get his check for several months after his heart stopped beating.
Rest assured that someone in Congress is working on a cryogenics version of the
Congressional pension whereby as long as their body still exists frozen, their family will
get a check . . . after all, it's just taxpayer money. Suddenly, the term servant as in
public servant is sounding a whole lot better than before, isn't it? Now, all those great
sacrifices we're led to believe that are made on our behalf, don't seem nearly as bad as
our public servants make them out to be . . . do they?
Keeping in mind that members of Congress also get social security benefits on top of
their pension you would think that would be enough . . . not so for our esteemed
American political class. n addition to the lucrative pension gravy train, they are also
part of the Civil Service Retirement System (CSRS) in which they are guaranteed that 16
percent of their annual salary is put away for their retirement. The member of Congress
Copyright 2011 106
_____________________________________________________________________
contributes 8 percent and the U.S. taxpayer matches that 8 percent for a total of 16
percent. n current salary numbers that's at least $27,840 per year.
10 years = $278,400
20 years = $556,800
A pension, social security benefits, $27,800+ per year into CSRS all in addition to an
annual salary of $174+ thousand dollars and the American people wonder why
Congress has performed so poorly and sold out the people for more than 30+ years?
What is it we don't get?
Brea,o.t Re"o.r$e8"9
Ret!re&ent Bene1!t" 1or Me&7er" o1 5on%re""
http://www.senate.gov/reference/resources/pdf/RL30631.pdf
Presently, virtually all members of Congress are rich when they arrive because the
election system and two-party political scam is designed to make it that way. Therefore,
the weak to nonexistent job performance and accountabilities that existed when they
arrived in Congress spiral downward after only 5 years in office. From day one, via
insider trading, stock tips, board positions and jobs for family any degree of
accountability to voters that once existed moves so far down their list of priorities that the
American people become invisible. As long as there is enough money to keep the two-
party status quo in place they have a 50/50 chance of winning no matter what they do
while in office. Once there, a member of Congress is set for life, even if the 50/50 odds
don't work out in their favor . . . they all have a plan B as a lobbyists, member of a
corporate board, working for a think tank, political party positions or a host of lucrative
opportunities for influence peddling.
For a member of Congress, is there any wonder that calls, letters and e-mails from
constituents would just become an annoyance? No performance reviews ever and only a
vague 50/50 threat of dismissal every few years via the ballot box . . . we the people
are getting exactly what we should expect screwed!
Now that you are beginning to see the spare change from being a public servant, we're
ready to talk real money . . . thus far we've only discussed the spare change you're
allowed to see. The real big time pay-offs come later behind the scenes and after they
leave office. Even while in office, most if not all members of Congress experience what's
referred to as unnatural wealth growth which in terms that lowly citizens can
understand means: no way, according to what they are being paid in salary, should they
have that much money.

The wealth of Congress members grows far beyond what $170 K per year adds up to
even if they partake in no other work or money making endeavor throughout their
lifetime. Basically they get a free ride for the rest of their life via mega-rich friends and
connections just for having been a member of Congress. Where you pay for everything
you do, all they ever hear again is 'let me get that for you' from some mega-rich friend
that picks up the tab. We're not talking $100 dollar bars tabs here, but big ticket items
Copyright 2011 107
_____________________________________________________________________
such as Alaska's Ted Stevens who had major renovations done to his house all picked
up by some fat cat in exchange for favorable votes. We're led to believe of course that
his case was just some isolated incident and our esteemed public servants by and
large never engage in such activity. The real truth is that they rarely don't engage in it,
but are almost never caught because there is no full-time impartial government entity
that investigates such unnatural wealth growth 24/7.
Basically when you get a salary and don't have to spend it to get renovations to your
house built, for vacations, for memberships to exclusive clubs, etc. your savings grow a
lot faster than if you're a mere citizen. While in office, a member of Congress has to at
least be just a little careful, but for their children and spouses it is open season and
anything goes. Jobs in the private sector, government jobs, positions on boards,
memberships to exclusive clubs, scholarships, endowments to universities, research
funding, positions working in think tanks, party positions and any other means to funnel
money in pay-to-play schemes are all just fine and dandy within our political system. All
these millions and millions of dollars are never looked at, never tracked and rarely
scrutinized by the media or so called watchdog groups except on rare occasions by
political party loyalists playing gotcha politics. Otherwise it's just the behind the scenes
status quo of how the game is played by the mega-rich, the privileged and our political
class. What's really sickening is that we the people have just allowed such activity to
take place for decades and now what was once considered criminal is just the status
quo of how things work in Washington.
Someone, some government agency such as the FB, the Attorney General, etc. is
watching all this activity, tracking it, documenting it and issuing subpoenas and reports . .
. right? Nope! n the House there is fairly new inadequately funded Office of
Congressional Ethics with zero subpoena power and members of the House are trying to
gut what little funding the office has. f everything they are doing is above board, why
would they mind being investigated? f something is really blatant such as money flying
out of the trunk of a limo as a member of Congress rides around D.C. the FB or
Attorney General might get involved . . . if enough people point and scream, but other
than that it's open season on graft, corruption and pay-to-play. There are the so
called watchdog groups, but they have no subpoena power and very little money and
staffing. What little money they do have is funneled via party loyalties and they only
watch the other party and wouldn't rat one of their own party if they killed someone.
What about the media, they are watching and doing investigations, right? Nope! As we'll
detail later herein, they're lackeys who are making big bucks, oftentimes millions from
the system via corporate ownership of only a few media conglomerates and if you're
making millions as a talking head the last thing you're going to do is bite the hand that
feeds you.
Admittedly, all these entities add up to some form of restraint, but all together they are
feeble at best, grossly inadequate and a far cry from what's really needed to protect the
interest of the American people. Just the actual cash money that changes hands in
Washington, D.C. behind closed doors is undoubtedly in the millions, but they don't even
need to pass cash back and forth because the billions in campaign contributions, PAC
contributions and cronyism in pay-to-play schemes is all above board . . . as a well
established part of our so called democratic system. The only way it could be more
crooked and more blatantly corrupt is if corporations, lobbyists, special interests and
labor unions pulled up in armored trucks with bags of money handing out cash on the
steps of Congress with notes attached that read vote for or against X, Y and Z bill. The
Copyright 2011 108
_____________________________________________________________________
entire system is fixed and corrupt to the gills with money changing hands 24/7 under the
guise of a democratic system of government.
n just the 2010 midterm elections alone more than $4 billion dollars were spent by
candidates, political parties and so called issue groups. That was just the above board,
somewhat out in the open money changing hands in exchange for votes on bills and
legislation. Surely no one in America believes that sane humans spend $4 billion dollars
without expecting something in return for their money. These contributors aren't
spending $4 billion dollars to ensure we have a democracy or to support the waving of
old glory they spend it because they want to play and in order to play you have to
pay. Add to that $4 billion the absolutely impossible to calculate b-zillions funned via
board positions, jobs at lobbing firms, grants to academia, great jobs for the kids and
family of Congressional offspring within corporate America, government jobs,
appointments, etc. and a member of Congress is set for life. Why else would they
expend so much of their own personal money and time to get elected? Do you really
think they would do all that to become your public servant . . . would you? Not only are
they set for life, but their children and their children's children are set for life by just
dropping the name of their daddy or grandfather to open any door they need.
Bottom line, even being elected to one single term in Congress, much less multiple
terms, is worth millions of dollars if they never work another day in their life. When
holding political office a.k.a. being a public servant is an easy way to get rich . . .
something has gone terribly wrong with our so called democracy.
5R0)( 5!t!>en" 1or Re"pon"!7!l!ty and 0t#!$" !n )a"#!n%ton
http://www.citizensforethics.org/
T#e Re2ol2!n% Door
Once a member of Congress is finally voted out of office, or just quit because the money
from being a public servant is just too good to pass up, the real big money derived from
being a public servant kicks in. Let's look at Tom Daschle and Trent Lott, two former
Senate majority leaders, as examples.
After kicking his first wife to the curb, a year later, Daschle married a lobbyist and former
Miss Kansas in 1976. Two years later, Daschle was elected to Congress and served
until being voted out 2004. After being nominated by president, Obama to be Secretary
of Health and Human Services he dropped out of the running because he failed to
accurately report his taxes a.k.a. tax evasion and had also been getting free limo
rides from a health care fat cat. t just didn't look good to be spending taxpayer money
when evading what he owed in taxes and getting free chauffeur rides made it look even
worse. After being booted from office, he took a job as a lobbyist, but by law supposedly
couldn't lobby for one year. No problem, the lobbying firm dreamed up a new title called
special policy advisor so he could lobby anyway. Under the current completely
corrupted system, as long as you're not called a lobbyist you can lobby. n just one
short snapshot of time between January and September 2008 he was paid $5.8 M to
Copyright 2011 109
_____________________________________________________________________
lobby for health care industry fat cats. While working as a lobbyist making millions, he's
drawing 80 percent of his Congressional pay via a pension paid for by U.S. taxpayers
and will collect those dollars for as long as his heart beats.
Albeit, operating more in the shadows, Trent Lott who entered Congress in 1988 serving
until 2007 is a double dipper just like Daschle milking taxpayers via a Congressional
pension and being paid big time as a lobbyist. His profile is far lower however, because
he resigned after being nailed as a racist and a bigot who yearned again for the days of
Jim Crow. Now he's a partner in the most storied of K Street lobbying firms working for
such clients as: Citigroup, General Electric, Raytheon and Entergy just to name a few.
Does that mean these companies are racists and bigots or do they just hire a racist and
bigot to do their dirty work behind the scenes? Perhaps you should call them and ask . . .
These two former members of Congress are just two of the more prominent heavy
hitters in the lobbing business assuming you consider such activity a business
instead of legalized government corruption. n 2009 alone, lobbying firms spent $3.49
B in Washington, D.C. and countless state legislatures throughout America. Currently
there are around 12,000 registered lobbyists in Washington and many of them are
former members of Congress as well as former white house staff, former members of
government agencies and former military personnel, but the big guns that make the big
bucks are former members of Congress such as Lott and Daschle . . . just to name two.
You have to admit, it's a pretty cool system to get a big fat Congressional pension from
taxpayers, then get an even fatter paycheck of millions from a lobbying firm for whom
you serve as a democracy bottom feeder. All in all, being a public servant seems to
pay a lot more once you leave Congress.
Open +e$ret"( Re2ol2!n% Door
http://www.opensecrets.org/revolving/index.php
Open +e$ret"( Lo77y!n% Data7a"e
http://www.opensecrets.org/lobby/index.php
+.nl!%#t Fo.ndat!on( Lo77y!n% Re1or&
http://sunlightfoundation.com/policy/lobbying/

+#o Me t#e Money
At every turn, in every way, the American political process, holding office and getting into
office is about one thing and one thing only: MONEY. t's obviously impossible to
document the millions of dollars in illegal money. For that you have to open freezers to
find the $90 K found in the home of former Congressman William Jefferson. Just to
document all the known bribes and illegal money members of Congress have been
caught with red handed would take a book of its own. The graft, corruption, payoffs, kick-
backs and backroom deal making that go on in Washington, D.C. and every state capitol
is totally out of control and rampant. t's gone on for decades of course, but may never
Copyright 2011 110
_____________________________________________________________________
be more perverse and common than it is today. All the millions changing greedy political
hands that you can't see are alarming and outrageous, but American voters don't even
do anything about the money sitting out on the table for all to see.
The upfront, in your face legal bribery of every politician that takes place every election
cycle in America requires no hidden cameras, entrapment schemes or secret wire taps
to uncover. The argument can easily be made that it's the system that is corrupt and
not the two dominate political parties. Nonetheless, if that's the case, which is debatable,
why has there been no large-scale outcry and revolution from the people to change the
system? The money trail and handoffs are available for every single American to see
with a couple of clicks on the nternet. Americans may have had a reason in the past for
being stupid, but now with a website like opensecrets.org and many others - uncovering
the money trails are simple, easy and fast.
t basically works like this . . . going forward instead of listening to anything that comes
out of any politician's mouth, or media outlet, you must start plugging in the name of your
candidate or member of Congress to research their campaign contributions and see for
yourself just how much they took and from what source. Then you must track their votes
on specific legislation and you'll clearly see that nine times out of ten how they vote
corresponds directly and unequivocally with how they were paid to vote. That is called
bribery! t's absolutely amazing how well the two-party system works for the mega-rich
campaign contributors. This is called democracy, but it's not the democracy you
learned about in school . . . this is called an oligarchy.
So what's a little money you ask? Our public servants must have millions to run TV ads
and campaign, right? Actually, the answer to that question is NO! t's exactly why on
every issue that concerns money, the people always lose. Mega-money in politics kills
any chance of democracy. For a specific reference point, let's review the last
presidential election between Obama and McCain. There were other candidates of
course, but you never heard of them because the money they raised was so miniscule
that it bought them no attention and the corporate owned media machine isn't about to
cover them. n one single presidential election, Obama and McCain spent more than $1
B, ($730 M Obama and $333 M McCain). Some $23.7 M came from Wall Street with 63
percent of that going to Obama. Much of those millions actually belonged to us the
taxpayers who had just bailed out Wall Street. Our money was used to buy favor in
Washington, D.C. and as you will see herein, it paid off handsomely for them, especially
for Goldman Sachs. The second largest contributors were lawyers and lobbyists who
contributed $43,755,917 to Obama and $11,153,996 to McCain.
200A 3re"!dent!al 5a&pa!%n +pend!n%
http://www.opensecrets.org/pres08/index.php?cycle=2008
200A )all +treet 5ontr!7.t!on" to 3re"!dent!al 5a&pa!%n
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/indus.php?ind=F07
200A Layer" and Lo77y!"t" 5ontr!7.t!on to 3re"!dent!al 5a&pa!%n
http://www.opensecrets.org/pres08/sectors.php?sector=K
Copyright 2011 111
_____________________________________________________________________
t's critical for Americans to get their head around navigating the opensecrets.org
website. A book such as this can only crack the surface. Everything is there as far as the
money trail with just a few clicks of your mouse. Secondly, once you click around and
drill down, you'll quickly realize that little to none of this money came form common
citizens. Then you need to ask yourself why billions of dollars would be contributed to
political campaigns?
Are these contributors big flag wavers and just good citizens? Of course not, most of
them don't even own a flag and wouldn't be caught dead with a flag decal on their
Mercedes at the yacht club. Patriotism and flag waving is for the little people that send
their children off to die in war. The terms social liberal or social conservative that the
little people are so mesmerized by 24/7 don't even compute in the brains of these
people . . . it's all about the money! These people didn't become mega-rich by being
spend thrifts and free with their investment money. When they invest in anything they
expect a Return on nvestment (RO) and RO on campaign donations have been paying
off handsomely for more than 30+ years.
When a big campaign contributor e-mails a member of Congress they don't use that cute
little fill in the blanks form that the little people are forced to use via the House or
Senate websites. The House and Senate website e-mails are opened by some staffer
who pulls up an already written form letter on the specific topic, populates it with your
name and address, signs it with a copied signature and then drops it in the mail . . .
that's the end of your inquiry [other than perhaps a tally kept on the number of letters
received on that topic]. t's basically the same response when you call your member of
Congress as well . . . a staffer pats you on the head like a child and sends you on your
way.
On the other hand, when a rich campaign contributor calls or writes, they use a private
e-mail account and mobile number. All ears in the office perk up and if available the
member of Congress takes the call. Rest assured that if not available, the call is
promptly returned! t's completely logical when you think about it, all a member of
Congress gets from you is 'voting in the incumbent once again,' but the fat cat
contributor that calls has money to offer.
This is called democracy? This is why we place our hand over our hearts, salute and
even sometimes get a tear in our eye when we see old glory pass by? This is that
beacon on the hill that politicians like to talk about when they give their speeches with
the flag as a backdrop? Bribery is the example we expect emerging democracies to
aspire to? When cash money changes hands in Afghanistan or raq, Congress and the
media are aghast, but because bribery is legalized in America and tracked it's ok?
f this system of government is acceptable to the American people, no matter your
political party, then we have no right whatsoever to admonish any nation on earth
even a totalitarian dictatorship such as China. Common citizens don't vote in China, but
when a member of the ruling Communist Party votes, it at least carries and delivers
consequences. Sure, in America, we can still vote people in or out, but they have
already succumbed to bribery via campaign contributions in order to make it onto the
ballot. The only resulting option we currently have is either bad choice A or B.
Copyright 2011 112
_____________________________________________________________________
t's the No. 1 reason the people always lose when it comes to any legislation that
involves our money, be it Wall Street reform, the mega-rich paying their share of the tax
load, jobs going off shore, trade agreements and hoards of cheap labor arriving on
American soil.
Donor Loo,.p
http://www.opensecrets.org/indivs/index.php
3ol!t!$al A$t!on 5o&&!ttee"
http://www.opensecrets.org/pacs/index.php
Top 3arty A *nd."tr!e"
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/mems.php?party=R&cycle=2010
Top 3arty B *nd."tr!e"
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/mems.php?party=D&cycle=2010
A&er!$an" 1or 5a&pa!%n Re1or&
http://www.acrreform.org/
De&o$ra$y 21
http://www.democracy21.org/
5a&pa!%n Le%al 5enter
http://www.campaignlegalcenter.org/
5a&pa!%n 3.7l!$
http://www.publicampaign.org/
6.+. 3*R-
http://www.uspirg.org/issues/elections-and-government/campaign-finance-reform
L!&!t", Loop#ole" and Tran"paren$y
Even the most high-level review of America's campaign finance system and the mega-
money in politics will leave any reviewer confused and nauseous. On the one hand, we
the people should just be smart and informed enough to where no matter how much
money is spent that we are able to see through the smokescreens and propaganda.
Unfortunately, nine times out of ten, those with the most money win simply because they
dominate the airwaves. While Party A may complain about some unfair advantage being
gained by Party B, or visa versa, clearly understand that the entire political class likes
things just the way they are. Any idea of revolutionary campaign finance reforms, coming
from either of the two dominate political parties, without a revolutionary-like massive
push from the American people is pure folly. Without such a revolution, any idea of a
democracy within America is simply a joke!
Copyright 2011 113
_____________________________________________________________________
The major issues within the reform conversation are complex, but at their core, they
revolve around free speech versus the voice of average citizens. Within the current
environment, the billionaires and the American aristocracy speak with a megaphone and
the people speak in whispers because of money. The scenario was already a bad
joke upon the American people, but the recent Supreme Court case Citizens United
versus Federal Elections Commission in 2010 killed any chance of any citizen voice ever
being heard again above the megaphone of the aristocracy. n short, the Supremes
ruled that corporate funding of independent political broadcasts in candidate elections
cannot be limited under the First Amendment that guarantees free speech. Previous to
the ruling, a corporation could not utilize their general treasury funds to promote a
specific candidate or to defeat a specific candidate and were limited to what's called
electioneering activities that focus on issues alone, not specific candidates. Now it's
open season as long as the money being spent is not done so in coordination with a
candidate a.k.a. they are not stupid enough to get caught coordinating with a candidate.
Previous to the ruling, just like a labor union, a corporation could utilize their general
treasure funds to promote or reject specific candidates within their membership or
employee base but NOT outside of that base. Anyone can look at labor union activities,
over the course of decades, to see that they clearly promote or reject specific candidates
outside of their membership base. t was and should be illegal for labor unions to engage
in the practice just like it should be illegal for corporations to engage in the practice. The
idea being promoted by the so called left that corporations are not people is no less
absurd than a contention that labor unions are not people. The idea that people
working at a corporation do not have a vested interest in the health and well being of the
corporation, just like members of a labor union having the same vested interest in their
union, is quite frankly . . . nothing more than an argument to gain political advantage.
Bottom line, neither a corporation nor a labor union should be allowed to promote or
reject specific candidates outside of their employee or membership base. Period!
The issue in essence comes down to the use of general funds being utilized, by either
a labor union or a corporation, for such purposes without implicit consent of union
members or employees and stockholders within a corporation. All union members no
more agree with the political activities of their union heads, any more than all employees
and stockholders agree with the political activities of their CEO, but neither group is
given any say whatsoever as to the use of general funds for political activity. Therefore,
in reality, both labor unions and corporations are allowed to use general funds for
unauthorized political activity.
n reality, the line between issue-advocacy versus specific candidate-advocacy directed
toward the general public is so thin, gray, mangled and marginalized that the issue is
much like splitting a hair. Nonetheless, the political campaign playing field is so tilted
already in the favor of corporations that to allow the Citizens United versus Federal
Elections Commission Supreme Court ruling to stand, without being overturned, spits in
the face of any balance and a true democracy. As revealed herein, corporations already
own all the significant media outlets in America which they use to promote or reject
political candidates under the appearance of journalism, but to allow them to do it
outright with unlimited spending is off the charts! To rule and do so under the guise of
protecting free speech, when they already own virtually all the speech in America via
media holdings . . . is nothing short of absolutely laughable!
Copyright 2011 114
_____________________________________________________________________
The contention that either free speech or a free press exists in America is in reality
absolutely absurd! The free press illusion will be examined herein, but for average
citizens to actually have free speech it would have to be equal speech that
corresponds to the megaphones of America's aristocracy. Although an admirable goal,
such utopian initiatives such as the fairness doctrine that would legislate equal time for
opposing views . . . is NOT going to happen! Such an idea as the fairness doctrine is
absolutely untenable, impractical, unmanageable and absolutely impossible to legislate,
implement and administer.
The best that can be hoped for is complete, absolute transparency and disclosure along
with greatly reduced political contribution limits. Stating this as a succinct goal is one
thing, but achieving it within a political system of campaign finance laws so garbled, so
complex, so intent on baffling the American people with so many exceptions, loopholes
and exclusions piled on top of a mountain of legalese is formidable indeed! Clearly
understand that the American aristocracy and the political class want the arena of
campaign finance and political advocacy to be a mind-numbing enigma to the American
people. Campaign finance, political party advocacy, participation in the democratic
process outside of merely voting is explicitly designed to exclude the vast majority
of the American people.
Quite frankly, to even try to decipher and explain the regulations, exclusions and
supposed monetary limitations herein would lose every reader. The only real thing that
needs to be understood is that a single family can finagle and easily manipulate the
system to directly contribute several hundred thousand dollars each year to a candidate
and political party in what's called hard money contributions. On the surface it appears
like there is a $2,500 K limit and there is a limit of $2,500 K from one individual to a
specific candidate's campaign, but read campaign law and you'll discover there are
innumerable loopholes and additional contribution avenues such as committees, party
vehicles and Political Action Committees (PACs). When these avenues are combined
and convoluted with spouse and family donations in the name of children [to include
dogs, cats and goldfish] a single family can contribute hundreds of thousands of
dollars per year to buy votes. Much of that money is then bundled with donations of
other wealthy families into PAC donations. Why? So members of Congress will know
how exactly how they are being paid to vote once they get into office. t's called
democracy, but should be relabeled a farce. All you really need to know and
understand is that average citizens do NOT have six figures in Monopoly play money to
participate in the democratic process therefore we are all second-class citizens
a.k.a. pawns in the political game. Furthermore, you need to understand and finally
admit that we in America live in one of the most crooked so called democratic nations
on Earth!
The good news, as if there is any, is that at least even this system has some limits as to
how much hard money can be donated. Now the bad news . . . via entities and groups
that operate under such numerical monikers as 527s and 501(c)(4)s just to name a
couple, the American aristocracy circumvents, manipulates and monopolizes any shreds
of democracy left untouched by mega-rich via hard money limits. At least with the money
going directly into political campaigns and parties, it has a ceiling and with a little effort
and some digging, Americans can see it and track it via disclosure mechanisms. With
527s and to an even greater extent with 501(c)(4)s it's a political manipulation and
propaganda free-for-all.
Copyright 2011 115
_____________________________________________________________________
n brief, 527s come in two money machine variables: 1) politician 527s and 2) non-
politician 527s. Both entities are vile, loophole creations of the political class and
aristocracy to slip even more money into to an already wildly corrupt pay-to-play political
system that works only for America's greedy. Many of the politician 527s are created
by actual members of Congress and the one's that are not are created on their behalf.
Typically they are off shoots of so called leadership PACs with the word leadership
denoting senior members of Congress in power positions such as Senate Majority
leader and or Speaker of the House. While they disclose funding and are limited by the
same hard money constraints that regulate individual donations, the disclosure
requirements are so weak and toothless that it is difficult to track who's behind them and
what they spend their money upon. Primarily, however, the majority of the money spent
by politician 527s is spent on other candidate's campaigns in order to enslave lesser
established members of Congress as indentured servants. Over the course of time, the
more established members of Congress eventually enslave enough of their fellow
members of Congress via bribery to get voted into or to maintain power positions.
While politician 527s must be considered insidious and sickening to anyone that
believes in democracy, it's the non-politician 527s clinging to the bottom of the political
toilet bowl that are far worse! Their moneyed attorneys have successfully argued to date
that they should be exempt from any monetary constraints and disclosure requirements
for two reasons: 1) they don't expressly advocate for someone's election or defeat and
2) they don't directly subsidize federal campaigns. Therefore, corporations, unions and
wealthy individuals can dump as much soft money as they wish into non-politician
527s with no constraints whatsoever. What is that money used for? Massive
propaganda efforts, front groups, misinformation, attack campaigns, culture war
manipulation and brain washing. t's a free-for-all with no money constraints or
limitations whatsoever. These non-politician 527s are almost strictly under the control
of the mega-rich alone no common citizen can even dream of affording the entry fee
to swim in the highest echelon our so called American democracy.
With outrageously high hard money ceilings on individual campaign contributions
egregious enough and the Supreme Court opening the flood gates to any and all
corporate and labor union money to be spent, corrupt politician 527s and insanely out
of control non-politician 527s you would think that would be enough to ensure that
the American aristocracy remains in full and complete control of our political system. Not
so, capping off the political corruption and manipulation tsunami, the icing on the
democracy corrupting cake so to speak, are the 501(c)(4) entities and groups. Many,
perhaps even most, are good worthwhile organizations working on behalf of democracy
and the American people, but within their numbers is a bastion of the most manipulative
destructive forces within the American political system. A small group, some of the most
popular of course, are headed and funded by greedy billionaires who have perfected the
art of divide and conquer political warfare to ensure that Americans continue to work
against their own economic self interest. You name it, they utilize it: culture, religion,
social issues, sexuality, war, peace, guns, race and everything else that divides and
precludes the American people from uniting and fighting the true adversary . . . the
American aristocracy. They twist, bend, manipulate and spin a poisonous concoction
that has led to a 30+ year assault upon the American middle-class and as of yet the
majority of the American people are none the wiser. t is all paid for and designed for one
purpose and one purpose only . . . to further enrich the American aristocracy by shifting
attention away from our nation's ever ballooning wealth disparity.
Copyright 2011 116
_____________________________________________________________________
The primary manipulation tools from the radical right billionaires are religion, guns and
the flag along with an antiquated idea of American exceptionalism. From the fringe left
we're fed some utopian one planet, one people vision where America alone floats the
economic boat of everyone on the planet, no one starves, everyone is equal and no
discrimination exists for anyone as if that is ever going to happen. We can't even feed
our own citizens, but we're supposed to buy into some Kumbaya vision where we live in
peace and absolute harmony with everyone on Earth, no one starves, there are never
any more wars and everyone plays nice. n short, religion, guns and the flag don't put
food on their table or correct the wealth disparity in America and a world-wide utopian
existence for all the peoples of the Earth is never going to exist within any of our
lifetimes. The two mindsets are extremes to the right and extremes to the left that are
completely out of touch with reality. Reality is all about bread and butter issues such as
jobs, the economy, wealth inequality and rule of America by our aristocracy . . . outside
of national security there are no other issues by comparison that even matter!
While the real problem with the propaganda being spewed by these billionaire funded
501(c)(4) organizations is a lack of critical thinking a.k.a. judgment from the American
people. The fact that there is zero disclosure and financial information required for them
to exist doesn't help. At least, at an absolute minimum, if all 501(c)(4) entities and
organizations were forced by law to reveal every single name along with their financial
involvement . . . the American people would have something tangible with which to make
informed judgments as to the credibility and true agenda of the organization.
That agenda is simple: to divide, confuse, misdirect and manipulate Americans into
working against their own economic self interests in order to further enrich the
aristocracy. Ownership of every media vehicle is at least fairly transparent with a little
digging, but not 501(c)(4) political organizations involved in the rule of our nation? At
present, 501(c)(4) political organizations are allowed to operate in a shadowy black hole
where millions of dollars go in and no transparency exists for the American people to
evaluate the backers behind the propaganda.
The Obama 2012 campaign is projected to be the first billion dollar presidential
campaign in history. With that being just the tip of the campaign money iceberg, no one
in America can any longer pretend we live in a democracy where the people have any
voice. Whether your politics are to the left or to the right is irrelevant. Neither have any
bearing whatsoever upon political outcomes when billions are invested by the American
aristocracy in a pay-to-play political system. No citizen can possibly be foolish enough to
believe that the money is being invested in democracy for the good of America's
common citizens. The concept behind the money is no different whatsoever than a
prepaid phone or credit card. The billions in political campaign contributions are an
undeniable prepaid vote buying card that is held in the wallets of our American
aristocracy to make vote purchases. t's a tit for tat system whereby on all issues and
legislation that come down to money, the aristocracy wins and the people lose.

Like much within the covers of this book, campaign money is about balance and
transparency. There will always be too much money involved in our political system, but
at present there is no balance whatsoever! Even if you removed every penny of
campaign money, the mega-rich would still have an unfair advantage over common
citizens, but at present the system is so corrupt that any idea of a democracy is nothing
but a big joke!

Copyright 2011 117
_____________________________________________________________________

Federal 0le$t!on 5a&pa!%n La"
http://www.fec.gov/law/feca/feca.pdf
E2@"( Top Federally Fo$."ed Or%an!>at!on"
http://www.opensecrets.org/527s/527cmtes.php?level=C
E2@"( Ad2o$a$y -ro.p +pend!n% !n t#e 2010 0le$t!on"
http://www.opensecrets.org/527s/index.php
3ol!t!$al A$t!on 5o&&!ttee"
http://www.opensecrets.org/pacs/index.php
*n )a"#!n%ton, *t/" Alay" 3arty T!&eI
f you've never been a citizen activist and tried to get media coverage, watch dog
investigations, support from think tanks, foundations, labor unions, non-profits and
activists groups you have no idea how ingrained and how biased the current political
system is towards, either one or the other, political parties. No matter what any group or
organization says on their website, without exception almost, they are an arm of either
one of the two dominate political parties a.k.a. a party mouthpiece. Some hide it better
than others, even though many have the words non-partisan sprinkled throughout their
verbiage, almost none are non-partisan. Most all are a propaganda funnel designed to
push money and voters into either Party A or B.
As abhorrent as that is, our so called free press is now part of the political party
propaganda machine as well. The media hide it a little better in some instances, but for
every other entity, if the issue or piece of legislation does not either get a lot of votes for
a party or put money in the pockets of one of the two parties the issue and legislation
may as well not exist. Everything in Washington focuses on one thing and one thing only
the party. f you are hit by a car on Pennsylvania Avenue the first question you are
going to be asked is 'are you a member of Party A or B?' f your answer is the wrong
one, you'll probably die right there in the street unless someone from the other party
happens to come along. The worst answer you could give is, ''m an American citizen.'
With that answer they won't even drag your road kill body to the curb.
The political class, the reporters and nearly all of the groups and activist organizations
are programmed to think only within the confines of their party of choice and the two-
party system. n Washington nothing else exists. f you were to ever utter the phrase,
the people in Washington, everyone there would know immediately that you must have
just arrived in the capitol. n Washington, D.C. the people simply do not exist except
once every couple of years or so when the politicians need to get reelected. The rest of
the time it's about the party 24/7/365. What's good for the party, how will this make the
party look, how many votes will this get the party and how much money will this bring
into the party coffers. That's it, that's all they focus on from the White House, down
through Congress and in every state legislature.

Copyright 2011 118
_____________________________________________________________________
Take the case of unemployment benefit extensions that were debated in 2010 and into
2011. The people badly needed assistance during the worst economic disaster since
the Great Depression, but the only priority in Washington was to utilize the issue to score
political points for the party. nstead of compromising and finding the money via cuts in
other spending or from the stimulus package, Party B let benefits expire in order to score
political points so they could use the issue to make the Party A look as if they could care
less about the unemployed. n truth Party A could care less about the unemployed, but
were able to manipulate the issue to draw attention to the massive federal deficit.
Citizens, unemployed and uncertain how they would eat and make ends meet, were
used a pawns in the ongoing, never ending political games of Washington, D.C. t's all
about perception as well as expanding and galvanizing the base 24/7 and citizens are
just pawns in the party game.
There were some 8.5+ million people tossed out into the street due to Wall Street's
greed and the bribing of Congress to shirk their oversight responsibility of Wall Street. All
total at the time there were more than 16 million unemployed and priority one for
Congress was not these 16 million people going without food, but instead it was all
about jockeying and posturing for political advantage . . . the people be damned! The
examples of political jockeying between the two parties, at the expense of the people
are endless, but in case anyone in America was unconvinced the debt ceiling debate in
the summer of 2011 should have convinced all Americans of one clear thing: our system
of government is completely broken, it's horrible infected with fringe left and radical right
ideologues and neither give a damn about the American people whatsoever!
The impetus to the excruciating 24/7 debate that went on for months, actually began
when president, Obama appointed a commission to study our fiscal issues and make
recommendations. Established in early 2010, well over a year before the debt crisis, the
commission was named the National Commission on Fiscal Responsibility and Reform.
The group filled with a balance of both Party A and Party B legislators and advisors
became to be known as the Bowles/Simpson commission. As is the norm in
Washington, D.C., a commission is created to coddle the American people into thinking
that government is functioning, when in reality a commission is nothing more than an
exercise where pompous beltway ideologues engage in an endless exercise of the dog
chasing its tail with no success.
Surprisingly, the Bowles/Simpson Commission actually came out with a report and even
more surprising, it had the framework upon which to begin reducing our national debt.
Party A and Party B alike nitpicked the findings and stomped their feet like children in
kindergarten to create paralysis on any movement forward. President, Obama instead of
demonstrating any leadership whatsoever by getting behind the findings of his own
commission, did exactly what he did in the healthcare debate . . . absolutely nothing! He
simply allowed the debt issue to sit and flounder as a political calculation designed to
place Party A in the corner and drive the bus to the edge of the cliff.
You know the rest of the story of course. nstead of being put in a corner, the crazed
ideologues in Party A grabbed the wheel of the bus, by refusing to raise the debt ceiling,
and pressed the gas pedal of economic catastrophe to the floor by ruining America's
credit rating. They succeeded in nothing more than actually increasing the national
deficit via higher interest rates, due to a damaged credit rating, and wrecked our
economy even further. They destroyed any confidence from the American people and
the entire world in the U.S. government to actually function and clearly demonstrated
Copyright 2011 119
_____________________________________________________________________
they are willing to drive the bus off a cliff to score ideological points with the crazed
element of the radical right. While no one believes that Party B or president, Obama is
either committed to or capable of reducing federal spending, mostly due to a highly
fractured party base that feeds off federal spending . . . Party A clearly demonstrated
that they are willing to turn over the entire table upon which our American Monopoly
board sits just to score ideological political points. While a compromise was on the table
that would have cut as well as raised revenues by closing some fat cat loopholes . . .
Party A ideologues chose instead to add to the deficit by ruining our credit rating and
tanking our economy even further rather than bite the mega-rich hand that feeds them.
To call Washington, D.C. dysfunctional at this late point in time is like calling creation of
the nuclear bomb a small error in judgment. These two parties are willing to destroy us
all if is scores political points. t's like an NFL football game between 300 lb giants, with
the little people being tossed in the trenches to be pummeled to death. The political
system doesn't work, it's not working and hasn't worked for a really long time, but the
debt ceiling debate put the icing on the cake of dysfunction like nothing every before in
history. For president, Obama to demonstrate zero political leadership whatsoever
leading up to the debt ceiling debate by failing to heed or act upon the recommendations
of his own appointed commission was dereliction of duty. t clearly demonstrated that
the emperor wears no clothes when it comes to deficit reduction, but to drive our entire
economy further into the ditch as Party A did to score political points with their crazed
ideologues . . . was far wore! Pick your poison America: fringe left ideologues or radical
right ideologues that care nothing whatsoever about the American people, other than
what the people can do for their party power and control.
At present and through the 2012 election cycle and far beyond unless America finally
awakens and finds sane alternative leadership, we the people are bound hands and
legs to a massive torture machine that is pulling both fringe-left and radical-right at the
exact same time. As our financial eyeballs pop out from the Great Recession . . . Party
A and Party B fight for the wheel to see who will have the honor of driving America's
economic bus off the cliff of no return.
America is presently damned to complete failure by two political extremes hell bent on
destroying us all in order to deliver an ideological victory for their respective political
party. Nonetheless, we now debate Campaign 2012 in which amidst all the media
contrived fanfare, we're held hostage to choose between ideologically crazed extremes.
Each is fighting for the wheel to vie for the honor of driving American off an economic
cliff. Only somewhere around 20 percent of Americans fall within the radical mindsets of
the two extremist ideologies of Party A or Party B. That simply means that 80 percent of
the American public is NOT represented in Washington, D.C. Two divergent parties of
dancing puppets with their stings tied to the mega-rich that own them both. One party
playing a sophisticated game of poverty pimps, the other sucking in the American people
with trickle down economic myths. Neither having any intention whatsoever of cutting
their puppet strings to the mega-rich. As is the norm in August, during an annual month-
long break called a recess to reflect the playschool atmosphere that is Washington,
D.C., members of Congress return home to listen to constituents. Typically the listening
is conducted via town hall meetings, but not in August 2011 after the debt ceiling crisis.
Most of the lizards in Congress slithered out of Washington, D.C. and either when
yachting with their mega-rich friends or slipped back into town under cover of darkness.
nstead of holding town hall meetings, those that weren't yachting, held intimate coffee
groups their fellow ideologues instead. Zero accountability from our so called elected
Copyright 2011 120
_____________________________________________________________________
representatives in government will be discussed in detail herein, but for now consider
that after plunging America off an economic cliff via debt ceiling games . . . our members
of Congress that weren't yachting with the mega-rich campaign contributors refused to
face the voters that put them into office.
You only need the examples above to begin asking yourself the questions: what if there
were more than two parties in Congress and or what if there were no parties at all . . .
how would the political arena change? n Washington, D.C. as Rome burns across all of
America economically, it's political games for breakfast, lunch and dinner. A Congress of
pigs with their snouts in the trough of money 24/7 . . . spinning, calculating, posturing
and standing upon podiums with the flag of America as a backdrop. All happening in a
media contrived atmosphere in which we now have what are called political rock stars.
What on Earth is a political rock star? So enamored with Hollywood 24/7, the American
voter has been reduced to the level of bimbos and groupies. With representative,
Anthony Weiner posting his privates on the nternet, what's next . . . Sarah Palin
throwing her panties into the crowd? We have become a nation of political idiots, this is
not a movie or a rock concert . . . this is our lives, the only one we're going to have
unless you believe in reincarnation. Weiner's privates or Sarah's panties do not put food
on people's table, they do not address our complex economic issues and they do not fix
the massive den of political corruption that is Washington, D.C. Privates, panties or party
. . . all three have proven themselves to be equally ineffective in addressing America's
economic woes, such as jobs, a strong U.S. economy and reduction in the massive
wealth disparity among the American people.
T#e To43arty M!ra%e
For 30+ years or more, the people have looked to and fluctuated back and forth between
Party A or Party B and just like every mirage in a desert there is never any water or
shade at the promised oasis. t's no different than watching an endless ping-pong
match . . . back and forth, back and forth and the only people winning are the political
class along with the mega-rich that own both of the two major political parties.
Economically, let's look at the two basic pitches for party A. then party B. Party A
basically says that, 'if we and our backers are allowed to get even richer you'll get by
somehow.' t's a firm belief in most circles, a true Americanism, that if they don't get
theirs, we won't get ours. t's all based almost 100 percent on flawed trickle down
economic thought. Over the past 30+ years the economy has grown and jobs have
been created, but where is there any direct evidence that any of the jobs were created
by via trickle down economics and more importantly . . . where has one dime of wealth
been created outside of the top 10 percent of citizens? Economic changes occur and
developments such as the tech boom and the nternet come along, but surely no one
can claim either was created by trickle down economics and massive wealth
accumulation at the top.

The stark undeniable statistics clearly demonstrate one single direction on wealth
accumulation during the last 30+ years . . . ALL UPWARD! So obviously, no one can
claim that trickle down economics creates wealth accumulation for the vast majority of
the American people . . . it's just not possible to make such a claim! t can of course be
claimed that trickle down economics creates jobs, but there is no way to prove or
document such a claim. Yea, president, Reagan cut taxes and that happened to coincide
with the tech boom and creation of the nternet. Would anyone, except the radical right,
Copyright 2011 121
_____________________________________________________________________
claim that tax cuts created the tech boom or the nternet? Of course not! Nonetheless
taxes on the mega-rich have been ridiculously low ever since Reagan.
Since the mega-rich have never had more money than right now, why isn't the economy
booming? Why aren't jobs being created? How in the world can Party A be advocating
for even more money to be given to the top as a way to turn around the economy?
Nothing could be more far fetched or illogical than to contend the mega-rich don't
presently have enough money to create jobs. Only an idiot, completely unaware of the
massive wealth disparity and money sitting at the top of the food chain, as documented
herein, could still buy into the same old Party A mantra of 'we can't tax the job creators.'
Where is the cause and effect relationship between massive wealth accumulation at the
top and, for instance, the tech boom and creation of the nternet? The tech boom and
development of the nternet, largely responsible for much of the economic growth in
America during our lifetimes, was driven by the government who created the nternet,
average entrepreneurs and not in any way from massive wealth accumulation at the top.
f trickle down economics = wealth accumulation for the vast majority of the American
people then it's a complete abysmal failure proven by the statistics herein! f trickle
down economics = creation of millionaires and massive wealth accumulation at the top
then it was a success. Does that equate to job creation, as is so often claimed, or do
innovations and economic factors such as the tech boom and development of the
nternet create jobs? Businesses and individuals invest in opportunities and
opportunities are not driven by massive wealth accumulation at the top. n fact, such
massive wealth at the top chokes off economic growth via monopolies, collusion and
way too much power in the hands of too few. Money in the hands of average people gets
spent to stimulate 70 percent of the economy, but mega-money gets hoarded and
redoubled via the stock market. The American people haven't had any money to spend
in well over a decade and what was being spent was credit card and home equity
money. Both those sources of spending were wiped out and cancelled via Wall Street's
greed and the housing bubble they exploded upon America. Anyone waiting for
consumer spending to turn the economy around had better not hold their breath because
there simply is no money available!
Of course, anyone that still has a job in America is glad to have it, but no cause and
effect relationship can be made that jobs are created by trickle down economics and
massive wealth accumulation at the top. n an August 2011 op-ed piece, billionaire,
Warren Buffett, says, have worked with investors for 60 years and have yet to see
anyone not even when capital gains rates were 39.9 percent in 1976-77 shy away
from a sensible investment because of the tax rate on the potential gain. People invest
to make money, and potential taxes have never scared them off. And to those who
argue that higher rates hurt job creation, would note that a net of nearly 40 million jobs
were added between 1980 and 2000. You know what's happened since then: lower tax
rates and far lower job creation.
1
n spite of all the evidence to the contrary, even with a billionaire like Warren Buffett
weighing in, Party A just continues forward with their same old mantra that 'we can't tax
the job creators.' Amazingly, far too many Americans continue to buy into such stupefied
rhetoric as all the wealth in the U.S. has been transferred to the top over the course of
30+ years.
Copyright 2011 122
_____________________________________________________________________
A job is a job and it's NOT wealth accumulation unless it pays above the level of basic
survival with something significant left over . . . nothing significant has been left over for
the vast majority of the American people for more than 30+ years and it's getting worse
by the day. For the last 35 years, we've had party A in the oval office for 20 of those
years. n 20 years, assuming trickle down works, there should be some evidence of it
working, but if wealth accumulation for the middle-class is the yardstick . . . there is no
evidence of it working whatsoever zero! The statistics just don't lie . . .
Since party A is an abysmal failure, then party B must be the way to go, right? Their
basic economic pitch is some kind of quasi trust us and we'll take care or you
message, but no one really knows what that exactly means. Whatever it means it must
NOT mean being enabled to compete for a piece of the American pie on a more level
playing field since party B has held the oval office for 15 of the last 35 years. Surely if
we the people were going to see any results from party B it would have happened by
now, but once again, just as with party A, the evidence and statistics say complete
abysmal failure! The Party B loyalists will of course say they tried really hard, but that
bad Party A kept them from moving the ball forward. Almost all Americans [that still have
a job] go in for a performance review each year. What happens if you deliver zero
results, but say you tried really hard? You're either fired or given 90 days to show
results. n the case of Party B and Party A . . . they have had 30+ years to turn things
around economically for the American people and have failed miserably, but they still
have a job and hold power?
The truth is, as far as wealth accumulation for the vast majority of the American people,
creation of good jobs and protecting the jobs we still have there is no party in
Washington, D.C. accomplishing anything in that regard and it's been that way for 30+
years. f you're poor, homeless and struggling, you don't even exist unless of course
Party B throws you a bone from time to time in exchange for your vote. While the poor
have the lowest percentage of voters and participation in the political process, by a wide
margin virtually everyone making six figures or more votes. Politicians therefore,
know that the top 10 percent of voters are largely responsible for getting and keeping
them in office via the ballot box because A) they vote and B) they contribute to
campaigns.
Since America's Gross Domestic Product (GDP) has grown from $3 T in 1980 to around
$14 T in 2010 it means that billions of dollars in profits are going somewhere? With that
much wealth floating around, you would think that Party A or Party B would have gotten
a couple of those dollars into your pocket. Since not a dime of those additional revenues
have shown up in your pocket there are three and only three logical conclusions
possible: 1) we just haven't had enough of Party A or 2) we just haven't had enough of
party B or 3) we've had all we can stand from both Party A and Party B a.k.a. the status
quo.
There could however, be a fourth conclusion that's logical . . . what if essentially there
really is no party A or B? What if it just looks like two parties, but it's really one party with
the same ultimate goal . . . take from the vast middle-class and working poor and give to
the mega-rich? Like a greedy version of Robin Hood, who sometimes impersonates the
elephant and sometimes impersonates the donkey. The rhetoric and lofty speeches are
different at times and both parties claim to be looking out for the people in their own
way, but a 30+ year financial loosing streak for the American people clearly
demonstrates that based on results . . . it's all total BS! Massive wealth accumulation at
Copyright 2011 123
_____________________________________________________________________
the top and nothing whatsoever for the people over the course of 30+ years would lead
any logical person to conclude that either this two-party thing isn't working or we the
people are getting the shaft from both parties.
Which party loyalists are the biggest suckers is the only question that remains to be
answered. While Party A devotees continue to await their slice of the American pie via
trickle down crumbs, Party B loyalists are still buying into the party of the people
mantra as the mega-rich laugh all the way to the bank. f you believe that Party B is the
party of the people then how do you explain the undeniable fact that toward the end of
2010 that the mega-rich got a huge tax cut? President Obama, during his entire election
campaign, said over and over and over, 'no tax cuts for the rich when 'm in the White
House.' He got elected and Party B controlled both the House and the Senate by large
majorities. f you control all 3 legislative entities . . . done deal, no tax cuts for the rich,
right? Wrong!
Somehow the mega-rich got their taxes cut? The spinners, experts and so called political
pundits as usual told the American people what to think and how to think and most
Americans were none the wiser. Pick your excuse: A) the mandate after the November
election dictated that president Obama and the Democrats in Congress had to pass tax
cuts for the rich or B) president Obama and the Democrats just happened to run out of
time and wanted to go home for Christmas. s excuse A true? Nope, they had the votes
and the veto power of the president to stop any tax cuts for the mega-rich. Then B must
be true? Nope once again, they had two years, knew the issue was coming for two years
and did nothing whatsoever to stop tax cuts for the mega-rich. Either Party B is guilty of
being poor time managers or they were 100 percent complicit?
How could this have happened? How could the mega-rich a get tax cut, that will add
approximately $700+ B to the deficit over a decade, when president Obama essentially
said 'hell no' during his campaign? The answer to that question is the same as it has
always been for more than 30+ years: the mega-rich always get what they want because
they own Congress and the corporate media machine. t simply could not have been
done if Party B was not complicit . . . now way, no how, not possible! Party A wasn't
going to bring up the issue, so it was up to Party B and they just decided to just sit on the
issue and allow the clock to run out. As long as Party B could somehow create political
cover a tax cut for the mega-rich was going through. The political cover came in the
form of the good cop bad cop game. Party B played the role of good cop and Party A
gave them cover by playing the role of greedy bad cop along with their typical
smokescreen that the billions in tax cuts would create jobs and trickle down to the
people [just like it hasn't since 1980]. As if the game wasn't insulting enough to all
Americans with any brain, president Obama came out in the fall of 2011 with another
hollow call to tax the rich' as an reelection ploy . . . knowing by then that it was safe to
make such a call since Party A owned the House and such legislation didn't have a
chance in hell of passing. How convenient . . .
Party B could then use their old tried and true smokescreen of we tried, but those bad
people in Party A wouldn't allow it. Only a fool wearing rose colored glasses can twist
the reality around in their mind to not see that Party B was 100 percent complicit in
getting the mega-rich a tax cut and that all calls for a tax hike thereafter are just part of
the game. t's all a sophisticated ruse upon America and it's the same game played out
repeatedly over 30+ years to rob the people and give to the greedy. What's amazing is
that so many in America are still to this day taken in by the game. You would think that
Copyright 2011 124
_____________________________________________________________________
after 30+ years, Americans would wise up? Anyone that can't see through the game
may as well stop reading now because you're just not going to get it. Before you sign
out, please don't forget to tell all the rest of us how ignorant we are about politics, how
we just don't understand the legislative process and how Washington, D.C. really
works. [Please pardon us if we happen to snicker, just a little, at your condescension]
The majority of Americans are now finally realizing that it's all a big game where in
Washington, D.C. the people lose and the mega-rich always win somehow.

When it comes to promises and politics we Americans have zero long-term memory and
only focus on the latest media contrived political frenzy, while anxiously awaiting the next
one, like a junkie needing their fix. You would think that someone would be tracking it all
and keeping score, but we as a people just continue to follow either one party or the
other in order to maintain the status quo. The adage, fool me once shame on you, fool
me twice shame on me seems appropriate, but in this case it is fool me for more than
30+ years and we still don't get it . . . that's not a shame but absolute stupidity! As will be
repeated numerous times throughout this book, the definition of stupidity, as you know
already, is to repeat the same behavior over and over and expect a different result.
More than 30+ years is a lot of repeating to still not be getting it . . . don't you think?
Almost everyone in America would agree that the two-party political system is
completely broken and simply doesn't work, but in reality they could not be more wrong!
The two-party political system is working to absolute perfection. n fact, it couldn't be
working any better more according to plan. The problem is that it is not working for the
American people and works only for the greedy who run it via corrupt politicians and
media manipulation.
Anyone that has been to Las Vegas to gamble knows that the house always wins. You
lose at one casino, become frustrated and then go down the street to the other casino
and you lose at that one. Of course a few people win and as long as the people see
some win they continue to play. t's the same reason the state lotteries publicize their
winners and give them those really big oversized checks on TV it keeps the suckers
coming back to the game.
n reality, speaking economically, voting for one party over another is gambling with your
money. Like it or not, government and the legislation they pass or don't pass along with
their management of the economy largely determines your financial well being or lack
thereof. Be it taxes, trade agreements, banking regulations, consumer protection laws,
or regulations that impact the industry you work within they all impact your wallet
either directly or indirectly. As long as the mega-rich own and control all of our
government, via two horribly corrupt political parties the mega-rich know the house
will always win at the game. The American people have done nothing but switch from
the Party A or Party B house, then back again, for 75+ years or more. Just like in
Vegas you're never going to beat the house no matter which of these two corrupt
parties are in control. Anyone that thinks they are beating the house in this two-party
casino games need only to view their complete lack of winnings over the past 30+ years.
You have no chips to cash in at the window . . . while the mega-rich have it all. What
else do you need to know about the two-party political game?
During the past 35 years America has played in the Party B casino for 15 or the Party A
casino for 20 and we've lost our posterior no matter in which casino we've played. n all
those years, both parties have promised the world and delivered nothing into the
wallets' of average American citizens, but like fools we continue to play the same game.
Copyright 2011 125
_____________________________________________________________________
There will of course be party loyalists out there who will believe, no matter how much
overwhelming evidence there is to the contrary, that if only their party had been in
control all those 35 years that things would be better for all American wallets. t can't of
course be proven that these types of people are wrong, so all that can be said is 'keep
inserting those coins and keep pulling that party lever and maybe you will win some
day?' The house a.k.a. the mega-rich just love players like you . . .
nstead of hugging your party out of desperation, however, at least ask yourself the
question: if diversity is good for America in regard to people, then why wouldn't it be
just as good for our political system? n Part : The Resistance, for those of you willing
to think outside the two-party box, a beginning step-by-step methodology for diluting the
two-party political monopoly will be presented to begin making the American economy
work for the people once again . . . instead of only the mega-rich. Let's first get beyond
the bright lights of the Party A and Party B casinos and see just how they got us to come
in the door to gamble all our money away.
The first most essential thing they had to do was get us to believe that there are two
different casinos owned by different owners with two different ideologies. Each party
picks a different set of bright lights to draw as many people as possible into their casino.
The bright lights are called hot button issues such as: patriotism, the flag, same sex
marriage, abortion, poverty, immigration, national security, freedom, the deficit, racial
inequality, family values, gun control, religion, women's rights and hundreds of other
issues that will elicit fire in the belly and focus within each gambler. Now, ask yourself,
just how many of these issues would really matter to you if there was an empty dinner
plate sitting in front of you?
While the people are mesmerized by every issue but money, the mega-rich and their two
political parties are focused on nothing but money and power. t's not some grand
conspiracy on the part of the two political parties, but instead just two different routes to
the same goals . . . power, control and money. Both casinos really do want to gain the
most players at their table, in order to win elections, because it means they can funnel
more money to themselves and their mega-rich campaign contributors who bankrolled
their respective campaigns. The mega-rich are very smart people that simply hedge their
bets in every election by backing both casinos. f the odds are that the little people are
going to vote in Party A, they place more money on red and if it's Party B they put most
of their money on blue. When you have billions of dollars, a few million here or a few
more million there are like nickels and dimes to us average Americans.

By betting both red and blue, the greedy win no matter which political party comes out
on top. Voila! Creation of an oligarchy were the mega-rich control it all no matter which
party Americans gamble on, we lose over the long-term when playing on the American
monopoly board. When it comes to money, the rules of gravity that dictate what goes up
must come down simply don't apply. The money that goes up stays up forever and is
multiplied exponentially. n more than 30+ years, as evidenced by the statistics not
one single penny has trickled down. Yes America there were boom times, some people
got rich and built big houses, but during all those periods the mega-rich were becoming
even richer while carefully consolidating the control tools in order to overtake the entire
American Monopoly board.

By playing primarily to hot button issues via the social liberal or social conservative
game, both of the political party casinos ensure that by the time we come through their
Copyright 2011 126
_____________________________________________________________________
front door we're filled with hot blooded passion, fired up and completely bought in
emotionally to one of the respective casinos ideologies. They even have the equivalent
of adult pep rallies called political conventions to get us in gear and headed to their
casino to gamble our future away. The more passionate we are about our casino, the
less likely we are to stray down the street to the other casino more importantly we're
far less likely to keep our hand and eyes on our wallets. We forget about our money and
plug in like zombies to either one ideology or another. Who cares about money . . . just
give Americans their hot button cultural and social issues while bleeding them dry of
money.
We sit down, get very comfortable at the table and away we play. We read about our
casino, we comment online back and forth about how great our casino is and about how
evil the other is. Those in casino A scream that the casino B is full of anti-American
socialists, towel heads, faggots, egg heads, atheists, baby killers, big spenders, free
loaders, tree huggers and the N word. The other casino members scream back that that
casino A is full of hate mongers, capitalist pigs, holy rollers, war mongers, imperialists,
flag wavers, rednecks, mother earth haters, labor haters, free speech haters, want to
control women's bodies, homophobes, haters of the poor and are racists. The idea that
either of these two casinos calls the other hate mongers is absolutely hilarious! Where
is the lack of hate from either side? Polarized, hypnotized by the bright lights and drunk
with the cocktails of hate being poured like gasoline upon a fire by our corporate owned
media we fight the liberals or fight the conservatives while the mega-rich that own
the house laugh all the way to the bank. t's only slightly less contrived and absurd than
betting on a WWF pro wrestling match.
n futility we sit at the same table and gamble day after day, year after year, decade after
decade. Have you stopped to count up your winnings lately? Where is all the polarization
and hate from both sides getting the average American financially? All the statistics and
facts say nowhere. t's like two sides of a boat with each side rowing frantically in
opposite directions . . . the result is an endless spin of total futility that has America
sinking and stuck in neutral.
We and our forefathers built America and we work everyday for ourselves and the
benefit of the American economy at large. n other words, this is our casino that we built
and own and we should be setting the rules more importantly we should be setting
the odds of winning for average Americans. Because we've been brainwashed by the
idea that we have only two options, casino A or casino B, we sit at the table and support
our party of choice or the lesser of the two evils. Yet somehow, we continue to lose
money no matter which casino we play within. Through our sweat and taxes we continue
to put our money on the table, but our number never seems to come up. That big check
never arrives and the dice never roll our way. We're somewhat aware of the money on
the table we're losing, but we never even see the money that's leaving our wallets year
after year from under our American monopoly board through inflation and wildly
stagnated wages over the course of 30+ years. t's like a big lake being drained from the
bottom by the mega-rich and because the lake was so large at one point in time, we just
recently noticed that the entire shoreline is receding. Such a practice is called skimming
and we covered it in some detail when we looked at all the productivity gains and wealth
gains within the U.S. over the past 30+ years you have missed out upon. You now know
where all that money has gone and who took it, but how they got you to go along with
the theft was very sophisticated indeed.
Copyright 2011 127
_____________________________________________________________________
At the very top of the pecking order leading both of the two major political parties, think
tanks, the media and corporations are the mega-rich behind ever single door. Once
you've tasted mega-money you forget average Americans no matter if they are a
member of your political party, a member of your union, civil rights group or the poor.
Without an ethics chastity belt welded in the locked position, ethics, principals and
integrity get kicked to the curb. t is all about greed, personal gain and paying back
campaign contributors as long as the people are anything less than 100 percent
vigilant. We all wish it were not true and like to believe otherwise, but greed rules the
day. f mankind is not regulated, investigated and monitored very closely, he will take the
money and run if enough money is put on the table. The sad thing is that, many
politicians as well as corporate leaders, had high ideals and started out with honorable
intentions, but in time man will always fall short simply because no one is looking, no
one will ever know and virtually no one in America has been the wiser . . . until now!
Even for those Americans that do realize the corruption and the game being played, they
tell themselves that 'at least we don't live in China where they don't even have elections.'
The question you need to begin to ask yourself is, 'do we actually have elections?' Are
we really given choices as for whom we vote?
3.ll!n% Ba$, t#e 5.rta!n
Before pulling back the curtain you have to get your mind into the money zone and keep
it there. Take all the bright lights and hot button propaganda issues that both political
parties have been throwing at you for decades and toss them out the window [or at least
park them in a separate cavity of your mind]. t is extremely difficult to do and it requires
an unwavering laser focus to keep your eye on the ball. t's much like the carnival game
where the guy puts a small ball under one of three cups and switches them around, then
makes you guess which cup the ball is under. n the case of our political system, in order
to understand it, you must keep your eye on the money at all times! Do not look at the
cultural or social issues to your left or right, just watch the money like a hawk and soon it
all becomes crystal clear.
Let's begin with the most recent casino game that ended with the collapse of Wall Street
and our economy in 2008. When we talk money, outright theft and massive political
corruption it all starts with Wall Street. While countless books have now been written
about the Wall Street collapse, most Americans don't have the bandwidth or interest
level to read 20 books on a topic as insidious and repugnant as Wall Street. Therefore,
either of two documentaries, if not both, will get you up to speed on Wall Street's greed,
one is /nside Job and the other is 1lunder& The 0rime o 2ur Time. Rent or purchase
either of the documentaries and you'll know enough to understand just how corrupt,
crooked and greedy the entire Wall Street game really is. While tempting to try and
explore herein, the house of cards, the smoke and mirrors, the trillions in paper only
assets with zero monetary value that make up the massive Ponzi/pyramid scheme called
Wall Street is just too intricate to even try and explore herein. The fact that only one high
profile sacrificial lamb, Bernie Madoff, is behind bars doing prison time tells you
everything you need to know about our political and justice system in America. While
collar crime on Wall Street pays handsomely and it is ground zero for the class of people
in America referred to herein as the mega-rich. There is no justice system in America
for these people! On the very rare occasion they are caught in their constant crime wave
raping average Americans on a daily basis . . . they pay only a few million dollars in
fines, never receive any jail time and just keep on stealing.
Copyright 2011 128
_____________________________________________________________________
Any political novice with even a little degree of objectivity can scratch the surface to see
that both Party A and Party B are fully 100 percent responsible for what happened with
the collapse of Wall Street. Bush and Party A pushed for and allowed Wall Street to
make up their own rules of Russian roulette for more than a decade. Countless
Congressional members of Party B, especially in the House Committee on Financial
Services led by Congressman Barney Frank pushed for everyone to be part of the
American Dream by owning a home and even president Bush got in on the act. We were
told over and over they were doing it for the people, but were they really? Ask yourself
if in fact they were both doing it at the bequest of the banks and Wall Street? To assist in
your analysis, consider that from 1999 to 2008 the financial sector spent $1.738 B on
campaign donations within federal elections and $3.3 B on lobbyists.
1

Party B throughout the end of the boom cycle had plenty of regulatory authority to curb
the casino games being played on Wall Street as did Party A. Neither ever lifted a finger
to put a stop to it because of who was reaping the benefits: the political class via
campaign money and positions of power within the system for family and cronies, the
hedge fund mega-rich that don't actually do any work, the silver spoon crowd and the
bankers. Party B was the party that really had to sell it to the people via a pitch of we're
for the people and just want them to have a home of their own. Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac became the conduit for the con game and Franklin Raines, a Party B loyalist who
ran Fannie Mae, laughed all the way to the bank with a bonus of $90 M. Much like
children, now that it's all blown up in their face, both the parties are doing what they
always do . . . pointing fingers as quickly as possible toward the other party and saying
'they did it, they did it, it wasn't us.' Who did what when, or who didn't in this charade is
not nearly as telling as what happened next.
The whole charade blew up in the face of both the political parties to the tune of trillions
of dollars. The trillions lost in home values and underwater mortgages, income from job
loses, stock portfolios, 401k retirement accounts and economic vitality across the board
are almost impossible to calculate. The total damage to American citizens is at lest $13
T, but when you project out the longer term impact on the American economy the real
number is unfathomable.
2
The greedy Wall Street crowd and the banks had finally gotten
caught with their financial pants down. n the process the people, you and , lost at
least 20 percent of the value of our biggest asset, our homes. What came next was the
biggest con game to ever to be pulled in the history of America if not the entire world.
The media owned by the mega-rich, left right and middle, were sent their scripts and
marching orders and nearly every politician in Washington, D.C. lined up behind them as
they rolled out the scam 24/7 from every roof top as loudly as their lungs could scream.
Just like Chicken Little, they screamed 'the sky is falling, the sky is falling, our entire
economy is on the verge of collapse, their will be starving in the streets and social
unrest. America as we have known it for our entire lifetimes will cease to exist.' Over and
over the gloom and doom was preached and pumped into every American brain. People
were jumping from rooftops and just to prove the threat was real . . . Lehman Brothers
was even allowed to fail as a sacrificial lamb [even though their CEO walked away with
millions]. Something had to be done and it had to be done now, within days, or we would
never recover as a nation.
Voila! Like magic, within matter of a couple of weeks or so Party A and Party B [who
we're told hate each other] came together, like never before in our lifetime, to pony up a
trillion dollars in almost interest free loans. The age of bipartisanship had finally arrived,
a true kumbaya moment where members of Congress held hands and participated in a
Copyright 2011 129
_____________________________________________________________________
fundraiser for Wall Street. There were a few in Congress who grumbled, but at the end
of the day, the personal phone calls from the mega-rich telling horror stories of loosing
their yacht and of little Biff having to go to a state university were just too much for
members of Congress to bear. Congress had to examine their conscience and do the
right thing: lend the mega-rich our tax money to bail them out from their over the top
unhinged greed. Letting them crash and burn so they would finally learn their lesson was
just too much tough love to dish out. Tough love is only for the little people, the
unemployed and the homeless in America not the mega-rich. f Wall Street and the
banks were allowed to crash and burn, who would fund Congressional political
campaigns the next time around? Since virtually all members of Congress are placed
into office by the mega-rich to begin with, there really wasn't much choice when they
called their markers back in. Almost overnight, it was happy days on Wall Street and the
polo grounds once again. Dads would get their millions in bonuses, little Biff would be
able to go to an vy League school and members of Congress would be able to yacht
with Wall Street cronies in the summer. Within months, all was well again on Wall Street
and in Washington D.C. which they own.
So Party A and Party B came together in unison to save the day for the greedy and the
little people were none the wiser. The little people thought that Congress saved our
entire economy and everyone in the media read from their scripts and confirmed it 24/7 .
. . while playing all of America for fools.

Nonetheless, something seems to be missing from that saved our entire economy
story. Biff is now at Harvard hanging out with the silver spoon crowd, instead of a state
school. The children of the little people are fighting wars or going to community college
because they are forced to by the ruined economy. While things are great for Biff and
his daddy on Wall Street, what about the 8.5+ million lost jobs and 1 in 4 homes that are
now worth far less than their purchase price? What about the downward pressures on
salaries and wages forcing people all across America to either work for nothing or to
take a pay cut? What about the 30 million under employed and the 15 million
unemployed? What about the suicides, the drug and alcohol abuse, the domestic abuse,
the rise in crime and the social unrest soon to come? What about the plunge in tax
revenues that will soon be tossing at least 2 million [if not far more] public sector
employees out into the streets? Does any of this sound as if the economy was saved?
Wall Street was saved and members of Congress were ensured that campaign
contributions would continue to arrive, but everyone else in America got screwed to the
tune of untold trillions.
Far lower starting wages and salaries
Wage and salary concessions
Lower pay raises or none at all
At least 30 million unemployed or underemployed
Falling home values and underwater mortgages
At least 5 million homes lost to foreclosure and 5 million more on the way
Millions of personal and business bankruptcies
Nearly $13 T in lost household wealth
3
Virtually zero consumer spending for at leas a decade or more
Constrained economic growth due to lending restraints
Copyright 2011 130
_____________________________________________________________________
Where are the Harvard economists when we actually need them? Where is the study
that adds up and calculates all the numbers above over the course of a couple decades
or more? Some educated guesses would of course have to be made, but in general, the
numbers and projections exist to come up with a total dollar figure that would
encompass the damage from Wall Street's greed. t is the last number either of the two
political parties and the mega-rich want calculated and reported to the American people.
We're now told that we'll have to pull together for America by tightening our belts and the
recovery will just take time. When the Wall Street billionaires, responsible for
destroying the economy via their greed, needed money Congress came through in a
moment's notice. Like devotees, Party A and Party B held hands and wrote the check
with our tax money in a N.Y. minute. Now, the people have no jobs and 55 percent of
those that do are worried about losing them. Lost wages, downward pressures on
salaries, lost economic activity and a destroyed economy . . . all for the cause of greed!
+old O.t ? ;o )a"#!n%ton and )all +treet Betrayed A&er!$a
http://www.wallstreetwatch.org/reports/sold_out.pdf
5on$l."!on" o1 t#e F!nan$!al 5r!"!" *n=.!ry 5o&&!""!on
http://c0182732.cdn1.cloudfiles.rackspacecloud.com/fcic_final_report_conclusions.pdf
)e7"!te ? F!nan$!al 5r!"!" 5o&&!""!on
http://www.fcic.gov/report
5on%re""!onal Darl!n%" o1 )all +treet
http://ourfuture.org/blog-entry/2010093928/crony-capitalism-wall-streets-favorite-
politicians
T#e )all +treet Re1or& B!ll
With virtually every American damaged in some way by the unmitigated greed by Wall
Street, Congress had to pass something to make it appear they were looking out for the
people. Fought by nearly all members of Party A as an infringement upon freedom,
Party B was at least intelligent enough to pass something upon which they could write
the words Wall Street Reform Bill at the top of the first page.
Behind that first page are 2,300 pages, 16 titles, 383,000 words and 533 new
regulations. As for the 533 new regulations, the devil is in the details. Who does the
details? Wall Street lobbyists behind closed doors in negotiations with federal
bureaucrats [who if they knew anything about Wall Street they wouldn't be working in a
government job]. What bureaucrats know about Wall Street scams like derivatives is
just a little more than the average American . . . not much! What are the chances that the
regulations will not be favorable to Wall Street with lots of loopholes and workarounds?
Zero!
Copyright 2011 131
_____________________________________________________________________
Previous to writing the bill, Congress drug fat cats from Wall Street to Washington to
beat them about the head with wet noodles so you at home could watch on C-Span.
Afterwards, K Street lobbyists, Congress and the bankers imbibed together, smoked big
cigars and laughed at how stupid the little people really are.
First off, the bill gives an expanded role and more power to the Federal Reserve whose
top priority is profit for its shareholder banks, not the people. The shareholders of the
Federal Reserve are many of the same too big to fail banks that crashed our economy.
Even worse, the bill does nothing to shrink the too big to fail banks, but instead
strengthened them and made them even bigger. Now with government help these
behemoth banking monopolies are impossible for any small bank to compete with. The
resulting too big to fail monopoly banks now have a thumb on the end of the lending
hose. nstead of competition in the marketplace and multiple lending options, multitudes
of small banks were sucked up by the behemoth banks saved by Congress with out tax
money. Going forward there will be absolutely no lending whatsoever unless you can
absolutely prove beyond any shadow of a doubt that you don't need to borrow the
money which will make an already slow recovery crawl like a wounded snail. That's the
good news, now the bad news . . . when one of these Godzilla banks crashes now, we're
all toast!

n short, the very people that caused the economic collapse were rewarded handsomely
and they called it a Wall Street Reform Bill. That's like buying your child ice cream as
reward for stealing from your pocketbook. Like almost everything else that comes out of
Washington, D.C. it was another ruse upon the American people to make them believe
Wall Street will not crash again. t will crash again simply because it is designed to
crash. Booms and busts are the sophisticated science of bankers' greed. Either way it
goes, the mega-rich always win and the people always lose.
+o )#y )o.ld O.r 3re"!dent +!%n +.$# a B!llJ
You guessed it: MONEY! When average citizens like you and , actually take just a short
moment to scratch the surface, it's amazing how quickly we can uncover the truth. As
already noted, the Party A fought Wall Street reform in the name of freedom and liberty
and we can easily assume and document the money trail behind their fight, but what
about our president and Party B? Lightly scratch OpenSecrets.org and you will find the
following Wall Street firms as the top contributors to Obama's 2008 presidential run:
$994,795 Goldman Sachs
$701,290 Citigroup
$695,000 JPMorgan Chase & Co.
$543,219 UBS AG
$514,881 Morgan Stanley

f you have any doubt the above is not direct and undeniable pay-to-play politics
consider that Goldman Sachs is hands down considered by everyone to have benefited
most from the mortgage meltdown crisis. Top political contributors in Washington, D.C.
become the top financial dogs on the street. Does anyone in America believe this is
mere coincidence?
Copyright 2011 132
_____________________________________________________________________
3re"!dent O7a&a/" Top 5a&pa!%n 5ontr!7.tor"
http://www.opensecrets.org/pres08/contrib.php?cycle=2008&cid=n00009638
Maybe Wall Street payoffs to the president is just an anomaly, what about senator, Chris
Dodd and representative, Barney Frank for whom the bill is named? Two quick
snapshots: since 1989, 36 of Dodd's top 50 contributors were Wall Street firms [to the
tune of almost $5+ million] and in just 2009 alone, Barney Frank snatched almost a half
million from Wall Street which accounted for almost half of his contributors.
1
Why the intensive focus on Party B? Simple, they heavily controlled all three branches of
the federal Government when the Wall Street reform bill was negotiated and passed. t's
public record that Party A opposed any reforms whatsoever and they did so without
shame because they were bribed via campaign donations. With both Congress and the
executive branch in their control, Party B could have passed real Wall Street reforms,
but instead American received a placebo Wall Street reform bill to make citizens feel
better with virtually no tough medicine for Wall Street.
Congress is full of crooks and it is flat wrong and disingenuous to give either political
party a pass or a pat on the back for thievery. Does Party A get more money from Wall
Street than Party B? Absolutely! Should Party B be commended for doing something, if
only for writing Wall Street Reform at the top of a bill? Absolutely! However, when you
look at the bill, stop listening to the party controlled media outlets . . . and instead start
clicking on opensecrets.org looking for the all the bribery that took place previous to
the meltdown and during the writing of the bill all becomes crystal clear. There are a
number of respected experts that express distain for the Wall Street Reform bill, but
perhaps a disrespected expert, Bernard Madoff should carry even more weight. n a
New Yorker Magazine article he said, The whole new regulatory reform is a joke. The
whole government is a Ponzi scheme. t takes a crook to unmask a crook and
government ties to Wall Street constitute one huge pyramid scheme of massive
corruption far beyond what most Americans can fathom or fully understand. Essentially,
Wall Street is the government, Wall Street calls all the shots, they pull all the strings,
they control all legislation that involves money, they are the Federal Reserve and
virtually no one in Congress ever gets elected into office without their backing and
approval.
Between 1998 and 2008, the decade leading up to Wall Street's collapse [a decade of
deregulation of financial markets, a poorly funded FB and a SEC in bed with Wall
Street] 55 percent of the $1,738 B that went from Wall Street into federal elections
campaigns donations went to Party A and 45 percent went to Party B.
2
So America,
which party is in the pocket of Wall Street? Which political party is it that is
owned by Wall Street? The numbers just dont lie America . . . anyone that
can get ecited or belie!e in either or the two dominate political parties,
when it comes to reining in Wall Street corruption, needs to spend a lot more
time on opensecrets.org.

Copyright 2011 133
_____________________________________________________________________
"ampaign contributions are just the tip of the corruption iceberg, as a whole,
Wall Street spent #$.$ % during the same period on lobbyists.
$
&oldman
Sachs, by far the biggest recipient of pay'to'play corruption !ia Washington,
(."., spent more than #)* million on political influence buying. +eading the
banking herd was "itigroup who spent #,-. /.
)
Were li!ing in the worst
economy since the &reat (epression, all brought about by political corruption
by Wall Street buying off Washington, (.". and still Americans cling to either
one of the two political parties . . . e!en though the money trail says there is
!irtually no difference whatsoe!er? Take off the blinders, stop buying the
propaganda and look at the undeniable money trail and any idea that you
may currently ha!e of a two'party political system working for the American
people will be completely shattered0 The numbers just dont lie and its time
that America stopped pretending that campaign donations ha!e something to
do with 1democracy2 and instead reali3e the money is all about blatant pay'
to'play bribery.
)all +treet/" 5a&pa!%n 5ontr!7.t!on" and Lo77y!"t 0<pend!t.re"
http://www.wallstreetwatch.org/reports/part2.pdf
When it comes to the money and serving their greedy masters Party A and Party B are
always on the same page, reading from the same script, along with our so called free
press, the vy League economists, political scientists and political pundits. s it some
grand conspiracy? No! t's as simple as them all knowing where their bread gets
buttered. The various players that prop it all up are not mega-rich any more than most
members of Congress, but they all get the big, big, big crumbs that fall from the table of
the mega-rich. f you want the crumbs to continue to fall your way, you line up and read
from the script . . . or you get squashed like a roach! ntegrity, ethics, exposing the truth
and serving constituents doesn't pay the bills and further political careers.
;.R.:1@' ? Dodd4Fran, )all +treet Re1or& and 5on".&er 3rote$t!on A$t
http://www.opencongress.org/bill/111-h4173/text
;.R.:1@' ? +.&&ary
http://thomas.loc.gov/cgi-bin/bdquery/z?d111:HR04173:@@@D&summ2=m&
+old O.t
http://www.wallstreetwatch.org/reports/sold_out.pdf
T#e Federal Re"er2e
Banks and governments have a long entwined history that dates back centuries, if not
longer. As noted earlier, this book only includes brief accounts of history and only where
it is pertinent to the future. Understanding the Federal Reserve, what it really is, how and
Copyright 2011 134
_____________________________________________________________________
for whom it works takes far more than can be presented in this book. Because of the
wide-swath this book takes, it can only crack doors for the American public to enter and
investigate and with the Federal Reserve it can only scratch the surface.
f you don't get anything else, understand that the Federal Reserve is NOT a U.S.
Government agency. t is Federal in name only with merely some symbolic
Congressional appointments to their ruling boards of governance. The American
people have been suckered into believing that it works on behalf of the citizenry at large
to regulate the economy and protect the monetary system. nstead, the Federal Reserve
is a private banking cartel consisting of several large banks. One of the banks is owned
by the Rothschild family, the same Rothschild family that lent England the money to
defeat Napoleon. The Fed was created by a group of greedy super elite bankers
whose names you will recognize, such as J. P. Morgan. These bankers who were part of
Wall Street after turn of the last Century colluded to spring the idea of a central bank
[owned and run by private banks] upon the American people. n short, they did it by
promising that if they controlled the nation's money supply there would be no more boom
and bust periods known today as bubbles and recessions. f you've been alive since
the 1970s you know that the booms have been few and we're currently in the biggest
bust since the Great Depression. t was fear mongering of another Depression that was
utilized by these bankers to convince poor ignorant farmers and factory workers [most
who didn't make it out of the eight-grade] that anything was better than another Great
Depression.
This private banking cartel provides the entire U.S. money supply. n other words, all the
trillions of dollars that have been put into the system since creation of the Federal
Reserve emanated from this private banking cartel. The word emanated is used
because they don't print money like the U.S. mint . . . the Federal Reserve basically
provides the authority for money to be to enter the system via lending it to banks,
financial institutions and crony capitalists in corporate America.

Now here are the three kickers . . . prepare to drop jaw! The Federal Reserve does not
put one dime of actual money into the system. 1) they basically write what is essentially
a worthless check when the government, banks or crony corporations need to borrow
money to operate 2) even more unbelievable, our government, banks and corporations
that get the worthless checks pay this private banking cartel a.k.a. the Federal
Reserve interest on the amount of those worthless checks and 3) the Federal Reserve
has never once been audited. we the people don't have the slightest clue as to what
they are up to . . . other than some nebulous idea that they are working to contribute to
the economic wellbeing of America. t's hard to believe isn't it? The fact that the Federal
Reserve ever got created in the first place, much less that is has operated since its
creation with zero scrutiny from the American public is absolutely mind boggling!
Just a few years after signing the legislation to create the Federal Reserve, president,
Woodrow Wilson, said, am a most unhappy man. have unwittingly ruined my country.
A great nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated.
The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few men.
We have become to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and
dominated governments in the civilized world no longer a government by free opinion,
no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by
the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men. Clearly, words spoken more
than a hundred years ago are such a dead on description of what we are living under
Copyright 2011 135
_____________________________________________________________________
today that it should send chills down the spine of every living American. How the
American people could have been so blind and trusting to allow the Federal Reserve to
exist until today is even more confusing when a century before Wilson's words, Thomas
Jefferson, a founding father said, f the American people ever allow private banks to
control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks . . . will
deprive the people of all property until their children wakeup homeless on the continent
their fathers conquered . . . The issuing power should be taken from the banks and
restored to the people to whom if properly belongs.
Despite warnings, despite booms and busts, despite the Great Recession we are now
living within, despite massive unemployment, underemployment, stagnated wages for
30+ years, homelessness and millions of homes foreclosed upon already . . . the
Federal Reserve not only still exists, but has never even been audited.
Three things are clear 1) trillions of dollars in interest have gone back to this private
banking cartel since the Federal Reserve was formed which means every dollar we
have is worth less than it should be simply because we paid interest to this cartel for
absolutely nothing and 2) for those trillions of dollars the American people have received
zero benefit whatsoever since we've continued to experience booms and busts ever
since the Federal Reserve was created. None worse than the bust now known as the
Great Recession we're now living within. Now here's the final slap in the face of the
American people, the biggest part of the sham that makes paying interest on air seem
mild. The mega-rich that control America, including those that control the Federal
Reserve, make money during both the boom periods and the bust periods. They knew
when they created the Federal Reserve System that there will always be boom and bust
periods. Some of it is cyclical, some of it is monetary policy and some of it is driven by
emerging economic trends, technology and world events. Monetary policy should be set
by a central bank operating above board with a bright light upon everything they do
not a private banking cartel that profits from their supposed monetary management. The
Federal Reserve is the private playground of the American aristocracy that operates in
secrecy behind closed doors. f economic booms and busts are its yardstick for success
or failure, then to date the Federal Reserve has been a failure.
Former Federal Reserve Chairman, Alan Greenspan is cited by the Financial Crisis
Commission as being directly responsible for the financial collapse that brought about
the Great Recession. As it was all toppling, the new Fed chairman, Ben Bernanke, the
lizard-like understudy of Greenspan funneled trillions in unauthorized loans to prop up
the failing banks, financial institutions and corporations. n February 2009, Bloomberg
reported that, in addition to the almost $1 T in TARP bailout money authorized by
Congress to bail out Wall Street and the Banks another $3 T went out the back door
of the Federal Reserve during the two years previous with no approval from anyone
outside of the Federal Reserve.
1
Pledging up to $5.7 T more, the Federal Reserve put
the American people, the monetary system and the entire U.S. economy on the hook for
some $9 T in addition to what Congress committed the U.S. taxpayers to in the bailout.
2

We've seen money go out the back door of this government unlike any time in the
history of our country, said senator Byron Dorgan. Nobody knows what went out of the
Federal Reserve Board, to whom and for what purpose. How much from the FDC? How
much from TARP? When? Why?
3
t was all done behind closed doors and the American
people or our representatives in Congress didn't authorize one single dime of the money
to be released by the Federal Reserve.
Copyright 2011 136
_____________________________________________________________________
n fighting a law suit by Bloomberg and efforts by members of Congress such as Bernie
Sanders for full disclosure of the loans, Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, said
in a reply to Sanders, The Federal Reserve does not release specific information
regarding the borrowings of individual institutions from our lending facilities. The
approach is completely consistent with the long-standing practice of central banks.
4

Nonetheless, almost 2 years later, Congress finally compelled the Federal Reserve to at
least come clean on $3.3 T of the backdoor money to banks and corporate cronies.
Bank of America and Wells Fargo were among the biggest borrowers from one
program, called the Term Auction Facility, with as much as $45 billion apiece. What
was even more alarming some aid went to U.S. units of foreign institutions, including
Switzerland's UBS AG, France's Societe Generale and Germany's Dresdner Bank AG.
5

Goldman Sachs was of course on the list, as was General Electric and Bear Stearns
who took $1 T . . . just to name a few on the list of corporate and banking cronies of the
Federal Reserve.
6
Again, herein, the bandwidth for excruciating details is not available, but in short what
else does America need to know: 1) trillions in off the books financial transactions with
no authorization from Congress or the America people 2) zero accountability to the
American people or any transparency whatsoever as to what goes on behind the closed
doors of the Federal Reserve and 3) almost a full two years before even Congress is
able to compel the Federal Reserve to come clean on $3.3 T of the backdoor money that
was only part of the money funneled to Wall Street, banks and the mega-corporations
that run and own America.
While the financial crisis was all unraveling, banking and corporate CEOs were awarded
massive stock options with artificially deflated dirt cheap stock. With the Federal
Reserve's backdoor bailouts, the value of those options soared to unheard of heights as
soon as the economy began to turn around. The Federal Reserve banks made out like
fat rats on interest from the loans, the CEOs walked away with millions of dollars in stock
and the American people lost well more than 8.5 million jobs, $13 T in lost net worth,
millions of foreclosed upon homes and a ruined economy for decades to come.
This reality is just one piece of the ever mounting evidence that 1) even during bust
times the mega-rich manipulate the system to come out on top and 2) the Federal
Reserve is crooked to the gills with cronyism and corruption that operates to the benefit
of Wall Street and corporate America that own our government.
At an absolute minimum, the time came long ago for the American people to kick the
doors down and shine light into every single crevice and corner of the Federal Reserve.
Only a full and complete audit by the Government Accounting Office (GAO) and a yearly
audit going forward made public for all Americans to review will begin to bring light upon
the massive corruption, cronyism and back room deal making that create a Federal
Reserve slush fund for the mega-rich that rule America.
Every single member of Congress knows somewhat just how corrupt the Federal
Reserve really is, but they also know that if the American people are exposed to the
truth, via an audit, that all hell will break loose. That's why, to date, many members of
Congress have gone on record supporting an audit, but when it comes time to vote to
actually conduct the audit they all flee like rats never authorizing the actual audit.
Copyright 2011 137
_____________________________________________________________________
Almost the only two exceptions to date are congressmen Ron Paul and Bernie Sanders
[on opposite ends of the political spectrum] who have stood firm to push for an audit.
The Federal Reserve, its chairman, Ben Bernanke and all the member banks of the Fed,
as well as the political establishment in America fear an audit more than almost
anything. t's why Bernanke and the Fed have undertaken recent PR moves, such as
publishing some heavily edited meeting transcripts and making the chairman more
available to reporters after scheduled Fed meetings.
Since 1913, the days when ignorant farmers and factory workers allowed the Federal
Reserve to come into existence, we the American people have been played for fools by
the banking aristocracy that rules America via the Federal Reserve and Wall Street.
We're paying the price for our stupidity via the Great Recession and the time has arrived
to kick the doors of the Federal Reserve down for an audit as the first step toward
completely abolishing any involvement whatsoever of private banks in our nation's
central bank and monetary system.
A.d!t t#e Federal Re"er2e
http://www.citizen.org/Page.aspx?pid=2731
A.d!t t#e Federal Re"er2e 2011 B!ll
http://www.ronpaul.com/congress/legislation/audit-the-federal-reserve-fed-hr-459-s202/
+.e t#e Fed
http://www.suethefed.com/
T#e 5reat.re 1ro& Je,yll *"land
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=6507136891691870450#
O.r 5#ron!$ 5rony!"& K and 5orr.pt!on
http://inequality.org/chronic-cronyism-corruption/
T#e A&er!$an Drea& F!l&
http://youtu.be/tGk5ioEXlM
0!t#er )ay !t -oe" ? Ban,!n% !" a G)!n4)!nH 1or t#e Me%a4R!$#
Before delving into some real eye openers on banking, it's important to first understand
what a bank really is and how they work their magic. While tempting to go all the way
back to when Jesus tossed the money changers from the temple, which should have
been a hint for every generation thereafter, let's instead jump forward a few a thousand
years or so to our modern financial system. When the precursor to modern banks
began, the idea was that the people needed somewhere safe to keep their gold. The
bank would store it, guard it and lend it to those less fortunate, in exchange for a usury
fee known today as interest. Kings have always been able to sit on their posteriors
and make money, but until the usury fee no commoner could get away with it. What a
cool idea, making money for dong nothing sure beats working. Because, as noted
Copyright 2011 138
_____________________________________________________________________
herein, greed is just as much a part of man's DNA as is laziness, the bankers soon
decided that they weren't making enough money for being greedy and lazy. They were
frustrated by only being allowed to lend out the gold they actually had in the vault and
always had to keep enough on hand in case all the people wanted to get their gold back
at once a.k.a. a run on the bank. Back then they had to be less greedy and a little more
honest, but now we have a modern financial system.
Since gold is one of the heaviest metals and literally a pain in the posterior to lug around,
the bankers needed to create something lighter, that's easier to carry around that would
be a representation of gold? The solution: paper money! n time, people bought into the
idea that the banks and government had the actual gold in the vault equivalent to the
amount of paper money they lent. People back then were stupid right? t didn't take long
for the bankers to figure out that this paper money thing was even cooler than making
money off interest from lending gold. No one really knew how much gold the banks had
in the vault, so they thought what the people don't know won't hurt them and they
began to lend out far more than they had in the vault the result was little or nothing on
the line and virtually no limits as to how much they could lend and profit from via interest
on the money they lent. By 2008, before the Wall Street crash, a ratio of pennies in the
vault for every dollar they lent out was pervasive across the banking and investment
industry.
Today, we have what can only be called a banking house of cards. With the exception of
some miniscule collateral tied to the trillions of dollars in loans, those dollars you have in
your wallet, 401 k and bank account are virtually worthless. You can spend them in
exchange for goods and services for one reason only: everyone else is also clueless as
to how fragile their value really is. Those dollars you just handed the guy at the store
have almost no value other than perceived value. They are not worth much more than
the high-tech paper they are printed upon.
While there are more dynamic lessons to be learned from this short primer, two are
obvious and one is questionable: 1) don't borrow money, especially from a bank
because they are lending you air not money 2) if you have it to lend and are sure you'll
be repaid with interest, then lend like crazy because it sure beats working and 3) this
being the questionable lesson, perhaps you should rethink in what form your life savings
is in and convert to precious metals. f everyone were to wise up at the same time . . .
you would be left holding a bag full of paper. Paper bank statements and computer
screens may not buy too much some day . . .
There once was a time when America's best and brightest minds, to include children
from an emerging aristocracy, went into making products and providing innovative
services. Today, it's all about finance, banking and Wall Street a.k.a. making money off
other people's sweat, labor and sacrifice. When the big money is in exploiting the
innovation, sweat and toil of others via number crunching, market manipulation and Wall
Street bets instead of contributing to economic growth via industry, meaningful
services and product innovations something has gone horribly wrong with the soul of
America. The practices of Wall Street, well documented by now, that led to the Great
Recession were so far over the top for any ethical standards of business and integrity,
that American prisons should now be filled to the brim with bankers and Wall Street
executives. To date, however, they all have used their get out of jail free cards bought in
Washington, D.C. to continue to walk the streets. Clearly understand America, nothing
Copyright 2011 139
_____________________________________________________________________
has changed, there has been no significant reform and there will be no reform of Wall
Street until we the people boot all the Wall Street money out of Washington, D.C.
Think about it . . . for virtually all consumer lending and much of small business lending,
the banking industry has almost nothing whatsoever on the line. First off, debt is
collateralized to ensure against loses and secondly, for every dollar they have on deposit
they have been allowed to lend 30 fold if not far more. Even more insidious, Wall Street
has turned to repackaging and creation of what they call financial instruments to
mask even further the ever more worthless value of investments.
When the economy tanks as it always does, most often because banking greed always
in time overrules reason and sound business practices. t is absolutely inevitable unless
Wall Street is highly regulated and when it happens the little people default and turn
over collateral such as houses, cars and land. Either way it goes, the banks receive
either real money or tangible assets in exchange for giving you air. t's a win-win for the
bankers and the mega-rich either way the economy goes.
As if that deal we make with the devil is not profitable enough for the banks and the
mega-rich, what led to the Great Recession in large part was that Wall Street took all the
shaky home loans, repackaged them and then resold them for up to 30+ times their
actual value in the marketplace. Then they made bets against the house of cards they
created so that when it crashed, they would still profit. Based solely upon convictions to
date, none of this appears to have been criminal or illegal simply because those
engaged in the scheme wear suits, attended vy League schools and own Washington,
D.C. via cronyism and campaign contributions.
The only way Wall Street and the mega-rich could possible lose at the banking game is if
they became so greedy, so filled with a blood thirst for even more money, that they push
the envelope way too far. When you consider they have almost none of their money on
the line and collateral to back up most defaults in the consumer market there is
almost no way they can lose and yet it happened previous to the recent financial
meltdown. For it to have happened, the banks had to be so greedy and so over
leveraged, that gambling drunks in Vegas would have been considered more financially
prudent. Nonetheless, when it happened, as already detailed herein, Wall Street cried
like babies to their yachting buddies in Congress to save their posterior with your tax
dollars.
Wall Street and the banks have such an entwined cozy relationship with government and
Congress that they have a scenario like no other. t's called the win-win-win scenario.
When they lend they win. When you lose your home to them they win and finally when
they really screw up big time by being way too greedy they still win because their
friends in Congress will bail them out with interest rates that you wouldn't give your
mother.
Even after you and our fellow Americans got taken for a ride by the banks and Congress
and were left holding a $13 T bag of losses and underwater mortgages, the political
class pulled the wool over the eyes of the people once again. They believe you are so
stupid that nothing is too bold to try. t was called the mortgage relief program and it
was presented as a way to help the little people keep their evermore worthless homes.
f at the peak of the economic crash, Americans had just dropped off the keys to their
homes at the front door of the banks . . . it would have swamped the banks and cooked
Copyright 2011 140
_____________________________________________________________________
their greedy fannies once and for all before they were recovered enough to handle
the hit. They needed a way to forestall the hit until they were ready to absorb all the
foreclosures. Collecting too much collateral at once is bad for the banks. The Obama
administration arrived just in the nick of time to buy the banks some time, under the
guise of keeping the little people in their cherished homes a.k.a. keeping the suckers
on the hook of a losing proposition for a little longer before the bait was pulled from their
hungry mouths and they were left homeless.
t was called the Mortgage Relief Program and the Obama administration promised it
would keep 5 million homeowners in their homes. nstead, to date as off 2011 more than
5 million homes have already been foreclosed upon and the program as evaluated by
most analysts is considered to be an abysmal failure! Yes it kept a few hundred
thousand homes in the hands of the borrowers, but few if any had and reduction in their
mortgage balance even though home values have plunged all over American and all
indications are that they will continue to plunge. So the Americans that did benefit from
the program, only benefited by getting a reduced monthly payment, but are still stuck
with the original balance even though in many cases the home is worth only half of its
original purchase value. Many Americans entered the program, continued to make
payments but couldn't come to terms with the bank on payment arrangements and
ended up flushing thousands of dollars down the drain by trying to keep their homes.
n 2010 alone, the banks foreclosed upon 1.05 million homeowners setting a one year
U.S. record [up from 918,000 homes seized in 2009]. The number of foreclosure filings,
which includes default notices, auctions and repossessions in 2010 was a record 2.9
million, but most analysts believe the number would have exceeded 3 million had the
banks not been slowed by controversies surrounding documentation and procedures.
Before all the damage from Wall Street's greed is absorbed and paid off by the people
many analysts believe that 20 percent of all homes in American will be in the hands of
the banks via repossession. So much for the mortgage relief program . . . the numbers
speak for themselves.
Once again, the banks and Wall Street won at the expense of the little people, all with
the help of the political class who sold it under the guise of looking out for the people.
n truth, the political class was doing what they will always do under the current political
system . . . take care of Wall Street along with their other mega-rich political contributors
and the little people be damned.
Despite all the alarm, gloom and doom being spewed on behalf of the banks, they more
than likely will never lose a real dime on the entire housing debacle simply because they
had only pennies of their money tied up in the trillions of dollars they lent out. nstead the
banks will take possession of millions more homes across America as the result of
lending home buyers air. Only if the value of a home plunges to unheard of values, far
beyond what we're now seeing, will the banks lose one dime of real money. Their profits
will of course be impacted, but they will in time resell the reposed homes they acquired
via the lending of air and laugh all the way to the bank.
*1 Yo. T#!n, )all +treet !" -reedy . . . )el$o&e to 5orporate A&er!$a
While a large portion of the American aristocracy end up on Wall Street with their vy
League fraternity brothers and sisters, approximately one-third of those who oversee the
nation's largest corporations attended just three of the vy League schools Harvard,
Copyright 2011 141
_____________________________________________________________________
Yale and Princeton.
1
The buttons of power and control within Wall Street, America's
mega-corporations and the federal government are so intertwined with vy League blue
bloods that they form and interlocking American monarchy that rivals and surpasses any
kingdom on Earth. Members of Congress not already bought off by Wall Street, are
owned by American corporations lock, stock and barrel. Together, the three entities form
a ruling class only somewhat less in charge than what exists under totalitarian rule. n a
nation such as China at least, they just admit to totalitarian rule, but in America we
continue to pretend, via the vote, that we live in a democracy.
Even with such a scathing description, all corporations and businesses are not evil, not
even close, not by a long shot! One disturbing perception emerging from the fringe left is
that all businesses and corporations are inherently evil only out to make profit as if the
word profit is some type of bad word. Nonetheless, only slightly more than 10 percent
of Americans believe their company's leaders are ethical and honest.
2
Only 12 percent
of employees believe their employer genuinely listens to and cares about its employees,
and only seven percent believe that senior management's actions are completely
consistent with their words.
3
With somewhere around 90 percent of the American
workforce extremely distrustful of their employer, how can corporate American believe
we can move forward as one unified economic engine for national prosperity? With
levels of trust this low, it simply cannot continue to work going forward with an already
beleaguered workforce with its financial back to the wall.
Most Americans get business 101 that dictates no profit = no jobs and no food. As stated
early, upfront with no apologies, this book does not advocate any other political system
other than a true democracy and is 100% behind the free enterprise system. Both
systems are flawed and they will always be flawed, there will be no utopia, but greed, a
lack of shared values and shared financial successes have led to an American workforce
and people who are completely disenfranchised. A 30+ year financial losing streak for 90
percent of the American people while corporate America and the top 10 percent
wallow in unparalleled riches cannot continue without reaching a boiling point.
America is a nation of good natured, humble people and for decades they have
remained apathetic or been purposely misguided and manipulated, but as the American
Dream continues to be stripped away they will finally wise up. The American people
have to date been passive as sheep as special interests and the mega-rich corrupted
government to work only for them as the people have been crushed into dust. Our
government is corrupt to the core with corporate money and it is the fault of every
single American that allowed it to happen.
Corporations are in business to make a profit and profit is a very good thing. n doing so,
they, by their nature, will try with all their might to create monopolies such as the one
Walmart now has. Many will do everything in their power both legally and oftentimes
illegally to make a buck. Making a profit is what it's all about, it's just what they're
created to accomplish and part of their DNA. Many businesses will work to crush their
competitors and their employees if they are allowed to do so. The evidence clearly
demonstrates that it pays off handsomely in most cases. When your favorite NFL football
team beats the opposition by 30 points you cheer and when they cut their former star
running back for poor performance you understand. Many in corporate America
however, are cutting players who perform with lower wage/salary substitutes via on
shore and off shore cannibalization of human capital for the sake of excessive profits.
Copyright 2011 142
_____________________________________________________________________
t's now happening in record numbers as the pace picked up with the Great Recession
and will continue to worsen until we the people say hell no, not in our nation and not
on our playing field! The irony is that Americans always look to the government to save
them, even though much control is in their hands via public pressure and conscience
buying habits. Take Walmart, for instance, who has to have most Americans' willing
participation to pull off the monopoly they now possess. Much like a well led life . . . a
good business steward that serves the needs of the majority, instead of only top
management, is about balance and moderation. When the business playing field gets
out of balance as with monopolies, the government's role is to step in and rebalance the
playing field a.k.a. regulate greed. Otherwise, just like in the game of Monopoly, one
company wins all the money and the game for everyone else is over as they travel
around the board of life and await bankruptcy.
As the radical right screams FREEDOM at the top of their lungs, along with no
regulation of any business activity whatsoever stop and consider the true implications
of that mentality. Are they screaming the word FREEDOM for individual American
citizens or is that just what they want the individual citizens to think? f every regulation
along with every federal and state agency that enforces regulations were erased
tomorrow, what would happen . . . who would win this free enterprise game? f there
were no EPA, all the rivers and lakes in America would be orange and purple like many
in China are today. f there was no EEOC, anyone over 40 would be put out to pasture
and minorities would have even less chance of getting a job than they already do. f
there was no OSHA, people would be getting sucked up in machinery and mangled to
death every single day. f there were no FTA, 18 wheelers would be blowing out tires
and killing travelers daily and without the FAA, airplanes would be crashing and burning
every few hours. As pathetic and inept as the FCC is, without one there would be some
Oz like figure pulling every propaganda string in America via an even larger corporate
monopoly of our media than already exists. With speed trading and derivatives legal
already on Wall Street, what would they come up with if the SEC were abolished?
Finally, although worthless and flaccid for more than 20+ years, how much worse would
the existing monopolies be without the FTC?
Beware the word FREEDOM America! When anyone with a brain actually stops and
thinks about a world of zero regulation of any kind, an economic free-for-all and a dog
eat dog existence . . . only one dog wins in that scenario: The Really Big Dog! f you
think wealth inequality in America is bad now . . . take a big bite of the freedom apple
and you'll see what little that is left of the middle-class disappear so fast that every
history book will have to be rewritten within a decade just to document what once was.
The same people that think socialism is radical are buying into the complete freedom
craze as if that is a sane alternative. f you want radical, go with even more complete
freedom for the greedy, as if that is even possible, and they will finish grinding us all into
dust! The 2030 doomsday scenario described at the beginning of this book will arrive in
less than one decade . . . instead of almost two.
Just a few short years ago we experienced no regulation and oversight of Wall Street
and it will be at least a decade before we recover, probably far longer. Admittedly,
Americans have a short memory and will vote for any quick fix economic solution that
requires no pain or sacrifice on their part, but doing away with what little Wall Street
regulation we now have is nothing short of absolutely insane beyond comprehension.
What about the BP oil spill, have Americans forgotten that environmental Armageddon
already?
Copyright 2011 143
_____________________________________________________________________
Anyone that believes the greedy don't require restraints and corporations don't need
regulations had better hope to God they don't get their wish. We live in one of the most
horribly corrupt business environments in the history of our nation, with the possible
exception of just before the Great Depression. The SEC, the FTC and the EEOC need
and deserve all the funding and personnel we can deliver to them. There are more
crooks walking free on Wall Street than inmate numbers in all our federal prisons. Money
at the top of the food chain is funding so many monopolies and predatory business
practices today that the economic playing field is standing on its end. The table is so
tilted so far in the direction of only the mega-rich that virtually no opportunity exists any
longer for average Americans. Humans are no more than mere profit centers whose
workplace rights and dignity have been stripped to the bone.
American corporations should have some conscience in regard to American workers and
our nation's people, but greed and greed alone rules the day in far too many cases. f
you are waiting for corporations or man in general, to get a conscience please don't
hold your breath while you wait. t's not going to happen! n almost all cases corporations
are only going to pay market value for their human talent and we all generally get and
accept that reality. On the other hand, to manipulate the market unfairly to the detriment
of American citizens via off shore labor sourcing and immigration exceeds all ethical and
patriotic bounds of American business. Profit is a good thing and what business is all
about, but when ethics and patriotism to your country of origin are compromised to the
detriment of America and her citizens . . . it's not about profit, but about becoming a
blood sucking vulture preying upon your fellow American citizens.
We the people through involvement in our government and intelligent deployment of
massive collective monetary power have the power to reign in the vultures and bring
them to their knees. Most are going to follow the path of greed alone unless the road
blocks are put into place to stop them. Otherwise, as time marches forward every
American, to include an ever larger number of white collar professionals, will be ground
into dust by the mega-rich. Luckily, the mega-rich still need Americans and their
spending to buy more time to grow the middle-class numbers in nations such as China,
ndia and Brazil. Once the consumer pool in those nations reaches critical mass, the
bargaining power of American citizens over the mega-corporations will be zero! That
balance is changing fast however and if we fail to act quickly and in unison that
window will close quickly for good. Make no mistake, our corrupted government and out
of control free enterprise system is the fault of all Americans that have stood by decade
after decade and done nothing while the noose of the mega-rich tightened around the
neck of every average American. We are to blame and we are the only ones that can
change the impending reality . . .
Mar!t> Re"ear$#( 0&ployee 0n%a%e&ent 3oll
http://maritzresearch.com/~/media/Files/MaritzDotCom/White
%20Papers/ExcecutiveSummary_Research.ashx
Re%.lat!on, e&ploy&ent and t#e e$ono&y
http://epi.3cdn.net/961032cb78e895dfd5_k6m6bh42p.pdf
Copyright 2011 144
_____________________________________________________________________
50O/0<e$.t!2e 5o&pen"at!on( A Re$!pe 1or 02en More 0$ono&!$ D!"a"ter
The fact that only slightly more than 10 percent of Americans believe their company's
leaders are ethical and honest is all too telling about the current state of work-life and the
relationship of corporate America to her workforce. Even within that reality, to paint all
CEOs and senior management with the same tainted brush is just out of balance and
wrong. Just like there are good corporations to work within, there are good CEOs and
senior management to work for. The problem is that there are so few today, compared to
decades past, that all are now painted with the brush of greed and distrust.
Having both owned a business and worked closely for and with Fortune 500 CEOs and
senior management down through a host of SMEs, can assure America that all
business owners are not wallowing in money and all CEOs and senior management are
not evil. Far too many on the fringe left contend that they are all greedy pigs,
completely undeserving of any wealth and what they have achieved during their careers.
The fringe left is wrong!
Many in senior management throughout corporate America work their butts off, sacrifice
their lives, time, family and complete existence to pursue career goals. By comparison,
at least they work, which is far more than you can say for hedge fund managers on Wall
Street. Sadly, many on the fringe left who believe people should be paid for doing
nothing by the state are the same people who begrudge a CEO of all their money and
power. Many, especially within the SME ranks, started their own company from scratch,
took humongous risks and made tremendous sacrifices that the average American is
incapable of and to begrudge success is not what America was built upon. Without a
healthy risk to reward ratio the free enterprise system simply doesn't function.
Even within the F500, with the exception of the few that took over the family business,
almost all paid the price to get to where they are. Even those from the silver spoon
crowd had to at least graduate from an vy League school and were not just handed the
keys to the CEO suite. Almost all CEOs worked 14 hours days for what they have and
most Americans are unwilling to make such sacrifices. Far too many Americans think '
could do that job if just given the chance,' but most Americans if given the keys to the
CEO suite tomorrow would fall on their face within 48 hours as complete failures.
n America we believe that those who make the most sacrifices should receive the
greatest monetary rewards. We also believe that outstanding performance should be
rewarded with outstanding pay. We get it that the CEO's secretary, although really good
at what she does, isn't contributing in as large a role to the wellbeing of the company
and therefore she will always receive far less pay than the CEO. That's business and
just how it works. s it always fair and equitable? Of course not, as stated early on, this
book is not about utopia, but about reality. Life is not fair and it's never going to be.
Unlike in the game of Monopoly, we don't all start out with the same amount of money
and opportunities . . . that's just the way it is!
n America however, over the course of just a few decades, CEO pay has gone from
what most Americans would find somewhat acceptable to absolutely outrageous levels
of greed. Before examining the trend, let's first dispel two big myths: 1) CEO
Copyright 2011 145
_____________________________________________________________________
compensation is bigger because they now run larger companies and 2) they are paid in
direct proportion to their performance.
Just since the 1990s, on average the ratio of S&P 500 CEO pay to their company's least
compensated employee more than doubled and since the 1950s grew more than 8 fold.
1
How many large companies can you name that grew 8 fold since the 1950s, or doubled
in size since the 1990s? That list of companies exists, but it is so miniscule when laid
against the backdrop of companies paying outrageous CEO salaries . . . that is it not
even part of the conversation.
The third myth behind CEO pay is the idea that CEO pay is driven by the need to
acquire the best talent. f that's the case then companies in such modern industrialized
nations such as Japan or even the U.K. must have untalented hacks running their
mega-corporations. Figures indicate that American CEOs are paid roughly twenty-two
times more than Japanese CEOs and six times more than CEOs in the U.K.
Such massive CEO compensation disparity between other modern industrialized nations
and America begs the question, why? The answer to that question lies in a comparison
to nations with whom we do compare. Using the ratio of lowest paid worker to CEO pay
to what nations does America most closely compare? As of 2006 figures, we compare
closest to Mexico 47:1 and Venezuela 50:1 not exactly the crme de la crme of
modern industrialized societies.
2
f our ratio was even close to our highly esteemed
neighbors to the south that would be horrible . . . we're not even close enough to be
horrible! Within the S&P 500 the American ratio is a whopping 263:1 if not far higher as
some other estimates have concluded.
We're the richest nation on Earth and when compared to our closest two like minded
nations in terms of CEO pay to worker pay ratios are two emerging nations.
Mexico is by most estimates one of, if not the most, corrupt nations on the entire Earth
with poverty rates as high as any nation in our hemisphere. When compared to ratios for
other developed nations, such as: Germany 12:1 or even Canada, our closest neighbor
to the north, who has a ratio of 20:1 American CEOs stand out as the most greedy
indulgent corporate leaders on the planet by far!
3
The question is whether massive corruption, wealth disparity and CEO pay go hand in
hand with a flawed democracy a.k.a. a two-party system? Mexico was, as most people
know, ruled for generations by the same party and a few mega-rich families. Are there
lessons to be learned by America by these comparisons? s CEO compensation an
accurate and fair yardstick for measuring the greed within our aristocracy ranks? f so,
America is four times more unhinged with greed than any nation on Earth.
Many if not most among us would not begrudge a hard working CEO a few million
dollars a year, but America by and large doesn't know just how wildly excessive CEO
compensation has become. Please visit the breakout resource below to get a idea on
just how many CEOs are involved in the repulsive excess that has taken over corporate
America, but just for starters, consider the following one year CEO dollars, for just the
top 5, from either 2009 or 2010:
4
Liberty Media Corp. Gregory Maffei $87,493+ M
Viacom Philipee Dauman $84,515+ M
Occidental Petroleum Ray rani $76,107+ M
Copyright 2011 146
_____________________________________________________________________
Oracle Lawrence Ellison $70,143+ M
CBS Corporation Leslie Moonves $57,729+ M
The question for America to ask is whether anyone, no matter how talented they may be,
no matter how well they may perform, no matter if they could heal all diseases and bring
people back from the dead . . . does anyone deserve this kind of money for one single
year of doing a job? This kind of money being paid out in a nation where children are
starving, 30 million people are unemployed or underemployed and red ink is bubbling
out of federal, state and local government budgets to the tune of trillions?
t's true, we are a capitalist nation, we've become a winner take all society by and large,
but this level of CEO compensation is not pay. This is offensive and repugnant to a
point of being a moral injustice to every American citizen who, just like these CEOs,
works for a living. The average American worker would have to work 385+ years to
make what a big time CEO makes in one single year!
Not only is such greed morally reprehensible and an affront to everyone else in America
that works for a living, but it is demoralizing to all employees who work for these
companies as well as America at large. Low overall performance from rank and file
employees and overall esprit de corps had been destroyed over the course of the last
few decades as CEO pay has skyrocketed to unheard of levels of greed and avarice.
t is completely unacceptable and most especially so during a time of massive economic
suffering within America. Can it be stopped? Absolutely! How many readers watch CBS
to place the stamp of approval of Leslie Moonves' $57,729+ M one year compensation
level? How about Philipee Dauman's $84,515+ M you approved by watching MTV, BET,
Comedy Central and going to movies produced by Paramount Pictures? Massive excess
and greed exists in America simply because we the people approve of it . . . it's just
that simple!
Top 100 #!%#e"t pa!d 50O"
http://www.aflcio.org/corporatewatch/paywatch/ceou/top100_2011.cfm
0<e$.t!2e 3ay )at$#
http://www.aflcio.org/corporatewatch/paywatch/
0<e$.t!2e 3ay Rat!o
http://www.aflcio.org/corporatewatch/paywatch/paydisparityratio.cfm
T#e +tate o1 0<e$.t!2e 5o&pen"at!on
http://trace.tennessee.edu/cgi/viewcntent.cgi!artic"e#1950$cnte%t#ut&_chanhnpr'$sei-
redir#1(search#)*tc&+,ptins:+-+.he/+0a&e+1sses+2heat!)
;.&an" are NOT +to$,
Copyright 2011 147
_____________________________________________________________________
The board rooms of corporate America are of course filled with the mega-rich and their
proxies who own the most stock. As noted earlier, the top 10 percent of Americans now
own 90 percent of all stock, bonds, trusts and business equity. With ownership of
corporate America that out of balance, every business decision is all about the
company stock price and nothing else! Giving a CEO and members of the board free
stock or reduced price stock options is equivalent to putting a fox in the henhouse . . .
with American employees as the chickens.
There was a time in America when a CEO placed the long-term welfare of the company
as their top priority and somewhat lesser extent the company's employees. For the
majority of today's CEOs, it's about short-term profits, stock price and dividends to share
holders only. By getting the stock price up any way possible, the CEO as well as the
board has every incentive possible to cash in the stock they received for little or nothing
as fast as possible to ensure they walk away with a big payday. Any concerns for the
long-term welfare of the company and employees are nearly nonexistent.
The root of corporate failure, both in performance and to create jobs for Americans,
begins in the corporate boardroom. t's a classic case of the emperor has no clothes
repeated in far too many boardrooms throughout America. At one time the board of
directors within corporations served a vital role. They came from a wider business
demographic with a degree of experience and actual expertise. Quite often it was gained
from working themselves up from inside the company. Some at least had a conscience
and a little integrity as well as concern for the overall welfare of the company and
employees. The adage that there is nothing money won't buy holds true and integrity
and conscience within corporate board rooms is no exception.
Sure, there is and always will be wrangling in boardrooms as players jockey for position
in order to line their pockets with gold, but over time there is less friction and infighting
which works to the detriment of both the company and employees. Here's why, as time
goes forward the longer a CEO is in that position he or she is able to manipulate,
payoff and bribe board member after board member until there are no longer any
constraints upon the CEO. After a few years, the CEO sits at the head of a conference
room table with only yes men or yes women in the chairs. n the 50s, 60s and into the
70s many board members came up through the ranks of the company to a position on
the board, but no longer. Now, most board members are hand picked by the CEO via
jockeying, manipulation and payoffs and very rarely do they come from inside the
company ranks. Most boards typically have a major stockholder or two, a former
politician or their child for political connections, a couple of attorneys of course and a
sprinkling of so called industry and economic experts . . . almost chairs are filled with
vultures from outside the company. Handpicked by the CEO, most are there for the
stock only and a quick payday.
Virtually none of the board members have any allegiance whatsoever to the company,
since none of them had a hand in building it. Therefore stripping it for as much personal
wealth as fast as possible carries no remorse. All board members are well compensated
[many well over six figures] to show up or participate via teleconference in quarterly
board meetings. Sure, from time to time, they might have to take a phone call in between
quarterly meetings to offer their expertise on how to rape the company for short term
profits, but in general they make well over six figures for doing nothing. Many serve
on multiple boards for multiple corporations simply because they have a recognizable
name that carries weight with stockholders.
Copyright 2011 148
_____________________________________________________________________
As time goes forward any member that does not lick the boots of the CEO gets weeded
out of the party via behind the scenes jockeying and political manipulation. f they don't
laugh at the CEO's bad jokes and go along with his big salary and stock options
requirements a board member is soon gone. f you are a board member making well
over six figures for essentially doing nothing, you have no real vested interest in a
company that you did nothing to help build . . . the last thing you're going to do is rock
the boat. The compensation committee, who is scared to death of the CEO, gives the
CEO as much money and stock as possible as long as it's not too much to draw the ire
of stockholders. n turn, the CEO gets the members of the board as much money as
possible for doing nothing but signing-off on his compensation package. Corporate
structure in America has thus become completely dysfunctional and ethical governance
by the board is almost nonexistent.
The fastest way to get the stock price up in order to cash in is simply to cut as many
employees as fast a possible with no regard whatsoever for the long-term business
impact for company performance or the future. To prove it beyond question, consider
that in 2009 within the S&P 500, the 50 CEOs who axed the most workers during our
Great Recession, took home 42 times the amount of compensation as their peers [who
didn't ax employees].
1
Putting people out of jobs pays well. On average, $12 M for the
50 CEOs who axed employees compared to a mere $8.5 M for the CEOs who didn't.
2

This difference in pay is directly tied to satisfying stock holders and Wall Street's
demand for short term profits by boosting the stock price at the expense of the
employees, their families and their financial security. The remaining company ends up
with a stripped R&D unit and ragged out employees doing two or three people's jobs and
none of them well leaving long term prospects for the company and the remaining
employees highly suspect. n the end, the CEO and board members get millions, the top
10 percent of Americans who own 90 percent of all the stock get their cut and the
individual employee gets put out on the street to pay for it all. Once the formerly strong
company is tossed into a downward spiral, just when the stock price is peaking, the CEO
and board members cash in their massive stock options as fast as they can before the
damage from their greed begins to show. When the company finally bottoms out . . . the
CEO walks off into the sunset with millions from selling off stock and a golden parachute
that usually includes some level of continued money flow.
Even if you are a member of America's top 10 percent who own all the stock who
oftentimes could care less about America's workforce unless you know when to jump
ship, you lose your shirt as well via the practice of massive stock option grants for the
CEO and board. With stock now being the largest portion of CEO pay [exceeding both
salary and bonuses] the evidence suggests that such compensation methods are far
more likely to encourage cooking of the books to leave stockholders holding worthless
paper.
A 2005 study, reported by the NY Times, compared 435 companies that were forced to
restate their financial statements with similar companies who did not run into such
problems. The report found that the higher proportion of the boss's pay in stock options,
the more likely the company was to be forced to restate profits. For companies where
bosses got 92 percent of more of their pay in options, about a fifth ended up faking their
books within five years. Further, the article stated, That conclusion would be more
pervasive if the authors . . . had looked at all companies that are so generous with
options. n different study by Moody's, referenced in the same article, the study found
Copyright 2011 149
_____________________________________________________________________
that companies with the highest-paid bosses, adjusted for things like company size and
performance, were far more likely to default on debt or to suffer major cuts in bond
ratings.
3
The bottom line conclusion is blatantly obvious, the more a CEO has to gain [or lose] the
more likely they are to cheat, defraud and bankrupt not only their company but the
American economy at large. Most especially with free stock, they will gamble like a
drunk in Vegas since the only skin they have in the game came free to begin with. t's a
roll the dice environment in corporate America and the CEO is playing with stockholder
money not their own. When the cards don't happen to fall their way, they still win while
both stockholders and company employees alike pay for the CEO's high life and
gambling junkets.
Clearly, both stockholders and employees have a vested interest going forward to
eliminate or greatly reduce free or reduced price stock options for cooperate CEOs and
members of the board. Now, for any American not yet convinced that stock options for
corporate management are bad for America at large, here's the kicker it's U.S.
taxpayers that pick-up much of the tab for such for CEO greed. Estimates for taxpayer
subsidized executive compensation are well over $20 B per year at a time of austerity
when federal red ink is getting all the attention and average Americans are being told
that 'we all just have to learn to tighten out belts.'
4

Here's how it works [pay close attention to this shell game]: employees and CEOs alike
have a compensation cap [be it money or stock] of $1 M that is tax deductible for the
corporation as an expense. However, for the American aristocracy a.k.a. the mega-
rich, special tax rules were put into place for the CEO and next 4 levels of executive pay
within a corporation. By simply tagging stock awards to these 5 levels as
performance/incentive-based compensation most of the limits (caps) as to what is tax
deductible to the corporation are removed. Bottom line, the corporation is allowed to pay
the CEO and senior management big money via stock awards without having to pay the
taxes required for exceeding the $1 M cap.
n turn, the CEO and senior corporate management walk away with mega-dollars in
stock far in excess to their value to the company since on many, if not most, occasions
the value of the stock awarded grows by leaps and bounds due to their
mismanagement and manipulation designed only to get the stock price up. As if that
were not egregious enough, CEOs and the other four top compensation levels don't pay
income taxes on all that money because it's tax free until and unless they sell the stock.
When they do sell the stock it's at a day, time and year of their own choosing to take
full advantage of timing, tax rates, etc. and then they only pay capital gains tax on the
millions . . . roughly half of what they would have paid in income tax had they received all
those millions in a paycheck.
Who picks up the tab for these millions in greed gained by manipulation and
unscrupulous tax scams the U.S. taxpayer via billions in lost tax revenue [not to
mention employees and stockholders alike]. t all continues to take place every day as
the federal budget bleeds more and more red ink, American jobs are shipped off shore,
more than a million new arrivals are arriving on shore to take American jobs and the U.S.
economy as a whole continues to suffer from wildly excessive CEO pay schemes.
Copyright 2011 150
_____________________________________________________________________
This one tax loophole alone, for CEOs and senior corporate management, along with a
tax code in general that favors only the mega-rich make any American reading this
wonder how the RS is able to get any average American to pay their taxes? Clearly
understand that this but one single example of within a flawed tax code that benefits only
the aristocracy with 100s of loopholes, such as back dating stock options and tricks of
the greed trade too numerous to examine herein.

The evidence is not just compelling but overwhelming to conclude that the stock game in
corporate board rooms must come to and end. When you hear liberty and freedom
being yelled across America, this is what they are talking about. Calls to reign in such
unscrupulous tax dodging practices are now being called onerous, heavy-handed
regulation by big government and unfortunately far too many American are drinking this
toxic liberty and freedom tea brewed for consumption by economic neophytes who are
intellectually incapable of exploring the massive negative impact such loopholes have
upon our American economy.
0<e$.t!2e 0<$e"" 2010( 50O 3ay and t#e -reat Re$e""!on
http://www.ips-dc.org/reports/executive_excess_2010
0<e$.t!2e 5o&pen"at!on

Nothing, it seems, makes it into the long-term memory banks of Americans. Going all the
way back to the Titanic, J. Bruce smay, chairman of the White Star Line that owned the
RMS Titanic, started the modern day trend whereby CEOs never go down with the
ship. With bloated ego while riding upon the ship's maiden voyage, smay pressed the
ship's chief engineer to test the unsinkable vessel's top speed. When it hit the iceberg,
as the story goes, smay pushed women and children aside and somehow managed to
make it onto a lifeboat to be one of 706 that survived [while 1517 drowned in the cold icy
waters of the Atlantic]. The CEO survived while the crew along with women and children
went down with the ship and even though he was known from that day forward as the
Coward of the Titanic he continued to live out the remainder of his wretched life in
relative splendor.
After the Titanic, all CEOs, boards and senior management secured lifeboats via golden
parachutes, stock options and bloated pay before boarding any ship or very soon
thereafter. Drowning is cold icy waters is strictly for the little people. The CEO and
board sink the boat with a greed torpedo, sail off into the sunset and the American
people just forgive and forget as the bodies and careers of the American workforce pile
higher and higher by the day. The history of greedy American CEOs is a book that
needs to be written, but one book at a time for now. To give you a head start on that
book, start googling just a few wonderful CEO examples a.k.a. titans of American
industry, to review just a few corporate leaders that will be included in the pages:
Bernard Ebbers, CEO, WorldCom
Walter Forbes, Chairman, Cendant Corporation
Copyright 2011 151
_____________________________________________________________________
Richard Fuld, Chairman, Lehman Brothers
Mark Hurd, CEO, HP
Dennis Kozlowski, CEO Tyco nternational
Kenneth Lay, CEO Enron
Ken Lewis, CEO, Bank of America
John Mack, CEO, Morgan Stanley
Bernard Madoff, CEO, Madoff nvestment Securities
Angelo Mozilo, CEO, Countrywide
Joseph Nacchio, CEO, Quest Communications nternational
Franklin Raines, Chairman, Fannie Mae
John Thain, CEO, Merrill Lynch
Just imagine these subhuman life forms in a CEO Hall of Shame, located in a Florida
swamp, with other snakes, lizards and alligators? As a nation facing the most uphill
economic recovery since the Great Depression, just imagine what the titans of industry
above would have destroyed with even more liberty and freedom and less of the
onerous regulations we're now being told will take America back to our economic glory
days. America is currently acting out of desperation while drinking a tea laced with opium
to dull the senses while a shaft is being continually inserted up the posterior or our entire
U.S. economy.
*t/" an 0&ployer"/ Mar,et
Change is inevitable of course, but not all change is progress and in regard to the
current employment scenario almost none of the changes were natural or inevitable.
The American public is constantly being fed a diet of propaganda that says it has all
been driven by the competitive landscape within a world economy. As stated repeatedly
herein, the free enterprise system only works for the people with constraints that dictate
profits are achieved by navigating those constraints. n an unrestrained free market
world economy, greed wins and the American people as a whole lose. t's just that
straightforward and simple and not part of any further debate. The financial evidence
from the last 30+ years is in!
To state that American employers today are in the driver's seat and that it's an
employer's market may be the biggest understatement in history. To put the present
scenario in relative terms, not since actual slavery or during the Great Depression have
things ever been this horrible. To call it inevitable change or blame it on the competitive
landscape is simply a lie. The march of the American workforce to where our backs are
now against the sea was as deliberate, systematic and calculated as a game of chess.
The mega-rich through ownership of Washington, D.C. made move after move for more
than three decades as the people stood motionless like a deer in headlights.
t started innocently enough when the American public backed president Regan's labor
union busting efforts, with the most high profile being the air traffic controllers. Whether
organized labor had become too strong and repeatedly overplayed their hand is worthy
of debate, however since the Reagan period the American workforce has been
cascading down a waterfall hitting their heads on rocks. Noting that period of change is
neither pro nor con in regard to labor unions . . . it simply notches the initial point of a
steady decline for America's workforce.
Copyright 2011 152
_____________________________________________________________________
As the mechanisms for off shore labor, such as the passage of NAFTA, were being put
into place and the nternet was just being born, two new vehicles began to emerge:
temps and contractors. What began as a cottage industry of entrepreneurs snatching
deadbeats off the streets for manual labor has now grown into a legitimate industry
with at least 14,000 offices nationwide. As many as 85% of these staffing agencies
now belong to the American Staffing Association (ASA) which proudly boasts that it is
now part of a $61 B industry.
1
While the actual billions and number of temps and
contractors are difficult to document and quantify, the fact that this so called industry
has exploded over the past 30+ years is not. Using the ASA numbers places the number
of Americans working as temps and contractors at around 2.6 M, but their numbers are
not all inclusive so the real number is far larger.
2
This so called industry is actually proud of its growth and accomplishments over the
past 30+ years. Proud to have denied medical coverage, pensions, retirement and a
living wage for millions of Americans. As any of these proud business owners will tell
you, they are 'just filling a need.' Go to any seedy area in any large city in America and
you'll find another group of industrious entrepreneurs 'just filling a need.' That need is
typically filled in the back seat of a car or filthy hotel room, but it's not called an industry
for some reason? t's the oldest industry of all time called prostitution. They too have
their own staffing professionals called pimps.
While pimps are maligned in society they are just fulfilling the need of the John, just like
temp agencies are fulfilling the need of employers. Both on most occasions are
exploiting desperation for short-term work with no medical care or retirement benefits.
One is considered a respectable industry and the other is not . . . you have to wonder
why? Since the temporary employment industry drives down wages and benefits for
everyone in America, which has the greatest negative impact upon society?
During every so called economic downturn, during the last 30+ years, employers
continue to purge their legitimate workforce via a nice sounding term called downsizing
and the staffing/pimp industry fills their ravenous desire for low-priced desperate
workers. Somehow all the sophisticated Harvard economic theories always come back
to basic supply and demand theory . . . no PhD required. n 2010, staffing pimps
recorded an 18 percent increase in tricks, second only to the record set in 1994 and ASA
proudly predicts the trend will continue going forward as businesses turn to flexible work
force solutions to help them improve efficiency and productivity while adjusting to
changing economic conditions as stated in a November 2010 ASA press release.
3
Just helping out their fellow Americans the ASA will say, assisted by some marketing/PR
guru that could spin a stint in hell as a tropical vacation. n truth the ASA, and every
American working within a management role for the so called temporary/contractor
industry, are noting more than pimps no matter how they spin it. A pimp is a pimp
whether they are working some street corner or within some nice office in high-rise
building. They serve to assist corporate America in their drive to push the American
workforce into a sea of poverty. The ASA as a whole is comprised of low life bottom
feeders no matter how big a house they may live in, or the latest model Lexus they
drive . . . they deliver desperate work whores to their corporate masters and
stockholders no less than any American pimp.
Copyright 2011 153
_____________________________________________________________________
When coupled with the giant sucking sound of American jobs going off shore an on
shore immigration, the temp/contractor trend has placed the American workforce into
what can only be described as a less than optimal negotiating position. When added to
the ominous forces of a ballooning population [via births and immigration] along with the
massive number of jobs lost as a result of the Great Recession the American
workforce is in a bound and gagged up against the wall scenario. Most any job that pre
Great Recession paid $80 K now pays $60 K and the same fall off the cliff trend
permeates nearly every industry in America. What do you do, assuming that you need to
eat you take the $60 K and smile . . . because it's an employers' market. The
American workforce was already on the ropes previous to the Great Recession and Wall
Street's toppling of the economy delivered corporate America with an even bigger knock
out punch. While wages and salaries have fallen off the cliff since 2009, as of June
2011, corporate profits are up almost 50 percent.
4
n the two recessions previous, in
1991 and 2001, profits rose only 11 and 28 percent respectively in the two years beyond
the recessions.
5
The concept is simply, when Americans are already down financially
and desperate corporate America kicks their fellow citizens when they are down by
taking full advantage of the situation to squeeze even more money out of their lifeless
bodies. t has nothing whatsoever to do with competitive business pressures, but
instead is all about pure unmitigated greed!
Statistically, 55 percent of working Americans were worried about losing their job in 2009
and it's doubtful the percentage has changed much since then. The 45 percent not
worried must be either wealthy business owners or living under a rock, so no one that
has a job is going to rock the boat by pushing for a raise. Working more hours,
overtime or off the clock is no problem whatsoever in this economy, because anyone
that has a job is just glad to still be employed. Anyone looking for a job, gets one low ball
offer and if you don't take that offer there are 5 or 6 hungry Americans behind you that
will. So again, anyone that is for the current level of legal immigration or open borders for
illegal immigration fall into one of three categories: A) can't do math B) don't need to eat
or C) are set for life financially. Here's why, more than 40 percent of the millions of jobs
lost during the first two years of the Great Recession paid between $19 and $31 per
hour, but only 27 percent of all the new jobs created since that time reach that plateau.
6
With fewer jobs that pay a living wage being created, adding more people to compete for
those jobs at this juncture in time [with humans already as plentiful as sand] only drives
down wages and salaries even more.
To somewhat quantify the back to the wall employment scenario that now exists, you
need only look no further than the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission's
(EEOC) record breaking number of job discrimination claims in 2010. Rising to almost
100,000 claims in a single year, a 7.2 percent increase over the previous year, the
numbers speak for themselves.
7
Americans are being ground into dust by employers. As
proof of that reality is the fact that for the first time in EEOC history, during 2010,
retaliation became the No. 1 grievance against employers.
8
There is no doubt that the
vast majority of violated employees simply walk away and go down the economic tube
rather than file a grievance with the EEOC, but nonetheless almost 100,000 suits in one
single year speaks volumes.
Take your pick: racial discrimination, age discrimination and the newest form of
employment discrimination . . . employment credit checks and the American employer
has become a modern form of plantation master. Previous to arriving on the modern day
plantation, while you're on the slave block, your GPA, credit report, criminal background,
Copyright 2011 154
_____________________________________________________________________
references, past work history and urine are almost always checked and now even your
Facebook page is reviewed for everything from political activities, beer drinking and
sexual kinks. More and more employers today are even turning to private investigators
to dig into your sorted past for anything and everything they can find. Who among us,
with the exception of Mother Theresa, can stand up to the scrutiny of a private
investigator?
f you're fortunate enough to get off the slave block and make it onto the plantation, don't
expect any more degree of privacy than when you were being auctioned off. Don't use
the employer's nternet connection or telephone for anything but official business
because they are watching and listening. Many companies have even installed cameras
to watch and monitor your every movement while on the premises. At least in the cotton
fields of the Old South, the slave master couldn't be in all places at once, but with
modern technology the whip and lashes are just a camera view away. Once on board,
social networks along with any political activities are continually monitored by the Human
Reaper (HR) just to keep you in line and on your toes.

Don't even think about getting old or sick . . . like you can stop either. Some companies
now have regulations against hiring smokers and if you're overweight, don't think the
hiring manager isn't thinking clogged arteries, healthcare costs and early heart attack as
they ask you those probing interview questions. Getting any gray hair while employed is
risky, but if you have any and are looking for work forget about it! f you didn't earn your
first million by now, it's not going to happen! f you are working with gray hair
understand, you're in the employer's cross hairs because of your higher wages and
salary. The American employer has to be competitive, as we all know, and nothing says
competitive more than getting rid of all those fat salaries that have grown over the
course of 15 or 20 years. Just a couple of trumped-up bad performance reviews later
and you're on the streets with the term overqualified stamped across your forehead.
All in all, when compared to our current American workplace, the southern plantation
may have had some pluses by comparison. At least you had some food from the garden
on most occasions and weren't put out to pasture like an old mule when you could no
longer pull the plow. While the comparison to slavery is, of course, tongue-in-cheek, one
thing is not: the heavy handed overbearing tactics used to intimidate slaves on the
southern plantation were calculated no less than the modern day tactics deployed by
employers and the mega-corporations of today. The modern day F500 CEO making 263
times what his average employee makes is sitting upon his plantation porch telling you in
no uncertain terms to 'keep your head down, don't get uppity and don't ask for more
money or we'll ship your job to China.'
The more things change, the more they remain the same. From kings, queens and serfs
to the plantation owner and his slaves, the modern workplace is but a step away from
the cotton fields of the Old South. Unlike slaves we're allowed to have a house and a car
perhaps, but don't be earning enough to pass any wealth down via inheritance or even
enough to send your child to college without a massive college loan . . . such privileges
are for the mega-rich alone.
You may hate them, but you have to give them credit . . . the mega-rich and their vy
League manipulators are smart cookies. By buying off nearly every government office
holder, creating new forms of slavery such as temps and contractors and then tightening
the noose around our necks with off shore outsourcing and new immigrants they have
Copyright 2011 155
_____________________________________________________________________
us right where they want us. Now that they control all the wealth, have the monopolies
and permeate nearly every potential industry sector, the employment scenario is one
way and one way only: you work for them or you don't work . . . period! You openly buck
the system or even question the system and you can kiss your posterior good-bye! The
real question that all readers need to ask themselves now, before it's too late, is what
will it be like in another 10 years or so? The noose of the mega-rich is already placed
neatly around our necks and all they have to do now is kick the chair out from under us
and we're swinging in the wind.
The employer table, upon which the American workforce now desperately clings, hasn't
just tiled a few degrees over the past 30+ years it's literally been stood on its end. All
levels of the American middle-class are slipping down that table like dead flies. Forget
about the Great Recession, the American Workforce was getting kicked in the teeth long
before the Great Recession ever came along. Now, under the guise of freedom and
liberty, the talking heads and political class [puppets of the mega-rich] are talking a
repeal of minimum wage laws? They say it will provide good job opportunities for
Americans. Why not just go back to actual slavery to create jobs? Think about it, in the
current scenario killing of employees one by one with nothing more than a severance
package is cheap, but the killing of an actual slave would deplete corporate assets and
impact profitability and the bottom line. American stockholders, in the top 10 percent of
the food chain would go into revolt and take to the streets in protest. Starving a slave to
death, unless it is too old to work, is bad for stock portfolios.
Liberty and freedom are all in the eye of the beholder. The plantation owner of the
Old South was all for liberty and freedom. n his mind, by the grace of God he was
providing good jobs for his slaves and putting a roof over their heads. n his mind, he
watched over them as a caretaker of his flock, just like we're being monitored in the
workplace today. He checked out his future slaves while on the trading block, made sure
they had good teeth and once he brought them to the plantation, he made sure they had
food because a hungry slave doesn't do much work. His view of freedom and liberty
was no less warped and sick than what is being preached today from the pulpit of Glen
Beck . . . no chains and whips are mentioned, just freedom and liberty to further
enslave every American that is not a part of the aristocracy. We are far closer to that
plantation reality that at any time since slaves were freed [except perhaps during The
Great Depression] and far too few Americans are willing to put up any fight whatsoever
for economic freedom.
We're enslaved with debt, some from recklessness, but most of it due to being squeezed
by the mega-rich for 30+ years. We're enslaved in homes that are underwater because
of Wall Street's greed and we're lined up 5 or 6 deep behind other slaves looking to find
a job . . . all the while: wages, salaries, standards of living and prospects for upward
mobility are falling like a rock.
La7or 6n!on"( t#e Ant!t#e"!" o1 5orporate A&er!$a or NotJ
Decades ago, labor unions shot themselves in the foot which began a trend of declining
support from the American public. The perception of corruption and ties to organized
crime, from long ago, still linger and now public sector pay, benefits and pensions of
unionized workers are getting the attention of taxpayers. A 2008 Gallup poll found that,
for the first time in history, fewer than half (48%) of Americans now approve of labor
unions.
1
Whether that is an accurate assessment by the American public based upon
Copyright 2011 156
_____________________________________________________________________
history, or flawed thinking manipulated by the mega-rich media machine is an open
question. Whatever the answer to the question may be, only 39 percent of American
believe that labor unions mostly help the American economy.
2
What's not in question is that labor unions are hated by the mega-rich and corporate
America. Having been in the board room of a non-unionized F500 manufacturing
company, witnessed first hand and participated in communication initiatives to keep
unions out. n most instances, companies will pay workers just enough to keep unions
out, which, like them or not, is a fact that comes down in favor of labor unions. The
strategy to pay just enough to keep unions out was of course, before the idea of off
shore labor being dreamed up by corporate America, the mega-rich and our political
class. Once the flood gates were opened by our political class, beginning with the
signing of the NAFTA agreement by president, Clinton, labor unions were castrated in
the private sector and cut off at the knees.
For every union member that loves their union, there seems to be a fairly large number
that resent their union. Just like political parties, utopian unrealistic visions of labor
unions don't match reality. All labor unions are not the same and to paint them all with
the same brush would be wrong. There are of course downsides to labor unions without
any doubt, but with that said, where would we be without them?
Everyone in America can tell at least one story, of a unionized worker doing something
such as sweeping floors for $25 per hour. No matter how long someone has been with a
company, no one should be able to earn $25 per hour in America if their only skill set is
being able to push a broom. By that same token, no S&P 500 CEO should be allowed to
make 263 times per year more than their least compensated employee. Both ends of
that wide spectrum are wrong of course, but in the grand scheme of things, $25 per hour
is only $52+ K and the S&P 500 CEOs that axed the most workers in 2009 took in an
average of $12 M [the pay of 230 sweepers at $52 K per year]. f the question is which of
these two pay extremes is the most egregious? That's a very easy call to make! [Just for
the record, the 2009 salary of Richard Trumka, who heads the AFL-CO, the nation's
largest union, was $238,975.]
3
Since it's assumed the guy pushing the broom would rather push it for $10 per hour than
be unemployed, it poses a looming question. How many American jobs has the
organized labor movement saved versus how many has it cost Americans via unrealistic
wage demands? Would America still have had all the free trade dog food pushed down
its throat if organized labor had not existed? An educated guess says that because of
greed the greedy never having enough money no matter how much they accumulate
we would still be gagging to death on free trade even if organized labor had not been
in existence.
One thing known for sure is that since 1980 organized labor has been squashed like a
bug within the private sector. For the first time in history more unionized employees are
in the public sector. According to 2010 numbers from the Bureau of Labor Statistics,
36.2 percent of public-sector workers were union members compared to only 6.9 percent
of private-sector workers. Union membership in 2010 was 14.7 million Americans with
7.6 million in the public sector and 7.1 million in the private sector.
4
Within the public sector numbers, 42 percent are employed in local government, 31
percent are state workers and 26.8 percent work for the federal government.
5

Copyright 2011 157
_____________________________________________________________________
With the massive budget overruns in federal, state and city budgets all across America
to the tune of b-zillions . . . austerity measures have arrived and will be with us for
decades. Politicians and bureaucrats negotiated deals with public sector workers for
which they now have no way to pay. They made hollow promises, lied and all the while
gave tax breaks to the mega-rich in exchange for campaign contributions, positions on
boards of directors and cushy jobs for their children and cronies. Now, when the bills are
coming due, the politicians of old are set for life and the former bureaucrats are living
large in retirement. While it exposes a fatal flaw in our political system, it is certainly not
the fault of labor unions. Blaming teachers, for instance, makes no more sense than
blaming teachers 100 percent for the poor academic performance of children. Teachers,
firemen, police officers and sanitation workers are being used as scapegoats for the
inept and pathetic leadership of the political class.
The politicians and bureaucrats went to college and can at least add and subtract
they negotiated the deals, raided the pension funds for other spending and failed to
allocate the dollars required to pay for what they promised. A failed two-party system
and a political class comprised of millionaire worms cannot be laid at the doorstep of
labor unions.
Amidst all the vehement discussion and media coverage of the public sector jobs cuts,
how many reports and investigations have you seen on the previous administrations and
politicians that made all the false promises they couldn't afford to keep? They are all
sitting pretty, retired or serving on some corporate board making big money while their
legacy of overindulgence and over spending has been left for others to clean up and
suffer from. Party B gets a pass via their political party card. Does anyone in any labor
union hold them responsible? No! The truth is that the political class of the past is 100
percent responsible for the upcoming layoffs, wage concessions and stagnated wages
that will be the norm in the public sector far into the future.
n the aftermath of their pathetic political leadership, it's the teachers, state, municipal
and federal workers that are paying the price for the sins of a failed political class. Now,
middle-class taxpayers, who have been raped and exploited by the mega-rich already,
are being pitted against government workers. t's the classic divide and conquer game
that's played over and over upon the American people via the media machine controlled
by the aristocracy. Taxpayers are being conned into believing that all government
workers are a massively overpaid, lazy group of people a.k.a. scourge of the Earth.
While, to be sure, the number of government employees is too high and waste within
government at all levels is distressing if not rampant, the true scourge of the Earth are
the political class and the mega-rich . . . not the government workers! Anger is
warranted, but it should not be unleashed upon our fellow citizens who just happen to
work at a government job who are a member of a labor union. Most of the entire budget
shortfall across every state and at the federal level falls at the feet of the mega-rich who
skirted their fair share of the tax load via blatant outright bribery through campaign
contributions and cronyism.
As a result, the divide between the red ink in government budgets and worker pay and
retirement benefits will fall unfairly upon the backs of middle-class taxpayers who have
already been bled dry over the course of 30+ years. Nonetheless, to allow the mega-rich
to compound their robbery by successfully pitting average citizens against each other to
bust unions smacks in the face of justice and fair play. While union workers in the
public sector have laid down with givebacks and wage concessions with more to
Copyright 2011 158
_____________________________________________________________________
come . . . the issue of collective bargaining should never be allowed to be part of the
conversation.
The collective bargaining element being introduced into the dialog has nothing
whatsoever to do with red ink and budget overruns. n truth, it ties back to union dues
and campaign finance issues that are at the heart of America's downfall. Party A is
simply taking advantage of the red ink in an effort to remove collective bargaining as a
union tool, which in turn will further castrate unions politically. The collective bargaining
discussion doesn't have a thing to do with reducing government red ink and everything
to do with party political games and campaign money. t's just another example of why
campaign finance reform is the most pressing issue in America today. n a March 2011
NBC/WSJ poll, while 68 percent of Americans find it acceptable to require public
employees to contribute more to their retirement funds, 63 percent are fine with forcing
them to pay more for their healthcare and 58 percent are ok with freezing pay
Americans by more than 62 percent defend the right of collective bargaining and believe
any efforts to remove that right are wrong.
5
Why would multimillion dollar professional
athletes in the NFL and NBA have collective bargaining rights, while the peasants who
support their teams not have such rights?
At the end of the day, there is massive government red ink and middle-class taxpayers
simply can't afford to pick-up the tab, so going forward, a delicate and very painful
balancing act will play out in every state and at the federal level. Americans of every
political persuasion, left, right and middle, are going to have to grow up and realize we
can no longer bake our cake and eat it too . . . some functions and government
services will go away. Americans will not be able to save it all . . . it's just not going to
happen, so we'll have to be precise, organized and focused to save the government
functions and services that are the most essential. We simply can't fight every spending
battle or we will lose them all! Nonetheless, none of that has anything whatsoever to do
with collective bargaining and allowing labor unions to be crushed into the dirt. t simply
means that we are living in a tough economy that now requires very tough choices and
the complete obliteration of labor unions will simply make the road ahead an even
tougher slog.
f for no other reason than the ability to organize and mobilize millions of people, labor
unions have played a positive role in protecting at least some American workers. n
addition, even though they, just like any organization, are focused primarily on their
issues . . . the spillover clout in pushing and forcing change, or at least holding the line,
has been positive overall as well. While their overall stance on immigration, both illegal
and legal, is self-centered and only designed to increase their union membership and
power at the expense of both their members and American workers, they are no different
than political parties and advocacy groups playing the same power game. Even with all
their shortcomings and they are many, at least labor unions have some clout on a table
that is tilted all one way at the moment. At the bottom of that table is an open mouth with
the teeth of greedy vipers.
Virtually every political scientist [left of center] views a reemergence of labor unions as
the ONLY possible salvation for the American workforce. Since unions have never been
the salvation for America's white collar workers and middle-managers most assuredly
next on the hierarchy of middle-class dominos to fall prey to the mega-rich . . . traditional
labor unions are not the solution for the road ahead, although they may have a play. f
political scientists are correct and labor unions are our ONLY hope we're doomed! t's
Copyright 2011 159
_____________________________________________________________________
just that simple! Organized labor must play a role, but much like seeing well beyond the
oligarchy we now live within, created by a dysfunctional two-party political system, only a
revolution of new ideas, new thinking, new legislative initiatives, new political parties and
independent candidates will deliver salvation for the American people and her workforce.
f we stay the present course of old antiquated ideas, political parties, status quo
solutions that have already failed and wallow in apathy and the politics of division . . .
we're doomed!
GB!%%er !" Better,H 7.t NOT 1or YO6
'Size matters and bigger is better have been the hallmarks of American thinking since
the 1950s. From sex organs, massive breasts the size of watermelons, billion dollar
football stadiums, malls the size of cities, mega-churches and everything in between . . .
it seems that America is fixated on size and lured in by bigger is better in everything we
do. Super-size food portions and Big Gulp sodas you can swim in are making
Americans gargantuan mountains of flesh, but we want even more! Conspicuous
consumption, fleets of cars and homes the size of castles all over the world are what we
worship. This is America and we want more and we want big no matter the
consequences.
No where are the consequences of bigger is better more apparent than with business
mergers and acquisitions. Just like a law of nature, the big fish will eat the little fish until
there are no little fish left in the ocean. At some point, as happened previous to the Great
Depression the big fish monopolize the entire economic ocean and none of the little
fish have a chance for survival.
The Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890 was passed by Congress to limit cartels and
monopolies a.k.a. keeping the big fish from owning everything. As explained by the U.S.
Supreme Court in Spectrum Sports, nc. v. McQuillan:
The purpose of the [Sherman] Act is not to protect businesses form the working of the
market, it is to protect the public from failure of the market. The law directs itself or
against conduct which is competitive, even severely so, but against conduct which
unfairly tends to destroy competition itself. This focus of U.S. competition law, on
protection of competition rather than competitors, is not necessarily the only possible
focus or purpose of competition law. For example, it has also been said that competition
law in the European Union (EU) tends to protect the competitors in the marketplace even
at the expense of marketing efficiencies and consumers.
Opinions upon how the act should be applied and interpreted, along with amendments
over the years since enacted, are voluminous. Simply google Sherman Act for all you
could ever want to know. t was used early in the last century to bust up the robber
barons' monopolies that were a cause of the Great Depression and more recently the
act was used to break up AT&T several decades ago. Much like The Terminator, AT&T
has since reconstituted itself to terminate any little fish that get in its way, but at this
moment they have far less of a monopoly than they once possessed. Since AT&T's
breakup, the Sherman Act's use to break up monopolies has almost never been used,
much to the detriment of the small business environment as well as the little people
trying to navigate the economic ocean.
Copyright 2011 160
_____________________________________________________________________
Whether you call them leveraged buy-outs, hostile takeovers or mergers and
acquisitions, the impetus from the mega-rich to continue pushing them will not disappear
it's about greed and more money! They don't always work out, such as with the
merger of Time Warner and AOL which by most analysts' estimates was the most
mismatched, mismanaged merger in the history of civilization . . . nonetheless, the fat
cats at the top still walked away with millions as they always seem to do. n addition to
mergers and acquisitions, there are the so called holding companies both banking
entities and private firms that simply buy up properties on Monopoly boards around the
world and suck-em-dry like Dracula. The close cousins of holding companies are private
equity investment firms and hedge funds who propel mergers, acquisitions and hostile
takeovers. These bottom feeders epitomize pure unmitigated greed like no other sub-
species in the financial world. When you're talking the greedy: hedge funds and to a
somewhat lesser extent private equity firms are ground zero. These worms of the Earth
have never done an honest days work in their entire lives. They operate with a singular
purpose which is to buy, sell, manipulate, leverage and twist themselves into even more
money no matter who or how many people get hurt, starved or destroyed in the
process. Hedge fund naked short selling of Bear Stearns stock was a critical domino
that cascaded into the fall of Wall Street in 2008. While Wall Street in general is greedy
and manipulative beyond comprehension, hedge funds are completely off the charts!
Their leadership is easily recognizable, much like a slug they leave that slimy
substance behind them as they squirm on their bellies along Wall Street.
!reakout "esource#s$:
!ank %olding &om'anies
http:))www!iec!gov)nicpubweb)nicweb)top3-orm!asp*
Top 100 ;ed%e F.nd"
http://www.marketfolly.com/2009/05/barrons-hedge-fund-rankings-2009-top.html
Top All4T!&e 3ay4to43lay 5ontr!7.t!on" to 5on%re""
http://www.opensecrets.org/orgs/list.php?order=A
At least with mergers and acquisitions the greedy can pretend it's all about economies of
scale, efficiencies, productivity and of course profits . . . when in truth it's about stock
price only. With holding companies, PEs and hedge funds however, it's only about how
much blood a.k.a. money they can suck out of the beast without actually killing the
beast. Whether it's a merger, acquisition or just a variety of blood sucking financial
leeches . . . none of their activities are ever about the little people a.k.a. employees. f
you don't like it, you're told to start your own business and hire your own serfs. t's called
the free enterprise system, but your options for dreaming up something new and
competing with the big fish have never been fewer because the big fish own the entire
ocean of opportunity.
Mergers, acquisitions and consolidation of companies into the hands of the mega-rich
are crushing the American workforce like never before in history. When a big fish eats
the small fish, thousands of employees who once worked at the small fish are tossed out
into the street due to their duplicated work functions. The small fish CEO and other
Copyright 2011 161
_____________________________________________________________________
executives get millions of dollars and the stockholders of the small fish are handsomely
rewarded as well. Another win for the mega-rich and more American families left
destitute and homeless. All too often as well; employees that get to keep their wonderful
jobs are now forced to do two jobs for the same pay with little prospect of a raise. With
an ever fewer number of greedy hands owning and ever larger number of companies
the less pressure there is for salaries to rise. Since even the most talented individuals
now have only few employer options none are going to pay what once was possible in
an open job market with a multitude of companies for which to work. Via no competition
for talent, the American job market becomes a take it or leave it Monopoly board
whereby the mega-rich do all the taking and leave more American workers struggling
to just keep a roof over their heads. Any survivor guilt by those that make the cut, after
the merger is short lived indeed because life after merger usually sucks big time and
tends to quickly make those left employed questioning the long held belief that bigger
is better.
B!% Bo< or B!% 3r!"onJ
There have long been large department stores throughout America and hopefully there
always will be. There have been chain stores owned by corporations for 50 years or
more, but the BG BOX store that came on the scene the past few decades or so is a
whole different animal entirely. Let's set aside Walmart for a moment because they are
in a category all their own. BG BOX stores such as Target, massive chains such as
Starbucks and to a somewhat lesser extent franchise entities such as McDonalds control
the vast majority of the American retail economy. Since 70 percent of the U.S. economy
is based upon consumer spending, the vast majority of money being funneled to the
mega-rich is being done so directly through our retail buying habits.
Virtually no small business owner can compete on price against the economies of scale
offered by Big Box stores, massive chains and franchise outfits it's just not possible!
When Americans fall prey to one-stop-shopping via the Big Box or just shop price alone
with no regard to the impact upon inequitable wealth distribution as well as the health of
your local economy . . . virtually all the money within 70 percent of the U.S. economy
goes in one direction. Up the pyramid to the greedy who need more money and power in
America like New Orleans needed more water during Hurricane Katrina. Since U.S. GDP
is around $14 trillion, that's about $9 trillion moving upward every year in this
sophisticated pyramid scheme perpetuated by the mega-rich. That has to end people!
No matter the price, within reason, and no matter the inconvenience within reason.
We've created a monster and the more we continue to feed the monster, the richer it
gets, the more power it gains, the more it monopolizes and controls every wider swaths
of the economy, the more wages and salaries go down and the more ability it has to buy
government via campaign contributions, lobbying and influence peddling. f you know
someone is out to kill you, are you going to give them bullets? Of course not and feeding
the greedy with even more money is not any different.
n short, we Americans are shopping ourselves into oblivion! The mega-rich already
have a noose around our necks and we're doing everything we can possibly do, to
tighten the noose for them. There are no illusions that we can return America to the days
of Mayberry or that such an existence is even desirable, but every dollar we spend and
every small local business we support stems the tide of money going up the pyramid to
the mega-rich. Remembering our imaginary American Monopoly board and the
objective: keep all the American money possible on the American board and spend
Copyright 2011 162
_____________________________________________________________________
every dollar possible with each other on the inside of the board . . . spend with the mega-
rich on the outside of our Monopoly the board and we perish!
)ally )orld t#e 02!l 0&p!re
No name says greedy and monopoly more loudly than Walmart. No name has done
more to lower the wages for every single American and destroy the retail economy of
virtually every town in America more than Walmart. n the metaphorical gun we
referenced above, no bullet, as in a dollar, could be handed to any name more deadly to
America than Walmart. f left untouched as the monopoly they are: Walmart will march
the American retail economy into the sea along with every formerly middle-class
American. They are ground zero of a massive economic vortex sucking the life out of all
average Americans and the number one economic hurricane eating up an ever greater
percentage with 70 percent of the U.S. economy. As the largest U.S. private employer
with more than 1.6 million workers, Walmart creates a race to the bottom in wages,
standards of living, upward mobility and opportunity for all Americans.
1
Stronger than
any other single force that exists within our U.S. economy their negative impact upon
the economic landscape of America simply cannot be overstated!
What started out as an American success story to be admired, has now morphed into a
monster and bully to be hated and despised. Starting out as a department store similar
to Kmart, they grew into a Big Box behemoth that has taken over America and much of
the entire world. They expanded into the grocery store industry and are literally killing out
entire chains and the same is true for drug store chains. Now they are into tires and
automotive, auto and home insurance, car sales, banking and even optometry, not to
mention the supplier of restaurant supplies, meats, and merchandise to mom and pop
convenience stores. What they will takeover next and suck down the Walmart toilet
one can only imagine but what is not in doubt is that they have the money and the
political clout to kill off anything in their path. f they take over China, that's good for
America, but if they're left unchecked they will finally take over the entire American retail
landscape and nothing could be worse for everyone living in this nation!
Their concept is to pave the planet into a parking lot, build a cheap cinder block box with
no frills or architectural cultural appeal whatsoever. Lay concrete or tile floor on concrete,
drop some lights from the ceiling and call it a store. Once a proponent of buy American,
they now source from all over the world most especially China buying in massive
volumes to get the cheapest, most absolute bottom dollar price for everything they resell.
When Walmart buys, unlike participating in the give and take free enterprise system,
they dictate the price. Via their worldwide network of buyers and number crunchers . . .
they know before they make a purchase offer what the bottom of the barrel price is for
any product imaginable. f you don't sell to them at that price, they walk away and do
everything in their power to destroy your company by locking you out of any future
business in addition to fueling all your competitors with business to put your business
under for good. With their monopoly and monetary power in the marketplace, they have
the power to destroy almost any business or supplier industry that refuses to dance to
their tune and they don't hesitate for a moment to use that power every single day. f evil
exists in corporate America . . . its name is Walmart!
Copyright 2011 163
_____________________________________________________________________
From a purely logistical perspective, they are a model of efficiency beyond what the
average American can fathom. Warehouses and distribution centers throughout America
all tied together via computerized purchasing, inventory systems, cash registers all
the way down to hand held devices used by retail clerks. As soon as the doors close at
the end of the day, the Walmart and Sam's Club army go into restocking action like
mighty ants. Forget about hand carts and little boxes, they roll out the next day's
products via forklift on massive pallets as they dazzle and crisscross the store in an
absolute frenzy. t's all monitored and watched via cameras in the sky that are probably
tied into some secret viewing room in all of the Walton's family mansions. When your net
worth is in excess of $100 B, you can't take any chances on slackers not giving it their
all. n return for all their hard work, Walmart employees receive lousy pay, lousy benefits,
lousy retirement and a plantation-owner work environment. Walmart is all about
exploitation of every worker, most especially against women as evidenced by the failed
class action suit that went to the Supreme Court and failed of course . . . yet American
women wall through the doors of Walmart every single day? By the time a Walmart
worker reaches retirement if they are allowed to hand on that long many are virtual
cripples from years spent on uncarpeted concrete floors and who picks up that tab? Not
Walmart, the American taxpayer via Medicaid. defy America to find one single Walmart
employee that actually likes their job. Some in senior management like the money, but
beyond that, they all hate every minute within the confines of their workplace. f that is
not the truth . . . then ask yourself why Walmart constantly runs commercials with happy
faced employees touting how much they love their company? Do you see anyone else
in corporate America running such commercials?
As of 2011, the average Walmart slave earned 14.5 percent less than other workers in
large retail companies.
2
f Walmart implemented an across the board $12 minimum
wage for all employees, it would cost the company a mere $3.2 B per year.
3
That sounds
like a lot of money, but for Walmart it is spare change, just a measly 1 percent of their
overall annual $305 B in sales. The Walton family would have to cut back on their caviar
perhaps, but the positive impact upon the American economy would be huge and as for
Walmart's bottom line, it wouldn't even register on the radar screen.
Here is what America doesn't yet get: the more than 30+ million Americans who
comprise the working poor, whether they work at Walmart or McDonald's don't come
free. The billions spent on welfare, social services, aid to dependent children,
emergency room healthcare, crime prevention, Medicare, Medicaid, the county old folks
home, etc. come out of tax dollars that America pays to subsidize the bottom line of
Walmart and companies like Walmart. Low prices on the front end, but humongous
costs of the backend all paid for by U.S. taxpayers. While austerity measures are being
utilized to strip the entire safety net from the working poor a.k.a. Walmart employees, the
Walton family is laughing all the way to the bank. nstead of the Walton family getting the
blame, however, 'it's those sorry ass poor people' that are forced to wear the scarlet
letter of government red ink. America always blames the victims and but never a greedy
aristocracy family like the Waltons of Arkansas who have exploited the working poor to
the tune of well over $100 B.
f Walmart were forced to pay a $12 minimum wage the people in our nation that call
themselves good Americans who shop at Walmart would have to come up with a
lousy 45 cents extra per shopping trip to cover the difference.
4
For a consumer who
spends approximately $1,187 per year at Walmart, it works out on average of $12.49.
How many Walmart shoppers can't afford $12.49 per year to reverse the downward
Copyright 2011 164
_____________________________________________________________________
vortex wage flow that is Walmart?
5
Pay now, or pay later, it's coming out of our wallet
either way via taxes or the cash register. Why should the American people subsidize the
riches of the Walton family?
A growing percentage of Americans detest the mega-rich, such as the Walton family,
want to tax them, etc., but the majority will still pull their car into a Walmart or Sam's
Club parking lot to save a few nickels and dimes while supporting slave labor, the
demise of their local community and control of America by the mega-rich. To those
Americans, you should hang your head in absolute shame, for you are no better
whatsoever than the mega-rich you purport to detest. You are the problem with America!
The following bullet points are just a sampling of what you support when you shop at
Walmart:
The company has recently cut two of its longstanding benefits by eliminating their profit
sharing program and, as of 2011, no new employees will receive an extra dollar an hour
for time worked on Sundays.
6
As of 2007, fewer than half of the company's employees actually were insured under
the company healthcare plan between just 41 and 46 percent.
7
n 2008 an internal Walmart memo was uncovered that outlined an aggressive plan to
attack employee benefit expenses by making long-term employment unattractive in
order to create a workforce that would be younger and cheaper.
8
Equipped with the lowest cost possible via buying power and logistical efficiency on a
global scale, Walmart operates as a predator within every community and retail industry
in which it operates. You name it, mom and pop grocery stores, sporting goods, low end
jewelry, clothing, tools, electronics, toys, computers, office supplies and almost every
other retail entity that once thrived in America . . . squashed, intimidated, on the ropes or
already out of business. Walmart landing in any community is like a retail bomb with
nearly every other competitor business blown out of the water. Nothing missed, nothing
wasted and all done on such a scale that no retailer, much less some small business
owner, can come close to matching them on price. t's just not possible! Now that they
have destroyed small town America, they're looking to expand and focus more on urban
areas within the U.S. and their top targets are New York, Chicago, Boston and San
Francisco.
9
When they arrive and takeover, if not stopped, the average wage of every
employee in almost all areas will stall for good and the starting wage for retail employees
will drop like a rock. Thousands of new working poor will wear the Walmart ankle
shackles enslaved for life into poverty and hopeless existence. To get a better idea of
what Walmart is about, consider just a few of the bulleted highlights gleaned from their
2010 annual report:
Walmart spent an average of $65.75 million every day over the past year on
advertising.
10
No wonder Americans are so indoctrinated with the Wal-Mart culture.
Walmart's advertising budget was up 14% in 2010.
n 2010 Walmart's CEO, Mike Duke, was paid $19.2 million in direct salary, stocks,
and other benefits and in 2009 made $28.4 million.
11

Copyright 2011 165
_____________________________________________________________________
By May 2011, Walmart will have 952.2 square feet of retail space and more stores
outside the U.S. than inside. Counting all Walmarts and Sam's Clubs, the U.S. total is
4,304 stores, while the nternational store count is now 4,112.
12

Net sales at Walmart in 2010 grew by only 1% the worst gain in the company's
history. Their own greed and success is now killing the goose that has been laying their
golden eggs. The company is relying on sales outside America to keep the company
growing. nternational sales, which hit $100 billion this year, now make up roughly 25%
of the company's net sales.
13

More than anything, more than all the bullet points above, the No. 1 reason Walmart
must be stopped is the money funnel it provides to the Walton family. With $100 B in net
worth, they own Congress, run roughshod over every community in which they operate,
bend every rule of business ethics and dominate the American economic landscape like
Nazi storm troopers. f you can't do anything else for your nation and your local
community, at a minimum, never cross the threshold of a Walmart or Sam's Club. With
the current trends and your money [if you continue to put it into to pockets of the Walton
family] Walmart will own the Earth and your children and their children will have no
choice but to work in the Walton's slave labor camp. The choice is up to you . . .
)al&art )at$#
http://walmartwatch.com
;o a ;!%#er )a%e +tandard )o.ld *&pa$t )al&art . . .
http://laborcenter.berkeley.edu/retail/bigbox_livingwage_policies11.pdf
T#e 6lt!&ate A&er!$an Drea& K!llerI
To complain about our horrible U.S. economy and no jobs for American workers is one
thing. To blame it all on the greedy blood suckers is just wrong! Since they have moved
jobs off shore, built factories and facilities and invested heavily in our ultimate
demise . . . the mega-rich are making billions from their cheap labor strategy. Buying
from the mega-rich and the multi-national corporations who provide services and
manufacture in the U.S. does funnel more money to the top, but far worse than that
could ever be is buying goods and services from their off shore operations! t's like
rewarding them and the foreign nation for greed and taking American jobs. Far worse
than purchasing foreign made goods and services from U.S. companies sourcing off
shore is buying imported goods from foreign companies.
Going forward in order to revive the American Dream Americans on many occasions
will have very difficult buying decisions to make. Much like within the political arena, our
purchases will oftentimes have to be the lesser of two evils. Nothing whatsoever could
be more destructive to the American Dream than taking American money off our
imaginary American Monopoly board. Every time we spend one single dollar off shore
we're sending even more jobs off shore and hurting our economy because collectively all
those dollars add up to billions.
Copyright 2011 166
_____________________________________________________________________
No one in America has any right whatsoever to allow their blood pressure to rise or
complain about the mega-rich and the jobs they are sending off shore when they
themselves just returned from the store with bags full of foreign sourced goods. Every
time this critical issue is mentioned within America, you get the exact same replies such
as: 'it's too expensive to buy American made products and services' or ' can't find any
American made products and services.' For 99 percent of Americans both statements
are, quite frankly, just a damn lie! and every America knows it. The vast majority of
Americans have never paid the slightest bit attention to even attempting to buy products
and services from within the U.S.A. We act as if turning a product over or around to see
where it was made it just too much trouble or clicking on a different website to find a U.S.
source may wear out our mouse finger.
We Americans are consumers! We live to consume, we love to consume and we're
going to keep consuming which is why, on average, we have less than $2000 put away
for retirement. The point is . . . we're going to buy stuff or bust! We just have to get that
money out of our wallet.
From personal experience, have a friend who has no children and financial freedom
and every Saturday rain or shine she leaves in the morning, buys stuff all day long and
returns at dark with a car load of stuff. There is stuff under every bed, stuff in corners,
stuff in the attic, stuff in storage, stuff at relatives' houses and more stuff on the
way. Most of the boxes and bags never even get opened again, but from an economic
perspective she's awesome! The question is for what economy . . . because it's not
the American economy.
n 2009 Americans bought $374.9 B more goods and services off shore than we
exported and sold to other nations. As far as trade deficits go for America, 2009 was a
very good year, largely due to the Great Recession. t wasn't because we actually got a
brain, looked at the label and source of the goods and services we buy, it was because
we actually curtailed our overall spending for a year.
Now the bad news! n 2010, Americans exploded our trade deficit to a record $500+ B.
We all have to dumb as rocks to spend this kind of money off shore during the Great
Recession! Even if our economy was performing well, we'd be stupid to do it, but off
shore spending during the Great Recession is the dumbest, most mind boggling activity
in the history of America.
Much of it is driven of course by the mega-rich and their media machine that go to great
lengths to make everything off shore look more exotic or appear cheaper than American
made products. Euro styling on the high-end grabs the affluent and cheap on the low
end lures all socio-economic strata. Let's take cars, for instance, anyone that has
actually been to Europe knows a BMW and a Mercedes are nothing more than a
European Chevrolet. They line every street in Germany, up one side and down the
other, even Mercedes taxis are everywhere. There is nothing whatsoever exotic about
a Mercedes or any other European car. n American however, both brands along with
anything European is a must-have status symbol. They don't make better cars [at least
not any longer] and all American's are getting for the extra $20 K are shipping charges
and a status symbol. That Mercedes emblem may as well be a crosshairs in a rifle scope
aimed at our American economy. Admittedly some European brands as well as
Japanese manufacture in America, but the profits go off shore.
Copyright 2011 167
_____________________________________________________________________
On the low end, it's all about cheap. Cheap stuff that fills landfills and lots of stuff we
don't even need. Asia drives the biggest portion of our foreign trade deficit and it's killing
the American Dream! We've gone so far down this dead-end road that in many cases no
American alternative exists on the shelf, so the next question is: do we really need
whatever it is? Quite often, the answer to that question is the same one you give your
child, which is 'no, you don't need it and no you can't have it!' t is of course nave to
think that some products, such as cheap clothing, will ever be made in America again.
Labor intensive cut-and-sew functions would make shirts or pants a cost prohibitive
purchase if they were performed in the U.S. Some American made clothing does still
exist and buying whatever is left is critical to our economy just like purchasing
anything else that says made in America.
You don't need a PhD in economics from Harvard to figure this one out. A small snap
shot tells the larger story: in 2010 just an 18 percent rise ($48 B) in our trade deficit with
China cost Americans between 512,000 and 566,000 jobs according to an EP estimate.
By that measure a $500 B overall trade deficit = 5+ million American jobs. Admittedly
this example is loose math, since all our foreign trade deficit is not with China, but you
get the idea.
The bottom line is that we are sending millions of good American jobs off shore no
matter how many excuses we may want to make to the contrary. The buck begins and
ends with each American consumer who collectively drive at least 70 percent of our U.S.
economy. We are killing the American economy and we are the ones sending the
majority of American jobs off shore. t's inconvenient and a little more expensive at times
to buy made in the U.S.A., but we can't blame this American Dream killer solely on the
mega-rich. This killer sits squarely in the lap of every single American consumer.

Sorry, you can't buy a new Land Rover because they were just bought out by a company
in ndia and you can't have a new Volvo because they were just bought out by a
company in China. t's called conscience buying and a little voice has to get
programmed into your head every time you touch a product or prepare to order a
service that little voice has to say: 'is this the best can do for my local economy and
America?'
The ultimate point here is that money makes the world go round and money talks. t's
sad that an American will walk into a voting booth, vote for millionaire A or millionaire B
and believe that has some economic benefit. Then leave the voting booth, drive to
Walmart and purchase their child the latest iPod made in China. Every vote counts, even
if it's for the lesser of two evils, but the dollars sent to Apple for an iPhone benefit Apple
stockholders, China's economy via manufacturing jobs, low wage jobs at Apple retail
stores and a sliver of white collar workers. As is always the case, the media is quick to
deify someone like Steve Jobs once they have passed away and the throngs of Apple
groupies are all too quick to go along, but where is the reckoning for the outsourced
slave labor camp Apple runs in China know as Foxconn? The name on the door may
say Foxconn, but the biggest bite of money hammering out the production inside is
from that red apple logo on your latest toy. A place so horrible, with wages so low that
people are jumping to their deaths as Apple groupies bop to the beat of their iPod and
download the latest cool iPhone app. As we now worship the dearly departed Steve
Jobs, lest we not forget that he was about money first and American jobs second, even
though he accomplished much to be admired for during his lifetime.
Copyright 2011 168
_____________________________________________________________________
Although extremely inconvenient for all the Apple groupies in America, the next time you
turn on your iPhone, just for a moment, remember that is was made in a Chinese slave
labor camp known as Foxconn. When you're searching for the latest greatest cool app,
see if there is one called American Jobs.
L!1e at 5#!na/" !n1a&o." !3#one 1a$tory
http://technolog.msnbc.msn.com/_news/2010/11/05/5414029-life-at-chinas-infamous-
iphone-factory
Every dollar spent in the right place makes a positive difference for America because
collectively it adds up to billions of dollars each year. When we buy a chocolate bar, we
check the number of calories for some reason, but with products and services we just
grab? Buying American whenever and wherever possible has to become a religion in
America and we have to become devout going forward. We as a people look at a label to
check for calories when we already know something is fattening, but to turn a product
over to seek out its point of origin is too much trouble? nstead we just grab! That has to
change going forward and many resources for addressing the trade deficit will be
provided in Part : The Resistance. While you may not believe it, if we refuse to buy
foreign made goods and services, as well as accept functions such as call centers off
shore, American companies will have no choice but to produce those goods and source
those services with labor from within the U.S.A. Americans as a whole do absolutely
nothing whatsoever at present to force the issue with our wallets. Money rules and we
call all the shots with our wallets, but only if we use the power in our hand.

n turn, foreign companies doing business in the U.S. will also have no choice but to
produce goods and source services via American workers. Toyota and BMW, just to
name two foreign companies, already produce cars in the U.S. Apple iPhones and iPods
sold in the U.S. need to be made in the U.S. and it can happen in less than a year. Just
stop buying them and see how fast Apple starts creating jobs in American instead of
China. At a minimum Apple can at least manufacture the ones sold in the U.S. within the
U.S., but it won't happen as long as you support Chinese slave labor with your money.
Believe it or not, because we still have the largest economy in the world, we're still in
charge . . . not the corporations and the mega-rich sourcing off shore. n order to rape
us, we have to be willing to help them. n a few short months, we can bring any company
to its knees with the votes in our wallets called dollars no politician required. Not only
can we force them to hire Americans, but we can force them to pay a living wage as
well. Presently, via our buying habits, we're our own worst enemy . . .
A&er!$anMadeMatter".$o&
Copyright 2011 169
_____________________________________________________________________
http://www.americanmadematters.com/
A&er!$an")or,!n%.$o&
http://www.americansworking.com/
+t!ll Made !n 6+A
http://www.stillmadeinusa.com/
Made !n 6+A
http://www.madeinusa.org
6+Aonly.6+
http://www.usaonly.us/
Made*nA&er!$a+t.11.$o&
http://www.madeinamericastuff.com/
Made*n6+AFore2er.$o&
http://madeinusaforever.com/
MadeByYan,ee".net
http://www.madebyyankees.net/
Made !n t#e 6+A Fo.ndat!on
http://www.madeusafdn.org/
B.yA&er!$an.$o&
http://www.buyamerican.com/
T#at G+leep!n% Dra%onH !" No )!de Aa,eI
Beware the sleeping dragon, said Winston Churchill. For when she awakes the Earth
will shake. The sleeping dragon of which Churchill spoke was of course Communist
China. Most people today, especially our corporate owned media, just drop the word
Communist from their name and refer to them simply as China. Why wouldn't you . . .
they are no longer Communist. Now they are just brutal, totalitarian, dictators who have
embraced our free enterprise system. They support it with state money and every
government backed advantage possible, including: currency manipulation, industrial
espionage, nternet piracy, counterfeiting, collusion, copyright and patent infringement
and bribery. Even though this book is focused on money, namely your money, any
American that can overlook the well documented human rights abuses and rampant
pollution of Mother Earth by China is just choosing to look the other way. Dong business
with China directly supports one of the most dictatorial, oppressive regimes on Earth as
well as the largest polluter on the planet.
Give credit were credit is due, although new to the free enterprise system, China seems
to be pretty good at it. n 2010, far ahead of projections by every genius PhD economist,
China became the second biggest economy in the world. The dragon, it appears, is now
officially awake. By 2012, China will overtake the U.S. as the world's biggest economy.
1

Copyright 2011 170
_____________________________________________________________________
Due in large part to U.S. companies investing and manufacturing in China, by 2020 it's
projected that China will possess 24.1 percent of world output leaving the U.S. in the
dust with only 14.8 percent.
2
While America was sleeping, the dragon awoke and in less than 20 years went from
being our doormat to kicking us economically out the door. How could this have
happened? Where were our so called political leaders? Nowhere! t's long past time for
Americans to stop fawning over the political class, both past and present, and see them
for what they really are failures who sold out the American people. The reason we've
been sold out is money in the form of campaign money and profits for corporate America
and stockholders via cheap labor as well as access to a consumer market with a billion
people. When historical facts smack you in the face, in regard to China's meteoric rise,
you simply have to focus and begin to ask yourself some difficult questions about our
political class.
Can any American remember Chinagate . . . of course not we can't remember
where we put our car keys when we came in the house. Chinagate was part of our 1996
presidential election in which Charlie Trie, an agent of China, sought to slip $460,000 to
the Democratic National Committee (DNC). Just the tip of a China money iceberg, more
than 100 of Trie's fellow Chinese agents fled jurisdiction before 22 were convicted of
either fraud or trying to funnel money to the Clinton/Gore campaign via the DNC. The
DNC said woops and quickly gave the money back . . . and as things always seems to
go in Washington, D.C. all was soon forgotten.
n a repeat performance, during Hillary Clinton's 2008 presidential run, Norman Hsu
another Chinese agent, illegally raised $850,000 for her campaign from questionable
unknown sources. William Paw, a mail carrier and his family gave $213,000, including
$55,000 directly to Hillary. Again, just like with Chinagate, the woops excuse was used,
the money was quickly given back and once again . . . as things always seems to go in
Washington, D.C. all was soon forgotten.
Are these two instances cherry picking or just reporting of the facts? Was there pay-to-
play going on here, or were the Chinese just contributing to further our American
democracy? Has money over the years changed hands and is it continuing to change
hands in Washington, D.C. to work to the detriment of a strong U.S. economy for our
average citizens instead of only the mega-rich? How much has it contributed to China's
meteoric rise in just 20 years? All good questions, don't you think?
During the Clinton administration, from a national security standpoint, millions of pages
of data on nuclear weapons were declassified. t was part of a Lockheed Martin,
Hughes Electronics and Loral Space and Communications deal to assist China with their
nuclear strike force. President, Clinton approved the sale of such technology, even as
two of the companies were being investigated by a grand jury.
n December 2004, under the presidential leadership of Bush , BM was allowed to sell
their PC business to a Chinese company named Lenovo. The sale went through against
the wishes of at least a couple intelligent politicians in Washington, D.C. who
questioned, among other things, the risk to our national security. Just lightly scratching
the surface pulls up $6+ M in lobbying dollars spent that year by BM who profited wildly
from the sale.
3
Along with the sale went the BM brain power of 10,000 former BM
employees. Today, China owns the world's fastest super-computer: a machine called the
Copyright 2011 171
_____________________________________________________________________
Tianhe-1A that will do 2,507 trillion calculations per second an estimated 1.4 times more
horsepower than America's fastest computer. Obviously this type of technological
advancement delivers business and economic advantages, but militarily, when
combined with the billions China is spending on upgrading their armaments and war
preparedness . . . it threatens the national security of America.
Currently, U.S. corporations and those of other developed nations are signing deals with
China almost every day that dictate technology-transfer terms detrimental to both the
corporation and America. Because China controls all the levers, such as import and
export licenses, China demands the technology transfers as the price to be paid for
access to the Chinese marketplace. American companies either turn over our know-how
and technological advancements or they don't get into the China market. As hard as it is
to believe, driven by greed and lust for access to the Chinese marketplace . . . corporate
America signs it over to get into the China game.
Although no political leader, much less corporate head, in America is asking the
question, perhaps average citizens should ask, once China has our technology,
expertise and know-how given to them by America caving in to strong arm tactics . . .
what will China need us for? The answer is they won't and anyone who believes that
China won't nationalize entire industries [or just boot out companies], once they have
what they want, is nave indeed. n fact, China tipped their hand via their stated plan for
science and technology from 2006 to 2020 that the U.S. Chamber of Commerce states
is considered by many international technology companies to be a blueprint for
technology theft on a scale the world has never seen before.
4
The blueprint is called
indigenous innovation via a Chinese government policy designed to favor Chinese firms
for state contracts that requires technology transfer if Western companies want to
participate.
Even with a warning from the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, American companies are
plunging head first with their eye only upon short-term money with no long-term foresight
whatsoever upon what technology transfer really means for both their corporations and
the American economy at large.
Just as dangerous and illogical, U.S. corporations are funding and opening massive
research centers in China. Even though America's R&D spending ($402 B in 2010) is
still quadruple China's $103 B, it's projected they will surpass U.S. R&D spending by
2020 and they are doing it with our help.
5
Now consider the yuan is currently 40 percent
undervalued [because our political leadership has no backbone] and understand that all
China's R&D efforts come at a 40 percent discount when compared to the same efforts
in America.
Patents, largely tied to R&D, have long been considered the bell weather for future
economic prosperity within an industrialized nation. n 2009, China filed 279,298 patent
applications which made it third in the world behind the U.S. and Japan.
6
While the rest
of the world was experiencing a recession, China's patent applications in digital
computing and data transmission alone increased by 4000 percent and their patent
number filings as a whole will surpass both the U.S. and Japan in 2011 to make them
No. 1 in the world.
7
s anyone within America's political class thinking through the military and economic
implications of technology transfers along with cutting edge R&D? No! Are stockholders
Copyright 2011 172
_____________________________________________________________________
raking in the gravy from China business telling their CEOs to be careful and prudent
when making deals with the devil? No! t's all about the money today in campaign
contributions for the political class and short term stock market gains for America's
mega-rich. Sounds very similar to the recipe that crashed our entire economy with the
housing bubble now doesn't it?
So America is falling behind in technology as well as R&D, but we still have all those
green jobs coming out way, right? Don't count on it. n 2010, top Party B fundraisers and
lobbyists with links to president Obama and Senate majority leader Harry Reid
were working behind the scenes to snatch almost a half billion dollars in stimulus money
for a Chinese company to build and run a wind farm in Texas. The turbines would be
built by Chinese workers in China of course to ensure no American jobs are created and
the operations in the U.S. would be run by the Chinese to ensure the profits go back to
China. t's all a partnership between U.S. Renewable Energy Group, a Dallas investment
firm and A-Power Energy Generation Systems, a Chinese firm.
)!nd at t#e!r 7a$,"( 3oer1.l De&o$rat" #elp 5#!ne"e ener%y 1!r& $#a"e "t!&.l."
&oney
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/40565987/ns/business-going_green/from/toolbar
The campaign dollars, the bad decisions, the connections and the loosely strewn
together instances and facts above may not prove anything definitive whatsoever. They
are certainly not aimed at any political party, but instead point to our American political
class in general. Nonetheless, when it comes to green, Party B is up to their necks in
cronyism and pay-to-play campaign donations to save the planet as evidenced further
by the emerging Solyndra scandal. Taking a page from the Chicago politics playbook,
the Obama administration pushed for the solar company to receive $535 M in backing
from the federal government in exchange for campaign donations. Tulsa billionaire
George Kaiser, a major stockholder and backer of Solyndra, is credited with raising
somewhere between $50 and $100 K for the president's election campaign. n addition,
Kaiser donated $53,500 of his personal money and along with Solyndra senior
executives and board members their total donations were $87,050 to the president's
campaign.
8
Do the math America, somewhere around $187 K for a billionaire borrower
to get his hooks on $535 M of our tax money is a dandy interest rate. Most especially in
light of the Obama administration fast tracking the loan through the Department of
Energy and harsh criticism by the GAO who's role it is to smell a rat when it comes to
government spending. After multiple visits to the White House by Kaiser, president,
Obama posing for photo-ops at the Solyndra facilities, etc. Solyndra is of course
shredding documents and deleting e-mails as fast as possible and the Obama
administration is throwing Kaiser and Solyndra executives under the bus as if they have
the cooties.
When the American public thinks green, we think saving the planet and jobs for
American workers, but for our esteemed political class green means campaign
donations and political power. As for the billionaires like Kaiser, political contribution
Copyright 2011 173
_____________________________________________________________________
green means low interest loans, products made in China for higher profits and more
money in their pockets.
t has just been assumed by the American people, for far too long, that our political class
was on our side and had our best economic interest at heart. Continue to believe that at
your own peril and see clearly that when it comes to campaign money, cronyism and
corporate profits . . . the workers of America come in dead last! Millions of U.S.
manufacturing jobs gone to China and elsewhere, sweet heart deals to transfer both
sensitive defense and business technological advantages to the China and it all begins
to add up to either stupidity or a massive 20+ year track record of political corruption in
Washington, D.C. to sell out the American people for stockholder gains and corporate
greed.
Without any doubt, as far as dealing with China over the past 20+ years, major mistakes
were made. The first mistake was to trust our political class to look out for our best
economic interests in regard to full and gainful employment as well a strong U.S.
economy. Going forward, we the people must kick the door down and have a seat at
the table during any and all trade agreement discussions and deal making that take
place with any foreign nation most especially any agreements that involve China!
Live and learn as the saying goes, but if we haven't learned enough to put the brakes
on NOW in regard to protecting our green jobs economic sector in America . . . then we
have only ourselves to blame for absolute stupidity and naivety!
Overall, imports of clean energy products increased 74% per year, on average, between
2000 and 2010 . . . more than doubling our trade deficit with China in clean energy
products.
9
Clean energy imports from China are currently exceeding our exports by a 10
to 1 ratio.
10
n one single year, from 2009 to 2010, Chinese competition pushed the price
of solar panels down 50 percent, making it difficult if not impossible for western
manufactures to compete.
11
China now exports most of the solar panel they make,
control half of the German market and a third of the U.S. market.
12
The reason, as noted
in the EP report linked below, China is using a wide array of illegal trade policies to
stimulate growth and exports of its green technology industries, including massive
subsidies of more than $216 billion; restrictions on access to rare earth elements and
other minerals; discrimination against foreign firms or goods; technology transfer
requirements for foreign investors; and making subsidies contingent on exports or
domestic content. n layman's terms it's called cheating, manipulating the market,
playing games and kicking America's posterior in clean energy products.
5#!na/" +.7"!d!e" to -reen *nd."tr!e" Lead to -ro!n% Trade De1!$!t" !n 5lean
0ner%y 3rod.$t"
http://www.epi.org/publications/entry/ib287/
Next time you see another politician with the flag as a backdrop, lauding the green
economy that's going to save America, think again unless current trends are
reversed. We obviously can't trust China, but the real question is can we any longer trust
Copyright 2011 174
_____________________________________________________________________
our current political class? No average Americans are watching or paying attention to
connect the dots, follow the money or track the deals. Perhaps it's time that changed . . .
The clean energy sector is just the most recent economic sector to begin falling under
the control of China. Across the board, China is kicking our posterior, cheating us, taking
our jobs and robbing us blind. n 2009, 79 percent of all counterfeit goods seized at U.S.
borders originated in China.
13
n the preceding 5 years, it's estimated that China ripped
us off by counterfeiting $10.6 B in U.S. goods such as: apparel, athletic footwear, textile
fabrics, floor coverings, consumer goods, chemicals, electronics, electrical equipment as
well as copied media and T software, such as: movies, music, publishing and
entertainment software.
14
What did our government bureaucrats have to say about it?
They applauded the Chinese for their progress by getting the percentage down form 81
percent in 2008. Just think, at a 2 percent reduction per year, we'll have the issue fixed
by 2046. Keep in mind that these are just the garbage Chinese goods coming into
America and just the goods caught at our borders . . . now consider the American
products counterfeited by China going into every other nation on Earth. Since we're the
most hated nation on Earth, just how many of these nations do you think care if America
is being swindled by China? The answer is almost NONE!
You name it and China is knocking it off or stealing it via pirated optical drives, nternet
piracy, copyright and patent infringement, industrial espionage or just good old fashioned
hands-on stealing of books, movies and software. How many billions of dollars and good
American jobs have they stolen already? They have zero ethics and respect for
copyrights, patents, nternet security measures or locked doors. Just how much of
China's meteoric rise can be attributed to plain old stealing and American stupidity?
Assuming you can get past Donald Trump's ridiculous hair, he does on occasion cut
through the BS and tell it like it is. n a recent interview with CNBC, by saying, know
lots of people in China and they think we are the dumbest son-of-a-bitches in the world.
He added, They think our representatives don't know what they are doing. They are
laughing at us. He went on to add that by taxing their products coming into the U.S. we
can help to pay off the federal deficit and bring jobs back to America. With our inept level
of political leadership and spineless bureaucrats protecting our interests . . . don't hold
your breath.
You can't really blame the Chinese for taking advantage of our stupidity, now can you? f
you are a criminal society like China and you find a sucker, what do you do? You play
them for all it's worth until they wise up. Whether our political class has been selling out
the American people to China for decades is somewhat debatable, but what's not
debatable is that our political bureaucrat class are the most pathetic inept monitors and
negotiators in the history of business trade and regulation! Whether it's deals with China
or regulation of Wall Street . . . they are outclassed, out maneuvered, overpaid and
played for fools and the American people are the ones paying the price.
Now that China has stolen us blind and as a nation we we're dirt broke, what's left?
Lend America lot's of money to see just how indebted we will become. n a March 2009
Washington Times article, Cornel professor, Eswar Prasad calculated that China
currently owns $1.7 trillion in U.S. Government debt.
15
Estimates vary of course,
depending upon who you ask, but the debt has certainly risen since 2009 and owing
China even one trillion dollars is a recipe for disaster. Just the interest payments alone
Copyright 2011 175
_____________________________________________________________________
threaten to destabilize our economy and prospects for paying off the actual balance
appear bleak at this point in time.

Tr.&p 5NB5 *nter2!e
http://money.cnn.com/video/news/2010/04/06/n_trump_china_sob.cnnmoney/
So what does all this China history have to do with our present day reality and the
future? Why should average Americans care or be the least bit interested? n a word, it's
about survival. America has been fed a steady diet of a wonderful global economy for
20+ years. The ruse is perpetuated every single day, via our corporate owned media
machine, and we just continue sucking up like kittens drinking milk.
Go to your local McDonald's and ask the college graduates flipping burgers about the
wonderful global economy then divide a minimum wage into the average college loan
amount of $24 K and you'll get a better picture of the true global economy reality. t's a
far cry from the manufactured image portrayed via the corporate media machine. Take
just one example from the Cisco ad linked below. Eager, bright-eyed little American
students networked by Cisco to their Chinese counterparts as they prepare to participate
in this wonderful global economy. They even have a movie star selling the idea . . . it's
got to be valid. Makes you feel warm all over doesn't it?
0llen 3a%e 5!"$o Ad2ert!"!n% F!eld Tr!p
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vHFUwFgu5w4
t's a Kumbaya mirage, a world vision generated by corporate America and the mega-
rich to steal us all blind. Young Americans are told to take out student loans, work on
those math skills, major in science and they too will be able to compete in this wonderful
world economy. Supplementing the media spin is a heavy dose of American
exceptionalism from radical right politicians telling Americans we're 'the best and
brightest in the world.'
n 1998, China graduated 830,000 from college, but just 12 years later in 2010 they
graduated more than 6 million and the number will only grow larger in the years ahead.
16
While many American graduates are now forced to move back home with mom and
dad and work at McDonalds, it's far worse than that for China's graduates. More than
100,000 Chinese graduates now live in a slum called the Ant Tribe that sits just outside
Copyright 2011 176
_____________________________________________________________________
the Olympic Village in Beijing.
17
Stench, trash and filth just outside the door multiple
college grads bunking in the same room with 6 million more Chinese grads lining up
in 2010 alone for the privilege to get an open bunk. They possess degrees in
accounting, finance, T, business and engineering and all the other white collar
occupations imaginable . . . they are hungry and if they can't immigrate to America, all
are ready to take America jobs via the nternet and that wonderful Cisco network.
As detailed herein American white collar professionals, now living the upwardly
mobile American Dream are headed for a rude awakening just around the corner and
most don't have the slightest inking of what's to come. Thanks to the nternet, from the
squalor of Beijing, hundreds of thousands of white collar American professionals will
drop like flies with ever increasing frequency. t will only get worse as the mega-rich,
stockholders and their multi-national corporations fuel their bottom lines with cheap
Chinese talent that sucks the life out of America. Great for the mega-rich, awesome for
the corporate bottom line, but really bad for America and her workforce!
Just how smart are these Chinese students? n a word, they're BRLLANT! Go ahead
and buy into the idea of American exceptionalism at your own peril. A few years ago,
had an intern from China who was getting her MBA from Wake Forrest University. She
was just a kid, the child of Chinese peasants, but in no time flat she navigated America
and the corporate playing field like an old pro. Charming, articulate, smart beyond belief
and hell bent on success! Multiply that singular reality by 6 million Chinese graduates
within China, hundreds educated internationally and Americans had better bring their A
game for a lot less money. Chinese grads will work for peanuts and they don't need a
big house in the country club. As far a work ethic . . . former peasants carry no burdens
of entitlement and are happy just for the privilege to climb upward as Americans slide
downward.

f you are a CEO looking out only for the share price and your stock options who gets
hired . . . an expensive American graduate or a hungry grad in Shanghai via the
nternet? Again, the question must be asked, who's going to look out for America's
college educated? Corporate H.R., your boss, assuming they make the next cut, or
perhaps our currently corrupt Congress? What about liberty and freedom or the
mechanics of the free enterprise system?
Just how many American jobs have been lost already to China via freedom, liberty and
the mechanics of the free enterprise system? Between 1997 and 2006 America lost
2,166,000 jobs to China. More than 1.8 million of those jobs occurred after 2001.
18
What
occurred in 2001? Answer: China entered the World Trade Organization (WTO). Total to
date from 2001 to 2010 alone, just in the manufacturing sector, there have been 5.5
million jobs lost, along with 26,000 U.S. manufacturing plants closed.
19
Between 2001
and 2010, 40 percent of all U.S. factories that had 250 or more employees closed it
doors.
20

These horrifying statistics beg two questions: 1) was getting China into the WTO a good
idea? and 2) who was behind it? Question #1 could be debatable, but the answer to
question #2 is not. Elder statesman, former president, Clinton is the answer to that
question. He theorized, or at least told the American people, that We'll be able to export
products without exporting jobs . . . The more China liberalizes its economy, the more
fully it will liberate the potential of its people their initiative, their imagination, their
remarkable spirit of enterprise. Do fraud, corruption and good old stealing fall under the
Copyright 2011 177
_____________________________________________________________________
category of China's remarkable spirit of enterprise or was our elder statesman just
wrong on the whole idea of allowing China into the WTO?
A&er!$a/" +ta,e !n 5#!na, 7y B!ll 5l!nton
http://www.dlc.org/ndol_ci.cfm?kaid=108&subid=128&contentid=963
n 2010, according to EP, we only lost approximately half a million jobs to China, but
that was only because our economy was horrible already thanks to Wall Street's greed.
21
To be fair, China was a formidable player on the global stage previous to 2001, but
pushing for them to get into the WTO helped China, corporate America and the mega-
rich not the American people! Let's look at what happened to job loses to China after
2001 in a few selected blue states [as our corporate media like to label them]. After
China entered the WTO in 2001 spanning to year 2006, CA lost 269,300 jobs, NY lost
105,000 jobs, L lost 79,000 jobs and MA lost 59,000 jobs to China.
22
Millions of lost American jobs, human rights abuses, pollution of Mother Earth and ever
less food on American's tables. China is quite literally eating our lunch! When you look
at the reality, the stats and the numbers . . . China's entry into the WTO accelerated the
war being waged by the greedy upon America's middle-class.
To blame any specific president or political party alone for China's rise would be
completely irresponsible and just plain wrong without almost the entire political class
pushing for China's entry into the WTO it wouldn't have happened. t does however,
according to most analysts, mark a dramatic turning point in the rise of China as an
economic power. Chinagate is now a long forgotten smoking gun along with Chinese
influence upon our democratic political system, but any sane individual that doesn't
question what took place behind the scenes then and what's taking behind the scenes
even now is completely naive. At a minimum, it should send the alarm to the American
people that we must now have massive change in the political system, the way business
is done in Washington, D.C., the cronyism and a campaign finance system that amounts
to outright bribery. Massive amounts of mega-rich money rules and the people's jobs
and financial security take a back seat to stockholders and corporate greed.
The toxic recipe is quite simple, production worker costs per hour, even today, are $22 in
the U.S. versus $2 per hour in China (9% of U.S. costs).
23
The mega-rich and
stockholders at the top of the U.S. food chain want even more money via higher margins
and the easiest way to get it is to make a deal with the devil for cheap labor and access
to the China marketplace. That deal for short term wealth and long-term market access
includes both R&D as well as technology transfers, not to mention billions of dollars in
critical manufacturing infrastructure being placed into the hands of the Chinese.
Copyright 2011 178
_____________________________________________________________________
Because the American people have been increasingly starved for 30+ years via
stagnated wages, they demand and in some cases have no other choice but to buy from
China. The short-term nickel and dime savings put a few dollars back into the family
budget, but the long-term consequences to the American economy at large when
viewed collectively are absolutely horrific over time. Only the mega-rich and
stockholders win, while the America people continue to be sucked down into a financial
vortex of Third World existence.
5o"tly Trade !t# 5#!na( M!ll!on" o1 6.+. Mo7" d!"pla$ed . . .
http://www.epi.org/publications/entry/bp188/
T#e 5#!na Trade Toll
http://www.aflcio.org/issues/jobseconomy/globaleconomy/upload/epi_china.pdf
R!"!n% 5#!na Trade De1!$!t )!ll 5o"t One4;al1 M!ll!on 6.+. Jo7" *n 2010
http://www.epi.org/page/-/pdf/ib283.pdf
6+55.%o2
http://www.uscc.gov/
6+55 2010, Ann.al Report to 5on%re""
http://www.uscc.gov/annual_report/2010/annual_report_full_10.pdf
Ready 1or Ta,eo11( 5#!na/" Ad2an$!n% Aero"pa$e *nd."try
http://www.rand.org/pubs/monographs/2011/RAND_MG1100.pdf
A Balan$e o1 3oer Lar%ely !n 5on".&er"/ ;and"
Let's assume, just for a moment, that our political class hasn't been selling us out to
China to benefit the American aristocracy for 30+ years. China's meteoric rise just
happened without them being helped all along the way by our own political leaders. The
American people, as voters, but mostly as consumers are more to blame than anyone
for China's meteoric rise. n 2010, during the Great Recession when our economy
needed life support, we Americans bought $273 B more goods from China than China
bought from us.
1
t's called a massive trade deficit and it means that we Americans
shipped $267 B worth of American jobs to China because our wonderful education
system didn't get us up to second grade literacy, by which, we can read the words,
MADE N CHNA.
As Americans plead to Washington, 'please do something for our horrible economy!'
we're apparently not willing to do anything to help ourselves? Perhaps instead of
passing the trillion dollar stimulus package, president, Obama should have mailed out
second grade geography books. Surly by the third grade we Americans know that China
is NOT a U.S. state.
Copyright 2011 179
_____________________________________________________________________
The basic economic principle involved with NOT making purchases that have MADE N
CHNA printed on them does NOT require a 1600 on the SAT or a PhD in economics.
The sad truth is, the majority of Americas get it. We're lazy and we don't actually care
enough about our fellow citizens or the U.S. economy to make the small sacrifice of not
buying MADE N CHNA. We don't actually care about future generations and we make
excuses and want what we want . . . dirt cheap crap made in China. We never stop and
think through the real implications of what buying MADE N CHNA really means to each
and every one of us. The 512,000+ jobs we sent to China in 2010 alone, via our
purchasing, drove down nearly everyone's wages in America except the mega-rich of
course.
2
Much of what we saved via cheap Chinese products and services comes right
back out of what we could be earning if there were more upward pressures on American
wages via higher demand for American employees. Once again, it goes back to basic
supply and demand theory, but admittedly there has to be just a little brain gray matter to
get the connection. All someone making $10 per hour gets is they are broke and by
spending an extra $5 on a purchase is $5 less they are going to have in their pocket. For
a few people, very few people [who are actually starving], saving that $5 buying MADE
N CHNA and shopping at Walmart matters because they can eat a meal with the $5
saved. For everyone else, 90+ percent of Americans, we're being unpatriotic, selfish and
extremely short sighted when we buy MADE N CHNA. f you don't like hearing that,
then that's just too bad because it's the truth! f we truly love our nation, care about your
own future paychecks and our fellow citizens and most of all our children we will not
buy MADE N CHNA ever again . . . unless absolutely necessary in an emergency.
While at least 1000 economic reasons are left out of this overview of 'why not to buy
from China,' consider the most glaring and dangerous of all . . . national security. f
anyone in America is stupid enough to believe numbers supplied by China, they
increased military spending by 7.5 percent in 2010, dropping somewhat from a spike of
17.8 percent in 2007, but they increased it again in 2011 by 12.3 percent.
3
Where are
they getting their money? From us buying MADE N CHNA. Pick your motivation . . .
American jobs, national security, funding our mega-rich aristocracy getting rich off
offshore labor, pollution, our American standard of living, etc. . . . buying MADE N
CHNA is nothing short of absolutely insane!
Trade A%ree&ent" and t#e )TO
We'll never know whether the so called smart people that dreamed up this world
economy idea were devious smart or too smart for our own good, but now we know the
results either way and the financial direction it is taking average American citizens.
That question actually speaks to a much larger question, which is, 'how is it that people
in general can be led like sheep into really bad ideas by supposedly smart people?' n
1905, Einstein, came up with the equation E=mc2. That equation led to the Japanese
cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki being obliterated in 1945 by the first two nuclear
bombs.
Seemingly the World Trade Organization (WTO), a global economy and the creation of
the first nuclear bombs are unrelated, however, when history is written [unless we
change it], the two seemingly unrelated creations will be virtually the same. We're in the
midst of an economic Hiroshima and hundreds of Americans are dying every day from
the fallout. Many will say that's an alarmist statement and simply not true. Well add it up:
16 million children living in poverty (25%), 30+ million Americans unemployed or
Copyright 2011 180
_____________________________________________________________________
underemployed, millions in homeless shelters or living on the streets, drug abuse,
spouse abuse, murder, lack of proper health care, suicide rates, etc. . . . much of it
driven by a horrible economy. f we piled the bodies in one huge pile each day, then
maybe America would notice and pay attention? When the final chapter on free trade
and a world economy is written, this genius brainstorm by man will deliver more
destruction of life than creation of the nuclear bomb will every likely deliver
especially to America.
We know of course that stupid people do stupid things, but what we Americans can't
quite grasp is that smart people do really BG stupid things we simply defer to them
by saying to ourselves 'seems stupid to me, but they are smart so they must know what
they're doing.' Some economist in a bow tie from an vy League school can sell
Americans just about anything. Just like destroying two Japanese cities with the first two
nuclear bombs, it seemed like a good idea at the time, but we'll forever live with the
consequences of those bad decisions.

n regard to a global economy, we'll never know if the geniuses that thought it up knew it
would lead to stagnated American incomes and massive numbers of lost jobs.
Technological advancements such as the nternet and accelerated industrial
development off shore could not have been foreseen. Thus far, so called political
leaders aren't reacting to stop the carnage, but instead have only pushed full steam
ahead with the unhinged free trade mantra. Once the genie is out of the bottle, just like
the nuclear bomb, it's hard to deal with the ramifications going forward. What seemed
like a good idea at the time, even when it is dreamed up by someone really smart
oftentimes turns out horribly.
Man, by his very nature cannot leave well enough alone. f something is screwed up, it
takes someone really smart to really screw it up! Adam Smith in 1776 via his book The
Wealth o "ations was one of the first to observe and document free trade. Soon
thereafter, David Ricardo, a financier, speculator and Parliament member, came up with
the theory of comparative advantage a.k.a. the idea that big nations could screw little
nations out of money via exploiting their cheap labor [as well as people in their own
nation].

What began with geniuses such as Smith and Ricardo has been expanded upon and
enabled by technology and engineering miracles to really screw things up for the
American little-people. Now, because of the interconnectedness of the world economy,
when the swine on Wall Street get too greedy or someone sneezes in China
economic mucus spews upon all the little people on Earth. t's called progress and it
was brought to us by greedy bastards who couldn't leave well enough alone in pursuit of
even more money and power. Even though hind sight is always 20/20, many average
Americans saw what was to come when the free trade craze was introduced, but they
were labeled as backward and encouraged to get with the times.
America has always had free trade of course, starting with tea and tobacco shipped to
England. Largely, however, for well over 100 years or more, we traded with each other
and by comparison to now, everything was just fine. We had a self-sufficient, self-
sustaining economy that was far less volatile and subject to events happening on the
other side of the world. We had one Great Depression, lots of recessions and a few
economic booms. t's very difficult to manage just one single economy with a GDP of
$14 trillion, but managing a world economy is impossible! A lot of things have changed
Copyright 2011 181
_____________________________________________________________________
since America's founding and we adapted our economy to fit. There were technological
and engineering advancements to include the cotton gin, railroads that spanned the
nation, electricity, the telephone, the television, the car and hundreds of other
technological and engineering revolutions over 200+ years. Dealing with all these
changes in a relative microcosm within the U.S. economy alone was almost impossible
at times, but all in all we did pretty well. t wasn't perfect by any means, but at least we
were all in this together in charge of our own destiny . . . we could push the levers and
buttons to fix our relatively small economic machine when it started to sputter.
Then greed reared its ugly head as it always seems to do. Once again the mega-rich
and the mega-corporations who just didn't have enough money pushed America into a
global economy. An economy that is absolutely impossible to keep running smoothly
because of the sheer size, labor price variables, wars, tsunamis and earthquakes,
governments collapsing, greed, cheating, government subsidies and about a million
other things that constantly go wrong. Worse yet, in this global economy America
wouldn't have access to the buttons and levers, instead that function would be turned
over almost entirely to the WTO. America a sovereign nation, would, from that day
forward, be told what it could or couldn't do within its own national economy.
f free trade is the bullet killing the America middle-class, then the WTO is the
gunpowder that blasts the bullet out of the barrel. The WTO officially commenced in
1995 and now represents 97 percent of all world trade. t administers and regulates
trade between participating countries by providing a framework for formalizing trade
agreements, dispute resolution and enforcement of agreements signed by
representatives of member governments. Before an agreement takes effect in America,
it must in theory be ratified by Congress.
n 1974, Congress, in a complete dereliction of their duty, passed a legislative measure
called Fast Track that basically stripped any real role Congress had in trade legislation. t
gave the president and the executive branch full authority on trade legislation. Not only
does the president have full authority to negotiate trade agreements, but to sign them as
well even before the agreement is passed by Congress. After that, Congress can't
renegotiate the agreement or change it in any way whatsoever . . . just a 'yes' or 'no'
vote only.
n the 1990s Fast Track was used by president, Clinton to slip the North American Free
Trade Agreement (NAFTA) upon the American people and thereafter it's been used
repeatedly to bypass Congress on smaller trade agreements. Fast Track authority has
expired from time to time, but president, Bush had it reinstated during his term to pass
trade agreements with Chile, Singapore and the Dominican Republic just to name a few.
Fast Track authority expired on July 1, 2007, but any negotiations or agreements begun
before that date fall under the Fast Track provisions such as zero congressional input
and only a 'yes' or 'no' vote. Four agreements with Peru, Panama, Columbia and S.
Korea were begun before expiration and president, Obama signed a trade agreement
with S. Korea in December 2010.
The first question every America needs to ask is why is Fast Track needed? What's
wrong with allowing Congress to do the job it was elected to do? What's the rush to get
free trade deals passed? What's an extra few months or even a year or more to ensure
that these trade agreements are good for middle-class Americans? The question that
needs to be asked is whether any of the free trade deals negotiated and slipped through
Copyright 2011 182
_____________________________________________________________________
via Fast Track have been good for middle-class Americans? NAFTA signed by
president, Clinton [with the possible exception of the rise of China], was the worst thing
that ever happened to middle-class America in regard to foreign trade especially the
manufacturing segment of our economy.
Who in America reviews at all these free trade deals to ensure they are good for middle-
class Americans . . . instead of only the mega-rich? The answer to that question is
virtually no one! There is no oversight even by Congress, much less the American
people. Apathy is one reason, but to be quite frank . . . mind boggling complexity is the
other. Just the numbers and projections in a single trade agreement are difficult to
decipher and evaluate as to any potential merits and then via Fast Track it's all done in a
rush . . . why?
Just like everything that comes out of Washington, D.C. that impacts business and our
economy, with trade agreements winners are chosen and losers are selected. With
the NAFTA agreement, American textile workers were one of several economic
segments selected as the sacrificial lambs. Who wins and who loses in trade
agreements depends almost entirely upon lobbyists, political connections, party
affiliations and government bureaucrats. As with everything political it's driven by money
and political contributions and if you haven't paid-to-play your industry or business is
placed upon the sacrificial alter as a negotiating tool.
Just as detrimental as the impetus of greed propelling the sellout of the America people
via bad trade agreements are national interests tradeoffs. Our political class and so
called leaders determine that jobs or a specific American industry sector can be
sacrificed in exchange for political cooperation from nations. Just one example of far
too many agreements to enumerate herein is a recently expired trade agreement,
[renewed for a year in 2009 by president, Obama] with Columbia, Ecuador, Peru and
Boliva that operated under the Andean Trade Preference Act. This deal with the devil
was simple, these nations supposedly cutback the supply of cocaine and weed coming
into the U.S. and in exchange for curtailing their illegal products we allowed their legal
products to be imported and sold in the U.S. as if they were sourced in Missouri.
Whether it is to stop the illegal drug supply or strategic national defense interests, our
leaders have been selling out jobs and the America people for decades with politically
focused trade agreements that number in the hundreds.
Cloaked in secrecy as much as possible, negotiated behind closed doors and rushed
through Congress via Fast Track, the American people are at the mercy of the corporate
media machine or bureaucrat speak in trying to understand and decipher the numbers,
calculations and ramifications. Behind the numbers are Americans' livelihoods and
generations of prosperity put at risk in a trade and barter system whereby the mega-rich
always prevail at the expense of the little people far more often than not. All trade
agreements are not bad of course, but in the event they turn out well for the average
American . . . it's only happen chance after the mega-rich are served.
Take a look at any trade agreement in depth and the average American's eyes quickly
glaze over. Although herein, almost all attorneys have been maligned and Harvard
economists scoffed at . . . the truth is, if you're not one or both . . . forget about
understanding any trade agreement. Once negotiated and signed, the trade agreement
is tossed to WTO. t then becomes part of a ball of string called international trade law
Copyright 2011 183
_____________________________________________________________________
that only attorneys and economists can begin to fathom and understand none of
which seem to work for the financial wellbeing of average Americans.
The WTO, located in Geneva, Switzerland, is governed by a ministerial conference,
meeting every two years, a general council, which implements the conference's policies
and decisions for the day-to-day operations and a director-general who is appointed at
the ministerial conference. Although not officially part of the WTO, the organization
works in conjunction with the World Bank and the nternational Monetary Fund to further
the goals of the WTO. Like a big worldwide Monopoly board, the world's mega-rich
negotiate, manipulate, arm twist and finagle to capture the board in a big game for even
more wealth. Rounds of negotiations typically named after the nation in which they meet,
such as: Uruguay Round or the current round being negotiated called the Doha
Development Agenda. The stated primary goals of the current negotiations are to
enhance the equitable participation of poorer countries. From this day forward,
whenever you hear terms, such as equitable participation of poorer countries or
raising the standard of living in poorer nations, etc. grab your wallet America! What
such terms actually mean is sucking more of America's middle-class wealth from
beneath our Monopoly board and transferring it to developing nations to create a
consumer class that can afford to buy the products and services provided by the mega-
rich global players. Just as sick and evil as the objectives of the mega-rich, is the quasi-
liberal ivory tower ideal that we the American people should be sacrificed to raise the
standards of living of the developing world. Virtually nothing that transpires via the WTO
has the wellbeing of the average American in mind. t's either pure greed or some quasi-
liberal ivory tower ideal of utopia . . . whereby we all live poor, but equal, on the same
planet and eat rice for every meal. Poor but equal to appease the guilt complex of the
utopians in America and sacrificial lambs for the mega-rich game of greed . . . fringe left
or radical right and America gets sold out either way.
t's not so much that the basic concepts of trade agreements are complex, such if X is
imported and Y is exported then Z happens such as tariffs, quotas, penalties, etc., but
the agreements also cover such commerce areas as goods, investment, intellectual
property, dispute settlement, most favored nation status and property rights at such a
level of legalese that only an attorney or economist gets it. So what do Americans do . . .
we leave it all up to vy League experts in bow ties to crunch the numbers, make the
projections then rely on corporate media to report the impact while trusting them and our
political class to look after the interest of the people. Politicians, corporate media and the
vy League . . . what's not to trust?
While this book obviously eyes the mega-rich with the greatest distain possible and
makes no pretense otherwise you have to admire their intelligence. These people are
smart . . . really, really smart! They have enough vy League brain power at their
fingertips to fudge and manipulate any numbers a.k.a. put lipstick on pig trade
agreement . . . just as they did with NAFTA. The American people only get the spin that
comes from these absolutely mind numbing trade agreements. Even our corrupted
members of Congress only get the short version from the mega-rich . . . which is, 'we'll
get rich together off this scam so vote for it because put you into office.' By the time it
hits the economy and the American people the member of Congress is an elder
statesman with a statue. Americans can't remember who voted for a corrupted trade
agreement a decade ago, but we can name the last three American dol winners . . . go
figure?

Copyright 2011 184
_____________________________________________________________________
The mega-rich depend upon their lap dog Congress and whatever president that put into
office to oversee all trade agreement negotiations with one goal and one goal only . . .
make the greedy even richer. Be it free trade or the WTO, neither are inherently evil just
by their existence and both could benefit the American people, but that's not happening
because we the people have no representation at the negotiating table. All the
negotiators work for the mega-rich and any thoughts or concerns for the economic
impact upon the American people is an afterthought. As you can clearly see from the
China discussion and will see from an upcoming exploration of NAFTA, the American
people are being raped economically by the mega-rich via trade agreements. At least
labor unions pay some attention to trade agreements, but it is a far cry from the attention
that is needed. Americans in general do nothing and have paid no attention to trade
agreements for more than 30+ years. All most Americans do in regard to trade
agreements is defer to Party A and Party B who have both screwed middle-class
America for more than 30+ years by providing an ever larger pool of cheap off shore
labor to the mega-rich via off shore outsourcing and on shore immigration.
As with NAFTA and allowing China into the WTO these wildly complex agreements
don't rear their ugly head for years or even a couple decades. The most recent cooked
up trade agreements were with S. Korea, Columbia and Panama. n October 2011,
president, Obama got them sailed through Congress with virtually no debate whatsoever
via Fast Track. No average Americans paid attention [since Dancing With the Stars was
at a fevered pitch] and even though the impact from these bad agreements will be slow
to screw us [just like with NAFTA and China being allowed into the WTO] . . . the
agreements should have been at the top of the public's mind, debated for years if
necessary and stopped unless they paid off for average Americans instead of only the
mega-rich aristocracy. An EP report (linked below) projects that the agreements with S.
Korea and Columbia alone will cost 214,000+ Americans their jobs and increase our
trade deficit another $16.8 B .
1

At the same time these agreements were being fast tracked through Congress by
president, Obama to sell out almost a quarter million American citizens to S. Korea and
Columbia, Party B and labor unions were doing everything possible to claim the Occupy
Wall Street movement as their own. The party of the people was all too happy once
again, just like with NAFTA, to slip more bad trade agreements upon the American
people to satisfy the mega-rich, even in the midst of the Great Recession and massive
unemployment. As the left hand of Party B singed the horrible trade agreements, the
right hand was busy leading the Wall Street protestors like Hansel and Gretel to their
house of candy. Every informed American knows that ground zero for the Wall Street
meltdown was not in NYC, but in that shinning city on a hill called Washington, D.C.
with Wall Street egg all over the face of both Party B and Party A. Tragically, the protest
masses were in NYC, instead of Washington, D.C. where they could have stopped these
trade agreements from going forward. [You can only protest so many wrongs in so many
places at one time.]
At the same time, the corporate media were reading their scripts and writing about how
wonderful these trade agreements were going to be for American workers. The vy
Leaguers, the bureaucrats and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce had once again fudged
the numbers, made up wildly inaccurate U.S. export projections [just like they did with
NAFTA and getting China into the WTO] and the media performed like puppets to fed
the American people the same poisoned dog food. Then as if that was not enough to slip
the deals through, just previous to the press conference with the S. Korean president, it
Copyright 2011 185
_____________________________________________________________________
was announced that ran had been plotting to kill the Saudi ambassador in my favorite
D.C. restaurant. n turn, virtually all questions at the press conference were about the
assassination plot instead of the trade agreement.
Coincidence? n politics and the game of Monopoly nothing is coincidence. Think for
once America! The administration had known about the supposed plot to kill the Saudi
ambassador since June, but they waited until October to announce it and when they did,
it was directly on top the press conference with the S. Korean president to celebrate the
trade agreements. Massive unemployment, a horrible economy and these supposed
trade agreements were, according to the administration, going to be manna from heaven
as far as creating jobs for Americans. Why then would they not pick a day when nothing
else was going on to overshadow the trade agreements? You know the answer don't
you? Another economic and job loss shaft was being slipped upon the American people
and the administration didn't want Americans paying attention, nor did they want the
AFL-CO who was weakly fighting against the agreements to get any attention from the
media. Everything had to be just right to slip these agreements through in the midst of
a horrible economy. [Let's see, what gets the attention of the American people? A mere
214,000+ more American jobs lost via more sell out trade agreements or ran blowing up
my favorite D.C. restaurant?]
And where were labor unions, defenders of working America, focused while these
agreements were going through? Not in Washington, D.C. stopping these trade
agreements from passing, but instead they were in NYC courting Wall Street protestors
for Party B votes. [Another feeble minded conspiracy theory? Perhaps. Mere
coincidence? Perhaps. A complete and total dereliction of duty by organized labor in
America? Absolutely! Yet another example of a corrupt Congress not doing its job?
Absolutely! Yet another example of the American people's attention being averted by
foreign affairs and a protest in NYC instead of focusing 100 percent on jobs and the
economy? Absolutely! Does anyone see a pattern here?]
Time after time, bad trade agreement after bad trade agreement, the eyes of average
Americans have glazed over via mind numbing spin by Harvard economists, bureaucrats
and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce to sell out American jobs and small businesses in
America. All pushed and propelled by the massive corporate media machine owned by
the mega-rich. The 30+ year sell out history of the American people, within the money
greased wheels of the WTO, by our political class just continues and we just sit idle like
fools in the back seat of a bus being driven off an economic cliff of no return.
)TO 5ont!n.e" to Da&a%e 6.+.
http://economyincrisis.org/content/wto-continues-damage-us
T.rnaro.nd t#e )TO
6.+. Trade Deal" !t# 5ol.&7!a and +. Korea )!ll Be 5o"tly
http://www.epi.org/temp727/WorkingPaper289-2.pdf
Copyright 2011 186
_____________________________________________________________________
0$ono&!$ *&pa$t" o1 #e KOR6+4FTA
http://www.epi.org/page/-/KORUS-FTA-RS-Jan%2011-rev%202-23-11.pptx
3.7l!$ 5!t!>en
http://www.citizen.org/pressroom/pressroomredirect.cfm?D=3268
Fa"t Tra$,
Let's take just one instance, among many, to demonstrate how America's entanglement
with the WTO and international trade law compromises our national sovereignty. When
Congress passed the almost $1 T stimulus plan in early 2009, they stipulated several
buy American provisions to ensure that, our tax money being used, would be spent in
America to support American jobs. No sooner did the legislation pass Congress when
the WTO, Brazil especially, challenged whether we could spend our own tax dollars in
America. Even bureaucrats within our own defense department challenged the buy
American provisions. The tensions blew over fairly quickly when the WTO and nations
challenging the provisions conceded, but just the idea that within our own sovereign
nation we can't spend U.S. taxpayer money in American without the approval of the
WTO tells you everything you need to know.
Understand, just in case you don't already, America is hated by almost every nation on
the face of the Earth. Within the WTO it is America versus the world and the only way we
get any concession from any other nations is via financial clout from possessing the
world's largest economy. With China on our economic bumper, that's all about to
change. What imports and exports in and out of our ports, intellectual property disputes,
trademark and patent infringements, etc. are all governed by the WTO, not America. For
longer than a decade, America has petitioned the WTO to crack down on China for
violating trade quotas, patents, intellectual property infringements, government funding
of private industry, etc. and nothing whatsoever has come from it as far as stopping any
of the cheating by China or any other nation. America plays by the WTO rules, but
virtually no other nation on Earth does, especially China. The results are lost jobs along
with stagnated wages and salaries for all Americans.
T#e Nort# A&er!$an Free Trade A%ree&ent
Better known by its acronym NAFTA, this so called trade agreement that took effect in
January 1994 was nothing more than a sucker punch to middle-class America by the
mega-rich. t should be renamed the North American Free Labor Agreement (NAFLA)
instead of anything to do with trade unless we're talking slave trade. Propelled
forward during the Bush administration, it took president, Clinton and Party B to grease
the shaft via party of the people naivety to slip it through. While many have tried and
will continue their attempts at revisionist history: president, Clinton, via his signature on
NAFTA, did more to destroy the middle-class of American than any president in our
lifetime. NAFTA was the first free-trade snowball rolled down the hill that has resulted in
a horrific avalanche upon the middle-class as well as organized labor in America. All
total, via the momentum he set into motion, his signature did more cumulative financial
damage to average Americans than even the Wall Street meltdown in 2008.
Copyright 2011 187
_____________________________________________________________________
Assuredly, such a statement makes Party B loyalists wince, but the numbers and the
facts back it up. Before being accused of Clinton witch hunt, full disclosure reveals that
Bill's family and mine are part of a family tree with the same trunk. So if can't twist the
numbers and NAFTA reality to make it look good, then neither can any party loyalist.
Perhaps NAFTA was just part of the family DNA, because as 've already admitted had
a small role in the passage of NAFTA. Even though wear that scarlet letter to this day,
'll try to be temperate in my portrayal of NAFTA [like a reformed alcoholic in a bar during
happy hour].
Some would like to pretend that NAFTA was just an experiment gone horribly wrong . . .
much like Frankenstein. They desperately want to believe that Clinton, Bush , Al Gore,
Bill Bradley and most members of Congress that voted for its passage had good
intentions. No one of course can look into the hearts of any politician that pushed
NAFTA, but was there on the wrong side of the fight and those now writing revisionist
histories were not! Feeble attempts at revisionist history to exonerate president,
Clinton and vice-president, Gore fall flat as mere propaganda. For anyone who can
stomach the truth, NAFTA should be one of the best barometers in history to document
to the American people just who runs the show . . . the mega-rich via campaign
contributions and influence peddling. NAFTA was the economic kiss of Judas that nailed
the American middle-class to the free trade cross of globalization.
saw 4,000 employees first hand, many who knew personally, show up for work every
day and work their butts off for almost nothing. That wasn't enough for the CEO and his
board of directors . . . Mexican workers just across the border would work for far less,
which in turn would increase profits. Good Americans, many poorly educated, were told
outright lies by the vice-president of the United States, such as 'if any employment
disruption should occur good higher paying biotech jobs would come their way.' saw
first hand, these good Americans looking up to Al Gore on the podium with the American
flag behind him. They were honored to have the vice-president of the United States of
America come to their plant in person to bring them good jobs via NAFTA. Even Bill
Bradley, former NBA basketball star and member of Congress, dropped in to push for
NAFTA. Party B knew that without the support of the rank and file manufacturing
employees in America, NAFTA didn't have a chance in Congress. They simply had to
convince the people to slit their own wrists and it worked. f the party of the people
was for it and Party A was for it . . . it just had to be good thing. Surly, wanted to believe
that both parties pushing it had thought out the implications, done all the sophisticated
calculations and planned for the future of American workers via top vy League
economists.
n truth, NAFTA was a diabolical economic experiment undertaken on behalf of
corporate America and the mega-rich in exchange for campaign contributions. t was
the pivotal turning point when the mega-rich pulled the plug on the American middle-
class and began to drain economic prosperity from every average citizen. America then
was a big lake of money and prosperity, so it took many years before the overall drop in
water levels began to be noticed . . . via a few thousand jobs here, a factory closing
there and a little less money in everyone's pocket. Their goal was two fold, acquire
cheap Mexican labor and cut off the legs of labor unions at the knees.
Until NAFTA, trade agreements only dealt with implementing tariffs and lifting quotas to
set terms of trade between nations. Never before had the merger of three nations, with
such radically different levels of development, been attempted. NAFTA went far beyond
Copyright 2011 188
_____________________________________________________________________
cutting tariffs and lifting quotas to create a North American free trade zone, it practically
merged Mexico and the U.S. along with Canada as far as any economic borders
whatsoever. t stomped on U.S. sovereignty, state laws, municipal laws and
environmental laws with overriding provisions where the U.S. became to be ruled by
NAFTA trade laws. t too, just like other WTO trade laws, strictly prohibits any
government initiatives to promote or mandate buy American initiatives to combat
NAFTA. Post NAFTA, a Mexican business in a shack with no overhead and slave labor
could do business as if they were in ndiana paying a living wage . . . while the
infrastructure of roads and highways to ship American jobs south would be paid for by
U.S. taxpayers to support our American aristocracy and the Mexican economy.
During the presidential debate previous to NAFTA there was one sane voice of dissent
and it wasn't Clinton or Bush instead it was Ross Perot. Most Americans viewed
Perot as a curious little man to be feared, unproven and not part of the political
establishment. Going back now and reading his book, Save 4our Job& Save 2ur 0ountry
is like stepping back in time and looking into a crystal ball that is so dead on accurate
that it will make your jaw drop. This curious little man was talking deficits, trade
imbalances, NAFTA and China kicking our butts way back then and now it has all come
true. Specifically because of NAFTA, he predicted that the U.S. will become a nation of
burger flippers, the only beneficiaries will be the U.S. companies that move
manufacturing operations to Mexico and jobs lost to NAFTA will not be replaced at the
same pay.

Presidents Clinton and Bush didn't agree on much, but they agreed 110 percent on
NAFTA simply because corporate America and the mega-rich were stuffing their pockets
with campaign money. President Clinton unleashed NAFTA upon the American people
via Fast Track with Seasons Greetings in December 1992. America's wonderful two-
party political system prevailed and the last real third party candidate with any real
chance of being elected went down in flames just like every candidate before and
after that dared to challenge the status quo a.k.a. the mega-rich. Perot's words however
reverberate and echo on the walls of every closed American factory that now gone via
cheap Mexican labor south of the border. Like a haunting ghost, Perot's chilling words,
NAFTA will cause a giant sucking sound as jobs go south now sound ominous indeed.
3erot, 5l!nton and B."# De7ate "e%&ent
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rkgx1C_S6ls&feature=related
Al -ore, Ro"" 3erot NAFTA De7ate on 5NN
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GhwhMXOxHTg&feature=related
Opposing Perot's prophetic words that have now come true was a two-party
double team and a corporate media machine so formidable that all the voices of sanity
were drowned in a flood of propaganda. The strategy was to play to the collective ego of
the American people via the exceptionalism doctrine, much like is being done now with
the liberty and freedom doctrine. Lie to Americans and tell them they can compete with
anyone simply because they are Americans even though their overhead a.k.a.
Copyright 2011 189
_____________________________________________________________________
standard of living precludes any realistic chances of any real competition. Tell the
American people that hundreds of thousands of new high-wage jobs will be created that
will raise the standard of living for all Americans. Make Americans believe they will
remain the big dogs simply because an American flag hangs on the porch. Then toss in
some mother Earth spin and collective guilt by telling Americans that Mexico
environmental conditions would improve and they would be magically transformed from
a dirt poor economy into a booming new market for American exports. NAFTA was even
going to solve all our border security issues since everyone in Mexico would stay home
and live in palatial estates, almost as large as those to be built in America via all the
export wealth created from U.S. exports to Mexico. NAFTA was to be the start of
something big, a global economy whereby we would export expensive American
products to dirt poor people all over the world with no money. The spin defied all logic,
but when public servants are standing on a podium with the flag behind them and
smart people from the vy League speak them . . . almost anything sounds logical.
The moral to the story is that if it sounds illogical and stupid it probably is. Not one single
element of these grandiose lies sold to the American people is now reality yet you will
still find volumes of government and corporate backed propaganda that purport NAFTA's
successes. They are outright lies, not misinformation, not a difference of opinion, but
outright lies that twist numbers to present a warped picture of reality. Politicians, even
when pressed on the issue of NAFTA in the face of today's reality, still stubbornly refuse
to admit that it has been a complete failure for most Americans. During a 2008 Party B
primary debate, Hillary Clinton in response to a question by Wolfe Blitzker that asked
was NAFTA a mistake, only replied NAFTA did not do what many had hoped. When
pressed to actually answer the question she was asked, she only sheepishly mumbled,
NAFTA was a mistake to the extent that it did not deliver upon what we hoped it would.
t's absolutely incredible that she would stand before the American people on a national
stage and give this reply when millions of Americans have lost their jobs and the
wages and salaries of almost every American have been negatively impacted by NAFTA
and subsequent trade agreements. Standing by your man over the Monica
indiscretion was one thing, but when your husband screws all of America . . . standing
by your man is immoral.
On the other side of the aisle, as if there is one, John McCain in 2007 said, know
NAFTA was a good idea. t created millions of jobs . . . and goes on to say . . . the
overall gain in jobs has been pretty impressive. His NAFTA Yea vote helped pass the
worst trade agreement in history and to say in 2007 that it was a good idea is so far
beyond the bounds of political spin that he should be forced to have NAFTA tattooed
on his forehead. Listen closely in the clip provided below as he talks about the jobs
created, which is the key smokescreen behind all efforts to continue to defend NAFTA.
;!llary 5l!nton on NAFTA !n 200A 3arty B De7ate
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LRvJ-o30Sk8&feature=related
Jo#n M$5a!n on NAFTA !n 200@
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=86Qw-6TWic
Copyright 2011 190
_____________________________________________________________________
With NAFTA and every trade agreement thereafter, the mega-rich and their
propagandists focus all the attention ONLY on job losses. With every agreement with a
nation with lower wages, the job loses even though they are horrible pale in
comparison to what's really going on. t's the decline in wages for all Americans that are
the real horror story. With NAFTA well over a million manufacturing workers were
displaced from dignified employment and reduced to burger flippers and Walmart clerks
with pay that on average fell more than 13 percent.
1
n turn, the former communities,
stores and businesses supported by the manufacturing workers were devastated as
well. Post NAFTA, the process has been repeated throughout America as bad trade
agreement after bad trade agreement has been negotiated to benefit stockholders and
the multi-national corporations in which they hold stock.
The same interests who got us into NAFTA are pushing to expand it to include 31 more
countries in Central and South America through the proposed Free Trade Area of the
Americas (FTAA). n 2005, Congress voted to extend NAFTA to five Central American
countries through the Central American Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA); Peru was
added in 2007; and there are signed NAFTA expansions with Panama and Colombia as
well, although these have not yet been taken up by Congress.
What Americans have failed to see, for far too long, has been the economic impact upon
communities and our entire nation via the downward decline in all wages/salaries that
only benefits the greedy at the top of the food chain . . . while draining every community
in America of badly needed economic activity and dollars. For awhile America can
continue to go to Walmart and buy a slightly cheaper product than something made in
America, but at some point via a downward spiraling economic vortex it bottoms out.
nstead of a vibrant middle-class buying cars at local car dealers, going to the dentist,
movies, clothiers, buying houses and making home improvements . . . the middle-class
created via manufacturing jobs disappears. Burger flippers and Walmart clerks are
financially incapable of supporting vibrant economic communities across America. Just
during the Great Recession that officially ended in June 2009, American manufacturers
have shed 2 million more jobs (14.6 of the entire manufacturing workforce).
2
Since June
2009 another 34,000 manufacturing jobs have disappeared to bring total U.S.
manufacturing employment down to a meager 11.7 million people.
3

When you look at the massively stagnated wages and salaries across America over the
past 30+ years understand that NAFTA and all subsequent trade agreements, with
lower wage nations, were the biggest catalysts to the economic rape of the American
people. The political class in cahoots with their mega-rich campaign contributors sold
white collar America on the idea that cheaper goods produced off shore were good for
them and the largely uneducated, poorly funded working class didn't have the political
clout [lobbyists] to stop the onslaught.
By splitting the white collar middle-class from the blue collar middle-class white collar
Americans failed to come to the aid of their fellow Americans. White collar Americans
said to themselves, 'it's not my job being shipped off shore' and went about their lives as
their fellow Americans were collectively starved out and reduced to burger flippers. They
failed to see the big picture American Monopoly board, whereby their local communities
die, poverty increases, welfare costs increase, social services are strained, tax burdens
are increased and the local retail economy dies ultimately their salaries and jobs
Copyright 2011 191
_____________________________________________________________________
become threatened. The rape of America's lower middle-class, by the mega-rich, is now
quickly creeping up the socio-economic ladder at an ever increasing speed.
Economically speaking, within America, there is no such thing as liberal, conservative
or middle management there are only two classes of people . . . the mega-rich and
the rest of us. Like it or not, we are all in this together: black, white, Hispanic, upper
middle-class, poor, lower middle-class, gay, straight, Protestant, Catholic, Muslim and
agnostic alike. We rise and fall economically together, as one people that are joined at
the hip via one economy.
The primary premise behind NAFTA, sold like snake oil to the American people, was that
service sector jobs would replace any lost manufacturing jobs. According to the U.S.
Bureau of Labor Statistics, there were almost 6 million fewer Americans employed in
manufacturing jobs in 2010 than there were in 1994.
4
On the low end of the service
sector job hierarchy, such as call center jobs, almost all, it seems, are now located in
ndia or the Philippines. When was the last time you called customer service for anything
from a credit card, software support, ordering retail items or virtually anything else and
talked to an American? made ski reservations in West Virginia a couple of years ago
and talked to reservationists in the Philippines. Does it snow in the Philippines, do they
ski? f you've ever been to West Virginia, you know it's a very poor state, second only to
possibly Mississippi. Do they need call center jobs in West Virginia? YES, but even the
poor in West Virginia won't work cheap enough for corporate America. Unless of course,
we Americans start canceling business with U.S. corporations that force us to use off
shore labor to receive product and service support.
Which brings us to the question, what are those 6 million Americans who formerly
worked in manufacturing jobs, doing now? They're doing exactly what Ross Perot said
they would be doing . . . flipping burgers [while Bill Clinton spent $3 to $5 M on his
daughter's wedding]. Manufacturing jobs paid a decent living to where an average
American could eat regularly, have a roof over their head, a car and retire some day with
a pension. Flipping burgers or working for the Walton family at Walmart, about the only
jobs left in America, provide pathetic healthcare benefits, a lifetime of renting a home, a
clunker car and when it comes time to retire . . . forget about it! You work as long as
you're breathing and have a heartbeat.
Comprehensive objective data from the beginning of NAFTA until today is somewhat
elusive and may not exist, but a quick snapshot tells the story in full once you simply
carry the numbers forward. We know that 6 million manufacturing jobs left the U.S. and
went somewhere on the planet. For the specific period 1994 to 2000 (post NAFTA),
766,030 American jobs were lost.
5
As a presidential candidate in 2008, Obama cited a
number of 1 million jobs lost to NAFTA.
6
Debate exists of course as to how many
American jobs have been lost specifically due to NAFTA, but we know 6 million
manufacturing jobs went somewhere. n truth, NAFTA is just the tip if the free-trade
iceberg whereby the mega-rich and corporations deployed and expanded NAFTA-like
trade agreements to other nations to kill the American Dream.
Just as important, if not more, NAFTA gave all corporate manufacturing operations in
America the threat of moving to Mexico leverage for wage concessions, just like the
same leverage currently being used via China and other developing Asian nations. While
Americans can see the lost jobs, what they can't see are the more subtle impacts of
NAFTA-like agreements. t's the wage concessions from the threat of moving off shore
Copyright 2011 192
_____________________________________________________________________
that have killed the American Dream and sucked millions of dollars out of every single
community in America just as much as actually moving jobs off shore. From lost jobs
to depressed wages, the domino affect is killing the American Dream for everyone via its
impact upon all arteries of the American economy that is now creeping well into the
upper middle-class.
The corporate and political class spin machine that has kept NAFTA in place play two
spin games with the American public. First they point to the overall job growth during
NAFTA, but fail to point out that these jobs are a notch above picking cotton on a
plantation in the Old South. Lest we forget full employment doesn't count if there is a
chain around your leg because the greedy have merged and consolidated the economy
into one large plantation. Secondly, the spinners always point to all the jobs created by
exports to Mexico, but they never, it seems, point to the reality of massive trade deficits
with Mexico that ballooned post NAFTA and continue to this day. All total, between 1995
and 2010 the total trade deficit with Mexico is a whopping -$363,314+ B.
7
n 1993 the
year NAFTA was passed, the U.S. had a positive trade balance with Mexico of +
$1,663.3 B and by 2007, due to NAFTA, we had a trade imbalance of -$74,795.8 in one
single year.
8
Any way the corporate and political-class want to try and spin NAFTA they
cannot make that -$363,314 B deficit figure in just 15 years go away. Going forward, any
time you see trade deficits with a nation with lower wages than the U.S. think Perot and
giant sucking sound of jobs going off shore . . . in this case south to Mexico. n sum
total, how bad was NAFTA for America and American jobs? More than -$363 B worth of
bad . . .
6.+. 5en"." B.rea.( Trade !t# Me<!$o De1!$!t N.&7er"
http://www.census.gov/foreign-trade/balance/c2010.html
The jury is now in and NAFTA didn't work, it was a horrible idea, poorly conceived,
poorly thought out, but executed to perfection upon the American people by the mega-
rich and our political-class. While we can't change the past, we can remember that on
November 17, 1993 by a vote of 234 to 200, 132 Republicans and 120 Democrats
passed NAFTA in the House of Representatives and then in December it passed in the
Senate by a vote of 61 to 38. t was signed into law by president, Clinton, steward of the
people's party and went into effect on January 1, 1994. Our president at the time along
with 295 members of Congress from both parties took the corporate campaign
contributions, positions on corporate boards along with crony kickbacks and sold the
American people, out for pieces of gold. Even more unbelievable is the fact that Clinton
is hailed and remembered as a great president and many of the members of Congress
that voted for NAFTA are still in office today.
While Chelsea's multi-million dollar wedding cake is already eaten and Bush is yachting
in Maine, as unbelievable as it is, many members of Congress that voted in favor of
NAFTA are still holding public office today still referring to themselves as public
servants. Even our current vice president is on the list, but we can do nothing with him,
however McCain, McConnell, Leahy and Lieberman, just name a few of the better
known names, are still daring to show their face and pretend they represent the
Copyright 2011 193
_____________________________________________________________________
American people. Any member of any party that voted Yea for NAFTA must go in the
first possible election cycle! We Americans have a short memory politically and
economically, but with NAFTA we can never forget until every member of Congress that
voted Yea for NAFTA is gone. Mark your ballots now via the list of Yea votes
provided via our break out resource below:
T#e NAFTA Lote 7y Na&e
http://www.senate.gov/legislative/LS/roll_call_lists/roll_call_vote_cfm.cfm?
congress=103&session=1&vote=00395#name
Now, located just across the border with Mexico, you'll find modern factories with
literally, almost every known American manufacturing brand without exception. Each one
is teaming with cheap labor that took good American jobs and left Americans to flip
burgers or stock shelves at Walmart. The profits from this cheap labor can be seen in
the massive wealth accumulation in the top percentage of American aristocracy.
On this side of the border, in Texas, Missouri, ndiana, Michigan and Minnesota just to
name a few of the states involved . . . a massive buzz saw is being cut right through
America. Some say it is all part of something called the NAFTA Super-Highway, while
others just call it normal road construction and progress. Whatever it's called, it will
continue to suck more good America jobs down into Mexico as the construction
continues to progress. A large part of the expansion consists of the North American
SuperCorridor Coalition (NASCO), a 4,000 mile system of toll roads paid for with a
public/private partnership that will be run not by an American company but by a Spanish
company, Cintra. The highway gives free reign to foreign nationals traveling in an out of
America via trucking and railway systems all spurred by NAFTA . . . not to mention drug
smugglers, terrorists and anyone else that wants to cruise in and out of America a
once sovereign nation.
With some limited successes, a few citizens actually awake, have stalled and delayed
construction in some areas via budget restraints, but make no mistake the asphalt and
rail lines continue to be laid foot by foot every day to complete a grand vision by the
mega-rich and corporate America to annex cheap Mexican labor into the U.S. in order
to create one nation unto NAFTA . . . with cheap labor and injustice for all. When tax
dollars are in limited supply, they use toll roads and when citizens revolt, they delay and
lower their profile, but make no mistake the mega-rich and American corporations are
committed and hell bent to slip this noose around the neck of America any way they can.
Only a committed, diligent, awake and aware force comprised of millions of Americans
can stop the gutting of America by a NAFTA Super Highway.
Copyright 2011 194
_____________________________________________________________________
Lo. Do77" +e%&ent on t#e NAFTA +.per ;!%#ay
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MBmFrYWPoG8
The entire scheme began as partnership of the fringe left utopians [to raise the standard
of living in Mexico and other nations south of the border] and the far right [to funnel
profits from cheap labor into the pockets of the mega-rich] . . . strange bed partners don't
you think? While NAFTA is well in play, there are still 31 more nations to be fully
implemented into the grand scheme on the way. The Central America Free Trade
Agreement (CAFTA) that will loop in Central American nations passed the House of
Representatives by a 217-215 vote in July 2005. To date, it has failed to be fully
implemented due to some of the Central American nations not being fully compliant, but
several are already sucking American jobs out of the U.S. n addition, to the free trade
agreements with Panama, Columbia and S. Korea, pushed through by president,
Obama in 2011, the free trade a.k.a. free labor movement propelled by the mega-rich
continues to march middle-class America into the sea.
The sell out of the American people by Congress simply marches forward and North
American free trade [free labor] agreements are but one vehicle of many. President,
Obama offered some static and noise on NAFTA during his campaign, but nothing
whatsoever once he was actually in office. Why use NAFTA to get elected, then not one
word since? You know the answer don't you? The passage of NAFTA alone, more than
any other political/economic event, should tell the American people what almost none
want in their hearts to believe America is ruled by money at the top. When you set
aside all the constant noise on social issues and focus solely on the money trail to the
mega-rich and corporate America it always comes down to rule of America by an
oligarchy. t's exactly why the mega-rich, via their media machine, keep Americans
focused 24/7 on social issues instead of their wallets. All the Party B loyalists need to
look no further than president, Clinton's massive push and signature on NAFTA to tell
them all they need to know about their party. Revisionist history now being spun and
written that try to mislead and muddle the facts simply don't hold water. They are all
outright blatant lies that are part of an elaborate toxic mix of smokescreens. t's designed
to make Americans believe we have a system of two-party rule. American has been sold
to the highest bidder for more than 30+ years and NAFTA served up the first modern
Americans upon the slave block.
NAFTA at +e2en . . .
http://epi.3cdn.net/3ec414c1e7d04464e3_z8m6bna2s.pdf
NAFTA/" *&pa$t on t#e +tate"
http://www.epi.org/pages/briefingpapers_nafta01_impactstates/
NAFTA( 3.7l!$ 5!t!>en/" 3er"pe$t!2e
http://www.citizen.org/trade/nafta/
5en".".%o2( Trade !n -ood" !t# NAFTA !t# Me<!$o
Copyright 2011 195
_____________________________________________________________________
http://www.census.gov/foreign-trade/balance/c0005.html#2010
T#e )onder1.l )orld o1 NAFTA( 3art * a.,.a. NAFTA G#.&orH
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZnVL0d9fwkY&feature=relmfu
T#e )onder1.l )orld o1 NAFTA( 3art **
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XxQQael1ueE&NR=1&feature=fvwp
T#e Med!a -a&e( ;o !t !" 3layed and )#o )!n"
t is threatening, destabilizing and disheartening to let go of closely held beliefs. The
worse the storm, the more tightly humans will cling to anything familiar. For years now,
we've been led to believe and bought into the idea that we arrived at left/right political
polarization all own our own. Anyone that has spent any time whatsoever on Facebook
can clearly see just how emotionally invested many Americans are in their political party
of choice and beliefs about the current political system. The fringe left and radical
right are more like religious cults than political beliefs and both are obsessed with
cultural and social hot button issues rather than wallet issues. The time is long past
due for someone to ask the question, are social and cultural issues even within the role
of government? Assuming the answer is yes, then the question should be asked, how
far down the list of priorities should they be behind the critical issues of jobs, a strong
U.S. economy and wealth inequality? Shouldn't food and shelter come well before 24/7
chatter about social and cultural issues? For far too long, Americans have been focused
almost exclusively on social liberal or social conservative obsessions while the
middle-class in America disappears. Clearly the No. 1 role of government is national
security and No. 2 is the economy which includes good jobs for American citizens, yet
focus on No. 2 until just recently has been virtually zero. s that just coincidental or is it
intentional, driven by the media machine owned by the mega-rich oligarchy?
Take for instance the 2009 Health Care (HC) debate. Although HC is not a social issue
per say, it certainly wasn't priority one when president Obama and Party B took the reins
of power in Washington, D.C. Rome was burning, they had the wind at their back and
the hope that real change was possible was at an all time high in America. What did they
do? As Rome continued to burn, it was HC for breakfast, lunch and dinner 24/7 for well
over a year. When they finally finished, there was nothing bi-partisan in the bill and they
rammed down the throats of the American people. Maybe, just maybe, that was the only
way it was going to happen and it will end up being good medicine in the long run, but
only time will tell?
Two things about the HC package are debatable however: 1) Could America afford it
during a period of record federal deficits and are the added expenses to employers a
good idea in a recession and 2) Was this strictly an ideological pursuit that took place in
a damn the torpedoes environment when jobs and the economy should have been
priority one instead? While the answers to both questions may be debatable . . . one
thing is clearly NOT debatable no way should the entire American political system
have been locked down in one single debate for well over a year when Rome was
burning economically. No way, no how, no possible justification for it whatsoever! f you
disagree with that assessment, then you won't for long because the medicine to come
Copyright 2011 196
_____________________________________________________________________
from such inept leadership is a big dose of liberty and freedom [on top of non stop HC
repeal efforts].
Did we, do we need massive HC reform? Yes! Should it have been allowed to suck the
air out of the room for an entire year? No! America had and still has far more pressing
economic issues. People are starving in America, jobs are going off shore, new arrivals
are taking jobs on shore, all wages/salaries are stagnant and wealth inequality is at a
level that is beyond words yet we talked about HC for a year. That's not leadership
and just like the 24/7 discussions on gay marriage, abortion, the ground zero mosque,
terrorism, airport security screenings and whatever gets manufactured as priority one
this week . . . it's no accident whatsoever.
These issues and hundreds of others are the diversionary tools used by the mega-rich
media machine to steer us away from the really meaningful crucial issues facing
America namely wealth inequality that impacts basic food and shelter needs and
pursuit of the American Dream. Admittedly, if we can believe the 30+ million number of
unemployed and underemployed supplied by our government which is highly dubious
most Americans are not yet worried about food and shelter. Those Americans, who
don't yet see what's coming, believe that they can't be replaced via an nternet worker.
They don't believe that their wages/salaries will be sucked down the spiraling toilet of
downward mobility created by a mega-rich monopoly. Those Americans not directly
impacted, aren't yet asking themselves, 'who is going to buy their goods and services
and with what?' t's sure not going to be the millions of unemployed or underemployed
yet to come in the years ahead. Hair stylists and Botox providers will serve the mega-
rich alone. Clothiers, dry cleaners and fashion houses can forget about it as well . . .
food comes before looking good. Home builders who are still in business will only be
building mega-mansions . . . nothing modest for a middle-class that will no longer exist.
Again, 70+ percent of our economy comes from exchanging goods and services within
our borders and if an even larger percentage of workers are replaced by off shore
nternet talent and low wage new arrivals, even more money is removed from the game.
Ships bringing in offshore manufactured goods and new immigrants displacing the lower
middle-class American workforce were just the beginning. t's the white collar, middle
management professionals that currently have more and spend more in the economy
that are next on the list to be displaced.
So why repeatedly beat this drum once again during a discussion on the American
media? Simple: FOCUS! The next social issue or supposed crisis of the day that arises,
ask your self this basic question: 'is this issue really important in the grand scheme of
things?' Before you go off to Facebook or some other social media arena or start e-
mailing everyone you know, ask yourself how much food the issue will put on people's
table? Does stopping or promoting a mosque at ground zero make your job more
secure? Does yammering about airport security screenings create jobs? What does
promoting or stopping gay marriage, abortion, prayer in schools or gun control do to
combat wealth inequality or creation of jobs? Most Americans have an opinion on almost
everything, but nine times out of ten the issues and opinions are frivolous by comparison
to our economic issues. Divided by social issues, we cannot be united where it matters
on economic issues and the mega-rich know it and manipulate us like rats to work
against our own economic self-interests. More than 99 percent of our opinions don't
ensure that the American Dream will continue. These opinions don't put food on the
table and ensure that American children today and in the future will have food and
shelter. For all those that say we can focus upon and accomplish both YOU ARE
Copyright 2011 197
_____________________________________________________________________
ABSOLUTELY WRONG! The last 30+ years of financial losses for the middle-class
proves that you are wrong. The idea that we can have it all and accomplish it all
simultaneously is exactly why nothing has been accomplished to boost the money in
middle-class wallets for decades.

As noted early on, the mega-rich who currently control our American Monopoly board
don't have ANY social or cultural issues. Social issues are for the little people ONLY!
What we the little people don't seem to get is every time we allow the mega-rich media
minions to divert our attention with yet another social issue to captivate our focus
instead of restoring the American Dream via the economy and good jobs we're
playing right into their hands. t's no conspiracy, just the corporate media playing the role
of pied piper leading the rats in any direction possible to keep them from focusing on the
cheese.
t doesn't take a political scientist to quickly see just how deeply ingrained and attached
most Americans are to our dysfunctional two-party status quo. Much like survivors
clinging to a tree limb in a flood, anything that loosens their grip is felt deeply inside as a
threat that will wash them away. Because they have been programmed over decades to
hate the other party, any suggestion that in fact there is only one party that serves only
the mega-rich is blasphemy. Nonetheless, when you follow the money, look at the voting
records, review who wins and who loses within the current political system the mega-
rich always win and the people always lose. That can't just be an accident of chance
whereby one party is always outmaneuvered by the other.
f we lived in China or some dictator regime, Americans would much more easily believe
what you're about to discover, which is: we've been brainwashed into believing closely
held beliefs that are just not true. Before exposing the truth, let's first define
brainwashing. t is a process in which a group or individual systematically uses
unethically manipulative methods to persuade others to conform to the wishes of the
manipulator(s), often to the detriment of the person being manipulated. Also called
psychological operations, it includes conveying selected information and withholding
other information to influence emotions, motives and most importantly objective
reasoning. Learning everything about your subjects such as beliefs, likes, dislikes,
strengths, weaknesses and vulnerabilities is the critical first step. From that point it's not
that difficult if you can get enough exposure to your subjects because we're two legged
sheep who will follow each other off a cliff once herded in that direction. f you doubt that
reality, even for one second, simply look at the current freedom and liberty cliff millions
are lining up to jump off, herded by the false promise of American exceptionalism, that
will simply place the boot of the mega-rich more firmly upon everyone's neck.
According to A.C. Nielson Company, the average American watches more than 4 hours
of TV each day [28 hours per week, 2 months out of ever year], in a 65-year lifespan, a
typical American spends 9 years of their life glued to the tube.
1
Add to those hours, talk
radio and the nternet and we eat sleep and breath media in one form or another like no
humans ever before. The enough exposure question, required for brainwashing, is
affirmed.
Some of the earliest instances of brainwashing were by the Chinese during the Korean
War to disrupt the ability of captured U.S. solders to effectively organize and resist their
imprisonment. The two elements of fear and duress are almost always part of
brainwashing and most Americans would agree, that today we're probably more fearful
Copyright 2011 198
_____________________________________________________________________
and under more economic duress than any time since the Great Depression. What
doesn't seem to exist in America, that exists in almost every brainwashing effort is
total control of the subjects to be brainwashed.
No where and at no time in the history of mankind has any population had more media
outlets and publications, not to mention the World Wide Web, with an apparent
environment of absolutely zero censorship of any kind. t would appear that
brainwashing is just not possible, with all of our so called free press. Even if someone
was feeble minded enough to believe that, somehow via the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC), government controls our media, there is complete lack of control of
nternet outlets. While this lack of control and censorship is obvious, it is in fact the very
tool that enables brainwashing. The very freedoms we believe we have is what makes
most Americans never mentally deploy any filters or guards whatsoever because we
can change channels, stations or click to another website . . . even though most
Americans never exercise that freedom. f there were walls and restrictions we'd see
them, we'd recognize we were being limited. We're just not dumb enough to be taken in
by some elaborate brainwashing scheme.
f we could see the walls and the chains that bind our perimeters of thinking, we could
and would resist, but what if the restraints are invisible. What if they are literally hidden
within our apparent sense of freedom serving as the primary vehicle to deliver the
knock-out punch? We're exposed to the messages of both the so called left and right
and we can constantly change channels, go to different websites and read different
publications of our own choosing, but we don't. n reality, only a very small percentage of
Americans get their information anywhere but the main sources. Just like sheep, we're a
herd species.
Nearly everyone wrongly assumes that brainwashing can only have one singular
indoctrination goal. Where is that idea established as fact or reality? The idea that
brainwashing must have one singular mindset is just not true. t's simply what we
Americans have been led to believe for more than 30+ years. We buy into the game of
Party B versus Party A, liberals versus conservatives, good versus evil, us versus them,
the good guys against the bad guys and all the while we've been losing our posteriors
financially. As long as we have an opponent we can see and fight against, we're happy
little warriors fighting the battle for social conservatism or liberalism. All the while, for
more than 30+ years, trillions of dollars have been sucked somehow from underneath
our American Monopoly board and into the pockets of the greedy at the top of the
American class pyramid.
Virtually every single American wants to trust and believe in our leaders, both political
and corporate, as well as our media. From birth, we're taught to believe in our nation, to
support our nation, to be patriotic, wave the flag and support America. Loving our nation
and supporting it, is as it should be, but it is brainwashing nonetheless or at least
indoctrination. f that works so well and it appears to, then why would anyone have
trouble believing that Americans could have just as easily been brainwashed into
believing in two apparent opposing party mindsets? When you think it through, it is far
easier to pull that off than brainwashing everyone into one single mindset. We would
have recognized that for sure . . . we may be stupid, but we're not that stupid!
What if the mega-rich were master manipulators that devised a way to herd Americans
into acting and heavily investing emotionally in completely opposite belief systems?
Copyright 2011 199
_____________________________________________________________________
Could they use such beliefs to further their goals of constant monetary gain? A divided
population fights each other don't we? f we're divided, does it really matter whether we
wear a little liberal or conservative tag? We're going to focus on the apparent adversary .
. . the other party. Wealth inequality and some far fetched pyramid scheme that's
sucking all the money upward, is and will remain, a nonexistent priority as long as we're
fighting each other.
The only way something this sophisticated, this devious could be pulled off would require
all the media to be under the thumb of one controlling force. Well America, that force has
been in play for centuries and in the past few decades it has overridden every other
force, it is called greed and money. The war strategy being deployed is as old a war
itself, something that has worked to perfection over and over again throughout history.
Once fully accomplished, it has never failed to topple great armies and nations alike. t's
called Divide and Conquer and it works in sports, war or any other venue where it's
critical for people to work together in order to succeed.
t doesn't require some grand conspiracy, some new world order, some singular Oz like
figure behind the curtain pulling the levers. t simply requires a fairly small group of
people to all be on the same page, all working toward the same goal. There is no need
to coordinate, no need to draw up an elaborate game plan or have secret meetings. All
that's required is to work separately toward either one or two options: push the American
people down chute A or chute B [conservative or liberal]. Once that's accomplished and
the little people in camp A and B believe 100 percent that some epic battle is taking
place for their benefit . . . they'll remain docile, pliable little pups who are easily
manipulated by diversion tactics and party propaganda.
Behind it all are the mega-rich and their political class puppets, also known as an
oligarchy or a plutocracy. They possess all the buttons, levers, stations, channels and
websites that we believe we're choosing for our news and information every day. While
they each vie for more money of course, they have one thing in common. t's a bond
stronger than any other force on earth, except survival an unquenchable thirst for
more money and more wealth. Their lust for even more money, trumps love of any
nation or people and their aim is the exploitation of the entire planet and everyone on it.
Please don't confuse the mega-rich with those people across town living in the country
club with an inflated ego. This is strictly a discussion of the super-rich, the dynasty
families, the transnational corporations and the political class that we have been
repeatedly voting into office for decades because it seemed we had no other choice.
Essential to their pursuits, first and foremost, is a virtual lockdown and total control of the
American media machine. Don't get a lump in your throat or panic now, it's too late, it
already happened [while citizens were watching American dol and Dancing with the
Stars]. While they were amassing all the important properties on the outside of the
American Monopoly board, they bought up virtually all the media and consolidated it into
the hands of a few.

Over the past several decades we have seen an absolute media explosion of more
channels, outlets, websites, radio, cable, satellite communications, mobile
communications, books, magazines and newspapers. Never before in history have we
appeared to have more freedom in communication channels, outlets and choices. As the
outlets have grown something has shrunk while virtually no one was paying attention
ownership. Today, revenue producing media to include TV, cable, publishers, websites,
Copyright 2011 200
_____________________________________________________________________
newspapers, movie studios and radio are in the hands of a smaller pool of people than
ever before in modern history.
Most recently, without even a peep from the American people, Comcast used the FCC's
APPROVED rubber stamp and $13.8 B to buy a 51 percent stake in NBC Universal
from General Electric Company. Philadelphia-based Comcast has about 23 million cable
TV subscribers and nearly 17 million nternet subscribers. t also owns a handful of cable
channels, including E! Entertainment and the Golf Channel, as well as a controlling
interest in the Philadelphia 76ers and Flyers sports teams. Taking over majority
ownership of NBC will transform the company into a media powerhouse. NBC Universal
owns the NBC and Telemundo broadcast network, 26 local TV stations; popular cable
channels including CNBC, Bravo and Oxygen, the Universal Pictures movie studio and
theme parks and a roughly 30 percent stake in Hulu.com, which distributes NBC and
other broadcast programming online.
The move simply furthers a disturbing trend, whereby just six companies called the Big
Six control almost everything you watch, listen to or read. ndependent journalism,
objectivity, fair and balanced reporting are now a thing of the past. t's all about control,
manipulation, divide and conquer political games, smokescreens and maintaining a
status quo political oligarchy in which the mega-rich rule America with their iron fist of
oppression.
The Big Six Corporate Media Monopolies:
General Electric (Comcast)
Disney
News Corp
CBS
Time Warner
Viacom
Just these six had combined 2009 revenues in excess of $250 B. Just below the Big Six
are a second tier of 27 corporations that pretty much own everything not owned by the
Big Six media giants. The word everything means EVERYTHNG to include: cable, TV,
radio, newspapers, magazines, publishers and telecom.

)#o On" t#e Med!aJ
http://www.freepress.net/resources/ownership
n essence, 33 companies control virtually everything you see, hear or read. Movie
studios and the publishing industry are closely aligned, if not owned by this same mega-
rich group of people. A singular small group of elite people [less than 40 companies]
control it all! Their annual revenues are half a trillion dollars or more and they have one
thing in common: mega money and way too much power, influence and control over
everything that happens or doesn't happen in America as well as the world.
Copyright 2011 201
_____________________________________________________________________
They officially get together yearly at a media-mogul retreat to ensure that their profits
and propaganda machines are fine tuned to benefit their mutual lust for even more
wealth. Unlike what the conspiracy theorist fruit loops believe, they do not wear cloaks
and meet in darkened caves with a lot of candles, but instead sport Botox faces and
designer fashions. What is essential for you to understand is that these media moguls do
not have viewers, listeners and readers in mind when they get together. They already
know that you are going to watch, read and patronize their garbage machines because
A) you're already brainwashed and emotionally invested B) you will cling to anything, like
a child to their favorite toy, if it provides any crumb of hope or sense or security and C) at
this point you'll take any respite or diversion from reality you can get. As long as we
remain brainwashed, their profits are secured and not at any risk whatsoever. Sure
they compete with each other, but when you're a multi-billionaire losing is subjugated to
the ultimate goal of taking care of your fellow mega-rich and the political status quo. t's
far easier to cry over the loss of a few million dollars on your yacht than to cry with your
starving children in a homeless shelter. As long as they are all working toward the same
ultimate goal of maintaining the status quo they all win and just can't lose. The
American Monopoly board belongs to them and the American people are being played
like rats in a maze.
FA*R
http://www.fair.org/index.php?page=100
Keep T#e& Bel!e2!n% and )a2!n% t#e Fla%
For the American mega-rich, their political class and media minions nothing is more
critically important to their sophisticated ruse upon the American people than making
the little people believe in the current unrestrained free enterprise system within a
world economy [as well as our so called democracy]. They wrap it in the flag,
encourage you to send your children, not theirs, to fight wars through economic
deprivation and promote belief in the current system in every way possible. From TV
shows like lifestyles of the rich and famous to tours of celebrity homes, we're shown
what it's going to be like when we arrive at the American Dream. TV shows and talking
heads tell us daily of yet another rags to riches story.
Autobiographical books are written about how it was done and the individuals are placed
on a pedestal and worshiped by the little people with a fervency not seen since Christ
walked the Earth. Then, if we're fortunate, we even have the privilege of attending How
To seminars to detail how we too can become rich as a dog. f we can't make the
seminar we can purchase 100s of books on the subject that are published each and
every year. America is presented as a beacon on the hill as our political class love to
call it, a wonderful land of freedom and opportunity . . . just believe while working really
hard and all that you see on TV can be yours as well. f the brainwashing and belief
system cracks, the pyramid scheme of the aristocracy is suddenly in jeopardy. t's
imperative that you're focused on that carrot that somehow remains just out of reach, but
as long as you can see it, you'll chase.
Copyright 2011 202
_____________________________________________________________________
The American Dream propaganda machine is so subtle at times, that we rarely even
notice the brainwashing. Even the most innocuous TV programming, such as brain dead
sitcoms, deliver the propaganda and virtually all programming up the cerebral scale
reinforces our American Dream belief system . . . perhaps the biggest con game in
history. Going back decades to the Sanford and Son sitcom, to virtually everything
since that time, the American Dream is alive and well in our corporate media machine. f
you recall Sanford and Son, they ran a junk yard, but did they ever want for food, beer,
money or a roof over their heads? Nope, they were just good black folks living a media
contrived black version of the American Dream. Think about it, while you may see
dramas with cancer, crime, terrorism and all sorts of human suffering you rarely if
ever see anyone on American television in dire financial straits. t just doesn't happen in
America! The mortgage is always paid, food is always on the table and far more often
than not, everyone is living in a big house, with a swimming pool and driving a big car. f
you're not, there is obviously something wrong with you, your character or your work
ethic, because this is America! Failure is not an option if you just believe and work 24/7
you'll make it . . . even in a junk yard.
Why is the show Desperate Housewives all about big houses, white picket fences and
prissy shallow women? Does anyone even know an American housewife living on one
income? Why has there never been a sitcom or even a drama series based on a
foreclosed upon family? The big five banks are reaping the rewards form their greed
every single day, but we never get to see a portrayal of American families along with
their possessions thrown out into the street with the trash. Why not? Nothing
demonstrates just how sick and warped our society has become, more than the wave of
crap TV such as NBC's sitcom called Outsourced in which good American call center
jobs are held by low wage workers in ndia. We have reality TV 24/7: shows where cars
are repossessed, shows where American's personal possessions are taken from storage
units and sold off and even shows where desperate Americans are pawing all their
possessions just to feed their children. n our sick society that is now America this is
entertaining and funny for some reason?
nstead of empathy, Americans now seem to revel in others financial pain and
misfortune and condone the actions of bottom feeding scum profiting from financial
collapse. Just like the Great Depression, greedy opportunists are profiting from taking
advantage of other's financial misfortune, but today, instead of being reviled, they are
heralded as entrepreneurs and even present infomercials on how to purchase
distressed properties and turn them to make a buck. America was once a nation with
some ethics and values, but now greed is as American as apple pie and ice cream.
When a fellow citizen is down, instead of offering a helping hand, we kick them!
t's all condoned and promoted by a media machine that continues to portray an America
that, despite and economic bump in the road, everything is just fine. Just stay with the
two-party status quo games, wave the flag and we'll all be just fine. While we're waiting
for it to all turnaround, we have the Casey Anthony trial, the Michael Jackson trial and
whatever else that comes along to keep our attention diverted from what's important.
What about all the so called investigative journalism we view on TV? Race, sexual
orientation, medical issues, the ground zero mosque, abortion, school prayer, terrorism,
etc. but never ever one single show in history focused upon wealth inequality in America.
Why not an investigative report called: Death of the American Dream? Why no reporting
on the lost financial ground and jobs over the last 30+ years for 90 percent of
Copyright 2011 203
_____________________________________________________________________
Americans? Why no reports on NAFTA or the millions of American jobs that have been
shipped off to China and ndia? When are they going to report on the millions and
millions of dollars going into the political coffers of the two political parties . . . then
follow the step-by-step pay-to-play votes that are cast in return. That might destabilize
our democracy, now wouldn't it? f that happens, the money flow upward may get
squeezed . . . they don't want that to happen! f it's all about ratings as we're told, why
not a daily segment on pay-to-play in Washington? Why not report on the complete
abysmal failure of our two-party political system as far as serving the people
instead of only the mega-rich and political class? Why not graph out the trillions in GDP
that went somewhere over the last 30+ years then follow-up to see where all the
money went? Wouldn't that bring in viewers and market share, so why no investigative
journalism on wealth inequality in America?
Why no shows on population studies and how we're going to deal with 130 million more
people in American in less than 40 years? The jobs shortages, the water and food
shortages, the link between high fertility rates, lack of education and poverty. Shows that
demonstrate the link between legal and illegal immigration, massive poverty in the years
ahead and how it is leading to the failure of our public school system that will make
America an economic wasteland if not corrected. CNN, for instance, has done multi-
segment shows on Black in America and Latino in America so where is the show on
dirt poor and starving in America? We're told daily that we're a melting pot society, so
why not a show that explores how the entire pot is melting with the race and xenophobia
card as the meltdown's driving force? An exploration on the politics of poverty would
make for a wonderful weeklong investigative segment, but that would expose the dirt all
over Party B and the media doesn't want that . . . that would be divisive and
inflammatory toward their party of choice.
Does anyone in America, with an Q above 90, believe this total lack of coverage and
investigation is just coincidence? Virtually none of us are stupid enough to believe we
are given the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth via ownership by the mega-
rich of virtually all media outlets. The statistics behind your chances of getting rich have
been revealed herein abundantly, but for the suckers still buying the freedom and
liberty dog food . . . consider the following. n the Big Box, corporate America we now
live within, ask yourself just what business outside of professional sports, acting or rap
music will provide you or your children with any real chance of becoming mega-rich?
Name one retail business that's not already part of a big box store like Walmart or isn't
already part of a corporate chain funneling money to the top? Virtually every business
today is under the control of a mega-corporate monopoly that allows no one else in
because the efficiencies of size, scale and buying power won't allow competition. They
will squash your new business like a bug! Maybe you could try one of those home-based
nternet businesses where you invest your meager life savings and work only two hours
per day making a million dollars a year? Yea, right . . .

t is so critical for the mega-rich and their media machine to play up the one individual
out of 311 million Americans that make it big each year that every dime spent on their
fame reaps rewards a billion fold, if not far more. t's the most sure fire investment they
will every make. How many times have you seen stories on Zukerberg, creator of
Facebook? The little dweeb even has a movie out about him. Give it a break already!
They rode the Bill Gates myth for 20+ years and now we have another vy League brat
like Zukerberg being cast as what can happen for you too, if you just believe, wave the
flag and trust in freedom and liberty.
Copyright 2011 204
_____________________________________________________________________
Now, with the Barack Story, they may have the best rags to riches story of all time. Bi-
racial Hawaiian island boy becomes president of the free world. Son of a single parent,
attending and graduating from an vy League university and law school has to be the
best rags to riches story since Abraham Lincoln. Just short of doing his homework
writing with chunks of coal on a shovel like little Abe Lincoln, the story of kid Obama
will be programmed into history books by the publishers owned by the mega-rich for
centuries to come and the lore will grow with every new edition. The story they will never
tell will be how he hooked in with the mega-rich Chicago elite, such as billionaire Penny
Pritzker [who was his lead political fund raiser during his presidential run]. They'll keep
the curtain pulled to cover the mega-rich behind his rags to riches story. Guess what, if
your black child, currently living within the inner city projects of America hooks up with a
Pritzker, they too can become president. Anything is possible in America as long as the
mega-rich are behind it and approve. Why do you think the mega-rich allowed a black
man to play in their game? While president Obama's story and what he's accomplished
from humble beginnings is to be admired, it's not the complete story by any means
whatsoever. t's a contrived story, crucial facts are left out and it serves to further the
myth of the rags to riches American Dream mirage.
Always remember that reporting selective history is not actually lying, but it's also not
telling the whole truth. The whole truth is something we will never ever receive from a
media machine owned by the mega-rich. We'll only hear about the successful
entrepreneurs and children from the ghetto that made it big. We'll only be told over and
over that all you have to do is believe in yourself, study hard, become indebted with
huge college loan, work hard and believe in America and all your dreams will come true.
Why do the mega-rich via their media machine constantly push this message so hard to
brainwash the American people is simple these beliefs are the most essential lynch
pin that holds the entire sophisticated ruse together. Remove these closely held core
beliefs from the American psyche and the entire thing crumbles like a house of cards.
Everyone knows that the system is not perfect. Everyone knows that the political class
and mega-rich in our society do not play by the same rules we do. Generally, however,
we all still believe in the system and our democracy. n the event that core belief system
ever gets even a crack in it the pyramid scheme will crumble and the mega-rich will
suffer the consequences, but in actuality far less than the majority of Americans . . .
unless we're committed to working within the system to end the game.
Keep T#e& A&."ed, 0nterta!ned and D!"tra$ted
As previously noted, never before has a nation had more media outlets, books, movies,
websites and a host of other diversions to keep them distracted from seeking out the
truth. We're supplied with reality TV, drama TV, comedy TV, history TV, religion TV,
sports channels and 500 other TV variables. Oh top of that, we still have newspapers
and more radio than ever, in addition to new vehicles such as websites and mobile
communications. All these media vehicles are of course, first and foremost, money
machines for the mega-rich, but at the same time they serve as an opiate to keep the
masses docile and pliable. Unless you're a political junkie or an economist, political
and economic issues are incredibly boring and confusing and stating that fact is just the
truth. Why anyone would care or be interested in such arenas, if it were not for the huge
financial consequences for every single American, is beyond comprehension. The
political arena is ugly and corrupt and economic issues are boring and take a fair amount
Copyright 2011 205
_____________________________________________________________________
of time to get informed upon. Tracking voting records and following the money, paying
attention to the issues and exploring them in-depth at a level to enable Americans to
see well beyond the political parties and corporate smokescreens takes time. The last
thing the mega-rich and our political class want is for the American public to be focused
and involved. As long as the status quo is maintained by voting for one of their two
parties the mega-rich bets to the tune of billions on both red and blue pay off
handsomely . . . while all remaining wealth within middle-class America continues to be
sucked from beneath the American Monopoly board.
America's absolute obsession with Hollywood, the movie industry, music and the sports
world defies all logic, unless it is seen completely through the lens of escape and a
population with its head in the sand, afraid to look at reality. While most Americans enjoy
a good movie, some new music and follow one or more sports teams, we're a society
completely obsessed with the private lives of actors, musicians and athletes when not
engaged in their chosen profession.
Celebrity and sports figures alone screw up enough to keep far too many Americans
distracted with rehab, jail time, trials, divorces and sex tapes so that paying attention to
political corruption seems tame. However, none of that background noise has any
financial impact whatsoever upon your life and financial security so why do any
Americans bother with it? Why do they care about Tiger Woods' sexual kinks and trysts?
He still has a billion dollars or more, but we're all losing our financial shirt. So why does
anyone in American seem to care about Tiger's sexploitation of every bimbo he can get
his lusting hooks on? Could it be that it's simply because the media machine wants you
focused on it instead of wealth inequality, tax breaks for the mega-rich and their greed?
On the other hand, if a burglar breaks into your home, grabs some money out of your
wallet and stole your new big screen TV, you would be on the phone calling 911 whining
about missing American dol. Have you ever made a call to Washington, ever sent a
letter or FAX, ever attended a town hall meeting? Since 1979 Washington has enabled
thousands upon thousands of dollars to be stolen from your wallet via political
corruption, but that's just fine and dandy because it's our democracy. Just because
politicians aren't wearing those little black burglar masks across their eyes doesn't mean
they are any less of a thief than the burglar that just crawled out your window with your
wide screen TV. Why steal a TV when you can steal millions, wear a business suit and
be called honorable? Who wants to be a common thief when you can be a respected
politician?
No to t#e Ne"I
f you buy a movie ticket, get your popcorn, take your seat in the dark and there is a
movie that depicts a newsroom . . . you get it. Your brain says 'this is a movie, this is
contrived, this is not real,' but when you see a newsroom on TV via your remote, the
opposite occurs. Your brain says 'this is the news . . . these are journalists who if they
are not telling me the truth the other channel will let me know.' Over time these talking
heads slowly become our friends. We watch them everyday, grow to trust them and
since one political party channel apparently hates the other, we're led to believe that
balance provides some credibility and validation. Most all the talking heads seem
conscientious, trustworthy and sincere . . . what's not to trust?
Copyright 2011 206
_____________________________________________________________________
What you must begin to understand, if you don't already, is that EVERTHNG you hear
and experience via network and cable news is orchestrated and manipulated down to
the most minute and smallest detail. The raising of an eyebrow, the cock of the head as
they deliver their lines, the sincerity and their subtle voice inflections all the way up the
scale to graphics, videos, polls, interviews and timing how they present it is
manipulated and controlled by corporations and the mega-rich. This fact is not meant to
insult your intelligence by contending that Rupert Murdoch sends the FOX News
propagandists their script each day, nor is it meant to say that MSNBC gets theirs from
billionaire George Soros all the mega-rich trial attorneys within Party B, but all the talking
heads are keenly aware of where their bread gets buttered. They know where the
designer clothes and the mansions come from and there is no way are they are going to
bite the hand that feeds them. Blame it on that other party, blame it on China, blame it
on a bad economy, but just don't blame it on the mega-rich and you get to keep your job,
the penthouse and vacation home in Malibu. f you were given the choice of journalistic
integrity or millions, what would you choose? Since journalistic integrity just doesn't pay
the bills . . . virtually nothing gets out via the so called news that the corporations and
the mega-rich don't want to get out. The talking heads you're watching are actors playing
a role, no less than Clint Eastwood in a western. There is no bang-bang shootout taking
place between two main political parties, the good guys versus the bad guys. t is a
movie, live at times, with some facts of course but with a lot left out . . . namely anything
in regard to wealth inequality, the American pyramid scheme and rule of America by an
oligarchy.
Just admit it, our media characters are delightful, charming, pretty, handsome,
charismatic, sincere, intelligent and appear to be informed. Have you ever met a local or
national TV news personality? By and large, they are about one thing and one thing
only: their career and making a buck! Any real brains within newsrooms of America are
NOT in front of the camera, but instead exists within the heads of writers, producers and
the talented people behind the scenes . . . a.k.a. the ugly people that never get on
camera. The on camera personalities are in fact nothing less than they have been
characterized for years to be talking heads. Meet one in person and the
overwhelming majority of them have the depth of a mirror. Just like a mirror, they project
what you want them to be. Be it the girl next door the folksy local TV personality, the
sophisticated national correspondent or the weighty anchor person. Their goal is to try
and either be a reflection of your mirror image in order for you to identify with them, or to
appear far smarter than you on all the news and policy issues of the day. t's all about
enabling your trust in them. t's a sales technique as old as time and it's the essential
element in every scam on Earth.
The talking heads are 98 percent image and make-up artist and 2 percent substance.
For the media, it should be called cake-up instead of make-up since they appear on
your screen with something just short of wearing a Halloween mask. f you became
romantically involved with one of them, it would be like kissing a prince of princess and
waking up with a frog. Our brain knows this of course, but over time after a lifetime of
viewing we forget, we let our guard down and our BS filter gets corrupted. After all, these
on-camera personalities are pretty, charming and handsome . . . what's not to like? t
beats hanging out with our friends or significant others from the real world, who are NOT
pretty, charming or handsome. t's the same reason we're attracted to Hollywood as
false and shallow as it is . . . we actually crave fantasy because reality is getting worse
by the day.
Copyright 2011 207
_____________________________________________________________________
From our earliest childhood experiences we form bonds and we desperately want to
believe in someone or some political party . . . otherwise the world is a pretty scary
place. Through experience we form trust relationships simply because we have to trust
someone and TV journalists seem especially trustworthy. We can see them, we can
watch their facial expressions, we can watch and listen for deception and we can
validate what they say by changing channels . . . or at least that's what most of us have
believed until now.
Do they, along with talk radio, newspapers and news websites tell us outright blatant
lies? Of course not . . . you will rarely if ever catch them in a simple lie. After all, we're
not stupid and require sophisticated lies from silver tongues before we'll believe. What
they don't tell you, however, is just as important, oftentimes far more important, than
what they do tell you. They never ever tell you the full complete story on virtually any
topic. We get opinion journalism with muddy facts and one side only of nearly every
story. What we receive is the remaining sum of the addition and subtraction equation in
order to keep us divided into either a fruitless Party A or Party B chute of false hope. As
long as the mega-rich can keep us from digging any further and funneled into one of the
two-parties the status quo is maintained and he money continues to flow upward.
Even though the American people have been on a 30+ year financial losing streak, as
long we continue to believe there are two sides and two political parties fighting it out on
our behalf, we'll sit complacent and ride it out. As long as we believe it's the right or the
left killing the American Dream, we'll fight each other instead of the real adversary.
+e< +ell" and Alay" )!ll
Back during WW in the Pacific, U.S. servicemen were tuned almost nightly to a radio
voice known as Tokyo Rose. A sultry female voice that delivered news from home,
spoke of servicemen by name and referenced their specific units as she lathered her
delivery in sexual tones. She wasn't part of some USO outreach, but instead was a
propaganda artist deployed by the Japanese. Our troops were warned not to listen,
knew it was dangerous to listen, but they just couldn't resist a sexy female voice as they
sat in a battle zone far from home. Her mission was to indoctrinate, make our troops
question their resolve and destroy morale. Nothing destroys morale like thinking of sex
with no outlet, but nonetheless, men especially, will take what they can get and the voice
of Tokyo Rose was hot!
Throughout history, women have been known to talk guys into anything. Starting with
Eve getting Adam to eat that apple or Delilah getting Sampson to cut his locks men
are suckers for beautiful women. All the blood drains out of the brain, heads south and
the male brain just simply shuts down . . . it just can't be helped. Take the recent femme
fatale Russian spy nabbed in NYC, a drop dead gorgeous redhead named Anna
Chapman. Why would the Russians send her? Simple: 99.9 percent of American males
would turn over the codes to the U.S. nuclear arsenal to Anna Chapman in a heartbeat.
No torture, no bamboo shoots under our fingernails, no mind control or truth serum
required, just her powers of persuasion and voila the Russians would posses the
codes to our nuclear arsenal. When faced with the dilemma of, nuclear annihilation of
the entire world or sex with a hot redhead with a Russian accent . . . 99.9 percent of
American males will go with the sex and take their chances on nuclear annihilation.
f a man will blow up the entire world for a hot femme fatale, then where is his head
when he's watching cable news 24/7? t's the same place it is when he's watching
Copyright 2011 208
_____________________________________________________________________
football . . . on the cheerleaders! What to you think the binoculars are for? Why do you
think former high school cheerleader Megyn Kelly and former Miss America Gretchen
Carlson are on FOX News? Here's a hint, it's not their brains. Even the most die hard
liberal male will click over to FOX to check out Megyn Kelly [as long as no one will ever
know]. They are not tuning in for the news, astute journalism and political insights. Just
like the beauty queens masquerading as journalist, working for MSNBC, ABC, CBS and
CNN . . . they're femme fatales just like Anna Chapman. They are working for the
adversary just like Tokyo Rose worked for the Japanese. n this case, the hot
propagandists are working for the mega-rich in exchange for million dollar salaries and
designer clothes. While women may not sell out as easily as men for sex, a closet full of
new shoes will get them to say and do anything. We all have our Achilles' heel . . .
Men know better in their minds, but not in their pants and all women know that most of
the pretty girls in high school and college were just not too smart. Even the ones that
were intelligent didn't bother to exercise their brain. Humans use whatever assets God
gave them to their advantage and most people take the paths of least resistance. Did
Megyn Kelly earn her law degree? There is no doubt that she did, but there is also no
doubt that earning it and getting a job at FOX News was far easier for her, than it would
have been for an ugly duckling. s the point that all beautiful on air news journalists are
dumb? No, absolutely not! Many are brilliant, competent and extremely professional who
deserve everything they have received in life. n fact, beauty can quite often be a
discrimination obstacle to overcome. Oftentimes however, especially in the on air news
business beauty alone, with nothing on the journalism ball, can land a pretty face on
your TV screen. Almost any bimbo can read a teleprompter filled with material they did
not write. n general the not so strikingly beautiful people in this world are far smarter
than the beautiful people simply because they have to be.

Where is the so called women's movement when it comes to news networks? Where
are they when it comes to equality for women? Mega-ugly males such as Charles
Krauthammer are allowed on FOX News and plus-sized Candy Crowley is allowed on
CNN, but by and large only the beautiful people fill our TV screens. The organization
NOW should be out in front of every single news network on a daily basis protesting for
the rights of less than strikingly beautiful women in America to get on camera. [f you
are waiting for men to rise up and stop it, forget about it . . . NOT going to happen!] The
network and cable news business is by far, without a doubt, the most sexist entity in
America outside of Vegas and Playboy magazine. Not only is it discrimination at its
worst, that deprives highly qualified talented women from working in the industry, more
importantly it means America more rarely gets news from anyone that's actually quailed
to deliver it.
Now more than ever before, America needs real journalists on TV, not drop dead
gorgeous former Miss Americas reading a teleprompter . . .
T#e +,y !" Fall!n%I
Do you remember Chicken Little? The dumb cluck that was hit in the head by an acorn
and sent the world into panic because she thought the sky was falling. Now Chicken
Little is a TV news journalist all dressed up designer fashions with a million dollar pay
check. Almost every single day she squawks 'the sky is falling, the sky is falling!'
Copyright 2011 209
_____________________________________________________________________
The stock market crashed, a dirty bomb is in Washington, the ice caps melted while you
were sleeping, swine flu will kill every American by spring, every marine life form is dead
in the Gulf of Mexico, an slamic terrorist in the hills of Pakistan issued a jihad, ran now
has the bomb, we'll have no drinking water by 2015 and on and on it goes day after day .
. . hype, hype and more hype! Breaking news, tune in at 7, don't miss this special
report!!! As bad as it is when the media does have something vaguely news worthy
it's even worse during a dead news period. nstead of just shutting up, they eat their
young and begin to manufacture some crisis of the day. Although it's part of the ratings
game, it's also part of the way in which the mega-rich who control the media keep the
American people on their heels and unfocussed on their insidious greed.

f a dirty bomb is rumored to be somewhere in Washington, D.C. which is more likely: A)
you'll go to the nternet and research how many million America jobs got shipped to
China this week or B) you'll sit glued to the tube to see if the six million people in the
D.C. metro area wither and die from radiation poisoning? You know the answer and so
do the mega-rich that control the corporate media machine. f they can't keep you
sedated with American dol, action thrillers and cop shows then the next best thing is to
keep you in a constant state of fear and panic. f Washington is about to be devastated
by a dirty bomb, then American jobs being shipped to China by the mega-rich will be the
last thing you'll be focusing on. Pushing the panic button as often as possible serves
their interest for ratings and revenues, but it's also part of a multi-tiered scheme to keep
the American public on its heels and distracted 24/7. Otherwise, the little people might
actually stop and focus for ten minutes, realize they have been getting screwed for 30+
years and turn on the aristocracy instead of worshipping them.
T#e"e 3eople are Ne" Jo.rnal!"t"J
Does anyone remember Walter Cronkite, the distinguished and intelligent CBS news
anchor for decades? Can anyone in America answer the question of how we ever got
from Walter Cronkite to Katie Couric? How such a bimbo could make $15 million per
year, more than any other news anchor in the history of civilization? Any further
evidence for just how far journalism in America has fallen is only supplemental to Katie
Couric anchoring a major TV newscast for years. Thankfully, CBS finally put an end to
the nightly torture, but if Katie Couric was anchor material . . . then CBS News has
become a paddle boat. t's as if CBS News played a horrible bad joke upon the public
and even though her number of viewers was always the lowest of the big three network
newscasts . . . there's was no pay cut and they kept her on the air year after year. How
she ever escaped NBC Today where she did soft news and human interest stories is
beyond comprehension. Perhaps now, she will go back to playing with puppies on
camera or some other frivolous feel good, human interest story and get out of the news
business forever . . . let's hope!. For America to have endured this news lightweight in
Walter Cronkite's chair from the Today Show was the biggest mistake ever made by a
news network.
Do you recall Y2K . . . the last time the media told us the Earth was about to come off its
axis? The media story was that all our computers were going to turn on us and eat us.
As the story was spun and told over and over for more than a year beforehand, at
midnight or very soon thereafter on January 1, 2000 every computer in the entire
world would go bonkers because they had not been programmed to handle the year
2000. Hard to believe that no one had ever thought that far ahead, but it was a clock,
date thing of some sort. No one apparently really knew what it was or if it would actually
Copyright 2011 210
_____________________________________________________________________
cause any problems, but lots of T consultants made millions of dollars off supposedly
fixing it and the media got millions of eyeballs and ears hyping it to ad nauseam for more
than a year.
f the HC debate when on past what any human could tolerate, Y2K was like HC on
steroids! Everyday from every rooftop, the media screamed Chicken Little hysterics of
Y2K doom and gloom to come. Every light bulb in the entire world would go black, all
ATMs would fail, all security systems would fail and all stock markets around the world
would crash. On New Year's Eve instead of drinking in the New Year . . . everyone, it
seemed, was on their knees praying to the computer Gods. Anyone who just happened
to be watching NBC's New Year's broadcast were in for a real insight into the mind of
American journalism. Little Katie Couric, known to many back then as America's
sweetheart, was co-hosting the broadcast.
The seconds ticked down, anticipation driven by all the media hype was at a fevered
pitch and every eye in America was glued to the clock. Yikes Y2K was about to happen!
What was next? Nothing . . . about like sex was the first time somewhat awkward
after all the anticipation and buildup. All of America's esteemed TV journalists just kind of
sat there dumbfounded as if the only thing Y2K had killed was all teleprompter software
in the world. Speechless they were, for the first time ever in history they finally shut-
up for one glorious moment in time, but not for long . . . breaking the awkwardness and
confused mumbling was America's sweetheart Katie. Amid what should have been a
massive world-wide celebration [because no one had died from Y2K and not a thing
seemed to be amiss] little Katie said, . . . this is kind of boring. To little Katie and the
rest of America's news media, no death and destruction are boring.
What else do you need to know about Katie Couric, and the news media in general for
that matter, other than that? They are like children, they get bored easily. For us a day
without no volcanoes erupting, earthquakes in California killing thousands, no terrorist
attacks, no plane crashes and no stock market crashes is a really good day. For Katie
and all her news media lightweights, a day where nothing happens is like absolute hell
on Earth. The media flop on Y2K was a total bummer to them. These people live for
hype and when something fizzles into nothingness they go bonkers, fidget and fall all
over themselves looking for thrills and something to hype.

To them death and destruction are cool, but in bad way. They are sorry it happened of
course, but by God it will make a great story more so called journalism awards.
From their somber well rehearsed heartfelt delivery to their folksy every man identity .
. . it's all a role, no less than an actor on a stage. Once it's done, they unplug, go to a
penthouse in NYC and live large until it's time to put their news face on again.
There are no longer newscasts in America . . . what we have today is news theater of
the absurd. All scripted, placed on a teleprompter, then read and acted out by talking
heads. t's acting, no different than what takes place in Hollywood, except their lines are
about the news of the day to some extent. The real question is who decides what makes
the news that day, what's put in and most importantly what's left out?
t's all about how to push the Chicken Little panic button to distract the public and deliver
ratings? How to make the economic devastation look as though it's China's fault not
the fault of the mega-rich media moguls that own the news. Everyday is all about
twisting, manipulating and massaging the so called news to ply the minds of the
Copyright 2011 211
_____________________________________________________________________
American people into believing we live in a democracy instead of an oligarchy. All the
while, money continues to slip from underneath the American Monopoly board and we
the people continue to lose at the game.
Keep T#e& F!%#t!n% . . . 0a$# Ot#er
Never let it be said this book is insulting your intelligence by suggesting that the two
political parties and the elite have enough control that they all sit in the same room
and divvy up hot button topics and social issues in order to keep the people divided. t is
however a fact that all the mega-media moguls meet at lest once per year to discuss
their industry, trends, etc. t's also a fact that all the talking heads, pundits and so called
TV journalists cross industry paths at such events as the yearly White House
Correspondents Dinner and seem to get along just fine in the same room. They are all in
the same industry which means they network, mingle and even change networks from
time to time. So called liberals transform to become conservatives and former
conservatives such as Arianna Huffington become liberals. How does this happen and
why? The answer to that question is about market share a.k.a. MONEY.
t's not like they are walking down a street of NYC or Washington, D.C. one day and are
struck down by a bright light . . . suddenly converting from a greedy conservative into a
bleeding heart liberal or visa versa. What strikes them in the head is a big bundle of
money.
Arianna Huffington a so called progressive and cofounder of the highly successful left
leaning Huffington Post website was a popular conservative commentator in the 1990s.
She was even married to Michael Huffington, a Party A Senator. Before marrying
Michael, she was romantically involved with Jerry Brown, current California governor and
a Party B liberal. While still married to the senator she promoted Newt Gingrich's
contract with America and Bob Dole's presidential campaign. Prior to the Huffington
Post, she had a website called Ariannaonline which called for President Clinton's
removal and attracted a conservative audience. Now she's the heroine of the
progressive, liberal crowd. Her latest conviction of conscience may last only until she
beds another conservative . . . only time will tell? One thing is for sure the $315 M she
just got from AOL's buyout the Huffington Post will keep her in designer fashions for a
long time to come. f she is now the heroine of the little people, shouldn't she at least
dress like the little people? As stated early on herein, follow the money and you will
always uncover the truth.
Let's take the case of Glen Beck, currently the most hated figure by the left just behind
Rush Limbaugh. Thankfully FOX and the American people finally wised up enough to
boot this laughing stock off out TV sets, but before Beck arrived at FOX News he was on
CNN. Back then, CNN was losing market share a.k.a. money to FOX. What did CNN
do? They did research to uncover the issues and percentages within the American
public that would garner the biggest numbers. Voila this unknown clown named Glen
Beck shows up on CNN with those exact same opinions. t's funny how someone,
anyone, would have the exact same opinions that the research showed would grab
major market share. Just what was needed to steal market share from FOX.

Once he made the move to FOX he underwent yet another metamorphosis into some
type of major cult figure [at least in his mind]. The consummate American history expert,
Copyright 2011 212
_____________________________________________________________________
constitutional lawyer, economist and last but not least someone that sits at the foot of
God himself.
From time to time, although rarely, there were some grains of truth to what he had to
say, but for the rest of the time . . . anyone with an Q above 90 had to be saying, give
me a break! A master of spin and manipulation who doctored every piece of history, the
Constitution and the Bill of Rights this buffoon created what he called Beck University
as if we're all stupid and need to learn something from him. We can only assume that
at the Beck University graduation ceremony, instead of black robes and
mortarboards . . . they wear white sheets and dunce caps.

f you never watched the show you simply missed out upon a one act daily play within a
theater of the absurd we call politics in America. There has never been a bigger
charlatan than Beck to crawl upon its belly across the Earth. A former drunk he played
the part of TV evangelist, history professor and minister of sincerity to a point where it
made any sane American want to puke! n one show segment he was raising money for
fallen warriors and he pulled out nine pennies from his pocket that he says were sent to
him by a poor American that just wanted to help out. With crocodile tears welling up in
his eyes and voice cracking this vile excuse for a human made an emotional plea for
poor Americans to send more pennies. He may as well have been Jimmy Swaggart, the
crying televangelist, reincarnated as a political preacher. On 9/11 all of Americas cried
and there is nothing wrong whatsoever with tears, but crying over nine pennies from a
poor American is the most laughable buffoonery ever to air on American television.
While this book has strived to be objective and balanced, any human under this guy's
spell is simply not salvageable and beyond help. To his followers this charlatan is no
less dangerous than Jim Jones, the pastor that killed off thousands of his parishioners
via cyanide laced Kool-Aid. When you mix evangelism, God and politics all in the
same cup, the chemical reaction is most often toxic and deadly. To see what it delivers,
simply look at ran . . .
Even if you worship and love the guy you have to admit that he reminds you of that fat
cheeked, chubby kid in high school the one that just never quite figured out that he
was the butt of all the jokes. You remember him, the guy who never had a date, walked
like a duck, wore 1950s attire, ran for class president and lost by mile . . . the guy who
was always screaming about showing some school spirit! Not much has changed has it?
The best part of the show was when he received his visions. He's looked into the
camera speaking from the innermost core of his soul, suddenly pauses, looks up into the
sky as if he's receiving a message from God and then returns to Earth to speak to man.
The problem is that the message he just received was, ' can make millions with this BS!'
n the 12 months previous to March 1, 2010 Beck made $32 M from his show, books,
radio and speaking engagements. Due to the economy, we now have rocket scientists
working for minimum wage at McDonalds and this clown is making $32 M?
Whereas Beck plays the Mr. sincerity card to ad nauseam, many on the left simply
condescend to anyone that is stupid enough not to believe exactly just like them. None
do it better than Mr. Snidely himself, Keith Olbermann formerly of MSNBC. ncredulous
at the stupidity of anything or anyone even slightly right of center, Olbermann sat as
judge, jury and executioner from on high as he spewed his nightly verdicts of
condescending phlegm. Obviously brilliant and of superior intellect to the ignorant
masses in America, Olbermann sees himself as the pinnacle of human evolution at this
Copyright 2011 213
_____________________________________________________________________
point in time just waiting for the rest of us to catch up. A news and political narcissist,
it's too bad we can no longer worship at his alter each evening unless you can get
Current TV a.k.a. the Al Gore version of news. Where and how could one man in a
single lifetime acquire such knowledge, intellect and total command of politics, the
economy and just humanity in general? A supposed liberal, he briefly dated staunch
conservative talking head Laura ngraham. Opposites attract we've been told, but in the
media/political arena the opposites are simply opposite routes to the same goal . . .
getting their hands on the almighty dollar via market share.
To whom and to what do we have to thank for allowing us, simple minded mortals, to
walk the same Earth with a news God and political genius like Olbermann? The answer:
sports. You know, dumb jocks. The first twenty years of Olbermann's career were spent
in sports journalism including a stint at ESPN. He abruptly left ESPN under a cloud of
controversy in what turned out to be a long drawn out saga with the network. n
November 2002, he published and essay in Salon.com titled Mea Culpa, in which he
stated, couldn't handle the pressure of working in daily long-form television, and what
was worse, didn't know couldn't handle it.
Wow, couldn't handle working a full-time job in sports, but can handle anything and
everything political on the entire planet? Thankfully, Olbermann and his snide
condescending diatribes have moved on hopefully never to return to prime time.
Far from being as snidely, Olbermann's former partner is 100 percent partisan.
MSNBC's Chris Matthews got his start in politics as a police officer with the U.S. Capitol
Police. From there, he somehow parlayed that into a position as a presidential
speechwriter for the Carter administration. Cop to speechwriter for the president? Maybe
he had something on the president . . . it's the best theory one can dream up of how
someone goes from Capitol cop to presidential speechwriter?
Not that the partisan cat was ever in the bag, but if it was, it escaped with a roar of
laughter when during the 2008 presidential campaign, Matthews said, have to tell you,
you know, it's part of reporting this case, this election, the feeling most people get when
they hear Barack Obama's speech. My, felt this thrill going up my leg. mean don't
have that too often. A news journalist said this? This is who we turn to for our news?
Why doesn't the Party B just put him directly on their payroll?
What about MSNBC's Andrea Mitchell who is married to the greatest economic genius of
our age. You know, Alan Greenspan, former head of the Federal Reserve. The man
most every expert believes is the architect of the Great Recession we're now living
within a man who did the bidding of the mega-rich Wall Street crowd that collapsed
our entire economy. f marrying bad were a crime, far too many of us would be in jail and
holding that against Andrea is unfair, but on the other hand . . . having her report on the
Federal Reserve, bad economic news, etc. has to be considered a big slap in our face.
When she reports the absolutely dismal unemployment numbers each month, shouldn't
she at last be compelled to say 'that most experts believe they were brought about by
my husband's in competence as head of the Federal Reserve.'
Probably the two most partisan humans on the planet within the media are MSNBC's Ed
Schultz and FOX News' Shaun Hannity. These two guys know nothing but Party B or
Party A. For Shultz everything wrong with American is because of the Tea Party and
Party A and for Hannity he might as well have the word Party A stamped in red on his
Copyright 2011 214
_____________________________________________________________________
forehead. They may as well be funded directly by the two dominate political parties . . .
they do nothing but spew party dogma and promote their party's candidates. Nothing
that comes out of their mouth ever deviates from glowing reviews of their party's
candidates and it's always the other party that is causing all of America's problems.
While the list could go on and on and on naming people such as ABC's George
Stephanopoulus who was Clinton's press secretary being allowed to report the news . . .
the list would never end. They are all making millions by parlaying direct party affiliations
or obvert partisan politics into careers in what we now call journalism. This is NOT
journalism! t doesn't even resemble journalism. t's a party propaganda machine
designed to play one group of Americans against the other in order to capture market
share and maintain the status quo a.k.a. the money flow to the top.
No review of the joke we now call news would be complete however without
mentioning the big daddy of them all. The one and the only king of blowhard gas bags
known as Rush Limbaugh. n 2008 he signed a $400 M dollar contract through 2016 with
Clear Channel in order to continue emitting his repugnant gas upon the airwaves of
America. n attempting to describe this guy where do you start, what do you say? The
word charlatan falls so far short in describing Limbaugh that no word or words will do
him justice. From a family of lawyers, during his semester and a half of college his
mother said, he flunked everything . . . he didn't seem interested in anything except
radio. He dodged the draft for Viet Nam with a football injury, but during the Persian
Gulf War he hammered peace activists. A known and admitted drug addict, since
reformed of course, this guy is the designated face and voice of conservative America?
Singing at his fourth and most recent wedding was none other than Elton John, who
Rush paid $1 M dollars. Last time anyone checked or cared Elton John was gay or bi-
sexual, wasn't he? Aren't so called conservatives, especially Mr. Conservative himself,
Rush Limbaugh, anti-gay? The question is who is the bigger hypocrite Elton or Rush? t
would have to be Rush don't you think? The only real and unflappable true convictions
Limbaugh has are as flappable as his big fat belly and the money in his wallet. He's the
political equivalent of Howard Stern and if he could show and play with boobies on his
show, like Stern, under the guise of politics, he would. Limbaugh is a political shock jock
and nothing more. His goal is singular with one focus only to make a whole bunch of
money while serving his greedy masters of the universe.
Does anyone believe, even for an instant, that most of America's talking heads, pundits
or talk radio mouth pieces care in the least about America? They are in this as a
business to make a buck and to serve their mega-rich masters who own the entire
American media machine. The only true convictions most of America's media darlings
have is money! They want to get their hands on as much of it as they can get, just like
the mega-rich for whom they work. Perhaps no evidence is more compelling than the
existence of the first couple of politics: Mary Matalin and James Carville. The staunch
conservative Matalin and the loquacious southern tongued Carville may have taken the
two-party ruse upon America to new heights, a few years ago, when they married. Any
and all political credibility they may have had, previous to the marriage, should have
gone out the door, once the marriage was consummated. Come to think of it, let's not
envision those two consummating a marriage [let's pray there is no secret sex tape].
They epitomize the two-party sham upon the American people that benefits no one but
the mega-rich in charge of the game.

Copyright 2011 215
_____________________________________________________________________
By allowing your blood pressure to rise from Limbaugh gas or the Matthews' Party B
love-fest you perpetuate the divide and conquer game being played by the aristocracy.
They are the pied pipers leading the mice out of the city and into the country side of a
Third World existence. We dart here, and jump there like a cat on a hot stove never
landing for more than a moment on any one issue with any focus most especially the
issue of our wallet, our money and wealth inequality in America.
When do they report on the details of trade agreements sending our jobs to China, ndia
and Mexico? When do they report on how much 90+ percent of Americans have lost in
buying power over the past 30+ years? Answer: Never! They just keep turning the stove
eyes on and off and we jump from hot button to hot button. The time has come for the
little people to focus like a laser on our money and our wallet and stop being played for
suckers by media manipulation.
Bl.rr!n% t#e L!ne"
A relatively new phenomenon has occurred with the Sarah Palin, Mike Huckabee and
Newt Gingrich on the Fox News payroll. n all three cases it's impossible to call any of
them journalists, but Huckabee has a folksy show that airs weekly and Palin is on from
time to time as well. Gingrich comes on to promote his website in a 'send me money'
pitch 'so can pretend 'm running for president and won't have to work.' Palin even had
a short lived reality show on the Discovery Channel. With all three having quasi
presidential aspirations it blurs the lines of journalism, news and campaigning to a
level previously unheard of in America. t's millions and millions of dollars in free
campaign money contributed by FOX News and Rupert Murdoch. The same Rupert
Murdock illegally tapping phones within political circles all over the world.
For Palin, justified or not, she quit her job as governor of Alaska to write a book that
made millions and has now become some type of pseudo-celebrity political rock star
who is difficult to categorize. Unfortunately, raising money for a political presidential run
if that's her intention is a necessity in today's reality, but if that is not her intention, then
that causes even more head scratching. A pseudo-celebrity political rock star on a
network as a journalist, to make money while advocating for political candidates of one
particular party, is not positive for the democratic process. Even though Pat Buchanan
has written and been a broadcaster for years on MSNBC, he has not been a presidential
candidate for years. Palin truly blurs all the lines and now that her daughter has become
a pseudo-celebrity by parlaying teen pregnancy into fame and fortune and a spot on
Dancing with the Stars . . . the lines have become even more blurred.
There was a time in our society when an unwed teen mother was sent off to have the
child and then the baby was put up for adoption and nothing was ever heard about the
incident. Not to say that shunning is the correct way to handle such incidents, but
clearly society is within a downwards spiral, if getting pregnant as a teen makes
someone a celebrity. While many couples try for pregnancy in vain for many years, the
last time someone checked the actual act required for getting pregnant was not
something that requires a whole lot of talent. Once you figure it out the first time, almost
anyone can do it and when a teenager and her boyfriend do it, then become famous and
rich for it, something has gone just a little whacky in our society. Why don't we make all
unwed teenage mothers famous and rich? t's only fair . . . it would save parents all
across America a whole lot of money.
Copyright 2011 216
_____________________________________________________________________
n the case of Mike Huckabee, this guy has more lives than a cat. A seminary drop out
and ordained Southern Baptist minister he became governor of Arkansas by taking over
the governor's mansion after then governor Jim Guy Tucker was convicted of fraud. The
next thing you know the guy is running for president of the United States. Like any good
cat, he landed on his feet with his own weekly television show where he plays bass
guitar, conducts weekly folksy chats with innumerable guests on topics on everything
from aliens, legalization of marijuana, books, Hollywood and everything else that Oprah
covers. Then in his spare time he leads tourist groups to the Holy Land. Journalist,
preacher, political candidate or what? Does anyone in America remember that, as a
nation, we were founded upon the bedrock belief that church and state should always be
separate? Just as noted with Glen Beck, when you mix religion, God and politics all in
the same cup the chemical reaction is most often toxic and deadly. Again, for
evidence, look no further than ran for your evidence . . .
Med!a 5on$l."!on" !1 Any
The 2010 Pew Research Study (linked below) speaks volumes about how much so
called news Americans get and where we get it. Surprisingly, 86 percent of Americans
actually get news every day and on average we spend 70 minutes per day getting it.
Even though there are now a multitude of venues and options, as noted in the study, the
largest single news venue is now cable news, such as FOX, CNN and MSNBC.
3e Re"ear$# +t.dy
http://people-press.org/report/652/
s there any trend in so called news, other than getting less, that is more detrimental to
an intelligent, informed American public than cable news phlegm? From gotcha politics,
sound bites only, sensationalism, political-party gamesmanship and party-specific news
channels such as MSNBC and FOX News 24/7 . . . cable news is a diet of what can only
be called total crap for idiots! They will do anything just short of mooning viewers to get
ratings. To simply place two opposing heads in side-bar boxes, them argue endlessly
and call that news is an insult to the American public! t is noise only, background static
that serves no useful purpose other than to inflame, confuse, baffle and frustrate the
American public.
Everyone knows that viewers = money and the more people that watch the more money
they make. Cable news is therefore forced to conclude, 'viewers must like this dog food
we're feeding them because they keep tuning in.' What would happen if 1/3 of all cable
TV viewers or even far more, sent their network of choice an e-mail that said, 'as of
today, 've cut you off and will not cut you back on until you report on wealth inequality in
America, how much money is flowing upward, tax rates and loopholes for the mega-rich
and pay-to-play campaign contributions that are bribing Congress to further the interests
of the aristocracy.' Just such an effort can happen with some coordination across
existing advocacy organizations. Every dime that purchases homes in the Hamptons
and designer clothes for the talking heads comes from one source: advertising
revenues. We click our remotes to off and advertising revenues dry up like a desert.
Copyright 2011 217
_____________________________________________________________________
Guess what happens next? Real journalism, reporting the truth for the first time in
decades instead of the total crap we're now getting 24/7 from paid propagandists
working for the mega-rich.
We now know who owns the media, we know who manipulates it and we now know
we've all been played for fools and suckers by a contrived media machine run by the
mega-rich. t can't be said it enough times that there is no conspiracy behind it . . . just
the mega-rich all on the same page. First and foremost it's designed to divide and
conquer, secondly it's designed to keep the button of fear and panic pressed at all times
and thirdly it's designed to baffle Americans to keep them unsteady, unorganized and
jumping from one hot button social issue to another instead of focusing on our
wallets. The intention of this entire book, and especially in regard to American media, is
to expose the big economic picture, to enable Americans to see the forest instead of
being caught up and blinded in the trees.
t's all just unproductive noise and static that clouds focus and entraps American minds
from being able to see the real game behind the media machine. While media reform
efforts such as breaking up the media monopolies are one route, in reality the only
solution at present may be to simply cut cable news off until they report the news instead
of oligarchy propaganda. As long as we allow ourselves to be manipulated and divided
as a people by the mega-rich media machine we'll never be able to focus on the true
adversary and that adversary is not each other.
;!%# Ja$,!n% t#e 5#r!"t!an Rel!%!on
To the logical mind, in a nation founded in pursuit of religious freedom and the
separation of church and state, it would seem that the topic of religion would be alien to
a discussion of wealth disparity, the economy and jobs. n reality within the American
political psyche, in terms of how we vote and by what priorities . . . nothing adds up to
anything that resembles rational thought. By the time we vote, our minds are so twisted,
so warped and so manipulated by the media machine that specifics of economic policy
don't even figure into the scheme. f the economy is bad, we simply vote for the other
party with nothing whatsoever to back up why. f an alien visited Earth from another
planet they would laugh us out of the universe for being uninformed on any economic
issues and going to the polls with no financial basis whatsoever for voting.
Clearly there is no party platform focused on wealth disparity, the economy and jobs, nor
is there any unwavering focus of the three issues by our political class or even the
American people. The reason for that lack of focus is intentionally driven by the mega-
rich, but is it is also unintentionally driven by every conceivable need of the people being
poured into the political waters. The result is nothing but muddy water clouded by social
issues and culture wars with sediment at the bottom of the glass constantly being stirred
by our corporate owned media. A constant fire hose of manipulation and misdirection
equals missed opportunities for America to focus on bread and butter issues and what
actually matters to every average American.
Perhaps nothing can muddy political waters, elicit passions and lead to a more illogical
economic path via the political arena than introducing religion into the mix. Whether it's
Black liberation theology being preached by Reverend Wright on the fringe left or the
radical right brand of twisted theology . . . religion within the political arena is poisoning
rational thinking and blocking the path to real economic solutions. For all its undeniable
Copyright 2011 218
_____________________________________________________________________
good, history demonstrates that if religion is high jacked and twisted, it can be a wildly
compelling force for evil. t's just such a high jacked and twisted brand of religion that
currently has far too many citizens focused exclusively on the ongoing culture wars in
America instead of wealth disparity, the economy and jobs.
Ever since 9/11, Americans have been told that Muslims as a whole are not evil, but that
a radical fringe element within the Muslim religion is responsible for the wars and all the
terrorist acts. While most Americans may believe that idea, they fail to see the threads of
radicalization introduced into the Christian religion that support evil, greed and avarice
on the part of the mega-rich.
Although subtle, the current wave of prosperity theology being preached from pulpits all
across America feeds into the failure of the Christian community to confront greed and
avarice on the part of the mega-rich. n truth however, the seeds whereby the Christian
religion was high jacked to support the greedy were sewn long ago. The introduction of
religion into politics, as alien as that is to our Constitution and Bill of Rights, began
several decades ago with the abortion issue. t gave rise to a multi-million dollar
business of religion that now funds a multi-media behemoth movement that loosely
operates under what was once called the moral majority.
Via every issue conceivable, except for wealth disparity, the economy and jobs, this
brand of religion has been high jacked via issues such as abortion, gay marriage and
unquestioned support for srael into a voting bloc that unwittingly supports the greed and
avarice of the mega-rich. While this book is obviously no fan of Party B, the money
funneling power seeded to Party A over the past couple of decades by high jacking
Christianity is absolutely repugnant! Today, via decades of manipulation, Party A is seen
by millions of Americans as the Party of God. t's almost as if devotees believe that
Party A's political platform came down form Mount Sinai on a stone tablet along with
Moses when he delivered the Ten Commandments. The last time someone checked,
chief among the Ten Commandments is the one that says thou shall not steal via
campaign finance bribery and political corruption, but that's obviously not part of the
radical right's morality platform.
The gospel of Party A is preached from pulpits all across America. t's propelled by such
media vehicles as the Christian Broadcasting Network and such shows as Pat
Robertson's 700 Club. The mindset's tentacles now spread beyond religion to the
culture war manipulation being waged by such radical-right propagandist websites such
as World Net Daily. ts tentacles even reach into mega-rich backed think tanks such as
the Heritage Foundation. Religion has now been so twisted around and intertwined into
the political arena that far too many Americans don't even recognize the seeds of deceit
being sewn.
n total, this politically infected brand of Christianity serves one master and that master is
not God! The true master is greed and avarice as practiced by the mega-rich who benefit
from this misguided, manipulated and gullible brand of political Christianity. t furthers
the sophisticated divide and conquer strategy propelled by the greedy to direct millions
of American citizens to work in direct opposition to their own economic self interests.
The strategy is straightforward and simple: focus Americans within this voting bloc on
the culture wars and not on their money. Tune in some time to the 700 Club and listen
for commentary upon the suffering brought about by greed or any mention whatsoever of
Copyright 2011 219
_____________________________________________________________________
the massive wealth inequality in America. Anyone that has ever picked up a Bible or
knows anything whatsoever about its teachings can easily uncover such versus as:
$Woe to those who make un#ust laws& to those who issue oppressive
decrees& to deprive the poor o their rights and withhold #ustice rom the
oppressed o my people& making widows their prey and robbing the
atherless!% /saiah .-:.-,
The above is just one verse in the Bible and the intention of this book is not to preach or
to create a mini-seminary experience, but instead to lightly demonstrate that the Bible
clearly teaches that America clearly has an obligation to the poor, the homeless and the
downtrodden citizens in out society. There are literally hundreds of versus in the Bible
that teach both empathy and compassion and against greed, avarice and materialism,
but all those versus were conveniently been deleted from the radical right's Bible. t has
become an extremely perverted brand of religion that is being manipulated and twisted
against God's teachings and intentions. The focus is only on abortion, culture wars and
so called social conservative issues with zero emphasis or any attention whatsoever on
economic issues, massive wealth disparity and the sickening greed within America.
n pulpit after pulpit, the 700 Club and too many TV preachers, websites and book
stores today it seems that money, greed and avarice are their God. From mega-
churches to massive money making TV networks, websites, books and the entire
religion industry, it has become a money game only. Can anyone in America truly say
that the Muslim religion is anymore twisted and bastardized than the radical right's
version of Christianity in America?
Via the dangling of issues such as abortion and gay marriage along with unquestioned
support of srael and mixed with end times prophesy . . . the religion industry in
America is being radically manipulated to support the goals of the greedy aristocracy in
America. This isn't to say or contend that Pat Robertson is financially supported by the
mega-rich, although some of that exists, but instead he and his followers are woefully
misguided and manipulated into a bloc vote for Party A.
Social conservative or social liberal hot buttons are just part of the political game no
less than religion. To call or believe that Party A is the Party of God is nothing short of
blasphemy unto God. Religion is just another way to get elected or stay in office and
nothing else whatsoever! Anyone that believes that a big Party A bus, full of members of
Congress, will be sitting by the pearly gates of heaven when they arrive are lost puppies.
With religion currently being twisted and manipulated to justify war, elimination of a
social safety net via deficit reduction and every other party-only ideological agenda
imaginable . . . Christianity has been high jacked! What transpires under the name of
Christianity within the halls of Congress, the political manipulation of Christianity from
pulpits and a vast multi-media network is not just twisted, but instead is an evil poison
that furthers the rule of America by a mega-rich oligarchy.
t doesn't take a Bible scholar to know that no where in the scriptures does the Bible
condone greed and avarice, no where does it support starving poor citizens and the
needy in America and no where does it condone religion being introduced into the
political arena as a tool to further political power and ambitions. The false prophets and
the manipulators currently engaged in what can only be described as a warped and
twisted brand of religion for political gain and more money are not working for God.
Copyright 2011 220
_____________________________________________________________________
The only people that benefit from this sick and twisted brand of religion are the mega-
rich and an ever growing segment of the political class that stand upon the Bible in order
to cheat, steal and engage in political corruption that is destroying the American Dream.
Americans buying into this warped brand of religion, needs to get off the tour bus next
time they visit Washington and their state capitols. Look no further than the infidelities
and sexual misjudgments of Schwarzenegger, Foley, Sanford, Craig, Ensign and Vitter
just to name a few of the Party A charlatans who milked the religion and family
values game to get into office and stay in office in order to funnel more money to their
greedy masters. The well known Congressional fellowship group known as The
Family has to be the biggest scam and ruse ever pulled on the American people while
standing upon the Bible. f it were not so sad and pathetic it is a split-your-sides
laughable reality to think that millions and millions of Americans actually believe that
members of Party A sit around in Washington, D.C. reading their Bible and praying.
They are praying alright, praying that the America people don't wise up to their game of
religion manipulation being utilized to screw the American people even more.
Basically, the entire political environment in Washington, D.C. is a dogs in heat world.
Google Caligula, the Roman Emperor and multiply that depravity by 500 and you'll begin
to get some real idea of what Washington, D.C. is really like off camera. There is no
difference whatsoever as to which political party is more depraved as far as what goes
on in Washington, D.C. none, zero, not even a smidgen of difference, yet there is an
entire political industry promoting the idea that voting for Party A is the right thing to do
as commanded by God. t is blasphemy, it is sinful and it gives the Christian community
in America that condones such manipulation of religion for political purposes a very,
very, very bad name!
There are a large number of Americans that believe morality and religion should not
even be part of the political agenda. Whether these Americans are correct or incorrect is
actually completely irrelevant because the dominate religion in Washington, D.C. is the
worship of money. As documented herein, almost all members of Congress are multi-
millionaires and Matthew 19:24 clearly says, And again say to you, t is easier for a
camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of
God, so what else do you need to know about the mix of religion and politics?

Anyone that thinks of the halls of Congress are some type of monastery is being
suckered far beyond what any sane human can comprehend. t's a lie and it's just not
true, no matter how many pulpits it's preached from or how many Bible verses are
quoted at prayer breakfasts by members of Party A it is simply and unequivocally just
not true! Does that truth dictate a vote for Party B instead? Of course not! t simply
means that Americans taken in by such a twisted and manipulated religion card being
played couldn't be any more off base or misguided.
This is not ran and we don't live in a religious state! America was formed to get away
from religious tyranny and a state dictated religion, yet millions of Americans vote based
upon the political twisting of religion. Religion doesn't create jobs, remove wealth
disparity, guarantee a living wage or keep corporations from hiring cheap foreign labor
both on shore and off shore. Religion alone only feeds people once they are in the soup
kitchen, it doesn't keep them from being forced to eat there.

Copyright 2011 221
_____________________________________________________________________
As a member of Congress, at the end of the day all that really matters is how they vote.
Most Americans would rather not have a Satanist in Congress, but what if we instead go
by the now popular acronym WWJD which stands for What Would Jesus Do. Would
Jesus give tax breaks to the mega-rich and balance the federal budget on the backs of
poor citizens by starving them to death? No! When you actually apply the WWJD scale
to Party A they fall far short by every single measure and criteria to include their
professed morality.
Religion is killing the economy of ran and it will kill America if we allow it to dominate the
political agenda and be bastardized by false prophets who manipulate it for monetary
gain only. n the end, if we continue to follow the path we're now on, America may end
up moral, but her people will be penniless after being sold into slavery just like God's
people were throughout the Bible. Party A plays upon the fear of cultural and social
change in order to get votes so they can serve their true master and it's not the God of
the Bible . . . their only god is the golden calf of idolatry and their masters are the mega-
rich who own them.
Ta7le +ett!n% 1or t#e Me%a4R!$#
This is the final segment putting into place how the mega-rich manipulate even more
wealth while almost all Americans continue to lose their financial posteriors. This
segment will dispel any lingering beliefs that some grand conspiracy is required or
needed to pull off almost total control of our government. t is the capstone upon which
the mega-rich build all their spin, manipulation and propaganda by which they set the
legislative table in their favor.
For all those Americans who still doubt almost total control by the mega-rich is far
fetched and just can't be true, this segment pulls the behind the scenes control
mechanisms together for you to grasp. t will also tell you how completely and utterly
worthless it is to make comments upon web-based news sites, Facebook and other
social networking sites . . . without a clear stated goal of assembling fellow Americans
into a force of millions. The political scientists are dead on correct when they detail and
document that almost everything political and economic that has ever moved forward in
America has been due 100% to organizational structures that make things happen. For
the people those organizational structures must be all about amassing huge numbers
of people via grassroots efforts, that in turn provide nickel and dime donations that
collectively add up to a force with which to be reckoned. Even today, the people
collectively have far more financial resources that the mega-rich, but most citizens are
disengaged bobbing helpless upon an economic sea of despair.
t is why the greedy in control of our America Monopoly board are so hell bent upon
keeping America divided into conservative and liberal camps. Divided we fall and
Americans have been falling like a rock for 30+ years. The mega-rich and corporate
America have been organizing and consolidating for decades to put into place a control
structure whereby they set the table. Nothing else but their agenda ever gets heard,
much less discussed. They focus on their bottom lines and the America people focus on
social conservative and social liberal issues just like we've been programmed like
robots to do. To date, we've been our own worse enemy . . . voting and organizing
based upon social issues instead of economic issues.
Copyright 2011 222
_____________________________________________________________________
As a result, the royalty and serfdom scenario that existed in Europe, previous to
establishment of America, are now firmly back in place tightening their grip every day
upon the U.S. economy. Any idea that it's the government mostly responsible for
curtailing liberty and freedom is patently absurd! That's exactly what the mega-rich
want Americans to think so they can finish the job of enslaving every Americans into a
repeating cycle of ever more declining levels of prosperity. Once castrated financially,
existence can only be about survival and submission to whatever is dished out by the
mega-rich. As long as Americans are focused upon the government as the culprits
curtailing liberty and freedom, they won't be focused upon the mega-rich and corporate
America. Until America gets the fact that the mega-rich are the government via an
oligarchy we'll continue to be led like blind sheep off a cliff on no return. The mega-
rich know they win every time, without any government controls and regulations to
rebalance the playing field. The last thing brutes and bullies want in a fight is a referee . .
. they want liberty and freedom.
Even though virtually all the media is owned, controlled and under the thumb of the
mega-rich. t is not enough to seal the deal for agenda setting required for total
economic domination of the America people. The final pieces to the domination puzzle
are intermarriage, corporate boards, think tanks, foundations, academia, institutes and
roundtables that form an interlocking control structure within America so pronounced,
rock solid and established that no force to date has been able to overcome or challenge
it. t's exactly why divide and conquer warfare, along with playing both sides against
each other have worked to absolute perfection. The mega-rich have their act together
and the American people just don't . . . we instead have little political tags that funnel us
into either one or two failed political parties. The organization structures of the mega-rich
function while the people's feeble attempts don't simply because we're childish,
petty and unfocussed! The mega-rich are all on the same page and reading form the
same script to boost their collective bottom line. Virtually no average American is even
paying attention to their bottom line . . . we're all about social issues, religion or creating
some utopian world that is never going to be.
While our American aristocracy doesn't actually send their daughters off to other
kingdoms to marry for the good of the respective kingdoms not much has really
changed via the vy League equivalent of kingdom shopping. Through of process of
interbreeding, America's ruling class is almost as full of mongoloids as the castles of
old Europe. Yet, we ask ourselves, where are the leaders in government and corporate
America? Look no further than Prince Charles to see the type of Americans now leading
corporate America and government. A privileged class of silver spoon pukes so inbred
and detached from to the real world that they are completely out of touch with average
American reality.
n 2000, there were 5.5 million corporations and 2 million partnerships in America. Only
8,300 of them had more than 1,000 employees (0.015 percent) accounting for 44
percent of all private sector employees. For that year, just 500 companies accounted for
57 percent of all profits.
1
n 2001, 84 percent of the 930 largest corporations in America
had interlocking connections to one another within their senior management levels.
2
You
name it: marriage, country clubs, boards, yachting clubs, the vy League, councils,
nonprofits, junior leagues, professional associations, political parties, stock ownership
and every other conceivable aristocratic relationship imaginable and you have one
relatively small group of people. Small groups of people driven by greed are easily
managed to focus on core issues that impact their bottom line. To provide a better feel
Copyright 2011 223
_____________________________________________________________________
for the interlocks, consider the single example of Citigroup via the link provided below
and then multiply that example across all of corporate America and government.
5!t!%ro.p *nterlo$,"(
http://sociology.ucsc.edu/whorulesamerica/power/images/corporate_community/Citigrou
p_corp_L1.gif
Approximately 15 to 20 percent of all present-day directors sit on more than one
corporate board.
3
That interlock alone has at its fingertips nearly every professional
communicator, public relations professional, ad agency, PR firm, business reporter,
business press outlet, local press and national press minion imaginable. The press is
easily controlled by advertising revenues they must have to fund paychecks . . . they
simply report or don't report based upon dollars. Especially in today's economy, with
virtually all newspapers and business magazines struggling, corporations and the mega-
rich have never had more control.

One single e-mail launches a vast communication web that dictates marching orders to
every player in the network. All the players are paid well to be good at what they do and
they are all dedicated to their craft. Any questions of conscience are quickly overcome
by the brief thought of no paycheck. As for journalistic integrity within a so called free
press one got left behind in college and the other is shackled by a mortgage and car
payments.
Beyond massive overlap in corporate board rooms throughout America, many of the
same players also sit on one or more nonprofit boards disguised as philanthropists
and do gooders taking care of the America people [just like they're doing when they
contribute to democracy when they funnel millions into our campaign system]. Any do
gooding they actually accomplish via nonprofits, of course gets full coverage in all local
newspapers and oftentimes within the national media just so the folks know what
massive wealth at the top is doing for the average American and their community.
[Paying a living wage and freeing the average American from slavery for do gooder
efforts would pay far higher dividends for society!] Nothing done by the American
aristocracy is done without a calculated appraisal of what the do good efforts will
ultimately deliver for their bottom line or massive egos. The pennies they give back on
rare occasions compared to their unbridled greed and exploitation of their fellow
Americans doesn't begin to tip the moral scale of right and wrong in their favor.
Nonprofits are just one of their many networking tools whereby they buy influence within
communities throughout America. Once they have shipped as many jobs off shore and
imported as many low wage new immigrants on shore as possible to depress wages as
low as possible dropping by a soup kitchen for a photo op makes them feel good
about themselves and relieves their conscience. t's called taking millions from America
and giving back pennies on the dollar for an ego boost.
While nonprofits of the philanthropic variety are great PR, it's the tax-free foundations,
institutes and so called think tanks where policy and legislation for all of America is
incubated that provides the biggest pay offs. The Ford, Rockefellar and Carnegie
Copyright 2011 224
_____________________________________________________________________
foundations have the longest history in America and they are joined by the Brookings
nstitute and Heritage Foundation as some of the better known foundations and
institutes. n 2003, according to the Guide to U.S. Foundations published by the
Foundation Center in New York, there were some 58,000 foundations in America . . .
almost all created by mega-rich families. Most of these foundations are small and local,
with less than 10 percent of them in control of Washington, D.C. via $500,000 or more in
funding per year.
4
Leading the influence peddling herd in 2003 was the Ford Foundation
donating $509 M and the Melon Foundation donating $222 M.
5
These highly influential foundations along with Corporate America and some
government grants fund the institutes and think tanks that in turn supposedly study and
research what's good for America. Chocked full of vy Leaguers from our American
aristocracy, these institutes and think tanks study and develop everything from foreign
policy to economic policy. Spend any time inside the Washington, D.C. beltway and
you'll be inundated with expert opinions from people called fellows who hail from an
institute or think tank. Quite often a fellow is a bureaucrat out of a job or a political party
loyalist on their way up the ladder, or out of a job. Tossed in with these fellows are a
healthy mix of the bow tie crowd from academia, primarily the vy League of course [just
the type that dreamed up free trade and a world economy.] Corporate America also
contributes to the host of fellows via former executives they contribute and fund. Much
like the minor leagues of the two dominate political parties, these foundations, institutes
and think tanks are the Petri dish of future policy, bureaucrats and political candidates
yet to be bestowed their royal scepter. These are the future bureaucrats that crunch the
numbers, negotiate future trade agreements and roll out the next economic tsunami to
fall upon the American people that will funnel even more money up the American
pyramid scheme. Since the mega-rich fund the fellow positions it therefore dictates their
findings with twisted numbers, designed of course, to fund the bottom lines of America's
greedy aristocracy. Almost daily you'll hear someone from the Brookings nstitute or
Heritage Foundation, or read a quote, where a member of the media cites their research
findings or asks for their expert opinions.
Once far more independent, universities and academia, most especially the vy League
are simply an extension of the elitist system by which the mega-rich exert control of the
legislative agenda via propaganda and academic spin. Endowed professorships,
appointments to boards and fellowship funding into think thanks and foundations
ensures they too align their research and findings with the goals of the mega-rich.
Funded and driven by foundations, institutes, think tanks and academia the vast majority
of our economic policy and legislative agenda for America is set . . . long before citizens,
voters and the American people are even exposed to any bill or policy shift. For all the
simpletons in America seeking some grand conspiracy theories behind it all ask your
self 'where's the need for cloak and dagger secret meetings?' t's all done right out in the
open with money trails, appointments and propaganda vehicles for all to see. Do some
of these foundations, institutes and think tanks and their academic arms do good work
that benefit the America people? Yes! Are all their research initiatives, number
crunching, policy developments and expert opinions flawed? Of course not! No
different than the media owned by the mega-rich, they have to tell the truth on some
occasions and when they lie they have to spin the lies with charts, projections and
enough volumes of paper and data to shut down the brain of any average American.
These are not average people by any means, they are the some of the most intelligent
people in America by far and at the end of the day, they work exclusively for the mega-
Copyright 2011 225
_____________________________________________________________________
rich. They know where their bread is buttered and they know who holds the end of their
leash no conspiracy is required to dictate their research and findings. Some lean left,
some lean right but all work to protect their paychecks, bureaucratic and political
careers, academic standing, etc. and it all ties back to the mega-rich who run our
American oligarchy. As stated early on, simply follow the money and you'll discover the
truth. The system has been well established over the course of decades and is so
entrenched within the federal government, as well as state and municipal governance,
that separating their economic agenda setting for the mega-rich from the good work they
do is almost impossible. Most especially when you add in all their political party leanings
and biases, the water becomes even more clouded and muddy. Any idea that anything
inside the Washington, D.C. beltway is objective, unbiased and not geared to be
advantageous to one of the two political parties is a complete fallacy. t is political party
first, the mega-rich second and the American people way down the list of priorities.
Once the institutes and think tanks have performed their magic with funding from the
mega-rich and corporate America [with no input whatsoever from the American people]
initiatives, legislation and movements go forward up the Capitol Hill. Equipped with all
the numbers, along with smoke and mirror tricks from institutes and think tanks,
business associations, such as the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Business
Roundtable, take over. The Business Roundtable is composed of CEOs from a cross
section of the American corporate community, but with the top 15 corporations always
represented. These CEOs also sit on boards of universities, foundations and think tanks.
The Chamber and the Roundtable form a one-two punch that no one in Washington,
D.C. dares to confront. Together, between 1998 and 2010 they spent a combined
$881,649,680 just on lobbying alone which doesn't include campaign contributions.
6

Lo77y!n% Top +pender"( 1BBA 4 2010
http://www.opensecrets.org/lobby/top.php?showYear=a&indexType=s
n 2007-2008 alone, the Chamber and Business Roundtable via their Political Action
Committee (PAC) donated thousands directly to political candidates in both parties with
the top recipients listed below:
5#a&7er( 3arty A 5and!date"
http://www.opensecrets.org/orgs/all_recips.php?
id=D000019798&type=C&filter=R&stfed=F&nid=2714
5#a&7er( 3arty B 5and!date"
http://www.opensecrets.org/orgs/all_recips.php?id=D000019798&cycle=2010&nid=2714

B."!ne"" Ro.ndta7le( 3arty A 5and!date"
http://www.opensecrets.org/orgs/all_recips.php?
id=D000032202&type=C&filter=R&stfed=F&nid=0
B."!ne"" Ro.ndta7le( 3arty B 5and!date"
http://www.opensecrets.org/orgs/all_recips.php?id=D000032202&cycle=2010&nid=0
Copyright 2011 226
_____________________________________________________________________
Both the Chamber and Roundtable select issues and form policy groups that have a
broad impact on business a.k.a. the mega-rich. Via their combined task force, the two
groups were responsible for pushing NAFTA down the throats of the America people
and in 2000 they successfully pushed for permanent normal trading status with China.
Now that the America people know how both those deals turned out, not much more
needs be said about the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Business Roundtable
case closed . . . guilty of selling out the American people!
How any small business owner in America can support the U.S. Chamber of Commerce
with their money via dues and contributions is inconceivable. Clearly, the Chamber is
focused on U.S. mega-corporations alone which fund the majority of their operations.
Contributions from small businesses owners are miniscule, but nonetheless, most small
business in America still become members of their local chamber and most are
members of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce. Some 50 local chambers in America are
not and via pressure from the buying public we can force more to join a growing list of
chambers willing to stand up for America.
The insidious activities of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce span election manipulation,
off shore outsourcing, massive on shore immigration numbers as well as wage and
salary suppression.
L!"t!n% o1 5#a&7er" NOT a Me&7er o1 t#e 6.+. 5#a&7er o1 5o&&er$e
http://www.fixtheuschamber.org/issues/local-chambers-vs-us-chamber

6.+. 5#a&7er )at$#
http://www.fixtheuschamber.org/
+topT#e5#a&7er.$o&
http://www.velvetrevolution.us/stop_chamber2/
f the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Business Roundtable where the only
associations involved in Washington, D.C. pay-to-play (a.k.a. vote buying) it would be
one thing, but in fact it is how our entire government is owned and run. The billions that
change hands under the guise of lobbying and campaign funds from associations, labor
unions and every special interest you can imagine are simply too vast to enumerate
herein, but a review of the 2010 numbers in following breakout resource speaks
volumes.
Top E0 *nd."tr!e"(
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/mems.php
Top E0( 3arty A *nd."tr!e"
Copyright 2011 227
_____________________________________________________________________
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/mems.php?party=R&cycle=2010
Top E0( 3arty B *nd."tr!e"
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/mems.php?party=D&cycle=2010
Most associations, especially their money, work together in unison on most issues that
impact and affect industry, our economy and ultimately wealth distribution within
America. Both of the political parties are up to their eyeballs in money, lobbyists, pay-to-
play, corruption and vote buying. Manipulation of the American people is so deep, so
pervasive, so entrenched that casting a ballot for Party A or B every other November
then sitting back and hoping to change a 30+ year trend in which the American people
have been losing financially is completely unrealistic!
Each industry has their own power structure and together they form a grand pyramid in
which all wealth flows to the top. Everything from wage/salary suppression, stock
manipulation, trade agreements, access to off shore labor, massive immigration
numbers and tax breaks are conducted within a rigged system of vote buying, cronyism
and pay-to-play that are killing the American Dream for all average Americans. t is all in
the hands of the few mega-rich elite at the top of the food chain and the voice of average
Americans is drowned out by money.
Ask yourself if this is that shinning city on a hill politicians speak so highly of when
campaigning, or if instead: the American people have been played for fools for 30+
years by the two-party political game? s this nation worthy of beckoning other emerging
nations to follow as a model of democracy with graft, corruption, payoffs and bribery?
While herein it is only possible to highlight issues and topics that impact the horrific
wealth inequality between the American aristocracy and the rest of us, it was critical to
lay out the entire power structure to some degree. Only with the big picture with all the
interlocking parts can the American people begin to realize just how difficult the fight
ahead is going to be to restore democracy and the American Dream. The challenge is
formidable, it's all up hill and only a true revolution, working within the system will bring it
about.

Re"!"t or 5ont!n.e to +t!$, Yo.r ;ead !n t#e +andJ
There you have it America. Massive wealth inequality, huge economic challenges, a 30+
year financial losing streak for 90 percent of the American people and a system of
government so corrupted by mega-money and manipulation that to many it may
seem hopeless. An entire population of people, except the elite few, that have spent
their entire lives invested in playing by the rules, working hard and believing in a political
class that has sold us all out and failed us.
With the 30+ year track record being what it is and all the handwriting on the wall herein
that predicts a bleak economic future ahead, how can any sane human in America still
believe that an unrestrained, unregulated free enterprise system within a world-wide
economy of free trade will work to the benefit of the American people? While much of the
economic balance is in our hands as consumers, without political solutions as well the
economic predictions laid out for 2030 in the beginning of this book are almost certain.
Copyright 2011 228
_____________________________________________________________________
The day has arrived for the American people to own up to our own faults of apathy and
blind trust by allowing our nation to be overtaken by the mega-rich who have stomped
upon our democracy and killed the America Dream for most average Americans. This
entire economic mess is our fault and we the people allowed this to happen. To
continue pretending that Washington, D.C. is a shining city on a hill and a beacon to the
world is just ludicrous at this point in time. Washington, D.C., as well as state
legislatures, works no longer for any average American and is owned entirely by the
mega-rich and special interests only! As long as that remains the case, there can be no
political solutions for the issues of wealth inequality, jobs and a strong U.S. economy
that works again for the American people.
There will be those that accuse this book of furthering a class war, but it was not
average Americans that initiated this war. nstead, it was the mega-rich propelled by
greed that launched the attack. America at large has yet to lift a finger in response, but
the time has come for that to change.
Rest assured America you will fight back it's only a matter of when. Americans are
just good natured people, slow to anger, gullible to a fault and prone to turn the other
cheek whenever possible. All these traits are admirable qualities, but they have worked
to our mutual economic disadvantage for more than 30+ years. The America that once
was, is now gone, but much is left to be saved and well worth the fight. Our economy,
our government, our livelihood and our future is now under the thumb of the mega-rich
in firm control of it all. Yet we continue to fight amongst each other over some of the
most frivolous issues imaginable by comparison.
We've been played for suckers, manipulated and prodded like rats by a corporate owned
media and their puppet politicians. All the strings in are in the hands of a greedy
aristocracy that run America from the front porch of their plantation.

Americans were already down, beleaguered and struggling via stagnated wages and
salaries manipulated over the course of 30+ years as part of a contrived pyramid
scheme that works only for the mega-rich. Then the ultimate sucker punch came from
Wall Street that has left average Americans holding the bag for $13 T of Wall Street's
debt . . . while they have gone back to paying billions in bonuses with no one jailed for
their crimes. Ever more worthless homes, 5 million foreclosures and at least 5 million
more to come, predatory lending, ruined credit, 8.5 million lost jobs and 30+ million
unemployed or underemployed and yet Americans lay on the mat while tolerating more
hollow speeches from the political class? Dazed, confused, scared and baffled by a
media fire hose the count down is now on and the question looms as to whether we as a
people have the guts to get to our feet and fight?
Aren't we smart enough by now to not be taken in by divide and conquer politics,
Constitution and Bible manipulators, race baiters, poverty pimps and a two-party political
game that is simply no longer working for the majority of the American people? This is
about money, our money and it has been manipulated out of our pockets and funneled
to the top for more than 30+ years and yet we continue to play the same game over and
over? Enough of change we can believe in platitudes and nice sounding words. The
time has come for change we can see and feel economically!
Copyright 2011 229
_____________________________________________________________________
Common citizens and only common citizens are America's only hope to save the
America Dream. t has nothing to do with your civic duty and everything to do with your
basic survival. While you may have slipped through and be eyeing retirement, your
children and grandchildren won't be so lucky unless you get involved. The baby boomer
generation more than anyone is responsible for the greed that now rules American. Just
think, baby boomers were once the generation that was anti-establishment with high
ideals, but it sold its soul to the devil along the way. The me generation will be known
as the generation that destroyed America if is does not join the cause.
We can have a peaceful revolution now working within the system with the many tools
available or a violent revolution later . . . the choice is yours. Should it become violent,
it's the little people that will suffer . . . not the mega-rich who caused it. Violence is NOT
the answer, but neither is continued apathy. As formidable as our opponent is, we have
the tools to fight back, but we've never used them. The mega-rich have huge
advantages which is why this book laid them out to size up. To beat an adversary you
must know your adversary. Without our willing and unwitting cooperation every step to
the way we cannot be dominated . . . together we can't lose, it's just not possible!
f we don't react now to work within the system with the many tools we have at our
disposal, violence will come because we're sitting on a powder keg and it's just a matter
of time until a spark explodes it into the America 2030 described at the beginning of this
book. No sane American wants to see or experience that existence . . . it doesn't have to
be, the future can be changed. n reality the mega-rich must be saved from their own
greed. f we're not successful, it's a no win scenario for everyone on our American
Monopoly board. The mega-rich along with our political class are doing everything
possible to kill off the goose that's being laying their golden eggs and there is no limit to
their greed. t won't end, no buzzer will sound to let them know they have gone way too
far it's up to common citizens to send the message. The Party A or Party B status quo
simply can't continue! f they do, it can only be in name only, with all the old faces and all
the hollow rhetoric gone for good never to return. The two-party only political system
simply isn't working . . . only real change on a massive scale, instead of empty promises,
all brought about by the people will bring about the economic changes that must begin
now!
This is not a fight in which a wine and cheese utopian posture will work . . . mega-rich
greed has already devastated the poor and lower middle-class and is now is quickly
encroaching upon the upper middle-class. At least 30 percent of America, probably far
more, will never read a book such as this or any other material that exposes the reality in
which we now live. Therefore it is up to literate and informed Americans to carry the ball
forward. t has to be within the class of Americans that still have something to lose, those
with some relative financial stability, those that can write, organize and speak. Not silver
tongued polished politicians, but real citizens speaking form their hearts with passion
and commitment.
n street terms, before turning the page to Part : The Resistance, the time has arrived
for all Americans to look in the mirror and ask themselves the question, 'have we
become a door mat for the mega-rich who rule America. No book, no resource, including
the sometimes rambling discourse herein called a book can even begin to cover it all,
much more is yet to be done. This is but a pebble in the pond. The question now is:
what, if anything, will you do with it? Are we going to continue to lie down like sheep
Copyright 2011 230
_____________________________________________________________________
walking off a cliff or are we gong to get involved in the fight to restore the American
Dream?
Even though the obstacles and challenges ahead are absolutely huge and enormous, it
is not futile by any means. We will get punched in the mouth at ever turn at the start of
this fight. t's all uphill and the battle will continue long after most of our lives are over. f
you have no backbone and a couple smacks in the face will put you back on the sofa
hiding behind your TV remote then don't even bother turning the page. This is not the
fight for you. n colloquial terms it's known as the right stuff and most people, quite
frankly, just don't have it. They are unable and unwilling to make any sacrifices for the
good of America other than to type some feeble words into a Facebook comments box
or on a news website and that's it. Feeding like minded Americans the same brand of
dog food, never questioning or validating anything we are being fed, is not critical
thinking. Being divided and conquered via social liberal or social conservative issues
doesn't pay the bills. By comparison to food and shelter issues, they are petty and
childish. Responding to the latest media contrived issue of the day is but foolishness that
plays directly into the hands of the mega-rich. At the moment, it's their maze and we're
the rats . . . only seeing beyond the maze and manipulation techniques will enable
Americans to survive their onslaught. They will not relent until every drop of financial
blood is sucked out of America . . . greedy swine selling out America and her people to
grow their personal fortunes even larger.
Make no mistake whatsoever: the adversary is formidable and they own and manipulate
everything from our culture of greed, government, the marketplace and the media.
ndividually, we don't have a chance of beating back the onslaught of mega-rich greed or
even fighting them to a healthy stand off, but together we can at least fight them to a
draw in order to slow the tide that's washing the American Dream out to sea. We have
the tools, we have the numbers, we have the money, we have the vote and we have the
power of the world's strongest economy at our back . . . we just have to begin using
them. The battle begins NOW!

Copyright 2011 231
_____________________________________________________________________
Contents PART : The Resistance
t's Now Decision Time ....................... 233
The Road Ahead ........................... 234
Bring the Top 5 Banks Down to Size ................. 238
Beware Any Moves to Water Down the Pathetic Wall Street Reforms... 243
Use t or Lose t: the Power of Your Wallet is Now at Hand ........ 247
Priority : Stop Made in China from Destroying America ........ 249
The Biggest Challenge of Our Time . ................ 252
Workplace Fairness ........................ 263
A Gaping Hole That Must Get Filled ................. 269
The Freedom to Starve ....................... 270
Austerity, No Jobs and Nostalgia .................. 273
Tax the Mega-Rich, Most Especially their Estates ........... 278
Boycotting the Mega-Rich Families Fighting Estate Taxes ........ 282
Too Many People and No Jobs ................... 283
Curtailing Stock-Based Executive Compensation ........... 302
Reigning in CEO Pay .......................
305
Busting the Monopolies and Ending the Merger and Acquisition Craze .. 307
Repeal NAFTA, End Fast Track and Retool Our WTO Relationship ... 311
Fixing a Failed Two-Party Oligarchy ................. 315
End the Bribery: Comprehensive Campaign Finance Reform, NOW! ... 321
Election Reforms and New Political Parties .............. 325
Voting Your Wallet ........................ 329
Dismantling the Two-Party Game .................. 332
Congressional Reforms . . . Enough Chatter, Let's Do t! ........ 335
End the Congressional Pension Plan ................ 336
Slam the Revolving Door and Delay Plan B ............. 336
Transparency that's Meaningful .................. 337
Forget Censure or Expulsion Ruled by Congress ........... 339
Zero Earmarks as in None, Not Ever Again! .............. 340
End Senate Filibuster Games Once and for All ............ 341
Term Limits, No More Career Politicians Ever Again! ........ 342
Where is that Recall Button? ................... 342
Reinvent the Role of Public Servants ................ 343
Let's Be Honest about Political Reforms .............. 345
Copyright 2011 232
_____________________________________________________________________
Fixing the Media . . . Dream On! .................. 346
Setting Political and Economic Priorities ............... 350
Change and Reformation a How To Guide .............. 359
Wanted: Your nput, Feedback and Financial Support .......... 364
Early Stage Reviewers ...................... 369
Financial Contributions ...................... 369
Feedback, Facebook, Twitter, etc. ................. 369
Grassroots Expertise and Resource Needs Moving Forward ....... 369
Additional Breakout Resources ................... 370
Footnotes ............................
370
*t/" No De$!"!on T!&e
Now is decision time, what are you going to do? Stay the course or actually become
more economically informed and get involved? Sitting in front of the tube with a remote
in hand venting and fuming is not involved and it's not going to change anything.
Sharing political cartoons, making comments on some news website or on Facebook
with no direction or purpose are all a complete waste of time. Just as useless in
bringing about real change, is the habit of only sharing information with likeminded
friends and family instead of evangelizing to the ignorant and uninformed millions
required to bring about real change. t all accomplishes nothing except to maintain the
current dead end status quo. Perhaps nothing conveyed in Part hits the mark for you
or anything to be delivered in Part will get your heart pumping. Nonetheless, even if
that is your perspective, no one in America with a brain can still believe our nation is on
a solid economic course for the future.
f you disagree with every word written herein it just doesn't matter that's your
prerogative. What matters is what you believe and more importantly what you do going
forward. f Americans continue to sit on the sidelines or take their ball and go home any
time they disagree on a couple of issues . . . we will remain a nation enslaved and
divided and nothing changes. Being herded like sheep by the mega-rich owned media
machine into the polarization trap has worked far too well, for far too long. Like children
we've been brainwashed and conditioned to turn our backs to one another, place limiting
labels on ourselves such as liberal or conservative and go down a two-party tube of
massive economic decline. Assuming both liberals and conservatives need to eat and
want a roof over their heads we're in this fight together . . . like it or not! Virtually no
one in America, in either of the two political parties, or any of the talking heads is
focused on the American economy. No one it seems is focused on American workers,
average citizens, the needs of small businesses and no one is paying any attention to
the massive wealth inequality that has ballooned over the past 30+ years. We've been
manipulated to focus on social reengineering, hot button issues, utopian goals, the latest
media manufactured crisis of the day and everything but jobs, our American economy
and the future. The result is a long steady downward spiral that is picking up speed and
momentum like a growing snowball coming down a mountain.
Copyright 2011 233
_____________________________________________________________________
Pro life, gay marriage, gun control, the ground zero mosque, airport security, school
prayer, saving the planet, health care or saving the whales isn't a focus that will provide
bread and butter, jobs, a strong economy or greater wealth equality for the future. sn't
it time we focused and spent most of our time on saving the American economy and our
jobs, creating good new jobs, ensuring job security along with food, shelter and the basic
necessities of life? t has often been said that Americans vote our wallets, but in truth we
focus upon and vote on almost every issue but our wallets. The mega-rich focus on their
wallet 24/7 and unless the America people focus on our wallets . . . we will continue to
slide financially under the boot of the mega-rich.
The greedy powers currently in charge of our American Monopoly board don't want us
focused, informed and involved. The same goes for our corrupt political class. The two
dominate political parties don't want common citizens running for office. They don't want
to hear from you and they don't want you messing up their game. They like things just
the way they are. The futility of the status quo has been filling their pockets with money
for more than 30+ years while it's been draining ours. The political class and the
mega-rich will continue doing everything in their power to keep the game going just the
way it is. We've been suckers and currently the mega-rich and political class have us
right where they want us . . . believing in some political party, politician and babbling
talking heads as we head to the polls every two years to vote . . . for what? The lesser of
two evils, the same futile political ping-pong match, childish political games, pompous
posturing and the same inept and completely pathetic leadership that has gotten us no
where financially for 30+ years?
Be forewarned, change is very difficult and in the political arena it's all up hill because
the political class like things just they way they are 50/50 party odds of them enriching
themselves at our expense. Nonetheless, as stated repeatedly herein: the definition of
stupidity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting a different result. Again
the question must be asked, does anyone in America think our two-party only political
system and their stewardship of the economy is working for the people? The status quo
is not going to get it any longer. The same tired old faces in Washington, D.C. blabbering
on and on with same old politics of division designed to line their pockets with more
gold must come to an end. With all the current talk about the Constitution and the Bill of
Rights, you would think that someone would remember that America was designed to be
run by the people, for the people instead of by the mega-rich who have bought
Washington, D.C. and have all branches of government neatly tucked in their back
pocket.
The only change we can believe in from here on out is the change and dollars in our
pockets we can spend! The most important change of all are the dollars we feel in our
wallets and see piling up in our bank accounts . . . instead the off shore accounts of the
mega-rich. Change that creates a more fair and balanced playing field upon which an
average American has fighting chance to not to just survive [within a downward
economic spiral], but to thrive once again! We must have change that forces politicians
to look out for the economic interests of all Americans . . . not just the mega-rich. t must
be change that delivers complete transparency and accountability, instead of backroom
pay-to-play deal making with horrific economic consequences for the people. For more
than 30+ years we the people have been sold-out by the political class, played and
manipulated by the media machine owned by the mega-rich and now the time has come
for the people to fight back!
Copyright 2011 234
_____________________________________________________________________
T#e Road A#ead
Welcome to a new beginning and a new way of living, thinking and most importantly
acting. This, the rebirth of the American Dream, is about one thing more than anything
else: FOCUS! That focus requires that you train your mind to ignore the all the bright
lights of the two-party casino game and focus on the money your money and how it's
being drained by the mega-rich. From simple diversion techniques to far more
sophisticated, political and economic spin the mega-rich have succeeded in getting
the American people over and over to focus on anything and everything but money, the
economy and American Monopoly board on which we all play. Simply by following the
money motivation for everything being said you'll see the truth going forward.
The issues laid out in PART of this book shout one clear undeniable conclusion: we're
doomed unless we act now, in unison together in order to protect our wallets and our
way of life in America. No longer can we worry about poverty in Third World nations
because the mega-rich, their multi-national corporations and the political class now have
us steered toward a Third World existence of our own. t was slow for a couple decades
but now, with almost every lever and gear in place, their greed pedal is on the floor. f we
continue on the present course the America, 2030 vision as described at the
beginning of our book will come to pass. Just continue the status quo, just continue to
vote back in the same crooked incumbent, election cycle after election cycle, just
continue to allow the two major political parties to lock-up all the avenues for real change
and just continue to allow the mega-rich and their mega-corporations to buy off our
elected officials under the guise of campaign money. Our entire government
environment is one of cronyism, revolving door political mirror games that deliver wink-
and-a-nod lucrative positions in government and the private arena for family and friends.
Everyone's back gets scratched and all palms get oiled except those of average
Americans.
t's easy to blame it all on the political class, but we're the fools that shop at Walmart and
just continue thinking made in America products are too expensive or not trendy. f we
just continue to keep buying Made in China products, they'll never have to fire a bullet to
bring down America. Simply continue on this present path and the America, 2030
described herein will come to pass just as surly as the sun is going to rise tomorrow
morning . . .
The manipulated hate mongering between left and right in America has to end and has
to end now! Divided as America is at present, she will fall . . . it's only a matter of time.
The adversary is not that other party, liberals or conservatives the adversary is the
greed that currently owns our American Monopoly board. Admittedly, many of our fellow
Americans are misinformed, confused and taken in by the propaganda machine, but
they are still our fellow citizens. They are not to be hated, they are to be educated and
it's the job of all economically tuned-in Americans to perform that education effort.
We the people are responsible for allowing the mega-rich to overthrow our democracy
and place us in an oligarchy. We've voted in the corrupt politicians over and over and
laughed at their antics. We've allowed the two-party political games to be played for 30+
years. We've voted for the rich, the lawyers and the political families all our lives.
No one forced us to buy imported cars, the euro-styled must have objects of
conspicuous consumption and the off shore mass produced garbage from China. We
Copyright 2011 235
_____________________________________________________________________
tolerate listening to so called English when we call off shore call centers in ndia. We
bought from the big box stores as every business in our local communities went under.
We watched as corporation after corporation made acquisition after acquisition cutting
more and more American jobs with every consolidation as they went along. We watched
as more and more corporate money went to Washington to buy vote after vote. We sat
there with the TV remote like zombies as media giants bought up our free press and
turned them into corporate propagandist instead of journalists. we the people have
destroyed what America once was by our own actions and apathy.
Assuming you believe that America is worth saving, we have but one choice left. We
either come together NOW as Americans and act as one unified force or we will collapse
divided. There will be no more America . . . at least nothing that resembles what we once
had, or what still exists today. People that live in Third World nations don't bitch about
abortion, school prayer, same sex marriage, the religious right, the liberal left, women's
rights, minority rights, saving mother earth or the whales. They don't discuss the
Constitution as if it just got discovered. They don't watch the John Daly Show and
Stephen Colbert and laugh at political antics, corruption and stupidity.
No, people that live in the Third World bitch about not enough rice in their bowl. Then
they awaken the next day and bitch about not enough rice in their bowl and the day after
that and the day after that. n the Third World there are no social issues, there are no
alternative political parties with any muscle and no one worries about the fate of a tree or
a whale because they are too busy worrying about food. n the Third World there is no
middle class, there are only two classes of people: the rich and poor. Any chance of
removing yourself from the poor is almost zero because the greedy own and control the
entire game board. The same momentum that is now well underway in America, to take
total control of everything to include the government, the media and the economy. f
PART of this book didn't convince you that the mega-rich have almost accomplished
their goal of total domination then you'll never be convinced. Anyone with brain waves
can see the table is tilted in one direction and the middle-class is sliding down it into the
mouth of a greedy viper class waiting to put their fangs into our necks.
For those Americans that are convinced, the questions are A) is it hopeless? and B) if
it's not hopeless what can be done about it? There is no single magic bullet and the
struggle to win back our American Dream will be far from painless, but rest absolutely
assured we are not doomed and this is NOT hopeless! n fact, it is far from hopeless.
Now that you see where America is heading and how it's being consumed by a mega-
rich class of greedy, blood sucking vultures . . . YOU can stop it! Seeing it is the most
critical step of all . . . most Americans just don't yet get it. The truth is that at least 30
percent of Americans are never going to get it, read any book, including this one, or do
anything but suffer the consequences of a stacked deck that is tilted exclusively toward
only toward only the mega-rich. Half of Americans doesn't even bother to vote. Whatever
number that remains are what we have to work with at present. Subtract from that
number, the political party and cable channel zombies and you have X percent of the
American population enlightened and informed enough to see the game being played.
Whatever that number is, it will grow through our efforts to educate and enlighten
which will bring about the change required to end rule of our nation by a mega-rich
oligarchy. The time has come where enough people are now ready to wise up to the
two-party political game manipulated by the mega-rich and return power to the American
people.
Copyright 2011 236
_____________________________________________________________________
PART was the big picture perspective that laid out the myriad of weapons the mega-
rich and political class have been utilizing to slowly drain the American pot of money that
is destroying the American Dream for you and your family. Surly, by now, you
understand that the left versus right polarization that exists is a game . . . a divide and
conquer strategy of the mega-rich media machine. No conspiracy theories in place, just
the fact that if the American people are split and fighting each other . . . instead of the
real adversary we the people lose and greed wins. t's a fact of course that a certain
segment of the American population are true fringe left anarchists or closet socialists
and there is a clueless radical right group of Americans that actually believe in trickle
down economics and Santa, but most Americans . . . are somewhere in between those
two wild extremes. More often than not, if the economy is bad, Americans simply vote
the other party into power with no regard whatsoever to policy, issues or reality. n turn,
the economy most often bumps upward slightly . . . simply because it's a cyclical animal
and NOT because of the party just voted in. Then, as long as there are no major
economic up evils for a few years, we assume we made the right choice in political
parties. t's a temporary mirage and the truth is that 90 percent of Americans were losing
their shirt, long before the Great Recession. The Great Recession was just our big wake-
up call and still too many Americans just don't get it? Now the question is whether we're
now awake and will we stay awake or be lulled back into the status quo policies and
practices that got us into this economic mess?
t's time to stop focusing on the two failed political parties and the useless treadmill that's
done nothing but suck money out of our wallets, on a daily basis, for more than 30+
years. Focus instead on the two-party performance . . . it's horrible, it's not working and
that has to change! t won't happen overnight, but it can happen, but only if we're now
done with sitting like zombies in front of our manipulated media and buying into what
we're spoon fed by so called political pundits and economic experts. Only if we're done
with reaching into our wallets everyday and freely handing more of our hard earned
money to the mega-rich will anything change. Collectively we have the money and the
power to topple the oligarchy and turn back the tide currently destroying our American
Dream.
We have the tools to turn back the tide of greed and re-level the playing field. You have
to believe, but more importantly you have to act. Belief without action, day in and day
out, will not work. As you read the solutions in PART much of which you may have
already figured out from just reading PART go ahead and put the wheels into motion
and begin taking action today! Some goals such as breaking up the two-party political
strangle hold on America will take time, years in fact. Other efforts such as moving all
your banking and money into small local banks and credit unions can be done tomorrow.
Begin to think of this as a war. magine millions of Americans marching down the streets
of America demanding complete campaign finance reform now! magine atheists
shaking hands with evangelicals as they fall into line with each other and march rank
and file toward one goal. Then imagine gays and straights, abortionists and those that
are anti-abortion, blacks, whites and Hispanics, Democrats and Republicans, rednecks
and intellectuals, Confederates and Yankees, tree huggers and tree cutters all coming
together to act in unison for one cause and one effort . . . saving the America Dream and
returning our nation to economic prosperity for the good of every wallet in America. t
can happen, it must happen and it must begin now! We simply cannot succeed as a
divided nation . . . it's just that simple!
Copyright 2011 237
_____________________________________________________________________
Americans can still fight our fights and spew our distain of the left or the right on social
issues, but now we absolutely must focus 100 percent upon economic priorities as job
one! The social liberals or social conservatives are not the adversary that will wipe
you off the face of the Earth or force you to live under a bridge or in a homeless shelter.
f we don't put all the other battles in second place and fight the dark, greedy forces
killing the American Dream . . . we'll not just lose the battle against the mega-rich, but all
the other battles as well. Your chances of saving unborn babies from abortion or
acquiring the right to marry a same sex partner are almost ZERO if you're doing it from a
homeless shelter. There are now only two priorities: national defense and jobs, the
economy and wealth disparity . . . every other priority now must become a very distant
third. To all those Americans that say we can walk and chew gum, a.k.a. fix wealth
disparity, provide jobs and strengthen the economy while fighting over social issues and
culture wars . . . 30+ years of massive economic decline prove such thinking is pure folly
for fools. n politics, business or our personal lives, we achieve only what we are focused
upon with unwavering passion and persistence!
As stated early on, there will be no utopia in this lifetime for most Americans and any
idea or illusions of Americans coming together to sing Kumbaya is a pipe dream. t's
NOT going to happen and anyone that thinks it is . . . probably has a medical marijuana
prescription working for them. The goal of writing this book is not to fix the world and
right all the wrongs on Earth. The strategy herein is to combat exactly what put us in this
economic mess we now face . . . to correct a complete lack of focus. Anyone that is on
Facebook can clearly see that Americans have zero focus and way too many causes
and issues. f that were not the undeniable fact, there would not be so many issues and
causes because some would have gotten fixed by now. Bantering back and forth on
Facebook, making comments to online articles and cursing the TV are worthless without
a focus to educate and amass millions of Americans focused on the economy, jobs and
wealth disparity. We're a nation with way too many good intentions and causes that
fractionalize, marginalize and minimize all our efforts into nothingness. There is only one
priority that matters above all others going forward: economic survival and combating the
stranglehold greed now has upon America! Working together we can not only just
survive, but instead thrive once again, but we can't do it divided into left and right camps.
We can take back America from the greedy swine that are destroying our America
Dream and sucking the life out of every single American and their family.
There are of course moves and accomplishments that will deliver a bigger impact for our
cause than others, but there is no sequence and step by step plan . . . nor is there some
easy, painless magic bullet. t all has to be pursued simultaneously with the realization
that some measures will take more time to accomplish than others. t was a struggle as
to what sequence to roll out a comprehensive set of initial solutions, but it seemed most
wise to roll them out and enumerate the solutions currently well within our control and
then move on toward the longer term goals. n Part , since the background surrounding
the issues and the case for change were already made in Part only a brief refresher
will be made as reference point. The goal in Part is to be far more concise in order to
deliver only the impetus for massive change and political revolution. To whine about
greed without moving to change the system and power structure is worthless. So let's
get started!
Br!n% t#e Top E Ban," Don to +!>e
Copyright 2011 238
_____________________________________________________________________
n the case of Wall Street and the too big-to-fail banks, no industry and no group within
the aristocracy is more responsible for stealing the American Dream, ruining our
economy and taking over our government. Their unbridled avarice and greed reduced
the value of individual homes by tens of thousands of dollars and put millions and
millions of America homeowners underwater a.k.a. owing more than the home is
worth . . . not to mention putting at least 8.5+ million Americans out of work. As a result,
average Americans are left holding the bag for Wall Street with some 13 T trillion dollars
in debt and financial losses. n truth, it's not our debt at all because we didn't cause it,
but generations of Americans will have to work like slaves if they are fortunate
enough to find a job to pay of Wall Street's debt. What is amazing is that Americans
are still passive, still docile, still willing to take whatever is dished out . . . while Wall
Street pays itself billions of dollars in bonuses?
Wall Street and the banks, because they own Congress and Washington, D.C. were
able to blackmail U.S. taxpayers, through fears of a total economic collapse, into a
massive bailout of almost at trillion dollars. Then, instead of showing humility or any
contrition, Wall Street twisted arms in Washington to deliver a Wall Street reform bill
with the teeth of a baby mouse. Not only is the legislation virtually worthless, it made the
banks and the Wall Street investment houses that were deemed too big to fail
previous to the Great Recession even larger behemoth pigs.
Now that the American people are left holding their debt and living within their ruination
of our economy, Wall Street is back to business as usual. While all of the top 5
investment banks and smaller banks on down the list in size are responsible for the
meltdown; one more than any other is not only more responsible but benefited more
financially than any of the other banks. n a highly recommended book, called 5oney
and 1ower: 6ow 7oldman Sachs 0ame to 8ule the World, author William Cohen details
the worst-of-the-worst bank's role in the meltdown and in doing so reviews the banks
long and sorted past of corruption. n the 1920s Goldman ran a Ponzi-like scheme
involving investment trusts. n the 1970s they peddled soon to be worthless commercial
paper for the soon to be bust Penn Central Railroad and then leading up to the
meltdown that caused the Great Recession they sold highly suspect mortgage-
backed securities to clients and investors while all the while betting against the solvency
of those investments.
Nonetheless, when Washington, D.C. needs a financial advisor or regulator, they turn no
where but to former Goldman Sachs employees and CEOs almost exclusively. Most
noteworthy, Hank Paulson within the Bush administration who made sure that
Goldman Sachs came out of the financial meltdown as an even larger bank in a group
of behemoth too big to fail financial monopolies with no competition whatsoever. f too
big to fail led to the last financial disaster, then the next disaster to come based on bank
size alone . . . should put the final nail in our economic existence.
Goldman Sachs paid out an average employee bonus of $430,700 in 2010.
1
The very
people who are directly responsible for destroying our American economy were paid
more than 8 times the average total income of U.S. households.
2
Separate to that
money, Goldman employees received and additional $36 M windfall via stock options
granted during the 2008 financial collapse.
3
To pour even more salt in the wound
Goldman Sachs inflicted upon America, they announced in June 2011 they are firing
1000+ American financial professionals and moving their jobs to Singapore to skirt new
Wall Street reform regulations. While some of the radical right in Congress want to label
Copyright 2011 239
_____________________________________________________________________
the reforms a jobs killer, 1000 fewer Goldman Sachs crooks on our shores is a
blessing in disguise. Maybe the fired employees can get a job as real estate agents in
the industry they destroyed?
Across Wall Street as a whole, bonuses in 2010 were $20.8 B, with an average of
$228,530 . . . a record year.
4
As for the slithering Wall Street CEOs, primarily
responsible for the Great Recession we're now living within, here's just a sampling of
their 2010 pay and stock options they received in 2010:
5
Lloyd Blankfein, CEO Goldman Sachs Group $14.6 M
Jamie Dimon, CEO, JPMorgan Chase & Co. $17 M
Laurence Fink, BlackRock CEO, $13 M*
Brian Moynihan, Bank of America Corp. $9.1 M*
9 8estricted stock only& salary not included

The real question is how is it that Wall Street is still standing? How is it that the branches
of these banks on nearly every corner are still in tact? How can the CEOs of these banks
even walk the streets without an army of bodyguards to keep them alive? How dare any
of them even show their face? Where are the investigations from the Department of
Justice? Where are the Wall Street CEOs behind bars? Why are prisons and jails only
for the little people? These are the questions that all Americans need to be asking
themselves . . . allowing Wall Street crooks to walk the street is a crime, an affront to
every American's sense of justice and fair play and yet, nothing to date has been done
to put any significant Wall Street executive behind bars?
Clearly understand there are two justice systems in America and only average citizens
go jail in America for stealing. For Wall Street and the mega-rich it's all about utilizing
their get out of jail free cards a.k.a. negotiated settlements such as the $67.5 M deal
former Countrywide CEO Angelo Mozilo got from the SEC to stay out of jail. More
recently, Bank of America [as part of the Countrywide scam] agreed to payout $8.58 B to
22 institutional investors, but to date nothing has been done to relieve American
homeowners underwater. Why? nstitutional investors such as BlackRock Financial
Management, Metropolitan Life and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York who were
included in the settlement, are part of our America aristocracy and America homeowners
underwater are just chumps a.k.a. suckers! Now, with a settlement in place, most
analysts believe that all Bank of America homeowners who have been sitting in
foreclosure limbo will now be tossed out into the streets at a greatly accelerated pace
going forward.
Violence is never the answer, but instead of violence, Americans, the good natured lot
that we are, have just shrugged our shoulders and said 'oh well, we got screwed by the
banks and there is nothing we can do but pay off their debt.' We even still carry their
credit and debit cards in our wallets and we still have our money in their banks? The real
question is, 'are we insane?' Are we the most stupid people to every walk the Earth? Do
Americans have any backbone whatsoever? f we do, it's time to show it by enacting our
collective vengeance upon the top 5 banks! Not next month or next year, but today this
week, if you have even one single penny in any of the following banks, then be one of
the proud Americans that fires the first shot over the bow of the mega-rich aristocracy by
closing ALL your accounts and refinancing ALL your loans away from the following
banks and Wall Street firms:
Copyright 2011 240
_____________________________________________________________________
Bank of America
Citigroup
Goldman Sachs Group
J. P. Morgan Chase and Company
Wells Fargo & Company (Wachovia)
t's simple and easy: 1) open a new account at a small local bank or credit union
tomorrow 2) give a voided check to your payroll department to start direct deposit and 3)
allow all checks to clear from the big bank and then close the account . . . with a really
big smile on your face! The time is long past due to show these behemoth greedy pigs
that we Americans do have a long memory, we do feel the pain delivered via their greed,
we'll never forget what they did and from this day forward we will enact our own form of
vengeance. They've bought off our government, hit us with nickel and dime fees just to
access our money, financed mergers that destroyed good American companies,
engaged in predatory lending and pursued greed beyond what any human conscience
should allow . . . all contributing to destroy our economy and put millions of Americans
out of work. Any American that maintains business with the top five and other large
banks (provided via the breakout resource below) is complicit 100% in their greed. You
are just as responsible and just as accountable as the banks in which your deposits and
loans now reside.
Brea,o.t Re"o.r$e
Top Ban," L!"t!n% 2!a t#e Federal Re"er2e
http://www.ffiec.gov/nicpubweb/nicweb/top50form.aspx
Please don't stop with the top 5 banks in pulling your deposits and loans, all the large
banks are the greedy vipers responsible for the Great Recession within which we now
suffer. Move every single penny you have to small local banks and credit unions
tomorrow! t's a small request in the grand scheme of things and it can be done in less
than an hour. Unfortunately, it must be done in person on most occasions, simply
because the banking industry has stacked the deck with red tape, potential fees and a
prickly mine field to navigate when closing your account. The Freedom and Mobility in
Consumer Banking Act that is currently stalled in Congress would remove many of these
obstacles, but nonetheless, don't allow a few minor obstacles to stop you from closing
your account today. Use your small voice via e-mail, snail mail, Facebook and every
other social networking vehicle to make this a national call to action for every single
America alive . . . to remove every single dime they have in the big banks.
Don't think for even a moment that our collective action, involving millions of Americans,
in this regard will not have a massive impact upon their power. Vengeance feels good,
but as stated repeatedly, this book is all about the future. To reward the banks that
destroyed our economy with your money is just sick! t's as if you're asking to be raped
again. Go to the breakout resource above and look at the deposit dollars and estimate
what percentage comes from people just like you. t's HUGE!!!!! Billions and billions of
dollars sitting there to be yanked from their greedy clutches.
Copyright 2011 241
_____________________________________________________________________
Once this effort is up and running, don't buy their spin and whining . . . make them
squeal like the pigs that they are. Their spin will be the same BS they used to blackmail
the American taxpayers into bailing them out . . . they will claim that such a run on the
banks will destroy the economy, lessen America's power as the financial hub of the
world . . . bla, bla, bla. They will whine, cry and plead with the American people to once
again come to their aid. They'll spend billions on commercials and public relations
campaigns along with pleading to their cronies in Congress to pass some bill to come to
their aid. Let them starve in the streets, like the American families they have foreclosed
upon, let them feel hunger and unemployment!
Who at the banks have heard the pleas of American families thrown out into the streets
to starve as their homes were foreclosed upon? Who at the banks have heard the pleas
of American small business owners as they've begged for loans to expand their
businesses or just to survive a down economy? No one at the big banks heard the pleas
from America as they used their new found weight and power after the bailout to simply
buy up all the faltering small banks ravaged from their greed. The swine of Wall Street
have simply used a down economy, of their own creation, to tighten the screws upon the
American people even more.
Rest assured, once we the people have taken our vengeance along with our billions of
dollars in deposits, life will go on. There will be some empty bank buildings on some
corners as money shifts to smaller local banks and credit unions, but they'll be bought up
and reopened by smaller banks. The mega loans currently being made by the mega-
banks will simply be made in conjunction by a couple of the smaller banks. Don't buy the
spin that 'our entire financial system will collapse, because it's total crap! The mega-rich
used their spin game once and we bought into it like suckers, but we're not gong to be
suckered twice by the same game. t's time for America to finally wise up! The idea that
what is good for Wall Street is good for America and average citizens is total complete
BS! That thinking and those days are over . . . America has wised up!
Don't put if off for even another day, pull all your deposits and refinance all your loans
while interest rates are at rock bottom and get it done this week! Then encourage
everyone you know to do the same and do it now! The goal is to launch a run on the big
banks like nothing ever before witnessed in American history. Once we get this effort
moving in earnest, we can put a stop to the billion dollar bonuses in a month. We can
downsize the big bank CEO pay in a heartbeat, along with their palatial estates. We
can't starve them as they have done the American people, but we can sure punch them
in the stomach! More than anything, we can remove the millions of dollars in bribery
money they are now using to buy Washington, D.C. to pay off our political class.
Just as important, if not far more, is an all out effort by every American voter to remove
every single member of Congress and state legislature that has ever taken one single
dime of campaign money from Wall Street. f you think it's not your party of choice, or
not your representative taking the bribes, then think again America! Review the listings
below via the breakout resource of the top 20 senators and members of the House and if
there is a party difference, it is miniscule! No. 7 on the House bribery list taking money
from Wall Street is Chair of the Party B National Committee, Debbie Wasserman
Schultz. So what else do you need to know about Party B and Wall Street bribery?
While a massive and complete overhaul of campaign finance in America will take time
and more than likely will require the American people taking over Washington, D.C. and
Copyright 2011 242
_____________________________________________________________________
shutting it down completely to achieve it . . . rooting out all money from Wall Street can
be done in one or two election cycles. A single dime of campaign money from Wall
Street must become the ultimate kiss of death for all politicians going forward, regardless
of political party. Living within the Great Recession, delivered by Wall Street greed, as
far into the future as anyone can foresee and allowing even more bribery money to go
into the pockets of our corrupt political class . . . is like trying to get your only daughter a
date with Tiger Woods.
Top 20 +enator" Re$e!2!n% )all +treet Br!7e"
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/recips.php?
ind=F03&cycle=2012&recipdetail=S&mem=Y&sortorder=U
Top 20 Me&7er" o1 t#e ;o."e Re$e!2!n% )all +treet Br!7e"
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/recips.php?
ind=F03&cycle=2012&recipdetail=H&mem=Y&sortorder=U
5o&&er$!al Ban, 3ay4to43lay 5ontr!7.t!on" to 5on%re""
http://www.opensecrets.org/industries/indus.php?ind=F03+
+&goButt2.x=11&goButt2.y=6
t is far more important, than any act of mere revenge, that we remove the money big
banks utilize to bribe our Congress. f you don't get anything else from this book
understand clearly that Wall Street and the big banks OWN our Congress and
government just like you own your dog. Now, when Wall Street calls, your members of
Congress wag their tails and roll over on their back while asking for their belly to be
rubbed. The only evidence needed to prove that reality is the bailout that occurred. No
more evidence needs to provided or added. Your deposits and loans are funding bribery
and calling it by the name of campaign finance is just lying to your self. t is bribery and
much of it is being done with your money. End the lie and stop the bribery today by
pulling every dime of your loans and deposits from the big banks and encourage every
single America to do the same. Vengeance can be ours if we act together . . . make
these pigs pay for their greed!!!
)all+treet)at$#.or%
http://www.wallstreetwatch.org
Brea,!n% 6p t#e Ban,"
Ma,e )all +treet 3ay
http://www.makewallstreetpay.org/
Freedo& and Mo7!l!ty in Ban,!n% A$t
Copyright 2011 243
_____________________________________________________________________
http:))www!govtrack!us)congress)bill!*pd:bill;h..,-<-==
Beare Any Mo2e" to )ater Don t#e 3at#et!$ )all +treet Re1or&"
As detailed in Part , the Wall Street reform bill passed in 2010 was a joke! t was the
most pathetic, watered down piece of legislation imaginable, yet it was a step in the right
direction. nsider trading, derivatives, naked short selling, collateralized debt, credit
default swaps, sub-prime mortgages, currency and futures trading [betting] and the
entire scheme of corruption and legalized stealing that goes on within Wall Street . . . is
one of the foremost challenges our nation faces. Every American has an obligation as a
citizen to do some reading and rent at least one of two documentaries: /nside Job and
1lunder& The 0rime o 2ur Time. What led to the Great Recession was not a bad
economy, but nothing more than pure unmitigated greed and insane risk taking. What
was going on previous to the meltdown has not stopped and it has nothing whatsoever
to do with banking and investments and everything to do with an outright casino
environment. They make outright bets and insure each other against losing those bets
and when that blows up, as it did with the Wall Street meltdown . . . the American people
are forced to pick-up their loses and pay them off over the course of generations.
The stock market crash, mortgage loan meltdown, Bernie Madoff's billion dollar Ponzi
scheme and the insider trading conviction of Martha Stewart should still be fresh in the
minds of all Americans and should stay firmly implanted until each of us leave this Earth,
but not so in America. We forgive and forget. We have the shortest memory of any
humans to ever walk the planet. A humble trusting people, Americans desperately want
to see and believe in the good of man even when every piece of evidence to the
contrary says it's just not true. Wall Street and especially hedge funds demonstrate the
absolute worst level of greed that exists within mankind and it is a cancer that is not in
remission and will reoccur if not constantly monitored by the American people.
Along with the new Congress of 2011, as expected came a big dose of freedom and
liberty. No sooner did the new Congress take their seats, the Wall Street lobbyists
began their assault upon the pathetic Wall Street reform package. Led by the U.S.
Chamber of Congress, the Chamber's president Tom Donohue said, We spend about
$1.7 trillion a year on regulation and put out much of it. Much of it is needed and we
support it. But a lot of it, particularly in the last three years, has moved from a
government of the people to a government of the regulator, or the regulating agencies.
f you were to pin Donohue down [the leader of the most financially powerful lobby in
Washington, D.C. by far] as to just what government regulation he does in fact support,
he'd be mute, befuddled and at a complete loss for words. f there was ever a poster
child representing government corruption that needs reform, it's the U.S. Chamber of
Commerce who rules Washington, D.C. with a big stick. Playing bad cop, bad cop their
sinister kid brother, the Business Roundtable, came out of the gate spewing their
predictable job creation spin as they launched their assault on the Dodd-Frank financial
reform provisions, such as: 1) a new federal right to access corporate proxy statements,
2) disclosure ratio of CEO pay to the average workers' salary, 3) payments to whistle
blowers who report securities law violations to the SEC and 4) regulation of derivative
trading and other rules governing executive compensation. All these are seen by Wall
Street, the Chamber and the Business Roundtable as onerous, overreaching
government regulation and want the American people to believe they are job killers.
Copyright 2011 244
_____________________________________________________________________
Does anyone in America remember that it was Wall Street that killed 8.5+ million jobs,
not government regulation? We're still living in the Great Recession caused by Wall
Street and the Chamber and the Business Roundtable want America to just forgive and
forget . . . go back to business as usual. How stupid to they think we Americans are?
Just where was it, during the 2010 election cycle that the American people asked for any
of these provisions to be repealed? Nowhere were these specific repeals discussed with
the American people who had just been gang raped by Wall Street. These repeals,
we're suddenly led to believe, fall under the nebulous heading of onerous job killing
restrictions . . . a violation of the Constitution restricting freedom and liberty. Where is
it in the Constitution that says Wall Street should have the freedom and liberty to screw
every citizen in America? What is it that America didn't learn the first time around from
the Wall Street freedom and liberty poison? Just look at the ever declining value of
your home, if you're lucky enough to still own one, that's called Wall Street freedom and
liberty. Now, we're being told over and over that if Congress will just lift those onerous
big government restrictions upon Wall Street that these wonderful humans will return
America to greatness. The swine on Wall Street won't even lend money to start or
expand a business [unless you can prove 100 percent that you don't need to borrow],
but we're now being told that if we lift oversight, they will take America to the promised
land of milk and honey? America is stupid, but surely we can't be that stupid . . . can we?
nstead of the liberty and freedom that wrecked our economy already via deregulation,
we need far more restrictions upon Wall Street greed. Just one of many examples, let's
take speed trading . . . if the average citizen can't speed trade to buy or dump stocks
then why should the swine on Wall Street be allowed to do so? Wall Street behemoths,
such as Goldman Sachs, Credit Suisse and JP Morgan take speed trading to new
speeds by operating what are called dark pool private markets that trade away from the
Big Board often invisible, these private marketplaces are not open to other NYSE
member firms and especially average American investors. High frequency traders, set-
up highly sophisticated computer systems that cost millions in order to buy or sell
automatically, based upon triggers, at warp-speed that no one else in America or even
NYSE member companies can match. t provides an unfair playing field when a stock
price is rising and most especially cuts loses when a stock is plunging. t's rife with
insider trading abuse which all Americans know is the norm on Wall Street. Many believe
it led to the massive one day flash crash in May 2010. By a strict definition, insider
trading is any and all information to which an average American does not have access.
With 50 to 70 percent of all trading now high-speed computer trading, ask yourself the
question, what percentage of that volume, by a strict definition of insider trading, is
unethical at a minimum or even illegal under SEC law? f your answer to that question
doesn't give you a sinking feeling in your stomach, you guessed wrong. The poorly
staffed and grossly under-funded SEC is still scratching its head on what led to the flash
crash. Nonetheless, you don't have to be a Wall Street genius to understand that billions
of dollars in stock value can literally disappear in seconds and toss America into yet
another Wall Street meltdown. Whenever allowed by the American people, Wall Street
will play fast and loose in a delicate high-wire dance of greed and when they fall: we the
people pay for generations while the swine of Wall Street just continue to dance.
Again, speed trading is just one example of so many unfair, unethical, insider-only Wall
Street activities that take place every day that no book such as this can even begin to
detail. The enormous risks and volatility from Wall Street has already been
demonstrated for our entire economy. Yet, Party A is pushing already to give them a
Copyright 2011 245
_____________________________________________________________________
longer leash via deregulation under the pretense of job creation. n the midst of the
Great Recession we'll all be struggling to recover from for decades, how fast and lose do
we want Wall Street to play with our economy? With the top 10 percent of Americans
owning virtually all the stock, the long held idea that what is good for Wall Street is good
for America . . . is now officially DEAD! The next time you hear that 'the stock market is
up today,' you now know that the mega-rich just became even richer and the only real
impact is within the top 10 percent of Americans that own all the stock.
What was once a somewhat respectable profession involved in banking and
investments, Wall Street has been converted into a casino for America's mega-rich
money whores. Simply add cocktail waitresses and pit bosses to the Wall Street trading
floor and we'll have a real casino with almost no difference whatsoever. What they call
exotic investment tools the average American calls criminal. Just how stupid can
America be if we ever fall for more freedom and liberty for Wall Street? Quite the
opposite is needed, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), long under
funded, should have even more personnel and resources at its disposal to constantly
investigate Wall Street and the banks with scrutiny never before seen in America.
A great resource tool or inormation on inancial regulations& Wall Street reorm and the
ownership o 0ongress by Wall Street ! ! !
5!t!>en" 6n!ted
Anyone that believes that the stock market and financial arena operates above board
without massive insider trading, behind the scenes manipulation, unscrupulous deal
making and highly illegal activities has to be the most nave person on Earth. By
comparison, Wall Street makes Washington, D.C. look like a church. Any and all
conversations on American greed must begin and end with Wall Street and without a
strong, fully funded SEC the corruption and greed that brought about the Great
Recession will simply continue and happen once again. Anyone that believes the weak
pathetic Wall Street reform bill did anything significant to rein in these greedy swine
simply don't understand the nature of greed. Greed is what they live for, it's what drives
their every movement and it's what they dream about when sleeping.
Gutting and repealing the pathetic Wall Street reforms now in place, under the pretense
of job creation are now priority No. 1 for Party A. What they cannot repeal, because the
financial wounds to America are still too fresh in the minds of citizens, they are working
already to gut by playing political games and withholding funding. Perhaps the only
significant legislation to come about from the Wall Street reform bill was creation of the
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), but to date via gamesmanship, Wall
Street blocked the appointment of Elizabeth Warren to head the bureau and along with
Party A have worked behind the scenes to gut funding to keep the bureau from getting
off the ground. n short, the CFPB's role is to keep Wall Street from screwing all of
America, but Party A views that role as onerous big government regulation and are
cooking it with their freedom and liberty side dish to poison creation of the CFPB in the
Copyright 2011 246
_____________________________________________________________________
feeble minds of Americans. Party A doesn't want the SEC funded and they don't want
the CFPB funded. They are using the federal budget deficit as the reason to withhold
adequate funding, but only the feeble minded freedom and liberty crowd is dumb
enough to eat that dog food.
While robust funding of the CFPB is absolutely critical to all Americans, it points to a
much larger issue taking place in Washington, D.C. under the guise of fiscal
responsibility. Party A hawks wholeheartedly approve of hundreds of cruise missiles, at
$60 M a piece, being launched like Fourth of July fireworks into Libya where we have
zero strategic interest whatsoever . . . they disapprove of funding the CFPB? n truth
Party A doesn't give a damn about fiscal responsibility or federal government red ink,
unless it fulfills their political objectives for power and control. Some $60 M a piece for
cruise missiles to look out for the oil companies, but nothing for the CFPB in order to
protect the American people from Wall Street tells you everything you need to know
about what is ahead from the radical right's liberty and freedom agenda going forward.
Their vision of liberty and freedom is only about the freedom to crush the American
people into the ground with budget cuts that fulfill their political power agenda and debts
they owe to the mega-rich that put them into office.
Without constant and extreme public scrutiny along with outcries from voters, the recent
pathetic restraints placed upon Wall Street via reform measures will be repealed under
the guise of freedom and liberty. Any voice or finger lifted to repeal any of the new Wall
Street reforms needs to have all hell unleashed upon them from the American people.
Far more needs to be done to reign in Wall Street's casino games and the Dodd-Frank
reforms are just a weak starting point for more to come as the American people finally
get educated and wise up!
6"e *t or Lo"e *t( t#e 3oer o1 Yo.r )allet !" No at ;and
Just like mega-money now owns Washington, D.C. and makes the world go around, we
often forget that together, united, 'we the people' have almost as much money power as
the mega-rich. We have no weapon more powerful at our disposal, at present, than the
power of our wallet. Every time you open your wallet you either affect change or work
to maintain the status quo. Every dollar you pull out of your wallet is the most powerful
vote you're ever going to have and collectively it can change our economy as well as the
political structure. You set the balance of power and you control the American Monopoly
board. The goals are simple: keep American money on the American board and keep
our money out of the hands of the mega-rich.
The concepts of buy American only, don't buy from China and the mega-rich are not
complex, but in practical execution pursuing those goals are a challenge . . . at least at
first. Going forward, upon being funded, better resources and information will be
provided to make these goals far easier to accomplish. n its simplest form, contentious
Americans must set purchasing priorities in the following declining order of importance:
#1 buy American goods and services whenever possible, #2 never buy anything from
China whenever possible and #3 never buy products and services from the mega-rich
a.k.a. private family holdings and multi-nation mega-corporations unless it is
unavoidable. The easiest of these goals at present, simply because at least some
information resources exist, is to buy American. Toward that goal, because it is vitally
important and critical for our common economic survival, the breakout resources are
provided in the hope that you will use them extensively going forward and share them
Copyright 2011 247
_____________________________________________________________________
with every American you know. [n addition, it is hoped and anticipated that early draft
readers will forward their information and websites to enable everyone to buy American.
Please forward your links and information to: JKaneTheResistance@hotmail.com ]
Nat!onal A""o$!at!on o1 Man.1a$t.rer"
http://www.nam.org/
3.7l!$ 5!t!>en( -lo7al Trade )at$#
http://www.citizen.org/trade/
There should be a federal government focused nationwide initiative to promote buying
American goods and services, but that's prohibited by restrictions our political class
agreed to as part of WTO agreements. The last thing the mega-rich and the powers in
charge want is for Americans to pay attention to country of origin and simply refuse
going forward to buy off shore goods and services. t cuts their profit margins and
deflates their goal of a free flowing world economy where Americans are reduced to
Third World subsistence. Therefore, we the American people have to take charge of 'buy
American' initiatives because we're going to get little or no help from the political class
and even less from the mega-rich profiting from our current shopping habits that are
buying our nation into economic oblivion. Consider the damage to our economy when
you buy an iPhone, made in China, supporting a billionaire like Steve Jobs, who in turn
imports that product and markets it though a retailer bottom feeder like Walmart? t
equals jobs lost in America, money for China, more money in the hands of the mega-rich
and more power in the hands of Walmart to dominate the retail landscape, which in turn
pushes down wages for all Americans. At every economic turn, such a single purchase
is a losing proposition for America at large. t increases the rolls of the working poor,
which in turn increases the need for public assistance, higher taxes, crime, etc. t's all
tied together. Money leaves local communities, the tax base dwindles and only the
mega-rich and China benefit from such a purchase.
Once you give it some real thought, buying American is as simple as doing a one time
review of all the products and services you purchase on a regular basis: groceries, drug
store, etc. along with the companies that sell those products. You switch some brands
out for others and switch out the large companies that sell your products for as many
small and local companies as possible. n a book, we simply can't provide elaborate
details on companies, brands, etc., but once we launch a website we'll be able to do far
more to make it much easier. Again, buying everything possible local in your community
from local small store owners, restaurants, etc. instead of mega-corporate chains puts
tons of money back into your local community and begins to balance out the playing
field. Since tons of vegetables and produce now come from off shore, a simple stop off
at your local farmers market trims some money from going off shore. t's about chipping
away, purchase by purchase, to collectively take money out of the pockets of the greedy
families, the huge corporate conglomerates and the mega-monopolies. Buying and
sourcing local is the biggest win-win possible. Often herein, the focus has been on the
big picture, but it's the small picture of every day actions and every week purchases that
send the most American money off shore. Think about it, what if 100 million Americans,
Copyright 2011 248
_____________________________________________________________________
1/3 of the population, trim just $20 per week from going off shore? That's $2 B we kept
on our Monopoly board in one single week and over the course of one year that's $104
B in American jobs we just saved. While focus is often on big ticket items, it's the $20
per week that over time will make the most difference.
Once you have your game plan in place for the repeat purchases, all you have to do
then is pay attention and do a little research on big ticket items. No Volvos from China
and no Land Rovers from ndia for instance. we the people now own way too much of
General Motors (GM) so buying their cars and trucks is the biggest no brainer
purchase of all. Even though in reality, GM just walked away from billions in debt and we
the taxpayer picked up the tab, we're now stuck with them until they can repay the rest
of what they owe us. n reality [because of the global economy,] big ticket items are far
more complex to nail down because almost nothing any longer is 100 percent American
made. Ford, for instance, is now beginning to make some of their engines in China so
you have to research and nix buying those specific models.
Quite honestly, this high level overview provides only the most embryonic guidance for
buying American and not from the mega-rich. magine for a moment, a comprehensive
website with a database of nearly every product of service imaginable. Then imagine a
search engine within that website where you plug in whatever product or service you can
imagine and hit enter. Several levels of information come up on your screen: 1) a
ranking in descending order for both buy American and 2) sourcing to exclude the
greedy families, the multi-national corporate conglomerates, companies that contribute
to PACs, lobbyists, etc. This is not a dream, it can be done, but only with funding and
absolute credibility as to research that is free from all political influence such as political
parties, etc. Think of a website that is much like the magazine/site 0onsumer 8eports
that not only provides rankings, but also provides impartial analysis of how each ranking
is achieved. Once up and running, utilized by Americans by the millions on a mass
scale, you'll see real economic change in America far, far beyond what we will ever get
from Washington, D.C. or state capitols.
Today, the mega-rich and the mega-corporate multinational conglomerates don't want
this type of information provided to the American public. Nonetheless, we have to start
somewhere and for the moment, doing some significant research before purchasing to
keep as much American money on our Monopoly board as possible and out of the hands
of the mega-rich is critical for our economic future. Our political class until replaced will
continue to sell us all out by signing agreements governed by the WTO, but they can't
force Americans to take money out of our wallets and spend if off shore or give it to the
mega-rich . . . without our complicity. We the American people still have the largest
economy in the entire world and, for the moment at least, we can still take charge of this
global economy game being played by dictating via our dollars that average Americans
win.
Going to vote every two years or so, is just one means to change the system or disrupt
the pyramid scheme that is now America. While informed intelligent voters will help turn
the 30+ year tide of decline, money from our wallets going into the correct pockets
instead of the wrong pockets will do far more quickly that voting will for the foreseeable
future. Money talks and it always will!
3r!or!ty *( +top GMade !n 5#!naH 1ro& De"troy!n% A&er!$a
Copyright 2011 249
_____________________________________________________________________
First off, understand that China is not going away . . . it's not going to happen, but
anything we Americans can do to stop as many of our American dollars and jobs from
going there is absolutely critical going forward! t's a national security issue, it's an
economic issue, it's a human rights issue and it's an environmental issue just for
starters. The case was clearly made for not buying MADE N CHNA in Part and if you
don't get it already belaboring the massive number of issues involved with purchasing
Chinese goods and services again in Part will not serve to ensure your commitment.
Bottom line, it is absolutely un-American to buy MADE N CHNA unless it is absolutely
necessary. Pretending that avoiding MADE N CHNA is easy or the least costly
alternative would be a lie, but we no longer have any other choice but to boycott Chinese
products and services. We're trillions of dollars in debt to China and our trade deficit with
them as of 2010 is now at an historic -$267 B per year.
We simply have to find viable alternatives to buying anything from China and it can be
done! Yes, for some products you are going to be forced to source them from off shore,
but anything is better than buying MADE N CHNA! Some rare exceptions may exist,
but it's hard to imagine any product or service that can only be sourced from China.
What is needed beyond buy American websites and information are supplemental
websites and information for avoiding buying from China in order to promote a
nationwide boycott across the board of all Chinese products and services. Such
information and sources will be one of the main focal points to develop or link to once
funding is received to launch a website. From here on out, shopping has to begin with an
ABC mentality . . . Anywhere but China!
As for a legislative agenda from Washington, D.C. to confront China and the selling out
of the American economy to China . . . we have a spineless, inept political class that is
corrupt with cronyism and political donations that have sold most all of America,
especially our manufacturing sector, off to China. t starts with China's currency
manipulation that makes everything that comes out of China even more dirt cheap than it
already is. Currently, the Chinese currency is at least 40 percent undervalued, but our
political class has overspent and has us so indebted to China that they now lack the will
and political backbone to demand that China stop artificially deflating their currency.
5.rren$y 0<$#an%e Rate O2er"!%#t Re1or& A$t o1 2011( The bill was introduced in
September 2011 in the U.S. Senate primarily to address currency manipulation by
China. Working through the WTO and the MF, as well as onshore entities such as the
Federal Reserve and tools such as tariffs, etc., the bill authorizes U.S. actions to correct
artificially devalued currency. Before such action occurs, the bill mandates a semi-
annual evaluation of foreign currencies against the dollar to determine if a nation such as
China is cheating a.k.a. devaluing their currency to gain competitive advantage in the
world marketplace with artificially cheap goods and services. The bill delivers a series
mandated escalating steps to apply pressure to a nation such as China to bring about a
fair currency evaluation within the world marketplace.
Right out of the gate, China played the protectionist card, much like the radical right
who want America to believe that unrestrained free trade within a world economy
came down from Mt. Sinai with Moses. "By using the excuse of a so-called 'currency
imbalance,' this will escalate the exchange rate issue, adopting a protectionist measure
that gravely violates WTO rules and seriously upsets Sino-U.S. trade and economic
relations," foreign ministry spokesman Ma Zhaoxu said in a statement posted on China's
official government website. "China expresses its adamant opposition to this."
1
Too
Copyright 2011 250
_____________________________________________________________________
funny if it were not so delightfully warped that China greed seems to work just like mega-
rich greed within America . . . both play the protectionist card to enable stealing and
massive exploitation of people. Give China a little credit however, they didn't deploy the
Buddhism card to legitimize stealing, unlike their U.S. counterparts. nstead, China
actually uttered the words gravely violates WTO rules. For China of all nations on Earth
to talk WTO rules when it hasn't honored a WTO rule in its entire history, except when
it was to China's advantage, is even worse than playing the Buddhism card.
As of this writing, the bill is in the early stages and the spineless Obama administration is
urging diplomacy instead, while it remains to be seen what the radical right House of
Representatives will do with the bill. f the bill moves forward, it will be at the urging of
the American people by the millions, otherwise it will either be watered down or die a
slow death within the glacial speed at which Congress moves forward on anything.
Could it spark a trade war with China? Absolutely!
According to all analysts, a trade war with China is coming at some point in time. There
is no good time for a trade war and with the volatility of European markets and potential
government debt defaults this is hardly an optimal time for a trade war with China. Think
of it as a global poker game. A game in which America has been getting its posterior
kicked ever since president, Clinton pushed for China to be allowed into the WTO. The
question now is whether we fold to China once again and allow them to continue
clearing chips from the table, or do we now play our ace in the hole?
The day has finally arrived to play our ace in the hole and see who blinks. As detailed in
Part , our ace in the hole is that a dictatorship like China is not in a position to piss off
more than a billion citizens, most especially the 6+ million college graduates coming out
of their institutions of higher learning each year. Without Americans, still the largest
economy in the world, buying their products and services . . . China is toast! The
problem with education is along with it comes very high expectations for increased
mobility and standards of living. f China can't deliver upon those expectations, they will
have massive discontent, political uprisings and calls for a revolution to deliver
democracy. t is their regime's biggest fear and even though we owe them a couple
trillion dollars at least, they are over a much bigger barrel than we are simply because
they absolutely must export in a massive way or their economy will collapse. They
simply do not yet have a large enough middle-class to support millions upon millions of
new college graduates and the extremely high expectations that come with education.
The only way they can survive is to export to the U.S. and take our jobs via continuing to
steal our manufacturing base and encourage American companies to employ the
Chinese instead of Americans via nternet-based jobs. By buying MADE N CHNA, we
Americans are enabling the strategy to the tune of billions of American dollars each year.
Bottom line, trade conflicts with China are coming, just as sure as the sun will rise in the
morning. t's inevitable and it's why controlling our population numbers are so critical and
vitally important to our economic well being. The fewer the number of people we have to
employ and support, the greater advantage we have. Neither nation can afford an all out
trade war, but if it comes to pass, it will hurt China far more than it will hurt us because
they are sitting on a billion people powder keg they cannot afford to rile. Even as stupidly
and rapidly as we are growing our U.S. population, as if there was some economic
advantage, we still have only 311 million people, but China has a billion plus people to
keep economically happy. Why do you think that China has worked diligently for
decades at population management, while the U.S. stubbornly clings to Ellis sland
Copyright 2011 251
_____________________________________________________________________
myths? The answer to that question is actually quite simple: China is smart and we are
stupid. That fact actually speaks to a much larger economic issue of why China is
excelling while we are failing miserably. Democracy pretty much sucks as a means to
run a smooth free enterprise economy within a global marketplace, while a stable long-
standing dictatorship is capable of making intelligent moves . . . instead of pandering for
votes every two years. China is all about educating their workforce, investing in the
future and they don't have to pander to the shrill voices screaming racism and
xenophobia over the immigration issue in order to hold power and keep the economic
engine humming. Nonetheless, even with all its flaws and inefficiencies, a nation ruled
by democracy is a much cooler place to live than a dictatorship. Nonetheless, the
question as to whether a divided nation, ruled via a democracy can come together to
make intelligent economic decisions is an open question. Somehow, while dealing with
our own internal issues and divisions, the time has come to play economic hard ball with
China.
The mega-rich and the multi-national American corporations making billions off cheap
Chinese labor [by outsourcing American jobs] will of course cringe at such an idea
because they want access to that Chinese marketplace and they will sell their soul and
America with it in order to get that access. Anything that potentially disrupts their game
plan to sell us all out . . . will be an uphill battle since the mega-rich and the American
multi-nationals own Congress, but nonetheless, America can no longer afford to play
games with China and even though we owe them a couple trillion dollars they are in a
far less enviable position than we are . . . for the moment at least.

A get tough with China policy must extend to the WTO by renegotiating and even
threatening to pull out entirely from their auspices, rules and regulations . . . if American
patents, trademarks, copyrights, etc. are not strictly enforced along with all flawed trade
agreements renegotiated and strictly followed to the exact numbers and the letter of
WTO law. The days of America playing fair and China cheating, all condoned by the
WTO and every other nation on Earth must end now! America is a sovereign nation and
this global trade game run by the WTO and the mega-rich behind the global multi-
national corporations is a game the American people have been loosing for more than
30+ years . . . most especially to China. Because we are still the biggest and strongest
economy in the world, we still have the clout and the financial pull to call the shots. f
however, we fail to act now, while we are still in that enviable position . . . the door will
soon shut for good. The adage, use it or lose it . . . has never been more appropriate
than now when dealing with China as well as the WTO.
Clearly understand that this is not a call for haphazard, reckless moves upon the world
economic stage to wreak havoc or to make our economic plight even worse than it is
already. t is instead a call for America to stand up as the No. 1 player upon the world
economic stage and use that enviable position to take care of average Americans
instead of only the mega-rich and the multi-national America corporations.
5.rren$y 0<$#an%e Rate O2er"!%#t Re1or& A$t o1 2011
http://www.govtrack.us/congress/bill.xpd?bill=s112-1619
Copyright 2011 252
_____________________________________________________________________
T#e B!%%e"t 5#allen%e o1 O.r T!&e
At the core of this book, everything leading up to this segment and everything thereafter
centers around solving what can only be termed as The Biggest Challenge of Our Time
namely, unemployment, underemployment, poverty and massive wealth inequality
within America.
What average Americans need to get their heads around is that America is far from
broke, despite all the talk about austerity measures, a down economy, etc. f any reader
didn't get from Part that b-zillions of dollars are sitting at the top of the American food
chain in accumulated wealth over the past 30+ years . . . than just stop reading! n
addition to all those trillions, corporate America, as of March 2011, was sitting on $1.9 T
in cash . . . more than at any time since 1984.
1
The 13 biggest cash-hoarders among the
S&P 500 had more than $300 billion in cash by the end of 2010 . . . among them: Cisco
Systems with $40.2 B, Microsoft with nearly $40 B and google with nearly $35 B.
2
Even
overall household net worth in America as a whole grew 3.8 percent in 2010 to $56.8 T,
but most of that was due to stock market gains and of course that stock is concentrated
at the top of the food chain.
3
While the fringe left believes that all that $1.9 T in corporate cash should be absconded
with to pay off government red ink, only an economic neophyte would advocate such a
move. On the other hand, the radical right buffoons are even more out of touch with the
times and economic reality. Believe it or not, most every, if not all Party A candidates for
president in 2012 are advocating tax cuts for corporations and billionaires as the way to
create jobs and spur the economy. This wide divide in economic thought demonstrates
just how loony and insane the fringe left and the radical right really are.
t is true that if you take all the corporate cash and individual wealth via taxes that there
will be no jobs created, but any American that believes there is not enough corporate
cash and individual wealth at the top of the food chain to create millions of America
jobs . . . is nothing but a damn fool! Continued stupidity on the part of the America
people that actually believe the mega-rich and corporate America don't yet have enough
money to create America jobs simply defies all the numbers and all the economic logic
that exists. t's Party A propaganda 100 percent with zero merit whatsoever and any
American still believing in it, trickle down economics and the idea that we can't tax the
job creators [billionaires and mega-millionaires] BS is completely unaware of the
massive wealth disparity that exists in America.
Here's the bottom line . . . everyone in America that wants to work and is willing to work,
no matter their intellectual and mental capabilities, should be able to find a job in
America that pays a living wage. Furthermore, no matter someone's intellectual and
mental capabilities there is human dignity in every type of work, be it a sanitation worker
or a brain surgeon. n a wildly rich nation, where extraordinary wealth has been
manipulated and accumulated only within the very top percentage of citizens over the
past 30+ years, due to political corruption of our democracy . . . no one who is willing to
work should be allowed starve. As stated early on, those Americans with God given
mental capabilities along with drive and ambition should be rewarded handsomely
within our free enterprise system, but the amount of wealth now accumulated at the top
as the result of corruption, monopolies, off shore cheap labor and imported immigrant
Copyright 2011 253
_____________________________________________________________________
labor has reached a point where it is starving out opportunity for American citizens to
survive.

Until the damage done to the middle-class, over the last 30+ years, is well down the
road toward repair, Americans must now for the first time in decades focus on what
actually matters! That laser focus must now be about bread and butter for all citizens
and the future of the American economy . . . NOT political party games. The frivolous by
comparison, social issues along with the ongoing culture war issues hyped and
manipulated by the mega-rich to divide and distract Americans while they continue to
hammer their greedy death nails into the coffin of our collective American Dream.
Monopolies, mergers, mega-corporate entities and exploitation of cheap outsourced and
immigrant labor from all across the globe in order to deliver ever higher profit margins
have pushed the American middle-class off an economic cliff. Clearly, virtually no one
in American despite all the noise about voting our wallets is focused on the
economic road ahead. We have a failed two-party political system and zero leadership
whatsoever focused on the new world in which we all now live. Antiquated political
parties living in the past, previous to a global economy and the nternet are simply not
capable of restoring prospects for the American Dream. Furthermore, as long as the
political class can continue to ride the magic carpet of incumbency to remain part of the
aristocracy . . . America will starve!
Until and unless a sanity stake is hammered firmly in the ground that FREE MARKET
forces will NOT equalize the employment playing field for Americans in the foreseeable
future we will continue to lose jobs, lose pay and continue down the road of losing the
American Dream. Anyone that views the free market, free enterprise system as
something holy and perfect that will protect American jobs without government
intervention is an absolute fool! Buying into the free market alone mentality, with no
government intervention, is a complete load of manure no matter how many Harvard
economists, politicians or business leaders that try to sell it. When it comes to looking
out for Americans, American jobs, our American economy and our American standard of
living trusting in some unrealistic ideal of some unregulated free market equilibrium
being achieved to solve all issues related to full and gainful employment for all
Americans is for gullible idiots!
Tied to such absolute stupidity, just as foolish if not even more insane, is the idea of
American exceptionalism . . . whereby Americans are sold and buy into the freedom
and liberty dog food being pushed by the mega-rich media machine. Waving the flag,
telling the American people that we are the best and the brightest workers in the world
that can compete with anyone on an unregulated playing field is nothing more than
shear propaganda designed to put even more money into the pockets of our American
aristocracy. f Americans are exceptional as the propagandists of our aristocracy want
us to believe, then why does the American aristocracy build plants and hire as many
overseas workers as possible? t just doesn't add up, now does it? t's called a scam, a
pyramid scheme whereby propaganda, combined with political payoffs work together to
exploit the American people in order to line the pockets of the mega-rich.
No one in America, with a brain, can read the loosing statistics for the American middle-
class laid out herein and not see what's ahead if it is not stopped a Third World
America with two classes of people, the mega-rich and the dirt poor. f measures are not
taken to protect the U.S. economy and more importantly the American workforce, both
white collar and blue collar the America 2030 vision described in the beginning of
Copyright 2011 254
_____________________________________________________________________
this book is just a matter of time before it comes to pass. Whether it is just a slow steady
decline with massive starvation or it is combined with massive social unrest, crime,
curfews and lawlessness . . . the America ahead we're facing is absolutely bleak if we do
not awaken now as a nation and unite to address our economic future.
We're well down that road already and the time has come to stop pretending via some
collective American ego, spurred by freedom and liberty propaganda that an American
worker can compete with someone living in a grass hut in ndia or in a 10 bunk room in a
Chinese sweatshop making iPhones. The idea that an American worker can compete
with either scenario is total and complete BS! Just as ludicrous is the idea that
Americans can now afford to educate themselves to a level within a competitive
global economy landscape whereby the next generation exceeds the U.S. standard of
living of the last. Until the undergraduate degrees, MBAs and PhDs now being acquired
in China, ndia and other developing nations rise to a compensation level equivalent with
the American educated . . . the value of an education will continue to fall. Americans can
learn all the math and science that want, but until the math and science skills of
professionals in the developing world pay what those skills pay in American . . . the
compensation level for those skills in America will continue to stagnate. The bill of
goods, world economy propaganda that continues to be sold to America via the
mega-rich media machine is for fools that simply don't understand basic supply and
demand economic theory. As long as a supply of people [workers] from all over the
world is available to the greedy aristocracy . . . all things being equal, the greedy mega-
rich at the top will hire the cheapest available talent.
f we could compete, the average wage for Americans would not have remained
stagnant for the past 30+ years. The reason we can't compete is called overhead and
Americans have it and the developing world doesn't. The Harvard economists know
what overhead is and so do the mega-rich and political class who have been blowing
free-trade smoke up our posteriors for 30+ years. Over and over again, the media
machine, the political class and the corporate exploiters keep telling us that 'America has
the brightest and best workforce in the world.' That part of their propaganda is true, but
when in the same breath they say 'we can compete with anyone in the world' it's an
absolute lie designed to get Americans to maintain a status quo course toward the
economic oblivion of middle-class America.
Americans, at least for the moment, have houses, cars, boats, big screen TVs, furniture,
computers, clothes and we don't eat rice three meals a day. That's called overhead
a.k.a. a high standard of living. Even though that standard is falling like a rock and
has been for 30+ years, the mega-rich, the corporations and our political class expect us
to just continue the status quo and remain on the present course. Neither failed trickle
down economic theory from the disco era, nor unemployment and welfare checks from
our two-party failed political class address the core economic issues we now face or
re-level the playing field for all Americans to compete for the American Dream. Defunct
political parties owned by the mega-rich and dead ideas from an era long past are not
what America now requires.
The two looming questions that must be addressed are: 1) given the numbers and
wage/salary disparities laid out in Part , does any American believe that, left
unrestrained, that so called world-wide free-market forces will do anything but continue
sucking average Americans financially dry within the foreseeable future? Does anyone
believe that with the overhead of an American worker [whether they a professional or
Copyright 2011 255
_____________________________________________________________________
blue collar American] that we can compete with anyone in the developing world and 2) is
the so called free-trade world economy inevitable, smart and worthwhile for Americans
to engage in, or does it simply benefit the mega-rich alone?
Question #2 is not to suggest that economic isolationism is reasonable or feasible, but a
policy of full and gainful employment for all Americans is reasonable and feasible. We're
still the No. 1 economy in the world; therefore we have the power to make it happen.
While much of what is needed to bring that vision to reality requires government
intervention, the first step is for Americans to act in their own economic self interest by
drastically curtailing the purchase of imported goods and services. Moreover, buying
from the American aristocracy and the mega-corporations a.k.a. feeding the American
pyramid scheme is just as detrimental to restoration of the American Dream. Much, if not
most, of the solutions to return the American Dream are directly in the hands of each
American. f we can't come together as a nation and act in our own self interest
economically, then how can we whine about a corrupted political system that serves only
the mega-rich?
The real looming questions are not the two asked above but one far more critical, 'can
the American people finally see through the smokescreens of political division in order to
come together and act in our own economic self interest?' Apathy, disengagement and
continuing to sit by playing the same old status quo two-party political games are not
going to restore the American Dream. Protecting the American workforce and standard
of living has to become a steadfast priority in America, right behind national security.
There simply are no other government functions or priorities ahead of those two critical
priorities.
n most economist circles, especially within the vy League aristocracy, as well as with all
members of the radical right . . . a sacred line was just crossed with use of the word
protect. With no tether whatsoever to today's economic realities, modern commerce,
the technological revolution or the 6 billion hungry mouths in the developing world
they all preach from a dead pulpit from a by gone era that protectionism is a recipe for
economic failure. n unison, they all thump their free market Bible and preach the perils
of protectionism learned from the Great Depression. While they may be living in the
1930s, most Americans live in the real world and times have changed. There was no
nternet or comparative technological revolution in the 1930s, nor were there thousands
and thousands of massive ships, twice the size of football fields, delivering cheap
imported goods to our shores. The economic playing field has changed and therefore
the economic rules must change as well. ntelligent Americans, now finally realize that
the term free market capitalism is code for free labor from everywhere in the
developing world to pad the pockets of the American aristocracy.
The mega-rich propaganda machine says we must participate in this free-market world
economy. To some extent that is true, but with political clout once we replace the
Congressional puppets owned by the mega-rich, we'll compete on our terms. n short
that means, we Americans have the biggest economy, therefore we call the shots to the
benefit of American workers . . . not to the benefit of the mega-rich. We didn't have to
buy into the free-market world economy 30+ years ago, nor do we have to buy into it
now if we were to choose not to. We could be virtually self-sufficient within our shores
once again, but that's not what is being suggested or advocated herein.
Copyright 2011 256
_____________________________________________________________________
A free-market world economy with all its downsides was no more natural an inevitable
than the creation of rail roads. t is a creation of man, contrary to those on the radical
right who want Americans to believe that God created the free-market world economy.
Man created it, specifically the mega-rich created it. Why they created it is simple: greed!
[Last time someone checked greed was not Godly.] There is nothing whatsoever
natural or inevitable about a free market global economy. t has been allowed to happen
by Americans who volunteered to walk off the free trade cliff like zombie sheep leaping
to their economic death. Well America, how's that unrestrained free trade world
economy working out for you?
As stated previously, there is no problem whatsoever with companies and corporations
making money . . . lot's of it! f they don't make money, we're all going to starve to death
because none of us will have jobs. The question however at hand, is: whether we're
going to allow American corporations doing business in America and foreign
corporations shipping in goods and supplying services to suck the lifeblood out of
every living American under the guise of free-trade and a global economy? Have you
seen either political party, any member of Congress, the president or any government
bureaucrat lift even one finger to stop it? Of course not, because campaign contributions
and massive corruption ensure they will not lift a finger. Their palms have been well
oiled, their children are all well employed in government, corporations or on Wall
Street . . . in other words our political class loves things just the way they are and rocking
their money boat isn't going to happen unless the America people rise up to force the
issue. t's called selling out the American people for pieces of gold. Nothing short of a
peaceful revolution is going to turn back a 30+ year free-trade tsunami in favor of
American people.
What are the alternatives to just simply allowing the American economy, along with the
American Dream, to just slowly decay and die? There are many, the alternatives are
vast and some have not yet even been conceived. When industry changes, technology
changes and new inventions come upon the scene . . . it's the job of government to react
to changing business environments to protect the people, but we're receiving nothing
whatsoever in the form of protection. We the people have instead been sold out to the
mega-rich like slaves in the Old South. While most Americans are not proponents of
economic isolationism for a myriad of reasons, we have to at least be intelligent enough
to make sure free trade works for Americans via full employment at good pay.
Otherwise it's time to balk, dig in our heels and say, 'nope, we're done playing this game
this way.' f it takes replacing every member of Congress and every member of every
state legislature in America to make that happen . . . then so be it, let's get started!
We're going to reclaim our nation from the clutches of the mega-rich and participate in
the world economy it must be rewarding to the majority of the American people not
just the mega-rich slave owners.
The first four things that must happen is for Americans to come together now with a laser
focus upon 1) any existing jobs in the U.S. that are leaving 2) off shore new hires by any
American company that could and should sourced in the U.S. 3) new hires by foreign
companies doing business on U.S. soil that should be American citizens and 4) illegal
immigration must finally be stopped, yearly legal immigration and H-1B visas numbers
must be drastically curtailed and tied via legislation to the unemployment rate. t can not
be emphasized enough that grassroots public pressure and scrutiny from the American
people has to play a critical role going forward to compel companies doing business in
the U.S. to hire and maintain American citizens at all levels of their company. Through
Copyright 2011 257
_____________________________________________________________________
publicity efforts, both negative and positive, along with buying only made in America
whenever possible is absolutely the strongest tool the American people currently have at
our disposal to restore the U.S. economy and our American Dream.
Jo Tracker
http:))www!workingamerica!org)#obtracker)
Clearly however, public pressure, scrutiny and buying made in America are just the
starting point to turn the tide. Ultimately, the American people are going to have to put
aside their political tags and differences and come together as one unified force that
dares any company doing business in the U.S. to hire off shore instead of hiring an
American. To date, far too many Americans have taken the attitude of ''ve still got a job,
it's not my problem.' We've been divided by political party, class, race, religion, white
collar, blue collar and every division possible to just look the other way while our fellow
American citizens have been screwed. That's not going to work going forward, we're
going to have to hold our little political noses and work together or we're all going to
suffer the consequences of our petty selfish political tags. Starving people are neither
liberal nor conservative . . . they are just hungry.
Let's take just one single example from a Whirlpool plant in Evansville, ndiana that
closed in 2010. They made refrigerators and thanks to NAFTA and all our wonderful
politicians that voted for it, the plant shuttered its doors and moved to Mexico for cheap
labor. The president of the AFL-CO and a measly 1,500 people showed up to stop it,
but that was about it. Did you even hear about it? Did it make the news . . . more than
1,100 Americans out of a job and it wasn't even newsworthy. Peeled off by the anti-
union element of America and a white collar class that said 'it's not my problem,' we
once again just allowed another plant go to Mexico. We could have stopped it, just like
we could have stopped most of the other plant closings over the past 30+ years. What if
America had risen up and supported those 1,100 Whirlpool workers by showing up
50,000 strong with millions of letters and telephone calls made to Whirlpool's CEO that
said, 'you move that plant and we will die before we buy another Whirlpool refrigerator.'
What would have happened America? That plant would still be here and all those 1,100
American citizens would still have a job. Self-centered American apathy is the reason
those 1100 Americans are now flipping burgers at McDonalds for minimum wage.
The point to that one single example is that going forward it's got to be you that stops
American plants from being shuttered and moving to Mexico and China. The political
process is slow and we can no longer afford to stand by idly and allow our fellow
American citizens to be slaughtered by either off shore slaves or new immigrants willing
to work for nothing on shore.
We of course need a Congress and state legislatures that are receptive to enacting
economic initiatives that keep factories from being shuttered and more jobs from leaving.
However, getting political help is going to take time and until that help arrives, we have
to use our wallets to fight back instead of just voting every two years and then kicking
back and hoping something good will happen. Has the voting strategy alone worked over
Copyright 2011 258
_____________________________________________________________________
the past 30+ years? No! When the political class is paid off and the fix is in, we can't
depend upon a corrupt political class to come to our aid.
There are many fronts that must be fought simultaneously to bring about real change to
compel companies to hire and retain American citizens, but legislatively it ultimately
comes down to either a carrot or the stick.
n September 2010, the Creating American Jobs and Ending Offshoring Act, S. 3816
was introduced in the Senate. The bill would have amended the nternal Revenue Code
of 1986 to create American jobs by offering tax incentives. Specifically, employers would
have been given a two-year payroll tax exemption for replacing a foreign employee
overseas with an American employee. The bill would have also eliminated the ability to
defer paying taxes on income that is secured overseas. While the bill was not an end all
solution, it was a step in the right direction, but because the American people did nothing
to support it and the corporate media machine silenced advocacy, it failed miserably and
never got legs.
t does demonstrate however that we the people when galvanized, have a myriad of
tools at our disposal to encourage companies to hire American citizens. t is critical to
point out at this juncture that any legislative measures to combat offshore hiring
practices must be thoroughly thought out . . . knee jerk legislation without balance can
have dire consequences for our economy. The American aristocracy will of course
continue to push the free trade dog food down our throats with zero constraints
because it delivers more money in their pockets at the expense of the American people.
Nonetheless, any legislative measures imposed upon American companies alone, such
as tax penalties or import tariffs will create an unfair advantage for foreign companies
doing business in the U.S. While it's paramount that Americans stop buying imported
goods and services, hoping it will happen without government teeth and intervention is
nave. We can't whine like children, pass legislation to penalize U.S. companies for not
hiring U.S. citizens and then go out and purchase imported goods and services. As far
as the WTO dictating what we can or can't do on American soil, as far as government
efforts to compel buy American . . . the WTO was not voted into office by American
citizens. The WTO is owned and run by a world aristocracy that works for the mega-rich
alone.
There are literally a multitude of legislative measures that can be undertaken to compel
U.S. job growth and retention of American workers, but all have interlocking and
complex upsides and downsides that must be thoroughly examined and thought through.
Step one is to enact a marginal raising of taxes (tariffs) on any product and service
within selected industries coming into America. t brings more money into the federal
coffers to reduce the financial deficit and more importantly makes those goods and
services more expensive to enable more highly paid American workers to compete. With
emphasis on the word marginal increase, any foreign company gaining access to the
American marketplace, the biggest economy in the world, should have to pay for that
privilege. Secondly, any American company producing products offshore, such as Apple
making iPhones and iPods in China, should pay a premium for using foreign labor to
make outrageous profits. To those Americans that contend their iPhone toy will cost an
extra $40 to bad! f you can afford an iPhone then you can afford the $40 . . . if you can't
then you don't need an iPhone! The ultimate point is that foreign companies or American
companies delivering products or services from off shore don't get access to the biggest
economy in the world without paying a small tax for that privilege. To the free traders
Copyright 2011 259
_____________________________________________________________________
and Harvard economists of the American aristocracy who contend that even a small
marginal increase in such taxes/tariffs will create trade wars such fears are way over
hyped and alarmist. Will there be friction? Yes! So be it, the time has come to turn the
tide back in a more favorable posture toward the American workforce.
Since it will cost more to import into America, the incentive to produce in America will
rise for both American companies producing off shore and foreign companies doing
business in America. f they don't like paying the tariffs, then they can move their jobs to
America . . . or they can drop out of the American economy and sell their crap
somewhere else . . . which to you think they will do? t's a win-win either way it goes,
jobs and better wages for the American people or money via taxes and tariffs to lower
the federal deficit.
America is still, for the moment at least, the big dog in the world economy. Name them:
China, Brazil, ndia or any of the other emerging economies need to sell within the
American economy far worse than we need their products or services. They simply
cannot survive without America buying their goods. No way, no how and while we still
have that advantage, we better use it to our advantage NOW before it's too late. Until
the American aristocracy can get a consumer class built in China and Asia to buy their
goods and services . . . they have to have us, the American people and the American
economy [continuing to put money into their greedy pockets]. n order to screw us and
place the last nails in the coffin of the American Dream, we have to cooperate with them.
They simply can't pull off selling out their fellow American citizens without our help . . . it
simply can't happen unless Americans act like sheep and continue on the present path
toward oblivion.
While a small marginal increase it taxes/tariffs is warranted, it's far smarter to be
strategic in the approach to gear and redouble taxes/tariffs for specific American
industries. As noted in Part , for example, the cut-n-sew industry within America simply
can't possibly be competitive in America, plus the pay across the board pushes that
industry down the list of priorities for protection via taxes/tariffs. That's certainly not the
case for many, if not most, American industries. Front of mind is the green industry
sector, with American companies currently investing heavily in R&D and technology
development, then shipping all the manufacturing jobs to China. [At the same time China
is subsidizing their green industry with billions of dollars and manipulating their currency
to gain financial advantage] The time has come for Americans to stand up and say, 'No!'
to such BS. Any foreign company shipping in green products and technology, or any
American company sourcing such products and services from off shore . . . need to have
taxes/tariffs imposed upon them that are through the roof! f it takes something
outrageous such as a 50% tax/tariff to keep green goods and services from being
sourced off shore then that's what it has to be! The aristocracy, mega-corporations
and Harvard economists will of course cry foul to such thinking and proposals . . . again,
too bad! The message is that until America is at full employment at a living wage, the
aristocracy is not going to be allowed to source green products and services from off
shore. The choice belongs to the aristocracy, hire Americans or pay hellish outrageous
taxes/tariffs to bring green products onto American shores.
There are other alternatives, much harder to administer, but whatever it takes is the
mission of the day to force companies to hire American citizens and pay a living wage.
The American people must make a stand now to prohibit our greedy aristocracy from
bleeding the America people dry.
Copyright 2011 260
_____________________________________________________________________
f you recall in Part , it was advised that we not levy ill advised taxes on corporations
that inhibit hiring American citizens. nstead, corporate taxes and tariffs should be largely
based upon the percentage of Americas they employ. First we close all corporate tax
loopholes and then we cut the corporate tax in half. For American companies who
employ 100 percent American workforces the rate remains at 17.5 percent instead of the
current 35 percent. Then for every 1 percent upward in foreign nationals employed by
U.S. corporations we raise that tax rate by 1 percent. For example, as company such as
Caterpillar who has 15 percent of their workforce off shore would pay a corporate tax
rate of 32.5 percent with no loopholes which would actually be far higher than what they
currently pay because their loopholes would be closed.
For a few industries and companies, such as UPS and FedEx we would have to apply a
corporate tax rate somewhat arbitrarily since the nature of their business dictates
somewhat they hire off shore since they cannot hire a U.S. citizen living in the U.S. to
deliver packages in China or Brazil.
Anyone alarmed by the idea of cutting the current corporate tax rate in half must realize
that A) virtually no U.S. corporation pays the current 35 percent rate because of
loopholes and B) whatever corporate taxes they do pay are passed on to buyers of their
products and services. [No matter how much the fringe left economic neophytes want to
contend otherwise.] This way the America workforce, instead of the aristocracy, receives
the benefit and in reality the federal government receives almost just as much in tax
revenues because the loopholes are closed. n addition, because more people will be
working and paying taxes the tax base within the U.S. will rise to reduce government red
ink.
The big multi-national corporations would of course pay the highest percentage in
corporate taxes, but to reduce those taxes they would for the first time ever have a real
incentive to hire American citizens. Currently these companies have zero incentive
whatsoever to do so. U.S. corporations are currently paying one of the highest corporate
tax rates in the entire world which puts them at a competitive disadvantage. At ever
alarming rates, they are incorporating off shore to avoid paying those taxes. This system
encourages them to stay incorporated within the U.S. and to hire American citizens.
Furthermore, factories and operations currently off shore will have a huge incentive to
move back to the U.S. because labor is typically the biggest corporate expense. Any
U.S. company contemplating opening operations off shore will think twice because of the
tax disadvantages.
We cannot put U.S. corporations at a competitive disadvantage to foreign companies
playing on our Monopoly board who operate at lower tax rates. To balance out the
playing field, foreign companies in selected industries selling within the U.S. must pay
tariffs based upon the number of American workers they employ. t's our Monopoly
board and if you want to play here you hire American citizens or pay the price in tariffs.
Since we are going to protect our green industry sector going forward, a Chinese
company shipping solar panels into the U.S., who have zero American workers, would
pay tariffs that are through the roof! t's a win-win-win policy to A) protect designated
American industries and workers B) help to pay down the federal deficit with increased
revenues and C) force the trade deficit with foreign nations to close by raising the prices
of cheap foreign products.

Copyright 2011 261
_____________________________________________________________________
The aristocracy and the Harvard economists will of course laugh off such a proposal as
an idea from an economic neophyte. While it is not an across the board solution for
every industry and sector, it is tenable and doable for protected industries and segments
of the American economy. Unrestrained free-trade simply isn't working for the majority of
the American people, but only works for the elite at the top of the food chain. The vast
majority of Americans aren't benefiting from American exports to other nations as
evidenced by the massive trade deficits we have with almost all other nations most
especially low wage nations. America must have economic policies to balance out the
massive U.S. trade deficit that is devastating the middle-class via job losses and lowered
standards of living a.k.a. being bled out financially to the benefit of the mega-rich alone.
The elite who run America already know what Americans haven't figured out, which is an
unrestrained free-trade world economy only benefits the mega-rich global players. t's
why the media machine and the political class preach free-trade with evangelical fervor
24/7 to indoctrinate the American people into working against their own economic self
interest.
f you don't get it by now, here is the truth. American companies and foreign companies
will continue to hire anyone, anywhere except in America for every job possible until they
are forced to do otherwise. That is the reality and it will continue to be the reality far into
the foreseeable future until the standard of living and wages rise to the level of America
or we are forced down to the level of emerging economies. That reality is exactly why
the average American has been on a 30+ year economic losing streak and that trend is
not going to change unless it is mandated to change by law. Let's be honest, if you were
a greedy CEO who answers only to stockholders and possess no love for America or her
people . . . would you hire an American when you can get the same job done for slave
wages in an emerging economy? To not do so is illogical and goes against the entire
reason a business operates . . . to make the biggest profit possible. Our boys in harms
way as they love to call them, protecting the operation of their world economy, can't
even find a job in American when they return home. So the chances of them looking out
for average Americans are zero if they are not compelled to do so.
f on the other hand, we the people were able to find cheap off shore politicians to
replace our members of Congress or to force their salaries downward, how long would it
take for Congress to take action? Do you see or hear of any proposals from our so
called political leaders in Congress? Of course not, people perform the way they are
paid to perform and being owned by the mega-rich dictates that Congress serves only
the needs of the American aristocracy. The mega-rich want access to cheap labor via an
unrestrained world economy and the flood gates to remain opened to massive
immigration even during a period of massively high unemployment and
underemployment in order to drive down the cost of labor in America to levels of the
Third World. The more people starving and looking for work in America, the better is it
for the mega-rich and Congress is simply doing what they are being paid to do . . .
provide and ever larger pool of starving consumers to buy services and products along
with cheap labor and talent.
Do you see any game plan whatsoever from Party A to provide jobs for the American
people to replace the millions and millions of jobs lost during the recession and the
millions of jobs soon to be lost within federal, state and local governments? Of course
not, their answer to the issue is nostalgia. They're going to play disco music, show
videos of Ronald Reagan and give the mega-rich even more money. Preaching the
gospel of American exceptionalism and following an already failed economic policy of
Copyright 2011 262
_____________________________________________________________________
trickle down economics praying some crumbs will fall from the table of the mega-rich is
not a game plan!
Assuming that all things remain as is and not worsen, which is a big assumption, the
public sector will stop bleeding jobs at some point in a decade or so which will only
reduce government deficits a miniscule amount. When you add in legal and illegal
immigration and the unknowns of potential of wars, financial collapse of nations or
institutions, natural disasters along with trade wars and the scenario could grow far
worse in the years ahead. As the jobs deficit balloons, the value of human talent in the
marketplace continues to shrink to further exasperate a 30+ year financial losing streak
for 90 percent of the American people.
Now, if view of these potential jobs deficit realities, isn't it time to take down the flag of
American exceptionalism and ask Party A to step down from the podium and get real for
a change?
Since Party A obviously has no workable plan, surly the other side of the aisle must have
a jobs game plan, right? Wrong! f history is any indicator, their plan must be
unemployment and welfare checks, because to date they have done little or nothing to
rebalance the playing field or to protect American jobs from cheap off shore labor. n
fact, they advocate adding even more people at the low end of the labor pool via
continued uncontrolled legal and illegal immigration. These ever burgeoning numbers
simply guarantee cheap labor, poverty, a permanent class of the working poor and
dependency on Party B that guarantees a monolithic voting bloc. By increasing levels of
poverty via legal and illegal immigration, Party B is ensuring an even bigger voting bloc
by the day. Worse yet, they are buying the votes with your tax money that is mailed out
in checks to 57 percent of households headed by an immigrant [legal and illegal] with
children (under 18) and 71 percent of illegal immigrants. The checks take the form of SS
(Supplemental Security ncome for low income elderly and disabled), TANF (Temporary
Assistance to Needy Families), WC (Women, nfants, and Children food program),
free/reduced school lunch, food stamps (Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program),
Medicaid (health insurance for those with low incomes), public housing, and rent
subsidies. Just imagine a Party B brochure being mailed out to all the nations on Earth
that details just how wonderful America really is. Move to America or slip in illegally, vote
for Party B and they will mail you a check to feed the children you couldn't afford to
have, provide housing, free medical care and even help out when you get old. With a
deal like that, the only question remaining is 'why everyone hasn't moved to America?'
To speak about the plight of the poor and unemployed out of one side of their mouth,
then out of the other side of their mouth to add even more competition to the low end of
labor pool is completely disingenuous. t's a big game being played by poverty pimps to
ensure they get votes and they have about as much vested interest in reducing the
poverty level in America as corporations who continue to benefit from an ever growing
pool of cheap onshore labor. Party B has accomplished nothing whatsoever to rebalance
the playing field via the tax structure, to stop the merger and acquisition craze or to reign
in corporate monopolies that create poverty and unemployment in the first place.
American citizens aren't seeking food stamps, welfare and unemployment checks . . .
they want to work and earn a living in a more fair and equal economic environment that
delivers prospects for upward mobility. With that as the yardstick for success, Party B is
a complete absolute failure!
Copyright 2011 263
_____________________________________________________________________
The point is that there is no plan to create jobs and there is no leadership from the
American political class who are being bribed by the mega-rich to keep labor costs at an
absolute minimum. As detailed in Part , our political class is focused only on taking care
of themselves, their families, their bank accounts and their campaign contributors. Any
real efforts to create jobs, provide solutions and restore the American Dream are simply
going to have to come from the American people . . . willing to do whatever it takes to
install citizen representation in Washington, D.C. instead of an elitist political class that is
deaf to the economic needs of the American people. There simply is no other way and
any idea that without a peaceful revolution it's going to happen is absolutely and
completely nave!
)or,pla$e Fa!rne""
With the American economy in shambles and at least 30+ million Americans
underemployed or unemployed, an aging workforce [with retirement savings wiped out]
being put out to pasture in every increasing numbers, legal and illegal immigration by the
millions pushing the cost of labor ever further downward and six billion people waiting off
shore to take American jobs it's an employer's market. Every single day throughout
America hundreds of our fellow Americans have their office belongings or lockers boxed
up as they are herded to the front door via a plant closing, downsizing or some trumped
up poor performance evaluation to cut overhead costs. Typically these workers are
being replaced by someone off shore, younger or anyone that will work for less pay,
such as contractors, temps or new immigrant arrivals into the U.S.
The line for every single job opening is at least five or six deep and for good jobs the
resumes come in by the thousands. f an applicant is somehow fortunate enough to
navigate the hurdles of age, sex, handicap and race a new hurdle to employment
awaits in the form of employment credit checks. Assuming that humongous hurdle is
leaped, whatever the job, Americans are now faced with a take it or leave it
salary/wage offer. n just a few short years since the beginning of the Great
Recession the starting wage/salary number at the low end of the labor pool has
plummeted by thousands and at the high end, starting salaries have dropped off a cliff to
the tune of $10 or $20 K . . . if not far more. 't's a tough economy' phrase is contained
within every pathetic job offer, even though corporate America is sitting on a couple
trillion dollars in cash and record profits are the norm once again via increased
productivity with fewer workers [a.k.a. money being funneled to the top]. The people
fortunate enough to still have a job are now doing the job of two or three former
employees and new people being hired will be doing two or three jobs for even less
money than existing employees. t has nothing whatsoever to do with a tough economy
and everything to do with being able to get away with paying less money to spur higher
profits.
Never before, since the Great Depression, have the mega-rich and employers had their
boots more firmly placed on the neck of the American workforce and under its thumb of
control. Luckily, the Obama administration moved early on to beef up the EEOC with
more funding and staffing. Unless you're a member of a labor union, or can afford an
employment attorney, the EEOC is about an American's only hope in the event of an
employment dispute or case of discrimination. Make no mistake America, the mega-rich
and the corporations see employment laws and discrimination as onerous rules and
regulations a.k.a. big government intrusion into their domain. Especially in states that
operate under employment at will laws, the American worker has few if any real rights
Copyright 2011 264
_____________________________________________________________________
and protections other than laws barring discrimination on the basis of age, race, sex or
handicap. These weak existing restraints are now being stomped upon by far too many
companies in America simply because employers now have the upper hand like
never before in modern history. That can't repeal the discrimination laws because the
American people would actually pay attention to such a move. The next best thing to
repealing workplace protections and employment discrimination laws, are moves to
castrate the EEOC, by withholding funding and blocking key appointments. Once again,
under the guise of freedom and liberty and pushing back onerous big government
intrusion expect an all out assault upon the EEOC. As weak as the present laws are,
any move to stomp upon what little power the EEOC now has must be met with an
uprising from the American people with an anger never before seen. f the EEOC is
castrated you'll see every workplace in American become a slaughter house where the
aged, handicapped and racial minorities and women are pummeled into the ground. Are
frivolous lawsuits filed by lazy non-performers trying to game the system on occasion?
Absolutely! Nonetheless, without a strong and well funded EEOC the middle-class gains
acquired over the course of 50+ years will be removed in a matter of only a few years
under the guise of deficit reduction. By tilting the table even further in favor of the
mega-rich and employers in America, by castrating the EEOC, it will simply further the
economic rape of the American people that has taken place over the past 30+ years.
00O5
http://www.eeoc.gov/
)or,pla$e Fa!rne""
http://www.workplacefairness.org/
5ataly"t
http://www.catalyst.org/
6ne&ployed)or,er".or%
www.Unemployedworkers.org
3r!2a$y R!%#t" 5lear!n%#o."e
https://www.privacyrights.org/
T#e 0=.al 0&ploy&ent 1or All A$t must be passed in Congress to boost an already
beleaguered American workforce with its back to the wall. n the early 1990s the big
three credit bureaus TransUnion, Experian and Equifax had their massive wings clipped
by Congress with regulation that limited somewhat their intrusive reach into the lives of
Americans. n response they needed a new way to make a buck so their marketing
geniuses dreamed up the idea to create the perception in employers' minds that anyone
with a poor credit report was a thief, fraud risk, untrustworthy, undependable and
basically the lowest life form on Earth. Guess what? Spin masters and millions of dollars
in marketing campaigns later . . . nearly every employer in America runs employment
credit checks on well over 60 percent of new hires. Many run ongoing checks on current
employees, especially when considering them for promotion. n essence, employment
Copyright 2011 265
_____________________________________________________________________
credit checks are the equivalent of death sentence. f you can't pass an employment
credit check in America . . . you don't work, period! At least not at any job that pays a
salary or a living wage. The good news however is that plenty of jobs exist where a
credit check is not required, such as migrant workers, septic tank technicians,
landscapers or shoveling manure. Every other job now requires good credit in order for
the right to work and earn a living.
Over the course of decades, ever since Reaganomics, Americans had been piling up
even more debt year after year because they were being squeezed by the mega-rich via
no real salary and wage increases. At the peak of all that debt, credit cards, home equity
loans, etc. the banks and Wall Street led by the pursuit of greed collapsed like a
house of cards. At that point, the credit reports (solvency) of Wall Street and the banks
were far worse than that of private citizens. Congress, however, came to the rescue of
their greedy friends on Wall Street with our tax dollars to bail them out a.k.a. fixed their
credit reports. As a result of Wall Street's greed the economy was destroyed, 8.5+
million Americans lost their jobs, home values plummeted some 20 percent and are still
falling in most markets and as of this writing more than 14 million homes are under
underwater. Added all together Wall Street damaged or destroyed millions upon millions
personal credit reports.
By April 2010, Fair saac and Company (FCO) reported the damage exceeded at least
43.4 million Americans, out of 170 million consumers who had credit scores below 599.
1

Previous to the Great Recession the percentage with scores under 599 was 15 percent
but by April of 2010 it was 25+ percent and growing wildly.
2
Worse yet, FCO's
benchmark for bad credit is anything less than 650 and anything under 700 is
considered moderate credit. The number of Americans under the 700 figure by 2010
was more than 75 million or 44.1 percent of consumers.
3
Now, primarily due to Wall Street's greed, 75 million Americans can't change jobs or get
a job if they happen to be unemployed. Because of the catch 22, bad credit = no job and
no job = bad credit, more than 1.4 million Americans were forced to file bankruptcy in
2010 alone after a rise of 9 percent in filings in 2009. nstead of just bad credit, now
these Americans have a bankruptcy on their public record.
Wall Street is once again paying billions of dollars in bonuses by blackmailing U.S.
taxpayers to fix their bad credit, but in return 75 million Americans are barred from
changing jobs or getting a job because they now have bad credit? Don't you just love
America? Wall Street and the mega-rich are never allowed to even scuff their knee,
much less do jail time, but the little people whose credit was ruined from their greed are
not even allowed to work in order to pay their bills, improve their credit scores or stave
off bankruptcy. Clearly there is one standard for Wall Street and the mega-rich and quite
another standard for the little people.

The only reasonable and sensible thing to do is to pass legislation whereby employers
can only pull credit reports for an extremely restricted segment of job openings, in the
financial arena only. As of this writing, five states now have laws in place restricting
credit checks somewhat, but two of the 5 states, llinois and Maryland have exclusions to
their laws that make them almost null and void for any real protections for working
Americans in need of a job.
Copyright 2011 266
_____________________________________________________________________
The single individual most responsible for watering down the two state's legislation and
for keeping legislation from moving forward at the national level is a silver spoon
billionaire named Penny Pritzker, chair of TransUnion. Far worse than that, she actually
sits on president, Obama's Economic Recovery Board . . . an entity that is supposedly
focused on creating jobs and getting Americans back to work? Pritzker is an old
personal friend of president, Obama who headed his 2008 presidential campaign
fundraising efforts. t's called pay-to-play America and it's yet another blatant example of
how Washington, D.C. works for the mega-rich only. n fairness to Pritzker, she's not the
only mega-money player blocking passage of the legislation . . . added to her strong-
armed money tactics are the other two credit reporting agencies, the U.S. Chamber of
Commerce and at least 20 other business lobbying groups and associations making
campaign contributions a.k.a. bribes to keep the legislation stalled.
Perhaps we should just give Pritzker, our president and all the lobbyists the benefit of
the doubt, even though far more than 70 percent of all Americans support passage of
the legislation, perhaps the mega-rich and the lobbyists know what's best for America.
By starving a few million Americans to death along with their families via a scarlet letter
of bad credit and bankruptcy, the numbers of the unemployed will drop and make the
Party B look as if they are succeeding in turning the economy around. f those
Americans with bad credit stave to death before the 2012 campaign season, it will be a
win-win for both Pritzker and president, Obama.
How did a number formerly required for getting a loan become a number with which to
issue a death sentence? How do tens of thousands of business declare bankruptcy each
year and then just start all over, but a private citizen isn't given the same opportunity in
America? Simple, we live in an oligarchy, owned by the mega-rich, run by the mega-rich
who pay-to-play for every piece of legislation that is passed or not passed. The time has
come to override their veto power on both the Equal Employment for All Act and the use
of personal bankruptcies to discriminate against American workers.
-o2Tra$,.."( ;.R.'21
http://www.opencongress.org/bill/112-h321/show
5red!t 5at$# 22
http://www.creditcatch22.org/
3ay$#e$, Fa!rne"" A$t must be passed to address the pay inequality between men
and women doing the same job. Look no further than the U.S. Congress to see
American women making the exact same salary as males and ask why these women in
Congress aren't pushing on behalf of their female counter parts in the American
workforce? How can any member of Congress, most especially female members, let
stand the pay inequality between men and women in America?
According to the Census Bureau, in 2009, women who worked full-time, on average,
earned only 77 cents for every dollar men earned. The earnings disparity is even worse
for women of color. On boards of directors and within the top echelons of senior
Copyright 2011 267
_____________________________________________________________________
management within the S&P 500, there are only a few token women represented. As of
2009, only 16 percent of S&P 500 boards have women and 47 companies (9.4%) don't
have a single woman on the board.
4
Decades ago, women were forced to enter the
workforce, necessitated, in large part, by the economic table being tilted during the
1980s to favor wealth accumulation at the top at the expense of the middle-class
a.k.a. trickle down economics. Today, we are far down the road from the days of June
Cleaver who raised her fictional 1950s era television family . . . never worked a day in
her life and spent her days baking pies and sewing clothes for Wally and the Beaver.
Today, most women want to work and those that don't have to work. t's required just to
make ends meet in a global economy where the American standard of living for the
middle-class has been under attack for more than 30+ years. Professional women didn't
go to college and make huge sacrifices, both personal and financial, so they could be
paid less in order to boost the profit margins of corporate America. By the same token,
women working in retail or more traditional male oriented jobs aren't working for fun and
excitement. All things being equal, education, experience, etc. there is absolutely no
reason whatsoever that a woman should not be paid the same as a man. The pay
disparity that currently exists between men and women exists for one reason only . . . it
boosts the profits and bottom line of corporate America.
The Paycheck Fairness Act will help secure equal pay for equal work for all Americans.
The bill would update the Equal Pay Act of 1963, a law with inadequate enforcement
tools and remedies to bring about equal pay for women. Upon passage of the Paycheck
Fairness Act, critical changes to the law would include: 1) employers would have to
demonstrate wage differentials are based on factors other than sex, 2) retaliation against
workers who inquire about their employer' wage practices would be prohibited, 3)
reasonable comparisons between employees within clearly defined geographical areas
would be used to determine fair wages and 4) penalties would be strengthened to
penalize companies that violate the law.
At its core, the Paycheck Fairness Act is about food a.k.a. bread and butter, clothing,
shelter for children and the necessity to work in order to survive as a single parent or as
part of a family unit. t has little or nothing whatsoever to do with the women's liberation
movement of old and everything to do with basic fairness . . . women doing the same job
as men should get the same pay as a man. That concept is not some utopian ideal, but
instead should be a basic human right. Not only is passage of the Paycheck Fairness
Act long overdue, but the dollars put into women's pockets would be a huge stimulus to
the U.S. economy. Since the No. 1 economic issue in America is no money in the
pockets of everyday consumers, via stagnated wages over the course of 30+ years, the
Paycheck Fairness Act is a win-win for both women and our U.S. economy.
-o2Tra$,.."( 3ay$#e$, Fa!rne"" A$t
http://www.govtrack.us/congress/bill.xpd?bill=s111-3772
B!% Bo< M!n!&.& )a%e( The current minimum wage set at the federal level is $7.25
with many states having instituted a slightly higher minimum wage for their state. Just to
Copyright 2011 268
_____________________________________________________________________
wrap your head around what a minimum wage really is . . . it equates to a little over $15
K per year before taxes a.k.a. the working poor. t's why we have welfare rolls, it's why
social services are strained in every city and state, it contributes to the cycle of poverty
and it's why children go hungry across America. Nonetheless, those most against
welfare are the foremost opponents of raising the minimum wage and now, as
unbelievable as it may seem, many of these same opponents are advocating that the
minimum wage be abolished completely.
t is true in some rare instances, that a minimum wage requirement precludes hiring and
some jobs getting done, but anyone that advocates for no minimum wage standard
whatsoever in a nation owned and run by a greedy aristocracy are advocating
slavery.
During this, a still very fragile economy, advocating for an increase in the federal
minimum wage standard across the board is problematic and would in fact, in some rare
instances, knock even more of the working poor out of a job. That is not the case at all
for big box stores such as Walmart, Target and others, nor is it the case for many other
industry sectors. As detailed in Part , nothing has impacted and devastated the
American retail landscape as well as driven down wages in America like Walmart and
other big box stores. Perhaps only off shore labor, combined with unrestrained
immigration numbers is more responsible for creating the ever more powerful vortex
pulling lower socio-economic Americans down into a poverty toilet.
The day has arrived to establish a big box minimum wage of $12 per hour. t will greatly
serve to reverse the giant sucking sound pulling down both the consumer retail economy
[that accounts of 70 percent of our economy] and just as importantly the endless cycle of
poverty within the working poor of America. Using Walmart as an example, this increase
in minimum wage would cost them a measly 1 percent of their annual sales and the
Walmart shopper 45 lousy cents per shopping trip. So they may raise prices a few cents
to compensate, so what? t would serve to enhance the competitive landscape in small
and mid-sized towns all across America and give small business owners a better change
to compete. Any efforts, previous to breaking up Walmart, and reducing the economic
influence of the big box trend is a major win for America at large, small businesses and
within 70 percent of our economy.
With Walmart's money, lobbyists and current ownership of Congress, getting such
legislation passed at the federal level will be a challenge. n keeping with this book's
mindset of viable, realistic solutions, it may therefore be required to start the effort at the
state and local level and move it forward. While pushing the effort at the federal level is
required, all that is really needed is for one forward thinking city council or county
government to pass such legislation to start the snowball. Then we can push that
snowball to communities all across America.
;o a ;!%#er )a%e +tandard )o.ld *&pa$t )al&art
http://laborcenter.berkeley.edu/research/walmart.shtml
Copyright 2011 269
_____________________________________________________________________
T#e -ap!n% ;ole t#at M."t -et F!lled
n general the weak laws protecting American workers are at best marginal with pathetic
penalties for violations for discrimination, wrongful termination, etc. As noted in Part ,
labor unions have to date filled a vital role in protecting their represented workers and
have been a positive force at large to educate and advocate. However, the conclusion
that many, if not most, political scientists have that labor union resurgence alone is the
only hope and viable solution for the challenges ahead couldn't be more wrong! Just
like much of the short-term, antiquated thinking from the two major political parties, old
ideas and organizational political structures are now pass. Furthermore, many
Americans are anti-labor unions due to perceptions, correct or incorrect, that were
formed long ago. With a paltry level of support and labor union membership at an all
time low . . . labor unions can't possibly be our only answer for the future, but at best,
can only hope to be part of the conversation. First off, labor unions are all locked into the
Party B dogma, hook, line and sinker . . . even though, as documented herein, it was
president, Clinton who opened the flood gates to off shore labor with the signing of
NAFTA. t was the ultimate stab in the back that led to the demise of labor unions and
possibly sealed their fate forever.
The labor union model and its history to date is largely a force for protecting only rank
and file workers with little if any history into the echelons of white collar workers and
middle management roles. That leaves a huge gaping hole for protecting the interests of
the American workforce at large. n part , the forces, technologies and means by which
these members of the American workforce are yet to be ravaged by corporate greed and
the mega-rich were clearly laid out, but no one it seems is looking ahead. This entire
segment of American workers have their heads in the sand with a false sense of
security, but their heads are already on the chopping block from a new workplace
tsunami yet to hit America shores with its full power. Again, just to reiterate, if your job
does not require that you be located on American soil . . . your days are numbered! The
writing is clearly on the wall and if you refuse to read it, act now to stop what's coming,
then you have only yourself to blame when your personal belongings are boxed up and
you are walked out the front door of your place of employment.
Virtually all American workers have already been subjected to downward pressures on
salaries for some 30+ years now via new hires coming from off shore and immigration
into the U.S., being aged out and manipulated via downsizing or replaced with
contractors at pathetic pay rates never before seen in America. Going forward, there will
be almost no white collar profession that's immune, including engineers, accountants,
middle managers, purchasing, planning, logistics and a host of other professional roles
in an onslaught that has yet to begin in earnest. White collar Americans are being
picked-off one by one, every single day, in a fashion that gets no press or attention from
anyone in America. t's primarily because there seems to be no organization, no group
and no organized effort to band this wide-ranging group of American professionals
together into a cohesive force for political combat. As we in America stupidly, allow
foreign nationals from China, ndia and other emerging economies to study in the U.S.
[show them our play book] and as their respective education systems in their own
nations continue to progress, the labor pool of white collar professionals willing to work
for less money grows by the day. Who benefits . . . the mega-rich and the multi-national
corporations who are consuming an ever larger slice of the world economic pie as their
wealth continues to grow. t's a big world and the time has come for Americans to get
their head around the big picture.
Copyright 2011 270
_____________________________________________________________________
This big picture reality presents a huge gapping hole and traditional organized labor
approaches aren't going to work for this group of Americans because they are too
diverse and are spread across too many companies. While absolute concrete solutions
don't yet exist, one thing is for sure, without solid efforts to organize these millions of
Americans into groups with political clout . . . they will drop like flies at an ever increasing
rate going forward. Corporate America will of course deploy the buzz words competitive
pressures within a global economy to further erode salaries and any sense of job
security for this unrepresented segment of Americans who's jobs will disappear. The
solutions may be professional organizations growing some teeth or it may be
organizational efforts yet to be conceived, but without a combative organized force, the
Human Reaper (HR) will be knocking on more and more doors and cubicles in the years
and decades ahead serving up lower labor costs with every swing of their blade.
Whether it is anti-union sentiment, divide and conquer politics, manipulation that pits
white collar against blue collar or taxpayers against government workers . . . it's all
driven and furthered from greed at the top of the food chain. Until and unless middle-
class Americans, along with the poor, realize that we are all in this together, we will
continue to sink divided . . . doomed to an inevitable future of Third World existence.
T#e Freedo& to +tar2e
The social fabric of America is already unraveling and the so called social safety net is
allowing an ever burgeoning number of Americans to fall through holes and splat upon
the Earth. An estimated 50 million American children go hungry everyday in America,
homeless shelters are bursting at the seams and more and more Americans are living in
tent cities and under bridges circa Great Depression images. Privately funded initiatives
such as churches, the Salvation Army, food banks, urban ministries and outreach efforts
are failing miserably . . . as our Hollywood celebrities pose for photo-ops in the Third
World while their fellow Americans starve. A prime example is a billionaire media-mogul
like Oprah opening and supporting a girls' school in Africa as almost half of African
American students never make it out of high school. America is fast becoming a Third
World nation and the Hollywood set is 100 percent focused off shore, just like corporate
America.
Publicly funded initiatives such as welfare, food stamps, Aid to Dependent Children
(ADC) and government grants that head the efforts to feed America's impoverished are
grossly inadequate nor will they ever be adequate as long as legal and illegal
immigration numbers are at their current levels. Just like the paltry government efforts at
job training and education to lift impoverished Americans out of the cycle of poverty, they
too will fail miserably as long as immigration gasoline is continually poured upon the
burning fire of poverty in America. When coupled with uncontrolled immigration, both
legal and illegal, and the massive number of both the underemployed and
unemployed . . . wages have been pushed so low to benefit the mega-rich, that
Americans on the lower end of the socio-economic ladder are destined to spend a
lifetime trapped in poverty. The blame for immigration driven poverty lies primarily with
Party B. but also upon corporate America that feeds off the cheap labor like a blood
sucking vulture.
The mega-rich and the radical right have gone to great lengths to create an idea that
millions of deadbeats are playing the system drunks, drug addicts and ne'er-do-wells
Copyright 2011 271
_____________________________________________________________________
who are sucking the American taxpayer dry. Even the unemployed have been cast as
losers who are sitting on their lazy posteriors drawing a check instead of getting a job.
Even though it was Wall Street and the political class that put millions of Americans out
of work, it's the unemployed getting a couple hundred dollars a week for a few months
that are being blamed . . . not the bankers who are now making billions in bonuses as
reward for killing the American economy. How dare the mega-rich, the bastards on Wall
Street and far right members of our political class blame the American people for what
they brought about!
The mega-rich and the far right want every taxpayer believing that anyone not working,
or earning enough to put a roof over their heads are just sorry excuses for Americans,
losers, unworthy of any assistance whatsoever. The liberty and freedom spinners want
as many Americans as possible focused on the downtrodden in society as if they are the
cause of their problems as well as all the current budget deficits at both the federal and
state levels throughout America. Their strategy is to simply paint all American struggling
with one broad brush as drunks, drug addicts, losers and lazy manipulators of the
system as if there are no unemployment issues in America, as if wages haven't been
driven down and stagnated by the mega-rich for 30+ years, as if jobs weren't continuing
to go off shore and new immigrants weren't taking jobs at a record pace, as if temps and
contractors weren't replacing workers at an ever escalating rate. The mega-rich want
Americans to blame the victims instead of the real culprits behind it all . . . the greedy
aristocracy sucking the lifeblood out of every working American and all those that want
to work.
The actual statistics, well documented herein, demonstrate all too clearly that such a
perception is just an outright lie! With nearly 14 percent, 43.6 million (1 in every 7)
Americans now living below the poverty line . . . logic clearly dictates that there are not
this many people playing the system, drinking and smoking pot all day. Did a certain
small percentage make some poor life decisions? Yes! The majority, however, were
born into a cycle of poverty or have been sucked down toward the level of poverty via a
30+ year Reaganomics drain and a mega-rich manipulated labor market to where the
prospects of upward mobility are as likely as a camel passing through the eye of a
needle. f these 43.6 million Americans had pooled their nickels and dimes to buy the
services of a K Street lobbying firm they would have fared far better than they have by
depending upon either of the two existing political parties . . . most especially Party B
who perpetuates a cycle of dependency just to get votes. Even worse, these 43.6 million
Americans are far less likely to even vote than the more affluent, much less have a
lobbying firm working on their behalf.
The result is that the victims are being painted with the brush of evil, instead of those
that are evil and greedy . . . the rarified segment of Americans at the top who now own
our government and the entire Monopoly board. Their radical right-wing talking heads,
via a heavy dose of freedom and liberty, are moving toward plunging even more
Americans into the streets via austerity measures that include ripping any remaining
safety net from beneath America's needy and impoverished. With no game plan or
progress whatsoever to create jobs by limiting or curtailing the hiring of off shore white
and blue collar labor, closing our borders to illegal immigration and limiting legal
immigration, tax incentives to encourage the hiring of Americans, the retooling of trade
agreements, etc. they are moving full steam ahead with cutting as many dollars and
workers from government payrolls as possible. Where are the millions of soon to be
displaced government workers supposed to work? What's the game plan for that reality?
Copyright 2011 272
_____________________________________________________________________
The truth is that there is no game plan whatsoever to re-employ Americans. The only
plan underway it simply to just cut as much money as possible from federal and state
budgets in order to throw as many Americans as possible out into the streets. t's a great
deal for the mega-rich and corporate America who benefit from an even larger desperate
workforce willing to work for nothing, but bad, really bad for the American people who
will lose more homes to the banks and starve as a result of the cuts. These millions of
Americans will simply join the ranks of those being unfairly vilified as too lazy to work
and people who are gaming the system by living on unemployment checks and
welfare. They will be called losers, drunks, deadbeats and lazy by the very people that
tossed them out into the streets. America is being told that if these were good
Americans, instead of deadbeats, they would just pick themselves up by their
bootstraps and pursue the American Dream . . . buy a mule, plow up 40 acres, plant
some corn and grow ethanol or better yet, open a retail business and compete with
Walmart. n a nutshell, Marie Antoinette's famous quote of let them eat cake has
merely been replaced by liberty and freedom. Via salary and wage cuts, massive
underemployment, unemployment, outsourcing, temps, contractors and every means
possible the mega-rich have used them all to drive every member of America's lower
socioeconomic population into desperation mode. The worst is yet to come as the acid
sea of greed and avarice is rising fast to consume ever higher rungs of the economic
class ladder.
Austerity measures are delivering cuts to welfare programs, government grants and
every measure that make-up an already fragile social safety net. The game plan driven
by the mega-rich that own Congress and every state legislature is to balance the budget
on the backs of the middle-class and the poor. No tax brackets for billionaires even exist,
yet the middle-class are supposed to pay their share of the tax load? We're supposed to
be stupid enough to buy into the we all have to tighten our belts propaganda as the
billionaires and multi-millionaires live like kings in the lap of luxury? t is only a matter of
time until austerity measures with no initiatives whatsoever to create jobs and reduce
wealth inequality will be like gasoline being poured onto the inner cities of
America . . . and one spark will ignite social unrest the likes of which America has never
seen previously. The poor and impoverished within the inner cities of America won't be
the ones reading this book, so they won't know that their suffering was brought on by
uncontrolled immigration to get votes for Party B or government corruption to reward the
mega-rich with even more money.
The mega-rich won't be the ones to suffer they'll sit in their estates and watch it all on
a big screen TV as the butler delivers another cocktail. Strange as it is, America's poor
and impoverished will burn and loot their own neighborhoods and kill each other when
they are hungry. To prove it, do you recall any Wall Street CEOs being drug out into the
streets and hung? When Americans are angry, we just strike out at the closest human
available . . . be they a spouse, child or neighbor and never seek out those actually
responsible. The greedy culprits that poured the gasoline on the poverty fire in America
will be the first to call for massive law and order measures, the National Guard and
martial law to quell what their unmitigated greed started. Unless we the people take
back control of our government from the mega-rich that now own it, the worst is yet to
come. As stated in the introduction of Part , the question is not if you will fight, but when
you will fight? Will it be now, or after the chaos has ensued?
Copyright 2011 273
_____________________________________________________________________
;al1 !n Ten 5a&pa!%n
http://www.halfinten.org/
A."ter!ty, No Jo7" and No"tal%!a
A large part of our American population just refuse to believe the truth: the federal
government is way over budget to the tune of trillions, many states are over budget by
billions and local governments by millions. Anyone who states these facts to this fringe-
left clueless segment of the population is either labeled a whacko member of the Tea
Party or an alarmist. Well American it's true and saying so doesn't make someone a
member of the Tea Party. What's more, the pain hasn't even begun to be felt and the
worst is yet to come! Remaining in denial, hoping that massive government job cuts at
the federal, state and local level are not coming is simply a refusal to face reality
government job cuts are already well underway and it's only the tip of an iceberg with
millions more to come. Even the most conservative estimates are that at least 2+ million
public sector workers will need to be transitioned to private sector jobs in the very near
future. The real number to come is far higher . . .
As mind boggling as this denial from the fringe left is, it is even more insane for the
radical right to believe that an unrestrained free enterprise system within a free trade
world economy will replace the 8.5+ million jobs lost in the Great Recession . . . in
addition to providing work for the millions of former public sector employees soon to be
tossed out into the street. For this insane group of radical right ideologues
constraining American corporations from sending jobs off shore or compelling
companies doing business in the U.S. to hire Americans via legislative measures is
seen as blasphemy toward the flawed free trade/free enterprise system they worship as
if was some perfect god that requires no management or government intervention.
With no game plan whatsoever to either create or protect American jobs, Party A along
with conservative members of Party B, have just begun to slash budgets and put millions
of former government workers out on the streets. Post Labor Day 2011, president
Obama finally focused on jobs and the economy, after his HC legacy was secured along
with tax cuts for the rich he allowed to go through in December 2010. Although some
positive moves were in his plan, such as tax incentives for hiring, payroll tax cuts and
incentives to hire our boys in harms way once they return from war . . . the plan also
contained federal funding for more temp jobs just like his failed stimulus package two
years before. Federal spending and government jobs, even if they are temp jobs are
always the solution du jour for Party B. Americans don't want temp jobs, we don't want
unemployment checks, we don't want welfare checks . . . we want to work at real jobs for
real pay!
On the other side of the failed political isle, Party A's game plan to create American jobs
is called Reagan nostalgia and as far as any job creation plans, Americans voted in
nothing but nostalgia in the 2010 midterm elections. Party A is channeling Ronald
Reagan via a daily sance where he supposedly speaks through politicians, talking
heads and takes over talk radio stations. Even though Reagan has no bearing
Copyright 2011 274
_____________________________________________________________________
whatsoever on today's economic scenario [other than all the money in America now
sitting at the top of the food chain], channeling him via sance put the political ping-pong
ball back on the other side of the net in 2010. The reasons why are not too complex:
short memories from America voters and antiquated dead ideas trying to be retrofitted
for a new reality a.k.a. free trade and a global economy. Humans always remember the
past as better than the present. They've forgotten the Savings & Loan financial debacle
under Reagan, with a mirror resemblance so close to the collapse of Wall Street in 2008
that it's undeniable. His tax policies did create some millionaires, but it began the 30+
year period of massive wealth accumulation at the top income levels . . . without a single
dime of actual wealth trickling down to average Americans. As for unemployment
numbers: Reagan inherited a 7.6 percent unemployment rate and by his first summer,
the unemployment rate hit 9.8 percent. The number remained at that completely
unacceptable level for two entire years! By the time he left office, the unemployment rate
was 5.5 percent . . . a grand total reduction from start to finish of 2.1 percent. f you are
wowed by that performance, then cut off the lights, join hands and have your sance
while you kiss your own financial posterior good-bye.
Turn the lights back on America and bring the nightly Reagan sances to an end.
nstead, let's try bringing the great magician Harry Houdini back via sance. At least he
could pull a rabbit out of a hat to keep us amused while we starve to death. No America,
Reaganomics is a myth, only nostalgia and more of the same old manure voters have
been fed for 30+ years. No less a myth than the idea that America can bake our cake
and eat it too [spend money to abandonment] that has been pumped into feeble voters'
brains, mostly by Party B, for 30+ years. Money doesn't grow on trees behind your
house or the White House and there is no Santa. There is no myth behind the fact that
there are going to be a lot more unemployed Americans in the years ahead if we don't
wake-up. There are no rabbits in the Washington, D.C. magic hat! We have a pompous,
pretentious political class who are pumped full of their own hot air and nothing else.
They are bloated, gluttonous members of the aristocracy in dire need of Gas-X

and

your
votes to bring them back to live within the hell on Earth they created.

The very same Americans that realize massive government jobs cuts have to be made
to balance federal, state and local budgets, are the very same Americans that have no
solutions whatsoever to create and protect American jobs. Had these Americans not
embraced a 30+ year free ride of token taxes upon multi-millionaires and billionaires the
job cuts in the public sector coming wouldn't be so horribly severe, but they will of course
take no responsibility whatsoever for that crime. Whatever the problem, their solution is
always the same . . . give more money to the mega-rich. No jobs . . . give more money to
the mega-rich. Record federal deficits . . . give more money to the mega-rich.
Monopolies and too big to fail banks . . . give more money to the mega-rich to enable
them to grow even larger.
The austerity mushroom cloud is still at ground level and the number of jobs lost at the
federal, state and local levels will explode going forward. Party A and those screaming
for massive budget cuts are the same as those who believe the free enterprise system is
something holy that was delivered with the Ten Commandments. How that bizarre idea
became intertwined in the minds of many American voters speaks volumes about the
power of the corporate owned propaganda machine. Millions of Americas actually
believe, even in the face of massive wealth disparity in America that unrestrained free
trade within a global economy is something ordained from some divine source. Such
thinking is a lie and it is no more in touch with today's reality than dead nostalgic
Copyright 2011 275
_____________________________________________________________________
solutions from the Reagan disco era. Nonetheless, to even mention Reagan's name and
the words federal deficit reduction in the same sentence is so absurd and out of touch
with historical reality that it's laughable!
The main point to get across is that it simply doesn't matter at this point, but just for the
sake of accuracy, it was Reagan who started this entire deficit snowball rolling down the
hill. He cut taxes for the mega-rich even though we couldn't afford it, just like we couldn't
afford it in 2010 when Party B who controlled Congress and the executive branch
cut taxes for the mega-rich. Provided below in living color is the national debt history by
president and the biggest culprit of them all was president, Reagan.
Party B will of course seize upon the above chart and scream like children, 'see they did
it!' With such typical political rhetoric, American goes right back where we have been for
30+ years gotcha politics from the playground. 'He started it' and the other party is
the problem. What does such rhetoric solve? Nothing! Party B can loosely claim that
Clinton balanced the budget, but that's simply not true. He happened to be president,
at a time when Republicans were in control of Congress, and the debt did not grow
worse for a short period of time. Nothing whatsoever was accomplished to pay down the
debt or deal with the looming debt tsunami to come. For fiscal responsibility he gets a D
and all the other administrations get an F. Across the board, both economically and as
far as fiscal responsibility the political class in America is an absolute failure!
To channel Reagan of all presidents as our guiding savior to deal with the fact that
the federal government is way over budget is as about as sane as bringing back disco
music and dancing until dawn. Pointing to a grade of D - by one president in Party B is
just as ridiculous as channeling Reagan. Both Party A and Party B are complete
Copyright 2011 276
_____________________________________________________________________
abysmal failures when it comes to any fiscal responsibility whatsoever. Obama came
into office just like all the rest, intent on spending money we don't have. You can't make
excuses by saying we had to have the failed stimulus package to save the economy or
condone any other spending done by Obama nor can you condone the excessive
spending of any other president or administration. President, Bush knew he couldn't fight
two wars and give mega-millionaires and billionaires tax cuts at the same time, but he
did it anyway. Just like candidate Obama knew the federal government was essentially
broke when he was making campaign promises that cost money, but just like Bush and
Bush , he took the job anyway and continued to spend like a child that had just broken
into a big federal piggybank.
Just like our American media's contrived obsession with the two-party ping-pong game
that goes no where and solves nothing, two paragraphs were wasted going over ancient
history. t simply doesn't matter who started it and who's the most responsible. Such
discussions are wasted breath and about as worthwhile as dancing to disco music and
wallowing in nostalgia to address a new world economic reality in which the majority of
the American people are on a 30+ year financial losing streak.
More than anything it speaks to our inept and pathetic political-class that dominates
America via a two-party monopoly. When you go into your boss's office each year for
your performance review, what gets reviewed? Performance! f your job is at risk, all the
excuses in the world aren't going to save your job nor are you going to get a raise if
haven't performed. Nonetheless, when it comes to the pathetic performance of our two
dominate political parties they get to keep their jobs? t is completely illogical, but we
stay with the status quo anyway. f a business operation had only two employees and
both were losers and non-performers, what would happen to the business? t would fail
and go under, just like average American citizens are going under. The two dominate
political parties simply haven't performed and at a minimum it's long past time for all new
faces within the two existing parties, a host of independents taking office and new
political parties emerging and actually getting elected. A massive peaceful revolt at this
critical juncture in time is now mandated in order to take back our nation from the mega-
rich who put us on this 30+ year loosing streak. Priority in that revolt must be a total
and complete reform of campaign finance laws to reduce the bribery in Washington,
D.C. and return rule of America to the people.
The projected federal deficit, as projected in the chart above, is around $12 T according
to most budget analysts. The questions are where did all that money go and why does it
seem that no one in Washington, D.C. can add and subtract? The radical right
propagandists would have you believe that the $12 T went to welfare recipients and
abortion clinics. n fact, much of that $12 T went to the mega-rich American aristocracy
who didn't pay their fair share of the tax load over the course of 30+ years. The
millionaires that Reaganomics is credited with creating got there with the same
government money that the welfare recipients are charged with receiving. Welfare
recipients got little checks, while the mega-rich got billions in tax breaks America could
not afford. Those billions now sit off shore in banks in Switzerland, the Cayman slands
and elsewhere. t bought billions of dollars in stock that have enabled the mega-rich to
now essentially own the entire American Monopoly board, not to mention much of the
world economy.
The political class and the mega-rich all knew long ago this red ink day of reckoning was
coming. They can all add and subtract, they could all see baby boomers getting older
Copyright 2011 277
_____________________________________________________________________
along with the looming mountains of red ink. Nonetheless, tax cuts and loopholes for the
mega-rich were allowed to continue year after year, decade after decade. Worse than
even both those crimes was the manipulation of estates taxes, whereby we now have an
American aristocracy worth more than kings and queens with massive financial
dynasties as millions of their fellow Americans starve. The old world feudal system of
peasants and lords has replaced the American Dream.
As for the overspending by the federal government, don't even go there! Yes, it exists
and the size of the federal government expenditures must now be radically cut, but
compared to the money funneled to the mega-rich it doesn't even register! Pointing to
deadbeats playing the system by receiving a few hundred dollars a month via welfare
as the root of all our financial problems is an absolute joke! t's simply a radical right
diversion tactic.
Just as ludicrous is channeling Reagan, blaming only Party A or B or thinking that either
of these two parties responsible for getting us into to this financial mess will be capable
of having the backbone to solve the federal red ink under a current political system
which operates as an oligarchy. Continuing to play political ping-pong and party games
between Party A and Party B, who have already proven themselves pawns of the mega-
rich, isn't going to work! Austerity that will place millions of Americans into the
unemployment lines only further serves to drive down salaries and wages for the benefit
of the mega-rich who brought most of this deficit about via not paying their fair share
in taxes for 30+ years. Allowing austerity measures to be implemented without
legislative measures to protect American jobs and compel the hiring of American citizens
is no different whatsoever than Hitler sending Jews to the showers to be gassed to
death. f you believe that is an extreme metaphor, then think again . . . if you die slowly
via no job after being thrust into a cycle of poverty, how is that any different than being
gassed to death? One method is slow and the other is fast that's the only difference.
The mega-rich have turned America, a once free nation, into their own concentration
camp where they rule with an iron fist of total marketplace control.
For those people that accurately point out that Americans are not in prison camps slated
for genocide, answer the question, 'what are you going to do, sail off on your yacht?'
Unemployment checks along with depressed wages and salaries don't buy yachts. We
have no real choice but to play on this American Monopoly board and that means we
have to stay and fight! Given their performance over the past 30+ years, does anyone in
America actually believe that our current corrupt political class is capable of rebalancing
the playing field in order to feed America going forward? Both political parties have
participated in a system of class genocide that has eroded and devastated the American
middle-class to the benefit of the mega-rich. Austerity measures are just another tool in
the mega-rich toolbox to continue tightening the noose around the neck of middle-class
Americans and the poor.
Ta< t#e Me%a4R!$#, Mo"t 0"pe$!ally T#e!r 0"tate"
f nothing else comes across, the fact that there is no silver bullet to stop austerity
measures and balance the federal budget should be clear by now. n a 60
Minutes/Vanity Fair Poll released in January 2011, 61 percent of Americans advocated
raising taxes on the rich to balance the federal budget.
1
The sad thing is that most of that
61 percent have ever even looked at the federal budget or examined the interest
payments alone being paid on borrowed money, much less the looming crisis with so
Copyright 2011 278
_____________________________________________________________________
called entitlements, such as Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid. The term
entitlements was introduced years ago and is craftily used by the radical right to create
the perception that Social Security and Medicare are handouts instead of earned income
benefits. They are both earned benefits as a result of paying into the Social Security
fund and just merely living as a citizen within the richest nation on Earth. Successfully
labeling these as entitlements demonstrates the power of the radical right propaganda
spin machine to create the perception that these earned benefits are not justified or
warranted by the people that receive them. n a nation this rich, full of millionaires and
billionaires, you don't allow the poor or the elderly to die from lack of medical care, nor
do we allow the elderly to go without Social Security benefits that only provides the
minimum of what is required for basic survival.
Even so, taxing the rich, at this late stage of the game, won't even begin to put a dent
in the federal budget shortfall, but nonetheless it's long overdue and it's not the rich
that are the issue because it's the mega-millionaires and billionaire families more than
anyone that put America into this financial strangle hold. Just to reiterate, 91.9 percent of
Americans receive nothing, zero, not a dime of inheritance when their parent's estate is
settled. A mere 1.6 percent receive more than $100 K and only 1.1 percent receive more
than $50 K in inheritance. Those statistics add up to the undeniable fact that 94.6
percent of the U.S. population gets little or nothing in inheritance as reward for a lifetime
of their parents' sacrifice and hard work. That also means that only 5.4 percent of
Americans actually catch the carrot that is marketed as the American Dream. nstead,
only a sliver of Americans acquire anything during their lifetimes and it's the billionaire
families more than anyone that dominate the American Monopoly board via massive
inheritance monies that are passed down and grown into even larger wealth monopolies
with every generation that passes.

When Americans talk taxing the rich 99 percent are thinking income taxes, but with
almost $12 T in red ink skirted over past 30+ years, via political corruption that reduced
taxes on the mega-rich when we couldn't afford it we now have to place the most
focus on inheritance taxes in order to recoup some of those trillions.

Their fear of such a backlash, from the American people, is why inheritance and gift
taxes are the intense focus of so many mega-rich funded smokescreens. The mega-rich
could care less if the tax system is adjusted to increase the income tax structure
because most of their money is already safely tucked away off shore. Much of that
money is now gone, hidden and can't be touched. With the laughable inheritance tax
laws currently in place, the mega-rich don't need a dime of income from a job ever
again in order to own and dominate the American Monopoly board. The Walton family is
sitting on more than $100 B and if you closed every Walmart and Sam's Club tomorrow
they'll still have more than enough money to continue their aristocratic monarchy until
the end of time. t's Sam Walton's money, not theirs, but just like all the American
aristocracy they will double it and triple it via the stock market even if all their
monopoly business activities were to be curtailed tomorrow.
To have an inheritance or gift tax of 35 percent for billionaires or even the 55 percent
rate increase that Party B who controlled Congress stopped in 2010 . . . is warped and
sick in the face of massive unemployment, trillion dollar federal deficits and millions of
children across America starving. The massive loopholes and billionaires being taxed at
the rate of Americans with only a few million dollars says one clear thing: we live in an
oligarchy and are ruled by the mega-rich. Within a true democracy, the concept would be
Copyright 2011 279
_____________________________________________________________________
simple: those who receive the most benefits from living in America pay a far higher
percentage in both income and estate taxes. The concept is simple . . . you get the most
you pay the most in taxes! To those citizens who have been advocating for years for
a flat tax . . . let's hope Americans are never stupid enough to fall like suckers for that
ruse upon our nation. With a flat tax the billionaires and their monopoly dominance and
massive wealth . . . the only thing flat will be the American people stomped flat under
the boot of greed and control.
Simply forget about the bottom end of the millionaire level inheritance tax code, such as
a $3.5 or $5 M exemption or a potential 55 percent rate for mere-millionaires that failed
to pass in 2010 . . . that's spare change and much ado about nothing! t's exactly those
Americans with a few million dollars tied up in land value that the mega-rich, who are
sitting on billions, want Americans focused upon because it plays into their manipulation
game that is destroying the American Dream for all Americans. f a mere-millionaire is
sitting on a farm they inherited, let them pay the 35 percent and be done with it. t's the
billionaire and mega-millionaire big fish that are destroying economic opportunities for all
Americans via monopoly wealth holdings. Once you hit a billion dollars in wealth the
ceiling for acquiring even more monopolistic wealth with which to crush the little people
must become ever more difficult to achieve a.k.a. a progressive tax for billionaires and
mega-millionaires that today doesn't even exist.
There simply are no estate tax brackets for billionaires! Nothing exists, it's not part of the
American tax code. t is not some big woops on behalf of the RS it is rule by
oligarchy. The mega-rich via their propaganda machine now believe they have the ball in
their court and can essentially do away with all estate taxes via taking Congress further
to the radical right and by playing the trickle down game a.k.a. you can't tax the job
creators BS scam. Wise up America, billionaires kill jobs via monopolies and stock
ownership, whereby they drive down wages and push for mergers and acquisitions to
bring about short-term stock gains. They play on a global stage to acquire the cheapest
labor possible wherever they can find it . . . and it is NOT in America! Nothing could be
worse for job creation, a living wage and upward mobility in American than mega-
billionaires passing billions down to the next generation of a silver spoon American
aristocracy.
Most Americans can't even think in millions, much less billions because they are
struggling to come of with the $100 to keep the electricity on for another month. f
families, such as the Walmart aristocracy are collectively sitting on $100 B, then America
needs inheritance tax brackets that encompass multiple billions. To allow any family to
pass down $50 B at a mere inheritance tax rate of 35 percent or even 55 percent is
insane given today's government red ink and economic realities. Start the rate at 55
percent for $1 B and add a one percent for every $100 M thereafter . . . then close every
single loophole that exists! Make no mistake whatsoever America a sane inheritance
tax structure for billionaires is critical to recoup the money they manipulated from
America via a 30+ year track record of political corruption, but more importantly . . . it's
required to rein in an American aristocracy that has taken over America and our
government. We simply can't have $50 or $70 B dollars passed down to another silver
spoon generation at a 35 percent income tax rate. Those billions merely double
repeatedly via the stock market and monopoly business interests that gobble up
opportunities for the little people. Such massive wealth at the top corrupts our
government, creates a banana republic and kills the American Dream for all Americans.
Copyright 2011 280
_____________________________________________________________________
Every American must understand however, that these greedy billionaires didn't get rich
by being stupid. Just look at the wealth they have acquired, over the course of just 30+
years or less, while virtually every single American was sinking like a rock. Understand
that billionaires are smart and they have no national loyalty whatsoever to America or
our citizens . . . unlike you, they can hop on a yacht and just leave, incorporate in
another nation, buy an island or whatever they wish in order to evade paying their due.
n regard to estate taxes, just like income taxes, there is a pivot point of diminishing
returns. That point, however, is far, far higher than what the radical right, working on
behalf of the mega-rich, wants you to believe it is. Nonetheless, far too many Americans
naively believe that the mega-rich will just take what we dish out via the tax structure . . .
these Americans are wrong! Rest assured America, at the moment, in regard to
inheritance taxes we're no where near any pivot point of diminishing returns not even
close, but there is a limit and going beyond that limit will not balance the federal budget
and can have catastrophic economic consequences.
As far as income taxes versus inheritance taxes, income taxes were well covered in Part
and the solution is as simple as the solution for estate taxes: create progressive tax
brackets that encompass the top end of income earners. With $7 M seeming to be
around the top income [except for CEOs, rap stars, pro athletes, hedge fund managers
and the beautiful people in Hollywood who live within a cloud of rarified greed], take the
tax rate for $7 M back to a 1970 rate of 70 percent. Raise the rate 1 percent for every
million earned above $7 million. Drop the rate by 10 percent for every million going
downward and allow someone bringing in a mere $3 million to pay at the 35 percent rate
in order to create jobs. Billionaires and mega-millionaires don't need income tax breaks
to create jobs . . . it's just that simple and straight forward!
t's just as critical that all the tax loopholes must be closed across the board for all upper
tier income brackets. Most especially, stock awards and dividends being taxed as capital
gains instead of at the income tax rates. Going forward, when you owe taxes, you pay
them with no wiggle room just because you are mega-rich.
As noted in Part , previous to the Reagan tax cuts, massive wealth inequality in
America, relatively speaking, didn't even exist. Furthermore, previous to Reagan,
incomes for all classes, especially the middle-class had seen a stead rise for decades.
While there are outside factors, such as cheap offshore labor and immigration into
America, the parallel between massive wealth accumulation at the top and stagnant, or
non-existent wealth accumulation as you move down the scale are clear and undeniable.
t has been proven out over the course of more than 30+ years that instead of trickling
downward, wealth accumulation at the top has the exact opposite impact . . . it stifles
opportunity and wealth accumulation for everyone in American except the elite
aristocracy.
What else do you need to know? You can take all the trickle-down economists, from
every vy League school, and line them up a thousand deep to start spinning. Give them
all an hour each to present all their charts and economic models and 1000 hours later
the following facts, as a direct result of trickle down economic theory, cannot be
explained away.

n exchange for a lifetime of toil and hard work, 91.9 percent of Americans
receive not a dime of inheritance money when their parent's estate is settled.
Copyright 2011 281
_____________________________________________________________________
The bottom 90 percent of Americans own a grand total of 10 percent of all the
stocks, bonds, trusts and business equity in America and only 25 percent of the
non-home real estate.

f these bullet points represent trickle down prosperity and wealth accumulation, then
guess what? The gullible trickle downers in America need to practice burger flipping
because what they know about economics you can put into a thimble. The massive
amount of red ink now in the federal budget is merely symptomatic. The tax structure [to
include the loopholes covered in Part ] have created an American aristocracy of mega-
rich billionaires that have robbed U.S. citizens of their right to compete for their share of
the American Dream. Through ownership of Congress as well as every state legislature
in America, the mega-rich have manipulated our political system over the course of 30+
years to tilt the tax structure and the economic table in their direction only.
Boy$ott!n% t#e Me%a4R!$# Fa&!l!e" F!%#t!n% 0"tate Ta<e"
There is no comprehensive way to list, investigate and expose every mega-rich family in
America working behind the scenes to corrupt government and our democracy in order
to evade paying their fair share of our nation's tax burden. Nonetheless, where they are
found, they must be exposed and we must now have a nationwide boycott of ALL their
products and services until such time as the estate tax system in America is rectified
to balance the financial interest of all Americans. At present, with wealth inequality so far
out of balance, the forces of oligarchy rule within America are so pronounced that
government, the justice system and the tax system works only for the mega-rich with
one set of rules and a completely different set of rules for the rest of America.
The following families were nailed red handed in the 2006 report Spending 5illions to
Save >illions (published by Public Citizen; Congress Watch and United for a Fair
Economy) for spending millions of their silver spoon money on lobbyists, lawyers,
political parties, candidates and propaganda. All designed to either remove estate taxes
altogether or maintain the current rate of only 35 percent on the mega-rich a.k.a. tax
evasion. Hardly alone in skirting their fair share of America's tax burden, these greedy
families are the worst of the worst, within a class of privileged aristocracy who buy the
political system in order to screw the American people.
When you are in a war, you fight with what you have and we the people are a
Resistance insurgency that now must fight with our wallets because our political clout is
currently almost non-existent. Where do these greedy families get the money to bribe,
manipulate and spew their vile propaganda? From us the American people of course.
Basically, we the people open our wallets and give them our money and ask them to
screw us. Guess what, we're getting what we asked for! nstead of thanking them for
creating billions in massive red ink in both federal and state budgets, why don't we
instead create some red ink for the families pushing the hardest to evade estate taxes?
Upon website launch, more extensive information will be provided on what companies,
products and services to avoid. Some play in an arena that average consumers can't
impact, but many if not most, are ripe for a boycott of all their products and services. Just
to name a few of the most easy to boycott are: Mars Candy, Campbell Soup, Amway,
BET, Gallo Wines, Nordstrom's, Wegmans and of course the biggest bottom feeder
company of them all Walmart. Please go to page 31 of the report cited above (via our
breakout resource below) and do your research to remove every single product and
Copyright 2011 282
_____________________________________________________________________
service you currently purchase from the family companies listed. Then pass the word on
to every single American you know to do the same. When we're through, not only will
these families not ever lobby against estate taxes again, but they will be begging
Congress to raise estate taxes in order for the American people to stop the nationwide
boycott. Just wait and see America, we the people have the power in our wallets to
bring these mega-rich families to their knees. We'll add more to the boycott listing down
the road, but for now let's get started with the following:
Allyn-Soderberg Family (Welch Allyn, nc.)
Blethen Family (Seattle Times Co.)
Cox Family (Cox Enterprises, nc.)
DeVos and Van Andel Families (Alticor/Amway)
Dorrance Family (Campbell Soup Company)
Gallo (E&J Gallo Winery)
Harbert Family
Johnson Family (BET, RLJ Development Co.)
Koch Family (Koch ndustries)
Mars Family (Mars, nc.)
Mayer Family (Captiva Resources)
Nordstrom Family (Nordstrom, nc.)
Sobrato Family (Sobrato Development)
Stephens Family (Stephens, nc.)
Timken Family (The Timken Company)
Walton Family (Walmart)
Wegman Family (Wegmans Food Markets, nc.)
Nat!on!de Boy$ott o1 02ery 5o&pany on 3a%e '1
http://www.faireconomy.org/files/pdf/millions_billions.pdf
Too Many 3eople and No Jo7"
Copyright 2011 283
_____________________________________________________________________
As extensively explored in Part , population management is an economic issue entirely,
but far too few Americans are able to see the issue in such a stark objective light. Be it
birth control and sex education being widely available to anyone, most especially the
poor, or the economic impact of uncontrolled immigration America's economic boat is
taking on a population explosion that will sink it if not alleviated. Obviously no economic
issue impacts the future livelihood and quality of life for American citizens more than
population management, yet Americans continue to sit by idle and apathetic as the
problem of overpopulation in the U.S. continues to explode.
Just the shear number alone of a projected 130 million more people living inside the U.S.
being added by 2050 is horrifying, but when you examine the demographics by
education levels and job preparedness it becomes a virtual Armageddon scenario. While
our public education system is failing at all levels for all races, it is most especially
pronounced in the minority community. When 45 percent of African Americans and 46
percent of Hispanics born in America (between the ages of 18 to 29) do not have even a
high school degree it doesn't take a crystal ball to foresee a horrific economic future
for these individuals and America at large . . . unless major change occurs. While this
generation struggles, another generation right behind them is following in the exact
same path to poverty via lack of education and high fertility rates.
To call it an economic and population problem doesn't even begin to describe, what is
in fact a national crisis! When the absolute reality is that a lack of education equals far
higher fertility rates and you do the down the road math another decade or more the
crisis becomes a mushroom cloud of poverty which will lead to social unrest the likes of
which America has never witnessed previously. While poverty is the symptom, culture
and lack of educational aspirations and opportunity are the drivers of the poverty.
While Party A cuts funding for planned parenthood, teachers, safety nets, grants and
student loans along with education and workforce preparedness programs to swell the
crisis even more, Party B asks for even more government money and programs . . .
while doing everything in their power to add to the crisis via legal and illegal immigration
into the U.S. in order to buy a larger voting bloc to secure political power. With 60
percent of illegal immigrants having only a high school degree or less being added like a
fire hose to the millions of Hispanic and African Americans with a high school degree or
less the minority community as well as the entire lower socioeconomic population is in
crisis.
For African Americans at large, the unemployment rate hovers at twice that of
Caucasian Americans.
1
The net worth wealth disparity for both black and Hispanic
Americans and that of white America, as noted in Part , is a chasm so wide that no
American can morally justify the disparity.
As of 2009, 7.2 million Americans or 3.1 percent of all adults in the U.S. were
under the jurisdiction of the prison and corrections system.
2
Within our prison system,
nearly 40 percent are black, even though blacks make up only 13 percent of the
American population.
3
African Americans are six times as likely to be in prison as whites,
and three times as likely as Hispanics.
4
There are more African Americans under
correctional control today in prison or jail, on probation or parole than were
enslaved in 1850, a decade before the Civil War began.
5
Because the incarcerated are
not counted in unemployment numbers until they are released from prison, the
Copyright 2011 284
_____________________________________________________________________
unemployment rate for black Americas, especially black males, is actually far higher than
the dismal numbers already reported.
6
When you add it all up, education levels, unemployment numbers, wealth disparity,
prison population, poverty, malnutrition and high fertility rates within black America
our nation has a colossal, absolutely humongous economic problem on its hands that
simply can no longer be ignored! While the reasons are almost too vast to enumerate, to
include education, culture, a cycle of poverty, etc. . . . one of, if not, the foremost reason
is glaringly omitted by almost all status quo black civil rights advocates and leaders
legal and most especially illegal immigration into America. As if black America didn't
have enough economic challenges with an average net worth of only $5,677, status quo
black civil rights leaders have rested upon the accomplishments of MLK and done
nothing whatsoever in regard to erasing the legal and illegal immigration issue that
impacts their constituency more than any other group of Americans by far. n short, Main
Street black America has been sold out by their leaders to benefit the political power
goals of Party B. Nonetheless, African Americans, by an extremely large margin, get it,
as evidenced by the following bulleted polling statistics:
n direct sharp contrast to virtually all status quo black civil rights leaders and
advocates, 68 percent of African-Americans say immigration numbers are too
high.
7
Only 16 percent of African Americans believe the number of legal immigrants
allowed into the U.S. is too low, while 70 percent believe that our immigration
issues are due to inadequate enforcement of current laws.
8
When it comes to filling unskilled job roles in the U.S., 81 percent of African
Americans believe there are plenty of American citizens available.
9
Do any of these overwhelming statistics in regard to African American opinions on legal
and illegal immigration ever get reported in the media? Are they ever put forth by the
NAACP, the Urban League, the Congressional Black Caucus, Jessie Jackson, Al
Sharpton or any other black civil rights groups or leaders? No! The reason is simple: for
status quo black civil rights leaders when it comes to the immigration issue it's all
about the power of their political-party of choice first and the economic wellbeing of their
people a very distant second. The race card being dealt from the bottom of the
political deck is only allowed when it benefits Party B . . . never when it exposes and
inconvenient truth.
On October 16, 2011, the long overdue Martin Luther King, Jr. Memorial was dedicated
amongst great fanfare in Washington, D.C. to celebrate the life and legacy of the
greatest civil rights leader in our nation's history. During his remarks, president, Obama
who received $23.7 M [63 percent of all the Wall Street money during the 2008
presidential election] said, Dr. King would want us to challenge the excesses of Wall
Street without demonizing those who work there.
10
Obviously playing to the ears of the
Occupy Wall Street movement and black America, does our president not think that
$23.7 M that left Wall Street and when into his pockets in 2008 alone would not be
considered excessive by Dr. King? Would Dr. King think the millions president, Obama
is piling up from Wall Street for his 2012 campaign [en route to what most are projecting
Copyright 2011 285
_____________________________________________________________________
to be a $1+ B war chest] to be excessive when black America is literally starving?
Great questions don't you think?
A far, far better question would be what Dr. King would think about the Obama
administration and Party B doing everything within their power to absolutely drown black
America economically with immigration, most especially illegal immigration into
America? We know what the vast overwhelming majority of black Americans think, don't
we and it's highly unlikely that Dr. King would break from that majority opinion, unlike the
status quo black civil rights leaders of today. Martin Luther King, , the son of Dr. King,
said during the dedication ceremony, "The problem is the American dream of 50 years
ago ... has turned into a nightmare for millions of people."
11
That nightmare for black
America is driven in very large part by legal and most especially illegal immigration
which has flooded the playing field to increase onshore economic competition and
decrease opportunity most especially prominent within the population of our working
poor in America.
With 40 million foreign born new immigrants now living in America and some unknown
number of new illegal immigrants arriving just since president, Reagan granted the last
amnesty . . . guesstimated to be between 12 and 20+ million, black America has been
deluged with onshore economic competition since Dr. King's death. Just like the millions
upon millions of Wall Street dollars in Obama's pocket, the immigration reality and actual
facts when exposed present an inconvenient truth for the administration and Party B,
don't you think?
During the memorial dedication, Dr. King's older sister, Christine King Farris, speaking to
young people in the crowd, said King's message is that "Great dreams can come true
and America is the place where you can make it happen.
12
Despite the lofty words about
great dreams, one huge number was conveniently left out as the status quo black
leadership in America fell all over themselves trying to get a speech or a quote onto the
public record: $5,677 a.k.a. the median net worth of African American households in
2011. A net worth squashed, pushed downward and absolutely pummeled by
immigration into America, most especially illegal immigration.
f you're the first black president [with a white mother] who is raking in millions of
dollars in campaign money from Wall Street or Al Sharpton raking in millions from
MSNBC while playing the role of poverty pimp or one of the hundreds of status quo
black civil rights groups and leaders . . . you can blame the meager net worth of African
Americans on Wall Street, white America, corporate America, etc., but just please don't
blame it on illegal America! That as we all know would be divisive toward Party B's
power goals and inflammatory rhetoric within the poverty pimp game being played
upon black America. Just like insulting more than one third of Hispanic Americans, if not
far more, who clearly understand basic supply and demand economics when it comes to
human capital, the status quo black establishment is completely out of touch with
virtually all of Main Street black America when it comes to the immigration issue.
f you're waiting for Al Sharpton to come on MSNBC with an investigative report on the
politics of poverty and the impact that immigration, most especially illegal immigration,
has had upon black poverty in America . . . don't hold your breath. Poverty is just too
good for Party B, as well as the moneyed pockets of the status quo black civil rights
community and advocacy groups. Resting upon the accomplishments of MLK from long
ago is just too easy and filling the voting booth via poverty is just paying off too well to
Copyright 2011 286
_____________________________________________________________________
expose the game being played upon black America by the status quo black
establishment.
t was black Americans that built this great nation on the back of manual labor, sweat,
toil and years of slavery . . . not illegal immigrants and new immigrant arrivals into the
U.S. Has the black civil rights community forgotten this reality, as they rest upon the
accomplishments from long ago by MLK? We now have a MLK memorial in Washington,
D.C. and each year, black civil rights leaders gather in Selma Alabama to commemorate
Bloody Sunday, on March 7, 1965 when 600 civil rights marchers tried in vain to cross
the Edmund Pettus Bridge. Monuments, civil rights march reenactments and nostalgia
are a wonderful thing when people have jobs and food, but with black Americans having
a medium net worth of only $5,677 and the highest rate of unemployment in America . . .
it seems there is much more actual work to be done!
Who more than black America deserves the first crack at any job they are qualified for,
rather than it being taken by an illegal alien or new immigrant that will work for almost
nothing? Clearly, no group of Americans have been more ravaged and entrapped in a
never ending cycle of poverty due to legal and illegal immigration more than black
American and yet . . . the status quo black civil rights community and its so called
leadership has stood by silent for decades as their people have floated down a
financial drain via an immigration tsunami that they have helped step-by-step along the
way to fulfill the political party power objectives of Party B. n America, even across
racial lines, it is always the power of political-party and advocacy groups first and the
people second. No sooner than this book publishes, such talk will be called divisive
and inflammatory by the status quo black civil rights establishment . . . yet 81 percent
of African Americans believe there are plenty of Americans available to fill unskilled job
roles in America? So just who is it that is out of touch with Main Street black reality in
America, the Congressional Black Caucus living in the soft confines of the Washington,
D.C. beltway, those unveiling MLK monuments and reenacting Bloody Sunday or the
81 percent of African Americans that demand the immigration issue be about jobs and
opportunity and not about political party power? The old status quo black civil rights
leaders now feed from the cup of the aristocracy that demands more cheap labor and
more struggling U.S. consumers. Led by a group of leaders that kicked their feet up long
ago and rested upon the accomplishments of MLK, black America has been raped by
legal and most especially illegal immigration.
When advocacy groups, such as the NAACP, the Urban League and even La Raza
abandon economic opportunity and the desperate need for jobs within their constituency
via open borders advocacy and a continued fire hose of legal and illegal immigration
only one simple conclusion can be drawn: they are more concerned about the political
power objectives of their advocacy groups and Party B than about their constituencies.
Most Americans, most especially within the minority community, have yet to open their
eyes to such truth. Early herein, it was advised that many things Americans have
believed all their lives are just not true and the political manipulation of poverty for
power is at the top of that list. As is usually the case in life and in politics . . . the truth
usually hurts.
Does even one single person in America believe that the average net worth of black
Americans would be only $5,677 and $6,325 for Hispanic Americans if somewhere
around 8+ million illegal immigrants were not currently in the workforce and half of the
40+ million new immigrants we now have in America were not here? Does anyone in
Copyright 2011 287
_____________________________________________________________________
America believe that as of June 2011 that black unemployment would be at 16.2 percent
and Hispanic unemployment would be at 11.6 percent if legal immigration had been cut
by more than half decades ago and illegal immigration did not exist? Does anyone
believe that 40 percent of the U.S. prison population would be black without the massive
influx of legal and illegal immigration into America? Does anyone in America believe that
corporate America, the mega-rich and radical right would allow public schools to fail in
America if they were not allowed to legally import workers and employ illegal immigrants
by the millions? Everyone in America, most especially black Americans, know the
answer to all these questions and yet we continue forward with immigration policies that
promote unsustainable population growth that disadvantages our minority population
more than anyone in America because it benefits the aristocracy in charge of the
game. f you've read this far and haven't figured it out by now, you're hopeless . . .
nothing is allowed to happen in America unless it is sanctioned and approved by the
mega-rich. Once again America, follow the money and the power objectives and you will
always uncover the truth.
Now, because of political party games from both sides of the aisle, America is sitting
upon a tinder box of social unrest that is awaiting a spark to explode. A creation of both
political parties, most especially Party B, America has a challenge ahead that won't be
fixed by more race baiting or legal and illegal immigration. Only with a united,
stupendous effort and sacrifice by all Americans of all races and socio-economic
backgrounds, will we evade the economic consequences and social unrest that lies
ahead. None of the solutions are easy, straightforward or fool proof and they are all
expensive and require massive investment, but when compared to the overall long-term
economic costs to America the required investments amount to nickels and dimes.
What America at large doesn't yet realize is that the downside costs of continuing to do
nothing in regard to the uneducated masses in America go far beyond what most can
fathom. Just the prison population alone coupled with welfare and maintaining a social
net that is now disintegrating has already cost America unknown billions upon billions of
dollars. The drag upon the economy and upon the federal budget from an uneducated,
unskilled workforce that numbers well over 30+ million can't even be calculated. t
includes Medicaid, unemployment insurance, welfare, healthcare costs, prison
populations, drug usage, alcoholism, homelessness, child abuse, spousal abuse,
foreclosures, productivity and our overall GDP . . . just to name a few of the real costs.
As America continues to sweep the poverty issue under the rug, most especially among
our minority population of Hispanic and African Americans, the population balloon of
America's poor just continues to explode. Much of an entire generation is now lost to
massive high school dropout rates and another generation is following directly in the
exact same footsteps. You simply can't make it today's modern economy without more
than a high school education and nearly half of minority students don't even get through
high school. As if we don't have enough of a poverty issue already, we're importing even
more uneducated to the tune of millions via legal and illegal immigration. Trying to
combat our home grown poverty issues while importing even more and growing that by
massively high fertility rates to the tune of millions . . . is like sticking our finger in a
leaking dyke that is holding back an ocean of poverty.
By failing to see the big picture and the true economic costs, far too many Americans
don't see the issue as their problem, but instead see it as only a black or brown problem.
The implications for the future, far beyond economic costs, will most certainly erupt in
social unrest if not alleviated, but that will pale in comparison to the economic costs of an
Copyright 2011 288
_____________________________________________________________________
unskilled workforce. As an evermore poorly educated, disenfranchised community of the
poor grows, so too does the level of discontent. Anyone in America that doesn't already
see the tinderbox that already exists awaiting a spark or the ever growing population of
poor to follow if something is not done is living in denial completely detached from
reality.
While it's easy to see the glass of progress as half empty, instead of half full, in regard to
education high school dropout rates are declining in some states in some schools.
For most Americans, the issues associated with dropout rates and a lack of higher
education is not seen as the national crisis that it actually is. While programs, most
pushed by civil rights groups, exist, they fall far short of what is needed. With
government budget cuts for education and teachers the hole for what actually is
needed is widening, not shrinking. While funding and money are only a small part of
what is needed to rectify our failing public education system, nothing happens without it
and the amounts coming from government will continue to shrink. Therefore, the
money must come from corporate America, philanthropists, foundations, Hollywood, pro
sports and anywhere else it can be found. To those Americans that say we can't afford it
. . . the reality is that you can pay a little now or a hell of a lot more later on in economic
costs, but we will pay as a nation either way.
As a wonderful example, billionaire mayor, Bloomberg of NYC along with billionaire
hedge fund mogul, George Soros announced in the summer of 2011 a $60 M
contribution that will be combined with the city's budgeting of $130 M to specifically
address the city's dropout issue among young black and Latino men. This shining
example of what mega-wealth can and should be doing for America must be replicated
all across America in every community, but unfortunately such efforts to date are islands
in a sea of despair. Companies and corporate America must adopt schools and get
involved in hands-on mentoring efforts in addition to a wide-range of other activities.
Hands-on engagement and involvement are far more important than money, but
America at large has yet to step up and get involved. Just where is the American
exceptionalism that the radical right preaches from their pulpit as another generation of
minority students flow under the bridge of poverty via lack of education?
Until America comes together and actually demonstrates that exceptionalism by
recognizing the education issue is a crisis poverty, imprisonment and the economic
burdens associated with an unskilled workforce unable to compete in a world economy
will just continue to balloon. When it bursts upon America in the form of massive social
unrest and a breakdown of society at large, the politicians, corporate America and Tea
Party types will ask why . . . as if blind to the economic realities we now live within. t's
about priorities and if we can spend a trillion dollars to bring democracy to a stone-age
hell hole like Afghanistan then surely we can spend that much or more on educating
our American citizens in order to create a workforce with a bright economic future
ahead . . . instead of Third World existence and massive poverty.
While the issues and solutions are complex, nothing is exacerbating the issues of
poverty, lack of education and job skills more than immigration, most especially illegal
immigration. Far too many of those calling for attention, money and aid to confront the
poverty and education issue are the exact same Americans advocating for open borders
and a continuation of the fire hose of legal new immigrants coming into the U.S. t's like
trying to put out a raging fire on one side of the border while fueling the fire from south of
the border with gasoline. With school systems all across America already under siege
Copyright 2011 289
_____________________________________________________________________
with overcrowding, language barriers, budget cuts and teacher layoffs we just
continue to add massive numbers of students from challenging backgrounds of poverty
and lack of education via legal and especially illegal immigration.
Even in good economic times, if government at all levels were not bleeding red ink like
never before in history, it would be virtually impossible to absorb and turnaround the
issues of poverty and lack of education delivered by both legal and illegal immigration. n
this environment, with today's massive economic problems, the weight from illegal
immigration most especially is a drain upon our economy and government budgets that
we simply can't afford. As a nation, we can not stand upright economically with the
weight of continued massive immigration on the back of America.
The job creation hole that America is in, as documented in Part , is so deep than only a
miracle over the course of well over a decade can even begin to enable America to dig
out. No where is the job creation hole more horrifying than at the lower end of the
socioeconomic ladder, yet only shrill voices yelling abstinence, racism and xenophobia
dominate the discussion. Nothing could be more racist, cruel and uncompassionate than
to continue piling more job competition upon the working poor while perpetuating a cycle
of poverty in order to maintain a voting bloc for Party B.
Statistically, as education levels rise birth rates fall along with unemployment and
poverty, but at the lower end of the socioeconomic ladder the high school dropout rate is
absolutely abysmal. With education levels of parents, culture and home stability being
the primary predictors of children's educational attainment the challenges to breaking
the cycle of poverty are immense. As if America didn't have enough poor and working
poor already who are uneducated and ill prepared to contribute within a modern
economy, we're adding millions more via immigration. How America can be expected to
solve the economic issues of the poor and working poor with the highest birthrates
and lowest education levels by far . . . while at the same time continually adding to the
numbers via immigration defies all logic and sense of responsibility.
The intellectual disconnect between brain and heart for many advocates for the poor fail
to connect the economic dots arising from their so called compassion. While fighting
against budget cuts and for protection of a social safety net, most advocates push for a
ballooning of our home grown poverty issues in America via open borders and continued
immigration rates that our nation cannot possibly absorb economically. While poverty is
an education issue first and foremost, it is just as much a job competition issue. To
continue adding even more poorly equipped and uneducated to the poverty balloon at
the lower end of the socioeconomic ladder is a recipe that will explode one day into tent
cities, massive poverty and more than likely social unrest. Nonetheless, the immigration
fire hose, most especially illegal immigration, just continues to add fuel to an economic
catastrophe at the lower end of the socioeconomic ladder with no solutions on the
horizon. Those playing the race and xenophobia card are pushing America off an
economic cliff to serve only the self-centered power ambitions of advocacy groups and
Party B.
All polling data by a wide margin indicates that Americans demand that our political class
respond NOW to the immigration issue:
Copyright 2011 290
_____________________________________________________________________
88% of Americans say more federal law enforcement officials are needed along
Mexican border.
13
61% of American adults believe that there would be less poverty in the United
States if immigration laws were enforced. Only 19% disagree.
14
62% of Americans believe that illegal aliens are a cost burden on U.S. taxpayers,
while only 32% of Americans believe that illegal aliens pay their fair share in
taxes.
15
67% of likely U.S. voters believe that states should enforce immigration laws if
the federal government fails to do so.
16
66% of likely U.S. voters support strict government sanctions on employers who
hire illegal immigrants.
17
59% of likely U.S. voters favor cutting off federal funds to sanctuary cities, with
just 28% opposed.
18
60% of likely voters believe that the "policies and practices" of the federal
government encourages illegal immigration.
19
n a so called democracy, just the polling data above should tell the political class
where the American people stand on the issue of immigration most especially illegal
immigration. However, upon closer examination, the numbers opposing massive
immigration, including legal immigration spike even higher. n June 2011 an article by
Keene Trial Consultants entitled mmigration Polls and Lying College Grads and
Liberals was published that cited a study published in the Social Science Quarterly. The
study examined a 2010 Gallup Poll that indicated that 45 percent of Americans believe
that immigration into the U.S. should be decreased, 17 percent believe it should be
increased and 34 percent said it should remain the same.
At UC Berkley [not exactly a right-wing institution] sociologist, Alexader Janus dug
further into the poll numbers by asking questions indirectly in order to uncover hidden
bias. Janus uncovered that instead of a mere 45 percent believing we should cut off
immigration into the U.S. the number spikes to 61 percent of all Americans. The real jaw
dropping conclusions of the study [that differ dramatically from everything the media is
trying desperately to force down the throat of America] are that opinions do not differ
markedly within Party B, college graduates and so called liberals. Janus reports that,
the most remarkable finding is that levels of opposition to immigration appear to be very
similar across the population much more similar than public opinion polls would lead
one to believe. Support for immigration restrictionism is just as high among liberals,
Democrats and college graduates as it is among conservatives and less-educated
respondents. The researcher estimated that about 6 in 10 college graduates and more
than 6 in 10 liberals hide their opposition to immigration when asked directly, using
traditional survey measures.
20
Copyright 2011 291
_____________________________________________________________________
Why members of Party B, college graduates and so called liberals hide their opposition
to immigration, on one hand is simple to answer: they don't want to be unfairly labeled
as racist, xenophobic and ignorant. Far worse than any of those manipulation tags,
the last thing a member of Party B, a college graduate or a so called liberal can
stomach is being labeled as unprogressive. n sociology terms such caving-in forces
are called social desirability pressures, but in high school terms it is just called good old
peer pressure a.k.a. a desire to be one of the cool kids. The overwhelming power of
America's brainwashing media machine, which even so called liberals have to admit
possesses a left leaning bias, dictate and indoctrinate that anyone who opposes
immigration limits of any kind are ignorant, uneducated, xenophobic, racist and
unprogressive. n short, members of Party B and so called progressives know how
they are supposed to answer the polling questions despite the fact that at least 61
percent are opposed to continuing policy of massive immigration into the U.S. Good old
peer pressure coupled with massive media manipulation delivers the media's desired
response. Why would the media care? The same reason Walmart cares, for the media
it's all about eyeballs no matter how many of those eyeballs are starving to death and for
Walmart it's all about consumer dollars as paltry as they may be. The media will take
eyeballs to increase advertising rates and market share from anyone that can afford a
TV. Millions of starving people eating rice from Walmart while tuning into MSNBC is a
win for the aristocracy that runs the American Monopoly board. The fact that is fulfills the
political power strategy for Party B simply makes it a win-win for both the aristocracy
and the poverty pimps. The only problem is that the picture presented by the media is
not accurate in the least since more than 60 of all Americans, liberals included, oppose
the continued massive numbers of new arrivals on our shores.
With a third of Hispanic Americans, 60 percent of Party B and a wildly overwhelming
majority of African Americans opposed to a continued massive influx of new immigrants
arriving on American soil . . . Party B, civil rights leaders and the main stream media are
completely out-of-step with the overwhelming will of the American people in regard to
curtailing immigration into America . . . both legal and illegal.
The political class in general is only capable of playing the race and xenophobia card for
political advantage . . . instead of answering to the demands of the American people,
within a melting pot context for the overall good of our American economy and her
people. Despite billions spent on border security already, with some success, the flow of
illegal immigrants from the south just continues. With Mexico as the top source of both
legal and illegal immigration into the U.S., poll results reveal that people in Mexico
believe the following:
* A majority of people in Mexico, 56 percent, believe giving legal status to illegal
immigrants in the United States will make it more likely that people they know will go to
the U.S. illegally.
21
Just 17 percent think it will make people in Mexico less likely to go
illegally. The rest are unsure or believe it would make no difference.
22
* Of people in Mexico with a member of their immediate household in the U.S., 65
percent said a legalization program would make people they know more likely to go to
America illegally.
23
* nterest in going to the United States remains strong even in the current recession, with
36 percent of people in Mexico (39 million people) saying they would move to the United
States if they could.
24
Copyright 2011 292
_____________________________________________________________________
What else does America need to know and understand about the illegal immigration
problem from the south other than it will not end unless it is stopped once and for all! f
you were to run the exact same poll in ndia, Pakistan or any other impoverished nation
on Earth, you would get the same results. To have any chance whatsoever of enhancing
the lives of the poor and working poor in America, most especially the minority
community in America, our nation must erase the magnet drawing ever larger numbers
into the pool of citizens that can least afford the job competition. We can build fences
and enhance border security until it bankrupts America, but as long as people can find
work illegally in the U.S. they will continue to cross the border by the millions. Between
1998 and 2004, 1,954 people died crossing the U.S. Mexico border and in 2009, 417
deaths were reported.
25
Most experts agree that these numbers don't even begin to
encompass the real number of deaths that occur each and every year. The reason they
die and are willing to die is quite simple: if they reach the U.S. they can find jobs.
Now, in view of that cruel and harsh reality, only one of two probabilities is possible
going forward: A) the economy will experience a colossal turnaround within a decade or
more, the overwhelming polling data within America that is opposed to illegal
immigration will change and America will embrace open borders with Mexico or B)
hundreds of illegal immigrants will continue to die each year trying to cross the border.
Even though groups such as La Raza and other civil rights groups, the fringe left and
Party B refuse to face reality . . . all the probabilities laid out in A above are extremely
remote and against all the odds most especially in a horrible U.S. economic
environment.
Therefore, unless we as a nation want hundreds of people to keep dying while trying to
cross the U.S. Mexico border, there is but one alternative left. That alternative is to
remove the magnet that makes people willing to risk their lives in order to enter the U.S.
illegally. That magnet is job opportunities within America for illegal immigrants and as
long as it exists people will continue to needlessly die by the hundreds each and ever
year.
Those deaths primarily fall upon the hands of greedy American employers who hire
illegal immigrants to make higher profits and cheat U.S. citizens out of fair pay. Almost
just as culpable are sanctuary cities, government agencies that circumvent the laws
against illegal immigration for political gains and the civil rights advocates that
encourage the laws to be broken by lobbying for workplace protections. For the
uneducated and unskilled, there simply are no longer any open jobs in America outside
of agriculture. For illegal immigrants, it is callous and self-serving for activists and a
political party to lure them into a lifetime of poverty, second class existence and even
potential loss of life by breaking the law.
Americans from all ideologies and political persuasions must finally understand that the
only decisions ahead for our nation going forward are nothing but extremely difficult
decisions to make. Be they federal and state budget decisions and everything that
impacts our U.S. economy and quality of life for all U.S. citizens . . . it's all going to be up
hill and extremely difficult going forward. Putting off the tough decisions and allowing
circumstances to fester like an open sore draining America's economy will solve nothing
and only make the issues with immigration far worse. Therefore, the day has finally
arrived for those responsible for the deaths of immigrants crossing the border each year
Copyright 2011 293
_____________________________________________________________________
to be held accountable and for the magnet of a potential job for an illegal immigrant to be
erased once and for all!
3a""a%e o1 t#e Le%al )or,1or$e A$t that would require all employers nationwide to
verify an employee's identity with federal data via the E-Verify program is the only sane
and compassionate solution for America's illegal immigration issues. By ensuring that all
jobs in the U.S. go only to those citizens with valid Social Security numbers or to foreign
nationals with a temporary visa and worker permits will guarantee that pay will rise
almost overnight for all American citizens living within the sinking boat of poverty. t is
simple math, using the 2009 figures referenced in Part , that 30+ million people in
America are among the working poor with an average slave wage of $8.31. An
estimated 8+ million illegal immigrants are currently in our U.S. workforce to artificially
deflate wages via a willingness to work in the shadows for nothing in addition to creating
an overabundance of human talent for the few jobs that exist. Once again America, no
PhD from Harvard required, just basic supply and demand marketplace dynamics. The
unemployment rate will drop like a rock along with the eventual drop in welfare usage as
illegal immigrants return home due to lack of work and the working poor in America
receive larger paychecks. The federal deficit will be greatly reduced, tax revenues will
increase with the advent of the working poor earning more money and most important of
all . . . the working poor citizens of America will receive a much needed monetary lifeline
during the second worst economic disaster in our nation's history.
Although the cost of some goods and services will increase slightly, so what! f dirt
cheap goods and services are acquired via slave labor, poverty and malnutrition of
starving children . . . then the costs need to rise in keeping America's moral compass of
basic right and wrong. Americans are quick to point the finger toward Third World
sweat shops, but seem to condone U.S. slave labor working in the shadows to deliver
artificially deflated lower prices subsidized by U.S. taxpayers via welfare programs.
Unlike tax breaks for the mega-rich, the additional money in the pockets of the working
poor citizens of America will get spent immediately to stimulate the economy.
The Legal Workforce Act must be coupled with a robust guest worker program that
allows foreign nationals to enter the U.S. for short 90 day periods of time to perform
labor in the agricultural arena and ONLY! Contrary to what our media spews every single
day in order to grow poor eyeballs and market share . . . outside of the agricultural
arena, there simply are no worker shortages whatsoever within the lower socioeconomic
rungs of America. There are however vast pay shortages from greedy employers who
have exploited the illegal immigrant labor pool to pad their pockets and uplift their profits
via poverty, no benefits and malnutrition of children. nstead of exploiting illegal
immigrant labor to drive down the cost of labor for everyone in the lower socioeconomic
strata, U.S. employers will be forced to pay a living wage along with increased benefits if
they want to get their business' missions accomplished. When we have hoards of
employers paying $15 per hour and begging for workers . . . then we have a worker
shortage, but not until. f you're an employer who pays nothing, then you should expect
nothing . . . it's just that simple!
Employers can in turn pass most of the additional costs on to consumers just like every
other business in America and if things get really bad they can sell off a boat or a
vacation home. America must now demand that no more boats and vacation homes be
purchased with exploited slave labor a.k.a. illegal immigrants. All those Americans
complaining about welfare payments to all those deadbeats in America will be the same
Copyright 2011 294
_____________________________________________________________________
ones complaining about a couple of dollars more at the cash resister. Pay now or pay
later America . . . the choice is up to you!
Passage of the Legal Workforce Act will do more overnight, to stop the flow of illegal
immigration, than all the billions spent thus far on border security. f you cannot find
work, virtually no one except for the independently wealthy will come to America illegally.
t's just that straightforward and simple!
The lackluster demand for low skilled labor that currently exists will continue to exist far
into the future and the time to face that reality is now! No group of people would be
helped more than Hispanic citizens in America who currently have a household net
worth of only $6,325. Since illegal immigration primarily feeds directly into the Hispanic
pool of economic opportunity they are the citizens held back the most by a continued
dilution of their earning power. How any political party or civil rights advocacy group can
play the race card in order to make the plight of their people even worse defies all
economic logic associated with basic supply and demand forces. Nonetheless, Hispanic
civil rights groups are doing just that every single day in America. To penalize Hispanic
citizens by adding even more job competition via illegal immigration is disingenuous,
racist and discriminatory. What chance do these citizens have to improve upon a
meager net worth of only $6,325 if a continued unrelenting fire hose of illegal immigrants
is washing away their future? Current laws and illegal immigration policy only increase
the odds of a lifetime of poverty that essentially creates a caste system, much like what
exists in ndia, instead of providing a pathway to the American Dream.
America can simply not have any discussion whatsoever about paths to citizenship for
illegal immigrants as long as anyone in America can work without their identity passing
through the E-Verify program to ensure they have the right to live and work in America.
Whether the Legal Workforce Act is passed previous to immigration reform, or as part of
the immigration reform discussion, without such legislation firmly in place . . . any
discussion only serves to greatly exacerbate the already horrible problems associated
with poverty, workforce preparedness, a social safety net, government red ink,
overpopulation, urban sprawl and the environment.
n 1986, president, Reagan signed Senate Bill 1200 that made more than 3 million illegal
immigrants eligible for amnesty. The bill was signed with typical Washington, D.C.
hyperbole about how the legislation would crack down on employers who hired illegal
workers and secure the border once and for all. The program that eventually granted
1.7 million illegal immigrants amnesty was rife with fraud from the start as is typical with
anything that comes out of Washington, D.C., but far worse, it did nothing to crack down
on employers or to secure the border.
The fact that, somewhere between, 12 and 20+ million more illegal immigrants have
arrived in the U.S. since the 1.7 million were granted amnesty should tell any objective
reasoning human one thing: amnesty only encourages illegal immigration instead of
stopping it. With 56 percent of residents in Mexico saying it is true, surly no American
citizen can argue with them. While immigration reform must move to the top of the
agenda in Washington, D.C., which includes some extremely limited pathways to
citizenship [instead of blanket amnesty for millions], but any and all discussions that do
NOT include passage of the Legal Workforce Act are a nonnegotiable, immovable, non-
starter!
Copyright 2011 295
_____________________________________________________________________
America can simply not outrun the economic drain and challenges associated with illegal
immigration, such as lack of education and language skills, until the fire hose of illegal
immigration is brought down to zero . . . it is simply not possible! With planned-
parenthood and birth control education at the lower end of the socioeconomic ladder in
America already falling far short in quelling the poor and pregnant cycle of poverty . . .
immigration, most especially illegal immigration consumes and kills off any progress
being made and multiplies our poverty problem exponentially across generations. While
it might be remotely possible to handle the current influx of new immigrants, it's
absolutely beyond all reasonable odds that we can handle the fertility rates they bring
with them.
f for even one second you don't believe the wildly high fertility statistics on new
immigrants coming into America, be they legal or illegal, versus native U.S. citizens . . .
then conduct the following sociological experiment. Arise next Saturday morning, grab
some breakfast and coffee on the way, and pull into the parking lot of a Walmart or
Sam's Club anywhere in America around 11 a.m. Don't go in of course, but instead park
near the front door for a couple of hours and start counting children. Remembering that
we are sitting upon an absolute population explosion, every family you see with more
than 2 children equals massive poverty, starvation, lack of opportunity, horrible
stagnated wages, urban sprawl, overcrowding, horrible environmental consequences,
etc. by 2030. Then as you're counting, remember that if you are poor basic common
sense and logic dictates that as a parent you should hold the number of your offspring to
two children or less [assuming that you can afford to feed them without government
assistance, unlike 57 percent of new immigrant households who today require some sort
of government assistance]. Now do the math of what you are looking at in one single
Walmart parking lot and multiply that singular reality across all of America. Plug the
following realities into your calculations: a continued high fertility rate within this
population across multiple generations, along an exploding welfare use rate that is
already at 57 percent for legal new immigrant households and 71 percent for illegal
immigrant households and you get the America 2030 described at the beginning of this
book.
f you want to see into America's future, a Walmart or Sam's Club parking lot on a
Saturday morning is far better than any crystal ball. The America 2030 vision you will
see for yourself will be devoid of fringe left utopian ideals and devoid of Walmart
commercials with happy little consumers pursuing the American Dream [as they walk
out with only a bag of rice because the American Dream is already almost dead . . . due
to an overabundance of humans within the U.S]. Just to get America 2030 implanted
firmly in your mind, go home and google poverty in ndia, Pakistan and Africa and you
will see America in less than 20 years. Fear mongering, you ask? No! t is just short of
an absolute certainty unless America rises up now to stop the flood of new immigrants
arriving into the U.S.
The mega-rich and many in corporate America want as many people as possible
allowed into America for the same reason they advocate for unrestrained free trade
within a world economy: cheap labor, higher profits and more consumers. n their
warped minds, anyone with the strength to crawl across a Walmart parking lot to buy a
bag of rice is considered a new consumer. The powers in charge of the Monopoly
board could care less about the poverty levels and quality of life issues exacerbated by
overpopulation in the U.S. The bulging population numbers, via more people immigrating
into the U.S. legally each year than all other nations on Earth combined equals slave
Copyright 2011 296
_____________________________________________________________________
labor willing to work for nothing. That drives down salaries and wages for all Americans,
but as long as they have two nickels to rub together they are considered consumers by
the American aristocracy, such as the Walton's of Walmart fame.
Even with the current massively high unemployment numbers and realistic projections of
even more to come, the open jobs in America that do exist are white collar professional
positions. With homebuilding and construction off as much as 80 percent from pre-
recession levels, an already dead manufacturing sector only now beginning to make
some tepid signs of recovery and low end jobs fueled by American consumers who are
all broke . . . spells one clear reality: we have way too many unskilled, uneducated
workers competing for an ever shrinking number of jobs in America.
f you've grasped nothing else from this book, one thing by now should come across
more blatantly than any other: politicians, or political parties, civil rights groups, radical
right and fringe left ideologues will do literally anything to achieve political power and
hold it. Party B seems to be content with unrestrained illegal immigration for one reason
only: the votes they will bring once a path to citizenship is maneuvered somehow. While
immigration policy should be about what's good for America, her people, American
citizens who are poor and our struggling economy . . . their mindset is only about what is
good for their political party in an effort gain or maintain political power. The reason for
that is simple, if they are not in office, they cannot funnel money to enrich themselves
and their political cronies.
How many Americans, who are pushing for open borders and unrestrained legal and
illegal immigration, have been to a soup kitchen in their lifetimes? How many have been
to a homeless shelter or an inner city project and seen starving children with their own
eyes? f you haven't then you simply don't know just how cruel and uncompassionate an
open borders mentality really is. The truth is that such misguided compassion couldn't
be any more cruel or unjust towards impoverished America citizens. The time has come
to rethink the party line and understand that just like a house guest you don't invite
outsiders to dinner when you can't even manage to feed your own family a.k.a. our
U.S. citizens. Taking care of impoverished American citizens first is compassionate
and allowing even more hungry mouths into the U.S., both legally and illegally is NOT
compassionate whatsoever . . . instead it is absolutely cruel and completely selfish
especially if it is all designed to benefit a political party with new voters, the media with
more poor eyeballs and the American aristocracy with more consumers. With wages in
America driven to such rock bottom levels by the aristocracy, it now takes 2 or 3 new
consumers imported into America to replace the buying power of one consumer from a
decade or two in the past. With this scheme, the aristocracy makes money and we the
people are driven further down into the dust by way too much job competition.
Hiring only U.S. citizens or authorized foreign citizens is the law in America and it is
not optional. The government's E-Verify system makes checking someone's status easy,
cheap and fast. n Arizona, Georgia and Alabama, state law now requires the system be
utilized before any worker is hired. Everywhere else, at this point in time, U.S. employers
are simply not being forced to comply and the solution for the undocumented worker
issue is higher fines, revocation of business licenses and even jail time if necessary. Not
until employers are bankrupted by fines or go to jail will the problem be solved . . . it's
just that simple. To those Americans that contend that without illegal workers certain
jobs in America will not get done they are simply wrong! Will it cost employers in
some business arenas more money to get their missions accomplished? Yes! So be it
Copyright 2011 297
_____________________________________________________________________
because it will put more money into the pockets of the working poor in America,
stimulate the economy and reduce the welfare burden upon our federal deficit that
everyone claims to be so concerned about. As reality stands now, U.S. taxpayers are
subsidizing employer payrolls via welfare payments instead of forcing employers to pay
a living wage by hiring only people authorized to work in the U.S. Why we allow U.S.
taxpayers to be forced into subsidizing the profits of corporate American via Medicaid to
replace healthcare benefits not supplied by employers and welfare payments to replace
a living wage . . . tells you just how insidious the radical right propaganda machine really
is. How dare they scream about the deadbeats who are gaming-the-system and living off
taxpayers when it is corporate America that is gaming the system more than anyone by
having you the American taxpayer pick up the employer tab for healthcare and lack of a
living wage for their employees as they profit wildly from the government subsidy.
While a robust guest worker program is desperately needed in America within the
agricultural arena there is no job other than agriculture that won't get done . . . to
include picking grapes in the baking hot California sun. Will mega-rich vineyard families,
such as the Gallo family, who spend every dime they can on lobbyists to avoid estate
taxes have to pay more to get those grapes picked? Yes! Nonetheless, it doesn't mean
that any job in America that needs to be done will not get done if it pays a living wage.
The American consumer has to be willing to pay a little more for certain nonessential
items, such as wine in order to reverse the downward forces of an ever spiraling
economic vortex that is sucking America into a Third World toilet. Pay a little now or pay
a lot later via welfare, crime and social unrest . . . the choice is yours America. Our sole
focus on low price alone for every product and service we buy is killing our entire U.S.
economy and it must end for certain products and services that are not life essential.
Does passing the Legal Workforce Act solve all the residual undocumented worker
issues, such as a path to citizenship which some call amnesty? No! Does it need to
be addressed at some point in time? Yes! Can we do that during a period of record
unemployment or to benefit a political party? No! With more than 350,000
undocumented workers coming into the U.S. just between 2008 and 2010 alone and
finding work during the worst economic period since the Great Depression tells you
everything you need to know. Despite all the billions spent on border security, etc. the
problem is clearly not solved. Does that lead to sad tragic situations for undocumented
workers? Yes! However, it leads to far more sad and tragic economic situations for legal
American citizens at the low end of the socioeconomic labor pool. The issue is not about
misguided compassion for people that broke the law when they entered America, but
about the economy and a fraying social safety net that will lead to massive starvation
and social unrest if not addressed. America can turn and face the issue now, or run from
it and watch our nation burn at some point in time. All we are doing at present is adding
even more fuel to the fire come.
While Party B uses the issue of undocumented workers to its political advantage, have
you ever heard any calls from party A to reduce the number of legal new immigrants that
are coming into the U.S. to drive down white collar salaries in order to deliver bigger
profits for corporate bottom lines? No! Why? t's what Party A's mega-rich campaign
contributors dictate. During the 2 year period between 2008 and 2010 of economic
tribulation noted herein, while 350,000 undocumented workers slipped into America,
more than 750,000 foreign nationals were given permission to immigrate into the U.S.
legally. What percentage of those 750,000 new immigrants took jobs away from U.S.
citizens? Did they fill a critical economic need that an American citizen couldn't provide
Copyright 2011 298
_____________________________________________________________________
or were they just willing to work for far less money? What percentage of these legal new
immigrants is now gainfully employed and paying taxes versus the percentage that will
be drawing welfare benefits just as soon as they are eligible? The bad news is that no
one knows the answers to these questions, no one in our political class seems to care
and almost no one is tracking it. There are no hard and fast economic bars to hurdle for
legal eligibility to immigrate into the U.S. and there are no systematic criteria whereby
only the economically qualified are allowed in. nstead, it is just and endless flow of
millions of new arrivals on our shores as if the U.S. was some wildly successful job
creating engine that can absorb all the new arrivals we can get. Obviously, for anyone
that is even the least bit tuned into economic news, unemployment and
underemployment numbers . . . that is NOT the present economic reality in America.
n case you haven't figured it out, America can no longer afford to take in the world's
tired and hungry through legal or illegal immigration any more than we can solve the
world's poverty issues through foreign aid. When our nation was founded we needed
more people, but now we don't. Now legal immigration must be about economic
contributors almost exclusively. f you want to relocate your business to America and
hire American workers . . . come on in! f in the rarest of instances you have expertise
and a skill set that an American citizen doesn't have or can't provide . . . come on in!
However, if you're coming to look for a job or to work cheap to increase the profits for
corporate America . . . forget about it! Just based upon these tightened legal immigration
criteria there will be thousands who are allowed to immigrate legally into the U.S. each
year.

As to the question of whether the U.S. should continue educating foreign nationals in
business, engineering and science via our crme de la crme universities, a.k.a.
showing China and other developing nations our play book that question needs to
come to the tip top of the discussion agenda within academia. n a Kauffman Foundation
for Entrepreneurship study published in May 2011, 153 ndian and Chinese citizens
who had formerly studied or worked in the U.S. and returned to their native countries to
start companies were surveyed 8 months after their return. The majority of the
entrepreneurs are doing better in their home nation than they believe they would be
doing in the U.S. had they not returned home. Whether America benefited from their
study in the U.S. is an open question, but what is not an open question is that once
educated here, we would be better off economically if they had stayed in the U.S. The
question is 'if we couldn't absorb them economically and make use of their education
and talents . . . what were we thinking by allowing them to be educated within the U.S.?
Just for example, in 2010 alone, 134,800 Chinese returned home after receiving a
foreign education. Not all those foreign educations were acquired in the U.S. but the vast
majority did come to the U.S. which begs two questions for America: 1) do we want
China, our foremost economic competitor, educating future economic stars in our
universities and 2) if they are educated here, do we want them returning home to shine
for China's economy? Does that make any sense whatsoever in a competitive world
economy? Of course not! The best and the brightest foreign nationals being educated in
fields that impact economic success shouldn't be forced to leave America, but the
question is how many and from where? Americans haven't yet figured it out that
economically the world has changed and we are in a massively intense competition . . .
we play nice while emerging economies are copying our play book and taking advantage
of our education system to beat us at our own game. Our standard of living is falling like
a rock while the standard in many emerging nations, most especially in China, is rising
Copyright 2011 299
_____________________________________________________________________
like a rocket with our educational assistance . . . much of it supplemented by U.S. tax
payer dollars at state universities.
Just like everything else that makes the world go around, immigration is about money,
your money! t's our nation, our American economy and it doesn't belong to employers
hiring undocumented workers or corporations hiring cheap imported professionals to
increase their profit margins. More than anything, immigration shouldn't be about political
party maneuvering to gain votes or to reward campaign contributors with cheap labor
and more consumers.
T!e Le%al *&&!%rat!on N.&7er" to 6ne&ploy&ent F!%.re"( The time is long past
due to greatly constrict legal immigration into the U.S. based upon unemployment
numbers and economic realities . . . instead of Ellis sland nostalgia. While passage of
the Legal Workforce Act is mandated now to finally curtail illegal immigration into the
U.S., it is far short of being enough to solve our issues of overpopulation, massive
unemployment, wage stagnation and wealth disparity. We must also pass legislation
now that strictly limits the number of legal new immigrants coming into America to
300,000 per year until and unless the actual unemployment number drops below 4
percent. Entry must be based solely upon economic criteria, such as relocating a
business to the U.S. that will hire American workers, well financed entrepreneurs,
investors and critical economic skill sets unable to be supplied by American citizens.
Tired, hungry, huddled masses, as well as cousins and neighbors, need not apply until
and unless America becomes the jobs creation engine once again that she once was.
Since no one in the U.S. has any faith whatsoever in the unemployment and
underemployment numbers supplied by the federal government . . . for good reason a
highly scientific formula and validation process to determine both the actual
unemployment numbers as well as the underemployed numbers must be devised as
part of establishing a firm legal immigration ceiling.
At the same time, we must also establish a firm ceiling of 100,000 per year for H1-B
visas so that corporate America is not allowed to simply circumvent the legal immigration
limits by acquiring cheap labor via manipulation of the H1-B visa program.
Currently, corporate America, the mega-rich and our political leadership have no
incentive whatsoever to invest in the education of America and our disadvantaged
citizens. We've created a class of throw away humans at the bottom of the socio-
economic spectrum and instead of being forced to invest in education and training efforts
for our native citizens, corporate America and the mega-rich are allowed to simply import
cheap labor for higher profitability while leaving millions of American citizens behind.
There are no upward pressures whatsoever on wages and salaries of American workers
who are now as plentiful as grains of sand willing to work for any slave wage that is
offered with zero benefits whatsoever.
Lest we not forget that it is U.S. taxpayers that are picking up the tab for the shortfall in
wage and benefits by corporate America via welfare, Medicaid, healthcare costs, etc.
Our current political class is doing everything possible to suck the America workforce dry
at both ends via no pay, no benefits, no social safety net and no legislative support
whatsoever. No pay and no benefits are not due to economic pressures, but instead are
due in large part to a wild overabundance of humans available that are willing to take
Copyright 2011 300
_____________________________________________________________________
whatever corporate America is willing to dish out. With a continued massive flow of new
arrivals into America, the issues of pay and benefits just worsen by the day.
Finally, the bow tie utopians in academia must be forced to realize that the free
enterprise system is a competitive game. Look no further than the example of Duke
University opening a campus of their business school in China in 2012 to realize just
how detached from economic reality the ivory towers in America really are. Perhaps we
should just give anyone in China a paid scholarship to any U.S. university's business
school and just hand China the keys to America? We can all learn Mandarin and just
await the day that America is annexed as China's newest province.
For all the reasons enumerated in Part , with our education system in America being
about the only competitive advantage we have within the world economy, most
especially with China . . . our current policy of educating the world in business, the free
enterprise system, engineering and science is economically tantamount to sticking a gun
in our ear and pulling the trigger.
n case you haven't noticed, the rest of the world gets this free enterprise system that we
created, most especially China, ndia and Brazil . . . just to name a few of our major
competitors. Admittedly, as a nation they invest in their children's education, their kids
make it out of high school and a Duke professor's patience would be tested if forced to
teach America's academically unprepared, but to locate a U.S. university campus in
China in order to teach them how to kick America's economic posterior . . . is just a little
stupid don't you think?
There is good will, sharing, playing nice and then there is something called absolute
stupidity! Educating the Chinese on how to kick America's economic ass within this
wonderful free trade world economy . . . in case you don't get it, falls under the heading
of absolute stupidity a.k.a. economic suicide. The vy League bow tie crowd already
slipped a free trade world economy up our posteriors via the idea that they were
geniuses and we were all too stupid to understand the intricate workings of the
economy. Now the bow tie crowd is telling us that it is to our advantage to educate the
world in business, engineering, math and science. Lest we not forget America, as noted
in Part , if it sounds stupid to YOU, even though you don't wear a bow tie, it more than
likely is stupid! America has followed the vy League breadcrumbs of academia far
enough and it's now time for some good old common sense.
Once again America, as repeated herein too many times to count, follow the money and
you will always arrive at the truth. Who pays for the endowed professorships at places
like Duke, all of the vy League and every university in America? The buildings, the
grants, the research projects, the football stadiums, etc. are all funded at least in part by
the mega-rich and corporate America. The very same people that brought us the
wonderful free-trade world economy that was supposed to be the greatest boon to the
American economy since the cotton gin. Let America not forget that is was the same
fringe left intellectual crowd that pushed the passage of NAFTA through, the same
crowd that played upon the collective American guilt complex to make us believe that we
had an obligation to raise the standard of living for the entire developing world even
though we're only 5 percent of the world's population. t was that same bow tie crowd
that lied through their teeth when they told us we could raise the world's standard of
living without losing our own high standard. Now, with almost 90 percent of Americans
experiencing stagnated wages and salaries for 30+ years . . . perhaps it's time the vy
Copyright 2011 301
_____________________________________________________________________
League bow tie crowd along with our failed political class got a real job within the
America they created? nstead of the economic boon they promised, we're all now closer
than ever to picking cotton for the plantation master once again.
Just like staying with the political status quo, repeating the same mistakes over and over
is the definition of stupidity. Trusting the bow tie crowd [that brought us the free trade
world economy] in regard to educating the world and then sending them home to
compete with the U.S. is nothing more than displaying our stupidity once again. They
are smart, really smart and we are dumb, really dumb, but can we really be that dumb? t
doesn't take a 1600 on the SAT and a bow tie to get this one America. Even a dumb jock
that dropped out of high school knows you don't show the other team your play book and
then expect to beat them.
Student visas in the arenas of the arts, literature and poetry are wonderful let the ivory
towers ring out with utopian ideals of one world living harmoniously in rich intellectual
grandeur, but for the rest of us . . . those of us who live in the real world that understand
economic competition, the cutthroat world of business and the nation of scoundrels
called China it is time to forget about educating foreign nationals and then sending
them back home to kick our economic ass. Surely, even with a crumbling public
education system in America . . . we can't possibly be that stupid!
Student visas are fine for the arts if they return home, but for business, engineering,
science and math . . . educating more foreign nationals than we can absorb into the U.S.
as a boon to our economy has to come to a screeching halt! No matter how many bow
ties, PhDs, deans, college presidents and the like tell you otherwise . . . our current
academic policies of educating the competition and then sending them home is nothing
short of absolutely stupid!
n summary, do the math America, get out that little calculator you got in high school and
start adding up the legal and illegal immigration numbers and multiply by wildly high
fertility rates over the course of several generations. Plug in massive government red ink
to the tune of trillions as far out as anyone can see and then calculate in a crumbling
U.S. infrastructure, failing public education system, a disappearing social safety net,
swelling welfare rolls and malnutrition already as historic proportions. Real issues with
no solutions on the horizon, yet as a nation we're still falling prey to the race and
xenophobia manipulation card in order to make an already horrible nightmare scenario
worse than anyone living today can even imagine.
When it arrives if not stopped, the current political class that sold us out, as they have
been doing for more than 30+ years, will be long gone . . . writing memoirs and eating
caviar on yachts with the mega-rich that own them. While party B and civil rights leaders
apparently believe that the end justifies the means a.k.a. sacrificing Americans at the
lower end of the socioeconomic spectrum to get or keep the reins of power via
uncontrolled illegal immigration most Americans disagree with that cruel and inhuman
trade off. All U.S. citizens should be given the opportunity to make a living wage and no
segment of Americans, including the working poor, should be sacrificed to gain voters for
a political party.
f we are the exceptional nation that the political class spews on endlessly about, then
we will move now to not only curtail immigration, but just as importantly . . . to address
the education and workforce preparedness issues that face our nation. These issues
Copyright 2011 302
_____________________________________________________________________
won't be solved by playing the race card, they won't be solved via divide and conquer
politics and they won't be solved in a nation that is not a true melting pot in which we all
come together now to wage war on ignorance by reducing the high school drop out
rates and increasing the enrollments in technical schools and universities. n a nation
this rich, money should never be an obstacle to achieving a quality education. f we can
afford $60 M for one cruise missile and billions of dollars in Wall Street bonuses after
they screwed everyone in America . . . then we can afford an education for anyone and
everyone in America that is willing to sacrifice and apply themselves, but only if we stop
the fire hose of immigration that is adding to the woes of an already failing education
system. t is time that we educated our citizens in our university system once again,
instead of educating the world to compete with America economically.

3OLL
http://cis.org/ZogbyPoll-EffectsOfAmnesty?popup=false
An 0<a&!nat!on o1 M!nor!ty Loter"/ L!e" on *&&!%rat!on
http://www.cis.org/Minority-Views-mmigration
3.7l!$ Op!n!on 3oll" on *&&!%rat!on
http://www.fairus.org/site/PageNavigator/facts/public_opinion.html
On *&&!%rat!on 3oll", a Lot o1 3eople L!e
http://www.miller-mccune.com/politics/on-immigration-polls-a-lot-of-people-lie-31859/
Le%al )or,1or$e A$t
http://www.govtrack.us/congress/bill.xpd?bill=h112-2164
5enter 1or *&&!%rat!on +t.d!e"
http://www.cis.org/
N.&7er"6+A
http://www.numbersusa.org/
FA*R
http://www.fairus.org/site/PageServer
5.rta!l!n% +to$,4Ba"ed 0<e$.t!2e 5o&pen"at!on
As detailed in Part , corporate board rooms of America are manipulated over time to
place the CEO into some God-like post surrounded only by yes men [and yes
women] who simply rubber stamp whatever the CEO wants. At the top of the CEO wish
Copyright 2011 303
_____________________________________________________________________
list are millions upon millions of dollars in free stock as well as a golden parachute
escape hatch to ensure the CEO never bumps their financial knee no matter what. While
CEO pay is the issue that gets all the press, it is how they are paid as much as the
outrageous amounts that's destroying the American Dream for all average Americans.
Once a CEO gets their hooks on stock they can quickly sell off, via free or reduced price
stock options, their focus is all about getting the stock price up and almost nothing else.
f their efforts to get the stock price up results in everyone in the company loosing their
job and the company ceasing to exist the CEO walks away with millions in a
prearranged no way to lose scam. n return for this deal, the CEO in turn rubber stamps
outrageous compensation packages for all board members in good favor to ensure they
go along with the scam. Once the fox watching the hen house scenario is firmly in place,
the CEO and board go about raiding the company to push up the stock price at the
expense of the workforce. Mergers, acquisitions and downsizings are the order of the
day to ensure stockholders, the CEO and board members walk away with millions. Once
the scam is completed, the CEO is set for life even if they never head another company
and board members take their pay off and simply find another company host-beast to
begin sucking dry. To see how it works, look no further than Richard Fuld, former CEO
of Lehman Brothers and Angelo Mozilo, former CEO of Countrywide who both after
mismanaging their respective company's business operations and running them into the
ground are now sitting on millions as former employees suffered for their greed, as
well all of America.
At the core of this insidious scenario, repeated over and over throughout corporate
American, are free stock and stock options awarded at a fraction of their value to CEOs
and board members. Once the stock is in hand, it's a rape and pillage free-for-all by all
members of the board and the CEO with only one goal GET THE STOCK PRCE UP!
To get the ball rolling, a good downsizing will make Wall Street react positively and then
it's on to possible mergers and acquisitions for the same sole purpose. Once the stock
price is up, the CEO and the board starts cashing in by selling off their stock. Americans
and workers have sat idle for more than 30+ years as they watched the same game in
corporation after corporation take place as workforce after workforce is decimated and
thrown into the streets. With stock in hand, the long-term prospects for the company its
employees are dead last on the list of CEO and board member priorities.
Who benefits? Obviously the CEO and board benefits, but it's the top 10 percent of
Americans that now own 90 percent of all stock, who benefit handsomely as well.
Primarily, it's Wall Street, hedge funds and our American aristocracy who reap the most
money from stock ownership and corporate bleed-out techniques. Who pays for their
greed? America at large, starting with employees and every community in which a raided
company operates via the local and state tax base as well as the wider economy.
There is a simply fix, not perfect, but a fix that will go further than any measure in
decades to help block boards and CEOs from rape and pillage raids: NO FREE STOCK
or REDUCED PRCE STOCK OPTONS for CEOs and members of the board! n theory,
such legislation seems like a simple fix, but in truth it may encourage even more
corporations to incorporate off shore just to skirt the law. Nonetheless, such legislation
needs to undergo serious consideration and analysis. What doesn't need any further
consideration is a change in the accounting rules whereby corporations simply issue
stock or reduced options to boards and CEOs off the balance sheet as payroll
expenditures. Free stock and options are pay, no less than the payroll checks you
Copyright 2011 304
_____________________________________________________________________
receive. Therefore, when millions of dollars in stock are bestowed to boards and CEOs
they must be accounted for on the books out of the corporate bottom line just like
your paycheck. Furthermore, CEOs and board members must be compelled to pay
income tax on the stock awards in the year they are received instead of deferring the
income to another year or counting it as capital gains income to lower the tax burden to
around half of the income tax rate.
Once legislation dictates a change in accounting practices and tax treatment of such
stock awards, you'll see far fewer free stock awards and reduced price options for board
members and CEOs. n turn CEOs will again have a long-term vested interest in keeping
their job instead of bleeding their corporate host-beast dry like a vampire and flying off
into the night.
Since the top 10 percent of Americans now own 90 percent of all stock with 44.1
percent owned by the top 1 percent average Americans who own only 10 percent
collectively have virtually no say whatsoever in corporate stock awards to CEOs and
board members. Nonetheless, assuming it's a safe investment, if you work for a publicly
held company and don't own as much of their stock as possible [along with your fellow
employees], you're blowing in the wind. f you're not attending stockholder meetings,
voting against cronies of the CEO from being on the board and fighting tooth and nail
against excessive pay and stock options for your CEO . . . then you should at least be
sending out a lot of resumes. The percentage of stock owned by employees in America
is nothing short of pathetic and few if any even pay attention to who's on the board,
merger and acquisition rumors or anything else that actually matters. Here's a hint,
nothing significant to your financial well being over the long hall is going to arrive via
your company newsletter. n there you're going to get one message: everything is just
dandy, the CEO is a wonderful human and just keep your head down, keep working 14
hour days and the company will look out for you. Yea right . . .
Admittedly, if all employees buy up all the stock they can get their hands on, for most
companies it pales in comparison to the number of shares owned by the top 10 percent
of Americans, but employees owning stock carries far more clout than a 1 to 1 ratio of
stock owned by outsiders. CEOs and corporate boards don't want their employees at
stockholders meetings, they don't want you paying attention and they don't want you
voting against cronies of the CEO from sitting on your board. They don't want you
communicating with each other and they sure don't want Wall Street rumors circulating
within the rank and file.
A partial solution to changing the game is all about buying stock as well as organizing
and communicating within the employee network. On the other hand, if you are not wise
enough to conduct such activities under the radar . . . you also know all too well that your
personal items will be boxed up and you'll be escorted to the front door by the Human
Reaper (HR). Create a pseudonym and start a Facebook page or launch a website or
blog to get the word out. Be a thorn in their side and just like everything else going
forward, verify everything before you trust. f people are being cut in a division, rumors of
a merger are in the air expose it to every single employee!
With the history of American CEOs, anyone that blindly trusts senior management and
the CEO, are quite frankly . . . an idiot! n far too many cases, the CEO is simply waiting
out the vesting time period for their stock options . . . once in place, it will be time to take
the money and run. t's the system by which corporate America now functions to the
Copyright 2011 305
_____________________________________________________________________
detriment of the American workforce and unless we fight it tooth and nail going
forward . . . the American workforce and America at large will continue to lose out to the
aristocracy.
Re!%n!n% !n 50O 3ay
While we as Americans admire and respect success, in no other nation on the entire
Earth do CEOs and the other 4 levels of corporate management make what they do in
the U.S. t's not just immoral, especially at a time or record unemployment and actual
starvation in America, it's debilitating to the economy at large. Any Americans that
believe that legislation, currently being enacted via Wall Street reforms, will change the
egregious pay scales of American CEOs and top level management are delusional.
Much like the reforms in general, nothing has changed, nor will they change without a
continued unwavering push from the American people to deliver real change.
For American CEOs the reforms now offer stockholders a vehicle to vote on the pay,
but such so called votes are absolutely worthless for two reasons: 1) they are 100
percent non-binding, have no teeth and even if every single stockholder voted against a
proposed level of CEO pay . . . it can still go through if passed by the board [a board
hand-picked by the CEO] and 2) institutional investors, mutual funds and the top 10
percent of the food chain own almost all the stock, leaving employees and average
Americans with almost zero voice whatsoever in regard to CEO pay.
This reality is no surprise to Congress and they knew when they passed the pathetic
reforms on CEO pay that it was just a joke to humor the American people just raped by
Wall Street greed. Nothing is going to change with the reforms and to prove it, the U.K
has had such reforms in place since the 1990s and nothing has changed there.
There are however a number of real reforms that can take place that will actually bring
about more reasonable CEO and executive management pay. Congress can simply
pass legislation that prohibits the top five levels of corporate management being paid via
stock awards or reduced price stock options. At a minimum the percentage of their pay
via stock must be dramatically curtailed. By no longer allowing corporate America to pay
the top 5 levels of senior management with stock awards, under the tag of incentive
pay, senior management will have to pay taxes on their pay at the level of average
Americans. The result will be that excessive pay will be reduced and more importantly all
of America will have a more stable corporate environment in which to pursue the
American Dream.
t's not rocket science or complex tax code to require that when the incentive based
stock award is achieved, the corporation pays their required share of the tax for the full
market value of the stock in the year it was received without the current $1 M
exclusion for the top 5 levels of management. Furthermore, the top 5 levels of corporate
management must be forced to pay income tax on all the stock they are awarded in the
year they receive the award . . . instead of only capital gains taxes years later which is
about half of what they would have paid in income taxes without other tax loopholes.
n a supposedly classless society that we continue pretending that we have in America,
why would there be a special tax code only for members of the aristocracy, namely the
top 5 levels of corporate management? The answer to that question is simple:
government corruption! Anyone in America that contends these millions and millions of
Copyright 2011 306
_____________________________________________________________________
dollars in CEO and senior level pay should be subsidized by U.S. taxpayers via
billions of dollars lost in tax collections from the federal treasury are not fiscal
conservatives, but instead are crooks. t's as if U.S. taxpayers are creating an incentive
for the top 5 levels of corporate management to move jobs off shore and layoff American
workers.
t's called legalized crime via a massive tax loophole only available for a select slice of
the American aristocracy. f that truth were not the case, then why would the incentive
only be available to the top 5 levels of senior management within corporate America?
While removing the incentive pay tax loophole for the top 5 levels of senior
management is one option, there is another option far more dynamic and more far
reaching in its scope and implications for American workforce at large. Not to overstate
its significance, but in fact this idea could be the best idea anyone in America ever
came up with to restore the American Dream. Succinctly speaking, we revise the tax
code to give favorable tax treatment to compensation systems that link incentive pay to
company performance ONLY if ALL the company's full-time employees are included
and if the value expended on the top 5 percent of employees by salary is also expended
on the bottom 80 percent of employees by wage and salary. n other words, instead of
only rewarding the CEO and the top 4 levels within a company, the tax law would force
everyone in the company to be rewarded by uplifting company performance. [Yet
another great way to stimulate our struggling economy by putting money in consumers'
pockets while increasing the tax base.] Today, only the top 5 levels within a company
are rewarded and the rewards are grossly disproportionate to any contributions they
make to the company. After all, no matter how stellar a CEO may be, compared to all the
employee contributions to success the CEO's contribution by comparison is
infinitesimal.
Somewhat similar to profit sharing plans of old, this dynamic new idea ties down the
numbers and dictates that if the CEO and senior members of corporate management are
rewarded, then employees too are rewarded on a more equitable scale that is propelled
by law. Even with current profit-sharing schemes, there is no tax law that dictates the
proportions and percentages of compensation that ties directly to the CEO and senior
management pay. Employees are thrown a few extra nickels and dimes and the CEO
still walks away with a grossly unfair level of compensation with no tie whatsoever to
their performance and role within the organization. What about the employees that do
the actual work . . . shouldn't they reap some of the rewards of good performance?
Aren't fair play and a more equitable distribution of wealth part of what America stands
for, or are we nation in which the free enterprise system only works for the aristocracy?
The day has arrived within which the American people finally say 'NO!' to the greed and
excesses that have existed for far too long in the corner office of the American CEO.
When the executive compensation levels in America resemble only banana republics or
highly corrupt nations such as Mexico . . . something has gone completely wrong within
the moral compass of America.
*n$l."!2e 5ap!tal!"& 1or t#e A&er!$an )or,1or$e
http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2011/03/worker_productivity.html
Copyright 2011 307
_____________________________________________________________________
http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2011/03/pdf/worker_productivity.pdf
*ne=.al!ty.or%
http://inequality.org/t/executive-pay/
B."t!n% t#e Monopol!e" and 0nd!n% t#e Mer%er and A$=.!"!t!on 5ra>e
Americans that believe we can put the genie completely back into the bottle when it
comes to ever larger corporate entities are dreaming. Any vision of the old Mayberry
sitcom where little shop owners and businesses operate autonomously and dot the
landscape throughout America is nostalgia alone. t's not going to happen! Profits driven
by economies of scale are simply too alluring for the mega-rich to abandon. With that
said however, we have existing business monopolies that must be broken up, or at least
held at bay, before they consume every man, woman and child in America like a
ravenous monster. The first and foremost behemoth monster on that list is Walmart. As
noted in Part , they have single handedly destroyed the retail environment across all of
American, have expanded into the grocery and drug store business and now are selling
cars, car repair and insurance for home and auto. Where does it end America? Just how
far are we going to allow the Walton family to expand before we say enough already!
s anyone in America even paying attention to the ever expanding list of behemoth
mega-corporations taking over even more companies in order to squeeze out any idea
of free enterprise competition? Did anyone in America rise up to stop the recent
acquisition of NBC media holdings by Comcast? We currently have 6 mega-media
corporations owned and run by the mega-rich who now control virtually everything we
see and listen to on a television, hear on a radio or read in a newspaper. Where does it
end America? At the rate we're moving toward media consolidation, we'll soon have
some Oz like figure in charge of every single media lever and button that exists. s
anyone in America still nave enough to believe we have a free press if ownership of all
the media is in only a few mega-rich hands?
n the business sector it is the job of the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) to regulate,
control and dismantle monopolies along with the DOJ Antitrust Division. n the
communications sector, it's the job of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
to ensure we have a free press that is free from monopoly control. Based upon
performance, both agencies may as well not even exist, most especially the FTC.
Without competition, prices rise, workers have no options whatsoever for whom they
ultimately work and Americans, across the board, are crushed under the boot of mega-
monopoly control. To be clear, what some company, such as a Walmart, does outside of
the U.S. is not a concern or focus of this book. To date, the overwhelming evidence
suggests that we can't even fix the economic problems of America so worrying about
what happens elsewhere is not a concern until that track record changes. f Walmart
takes over China and puts every Chinese shop owner out of business, that's China's
problem, not ours and it may actually be good for the American economy since it would
bring money back to America, albeit to Bentonville, Arkansas. [All bets are that China
officials are not as stupid and corrupt as ours and would put a stop one single company
taking over their entire nation before Walmart achieved the absolute monopoly they now
possess within America.] Our American problem is that 70 percent of our economy is
Copyright 2011 308
_____________________________________________________________________
based upon consumer spending and far too much of that spending is going into the
pockets of the Walton family offspring and other major Walmart stockholders.
When it comes to doing the job of ensuring competition, breaking up monopolies and
removing the boot of even larger corporate entities from the neck of America the FTC
has been absolutely worthless for more than 30+ years. When it comes to mergers and
acquisitions they have one large rubber stamp that reads, APPROVED and no stamp
with the words that read, REJECTED! f the mega-rich, Wall Street and the hedge fund
swine want a merger or acquisition approved . . . it gets approved! No questions asked,
no comprehensive studies conducted to evaluate the impact upon the competitive
landscape or American workers and worst of all ZERO outcry whatsoever from the
American people who are tuned into American dol instead of their wallets. When there
is pushback from the American people, our greedy aristocracy simply utilizes their pre-
paid vote cards to bend Washington to their will . . . the result is APPROVED every
time out, no matter the consequences to America or her citizens.
Typically it's all done under the guise of progress, having to compete in a global
marketplace, bla, bla, bla. Every time the rubber APPROVED stamp gets used, millions
of Americans suffer the consequences of increased wage stagnation and thousands of
workers who had a good job are thrown into the streets because the job they previously
had becomes a redundant function or role. Far worse than either of those two economic
maladies . . . even more control of the America monopoly board is placed into the hands
of the greedy aristocracy. n turn, even more money flows upward within the American
pyramid scheme into the hands of an even fewer number of elite American aristocracy
members.
As far as breaking up any monopoly once it's formed, without a massive public outcry
you can forget almost about it! They don't call them monopolies for nothing. They
monopolize Washington, D.C. via K Street lobbyists and they monopolize campaign
contributions via a system of political corruption not seen since the Robber Barons
plunged America into the Great Depression.
The last significant break-up of any monopoly in America of any note was way back in
1982 with the breakup of AT&T a.k.a. the Bell System divestiture. The department of
justice filed an antitrust lawsuit against AT&T in 1974 which resulted in the Bell System
agreeing to divest its local exchange service operating companies. The company was
split into seven independent regional holding companies a.k.a. Baby Bells. Prior to the
break-up all broadcast networks relied exclusively on AT&T's infrastructure and the
break-up gave birth to so many companies and innovations [to include mobile phone and
satellite-technologies] that it's absolutely impossible to calculate the billions of dollars
created for the U.S. economy. Since that time, much has happened on the technology
front [the nternet, satellite communication and mobile phones just to name a few] all
spurred, at least in part, by the break-up of AT&T. Far more important, than the
technology wonders created, are the millions of good jobs created, via companies such
as MC/Sprint and Verizon, just to name a couple. The break-up allowed this segment of
our economy to get oxygen in order to innovate and grow outside of a fat behemoth
AT&T monopoly. The result was countless new jobs, massive tax revenue, strong
communities and a golden age within our American economy.
n short, monopolies, mergers and acquisitions kill competition and jobs, yet for all the
noise and talk year after year in Washington, D.C. not one significant move has been
Copyright 2011 309
_____________________________________________________________________
made to stop the acquisitions, mergers or to break-up monopolies. Why is simple. There
is way too much Monopoly play money at the top, way too many too big to fail entities
and way too many mega-sized multi-national corporate monopolies that engage in
blatant bribery via cronyism, massive campaign contributions and K Street lobbying. t's
called an oligarchy, a banana republic in which a former democracy is overtaken and
manipulated to operate to the benefit of the aristocracy alone and not the people. The
scam is all massaged by massive advertising and PR campaigns to manipulate the
American people into believing these mega-corporate behemoths are the good
guys . . . while all the politicians say that is small businesses that are the engine that
drives the America economy and creates good American jobs. Well which is it? A
positive environment for small business owners to operate or an oligarchy that serves
only the desires of the multi-national mega-corporations? Part A, the U.S. Chamber of
Commerce and the Business Roundtable love to talk the small business game 24/7,
but all three entities do everything within their massive power to crush every small
business in America at every turn. t is why we have a lousy economy, why we have no
hiring, why we have stagnated wages and a lack of business innovation, but
nonetheless, small business owners across America support both Party A and the U.S.
Chamber of Commerce to work 24/7 against the interests of small business owners. f
small businesses are the job creators, then where is the political support to breakup and
dismantle the behemoth mega-corporate gorillas sucking the life blood out of every small
business in America? n Washington, D.C. it is all just talk about small business support
in order to get a vote and nothing else whatsoever!
While for some companies, in a very few industry segments, there are competitive
pressures within the so called global economy to grow large in order to compete,
however, in most cases it has very little to do with the competitive pressures of the
global economy and everything to do with greed and exploitation via monopolization of
the American Monopoly board and that of the entire world.
The trend towards ever bigger corporate behemoths, if not stopped, will someday lead to
virtually everyone in America ultimately working for or buying from just a few mega-
corporations such as Walmart and GE. The question for Americans to ask is whether
that is a nation and future you want to live in, or one you want to leave as a legacy for
you children and grandchildren? Admittedly, every case is different and all mergers and
acquisitions are not evil or unwarranted. On extremely rare occasions when a company
is struggling financially, an acquisition is permissible to save jobs, but rarely is that the
case in most acquisition scenarios. Primarily mergers and acquisitions are based upon
pure unmitigated greed and a desire to monopolize commerce in America and the world.
The APPROVED rubber stamp of the FTC must be taken away by average citizens
who rise up to end a political system of bribery that allow the mega-rich and their
monopolies to dominate the marketplace. That is not going to happen as long as the
American public continues to be led like sheep off the bigger is better cliff of no return.
+top ATNT/" A$=.!"!t!on o1 T4Mo7!leI Even attempting to list the number of big
mergers and acquisitions over the last 30+ years that have been detrimental to the
American people would take its very own book. The most recent extremely large
merger/acquisition debacle that got the APPROVED rubber stamp via campaign
money bribery and lobbying was the NBC/Comcast deal in 2010. t should have been
stopped by American citizens, but virtually, no one noticed and even though a meek
battle was fought, we the people lost yet another battle and the deal went through
Copyright 2011 310
_____________________________________________________________________
further consolidating America's massive media holdings and propaganda machine into
the hands of our mega-rich aristocracy.
n a very telling and typical scenario of just how crooked Washington, D.C. really is,
consider that in spring 2011 Meredith Attwell Baker one of the FCC commissioners
that approved the acquisition of NBC's media holdings by Comcast got a big VP job
with Comcast to do lobbying for Comcast. The deal was approved in January 2011 and
by late spring the same year she received a fat cat lobbying job working for the company
she just approved a deal for?
n Washington, D.C. such pay-to-play cronyism is called democracy and for our so
called civil servants it's called an upward career path back within the private sector.
Such obvious revolving door pay-to-play schemes are so prevalent that almost no one
even pays attention any longer. 't's just how our government works' we're told and it
makes you wonder how many commissioners are negotiating a good lobbying job with
AT&T previous to the hearings on the acquisition of T-Mobile.
While monopolies can be broken-up and mergers and acquisitions can be undone, it is
far easier to stop them from occurring in the first place. That reality makes stopping the
upcoming acquisition of T-Mobile by AT&T absolutely critical! As detailed in Part , AT&T
has already been broken up once and now they have reassembled themselves again
into a massive behemoth corporation that owns much of America's monopoly board
already. n short, they are big enough and the deal to by T-Mobile, if allowed to go
through, will give AT&T the largest cell phone company in the U.S.
Approximately 65% of all wireless subscribers and revenues are already controlled
collectively by AT&T and Verizon who take in 80 percent of the industry profits.
1
f
allowed to take over T-Mobile's U.S. business, AT&T would control 40 percent of all
subscribers and together with Verizon would control 78 percent of all U.S. subscriber
revenues.
2
t would reduce the number of national cell phone carriers from 4 to 3 and
Ma Bell as AT&T was formerly known before being broken up decades ago will
essentially be reformed to reverse years of consumer choice, competitive prices in the
mobile industry as well as squashing all innovation going forward via a monopoly.
Ultimately, the deal would give AT&T and Verizon almost a two-headed mega-monopoly
that in short time would kill Sprint's ability to compete and almost overnight we will only
have 2 nationwide mobile phone carriers. f we act together now, we can stop this
acquisition from essentially recreating the AT&T business monopoly of old. t won't
happen and it won't get blocked without you and millions of other Americans standing up
to say NO! Clearly, the time and day has come to send a message that the merger
acquisition craze that has been destroying jobs and our nation for more than 30+ years
must end. The time to make a stand is now by stopping AT&T from acquiring T-Mobile!
3.7l!$ Knoled%e +ee" ATNT 3.r$#a"e o1 T4Mo7!le a" 6nt#!n,a7le
http://www.publicknowledge.org/public-knowledge-sees-att-purchase-t-mobile-unthin
AA* 5o&&ent" on ATNT A$=.!"!t!on o1 T4Mo7!le
Copyright 2011 311
_____________________________________________________________________
http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/sites/default/files/AA%20Comments%20ATT
%20TMobile.pdf
Federal Trade 5o&&!""!on 8FT59
http://www.ftc.gov/index.shtml
Federal 5o&&.n!$at!on" 5o&&!""!on 8F559
http://www.fcc.gov/
DOJ Ant!tr."t D!2!"!on
http://www.justice.gov/atr/
Re$ent and 3end!n% MaMor Mer%er" and A$=.!"!t!on"
http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/major-corporate-mergers-and-
acquisitions/2010/10/12/AFt8xMXB_gallery.html#photo=1
Repeal NAFTA, 0nd Fa"t Tra$, and Retool O.r )TO Relat!on"#!p
Repeal NAFTA No( As detailed in Part , NAFTA was the lynch pin whereby the mega-
rich pulled the plug at the bottom of the pool of middle-class wealth, upward mobility and
prosperity. So called leadership in both political parties, two presidents and the support
and signature by president, Clinton stand today as the second biggest sellout in
history of the American people by our nation's political class [just behind the Reagan era
tax cuts]. Make no mistake whatsoever, that, even though president Bush and
congressional members of Party A and many within Party B may have loaded the gun
it was president, Bill Clinton that pulled the NAFTA trigger upon the American people. t
was he that fired the first shot and it was he that set the wheels in motion for the financial
rape of the American people, via the free trade tsunami that has flushed middle-class
Americans down the free-trade financial drain. Furthermore, his signature on the NAFTA
agreement did more damage to the organized labor movement in American than any
legislation previous to that date or since. Nonetheless, organized labor continues to stick
by party B like an abused wife that has been beaten to a pulp, but loves her husband
from the security of a homeless shelter.
Revisionist histories now being written that NAFTA was an experiment that went wrong,
or that it was a mere mistake are an insult to the intelligence of all Americans. t was
the academic community and the so called intellectuals, with their utopian vision of
economic equality for all that was just as much behind the push for NAFTA as the
money changers on the so called right. As unbelievable as it is, the stupefied idea still
exists today that we the American people owe people and nations less fortunate our
wealth at the expense of our standard of living. Let it now be written . . . the idea that
America has the money, economy and the financial resources to float everyone's boat in
our hemisphere, or the entire world . . . is now officially dead! Let the record also show
that the so called intellectual community of utopian believers who believe that America
has an obligation to raise another nation out of poverty at the expense of our own
citizens are dead wrong!
Copyright 2011 312
_____________________________________________________________________
While Reagan's gush upward money scam, sold to the American people under trickle
down economics, started tilting the table wildly in favor of the mega-rich it was free-
trade that started with NAFTA that sealed our fate. Since that first horrible trade
agreement, with many others that followed thereafter, millions of Americans have had
their good jobs shipped off shore. Americans were reduced to burger flippers or stocking
shelves at Walmart while being told they should have studied more math and science
and across the board, wages, salaries and communities all across America have paid
the price. Even if you want to be kind and overly generous by calling NAFTA just a big
mistake, why hasn't the mistake been corrected? Simple, the mega-rich that pushed
NAFTA through in the first place, who own our government, don't want it corrected.
The day for a complete total reversal and repeal of NAFTA is now at hand. To be
ABSOLUTELY CLEAR, there is to be no tweaking, no renegotiation or lengthy review to
forestall crushing NAFTA, but instead we must have a complete repeal of the entire bill
that will take American back to pre-NAFTA trade law existence. Any bill, measure or talk
of anything short of an absolute, complete repeal of NAFTA is just more of the same
double talk and sellout of the American people that has been occurring for more than
30+ years. We shipped millions of good American jobs to Mexico via NAFTA and since
then have allowed Mexico to export their poverty problems to the U.S. While China has
become our largest competitor, Mexico has become America's biggest financial drain.
Only after NAFTA has been completely removed from the books as law, under the
watchful eye of American citizens, not Congress, we can move forward to renegotiate
and establish trade agreements that work for the American people instead of only
Mexico and the mega-rich. As part of the repeal, every penny of federal money
promised, earmarked and manipulated for any further work on a so called NAFTA Super
Highway must end, no government manipulation or money to acquire private land, no
NAFTA toll roads, etc., America will not be gutted down the middle to ship our jobs
and our prosperity south. The time has come for Mexico to stand upon it own economic
feet, stop stealing jobs from the U.S. and dumping their poverty issues upon the U.S.
0nd Fa"t Tra$, Fore2er( As explained in Part , it is the job and role of Congress to
investigate, legislate and approve any and all trade agreements. Nonetheless, via a
maneuver called Fast Track, that responsibility was dropped by Congress and handed
over to the executive branch to negotiate. Even though Fast Track authority has now
expired and trade agreements are now back in the hands of Congress where they
belong, agreements that began to be negotiated previous to Fast Track, still fall under
Fast Track authority. The just passed trade agreements with S. Korea and Columbia
were greased by Fast Track as well as the impending CAFTA agreements. The
American people has yet to pay attention and yet to rise up to force Congress to do its
job by opening up all the numbers, negotiations and implications to for a massive,
lengthy debate to be held out in the open before the American people. America has had
enough of trade agreements negotiated behind closed doors to the benefit of campaign
contributors only and a sell out of American industries and U.S. citizens that desperately
need to work at good paying jobs. For every trade agreement that is slipped through
without massive public scrutiny, another generation of American burger flippers and
Walmart stockers are born with the only benefactors being the greedy who get their
hands on even more cheap slave labor.
Retool and Rene%ot!ate )TO Relat!on"#!p( n short, America a once sovereign nation
is now under the rule of the WTO as far as international trade. At the top of the list of
Copyright 2011 313
_____________________________________________________________________
reforms must be that our government must have the right to promote and facilitate any
and all formal and informal programs and initiatives to promote the buying of American
goods and services. No matter what has previously been negotiated, singed, agreed to
or whatever nation on Earth that may get bent our shape . . . we own America, we
decide what we can or cannot do within our borders, not the WTO!
Secondly, patent and copyright infringement issues [a.k.a. blatant stealing by China]
must be stopped by the WTO or we pull out! Virtually no emerging nation within the
WTO honors such established business norms and ethical business behavior and it is
costing American businesses billions of dollars per year and millions of Americans good
jobs. The entire host of trade functions and rules supposedly under the enforcement of
the WTO are primarily only honored by America and a few European nations. When
nations, such as China, are caught red handed breaking agreements nothing
whatsoever happens, there are no significant penalties and the only WTO response is
nothing more than a 'please stop' plea with no teeth . . . the time has come to give the
WTO a wake-up call when dealing with America! The message is that the American
people have had enough of the WTO's double dealing games that are killing the
American economy. The WTO has no teeth, no backbone and at present is merely a tool
whereby all the other nations on Earth skirt the rules in order screw America. The time
has arrived for we the people to review the entire American relationship within the
WTO. Either it begins to work to our advantage, as the biggest economy on Earth, or we
pull out and go it alone . . . doing what we please, when we please just like China
operates within the world economy. We are a sovereign nation and no where within our
Constitution [that Party A just uncovered from a time capsule], nor in the ballot box, did
we agree to be ruled by the WTO. Since the radical right is now suddenly all about
adhering to the Constitution when it suits their political manipulation purposes, let's have
their so called Constitutional experts and esteemed historians explain to us ignorant
masses where the Constitution allows for America to be ruled by the WTO. Just another
wonderful opportunity for silencing the laughable buffoons who are manipulating the
Constitution 24/7 for the cause of greed . . . as if we the people are too stupid to
interpret the Constitution without their infinite wisdom and expertise).
While it is not being suggested that such a pullout will happen, or even that it should as
an absolute certainty, but it should be on the table as a bargaining chip going forward.
America can do without the WTO, but the WTO cannot yet do without America. The real
issue is a corrupted system of government whereby the mega-rich or some foreign
policy need dictates our bureaucrat negotiators' posture and behavior within the WTO.
Since our negotiators are not negotiating on behalf of the America people, the WTO
doesn't work for the American people . . . it's actually no more complex than that. Just
like everything else, the WTO works at the bequest of and for the mega-rich and rarely if
ever for average Americans.
n 2010 the Trade Reform Accountability, Development and Employment Act was
introduced into the House of Representatives. n short, it would have forced a
comprehensive reform of both WTO and NAFTA, but it of course got no where simply
because the mega-rich called in their pre-paid vote cards to kill the legislation. Likewise,
several attempts have been introduced over the years to repeal NAFTA. As a candidate,
president, Obama whispered a few words in support of killing NAFTA, but you've heard
nothing since have you? Again, pre-paid vote cards played by the mega-rich dictate that
NAFTA is still in force. Neither a repeal of NAFTA, comprehensive reform of our WTO
relationship, nor the roll back of all the other horrid trade agreements passed since
Copyright 2011 314
_____________________________________________________________________
NAFTA will occur as long as the American people remain impotent and divided
against ourselves and working against our own financial self interest. Such a posture
has to change, we have to wake up to trade agreements, the WTO's fleecing of America
and all free-trade implications upon our citizens and economy going forward. We've
been sold out by political corruption, no less than a slave on a slave block and we have
to wake-up and stop the free trade tsunami that is killing the America Dream for us all!
;.R. '012 Trade Re1or& A$$o.nta7!l!ty, De2elop&ent and 0&ploy&ent A$t
http://www.citizen.org/documents/TRADEActFactSheet2009.pdf
T.rnaro.nd t#e )TO 3et!t!on
http://www.wtoturnaround.org
F!<!n% a Fa!led To43arty Ol!%ar$#y
All the numbers, statistics, data and historical record revealed in Part say one thing: our
political system and the two major political parties are a failure if measured by the
ability to deliver upon the goal of economic prosperity for the vast majority of the
American people. Stagnated wages, a declining standard of living and a cavernous
wealth disparity between the mega-rich and the rest of America are a 30+ year record of
failure that simply cannot be denied. n short, our political system just isn't working any
longer for the people. nstead, it works only for the mega-rich and special interests.
While almost all Americans would agree with the statement that stupidity is doing the
same thing over and over expecting a different result . . . it is exactly what we continue
to do election cycle after election cycle as we watch in horror as the American Dream
continues to die right before our eyes.
Pinpointing the reason for failure may be almost as simple as political corruption via
cronyism and billions of dollars in campaign spending that create a pre-paid vote card for
the mega-rich that average Americans just don't have. Setting aside that reality as one
sure culprit in the failure, the other clear culprit has to be a complete lack of focus by
either of the two political parties and American voters on the economy, jobs and the
massive wealth disparity that exists in America. Whether the two parties have failed by
trying to be all things to all people with no priorities, or whether all those competing
priorities are merely the manipulation tools of the mega-rich and political class are now
the questions to ask and resolve. One thing is for sure, if you step back and look at the
myriad of issues tossed onto our political plate to resolve, it seems like nothing short of
bizarre to have ever thought that this could work. Democracy is messy while a
Communist dictatorship like China is streamlined and efficient when making economic
decisions. Sad, but true, which could be why they are kicking our economic posteriors. n
China the idea of religion and politics, along with the terms social liberal or social
conservative don't even enter into the economic equation. They are focused instead on
kicking our economic posterior and providing jobs and upward mobility opportunities for
their people. What a concept, just imagine if America was focused on such things
Copyright 2011 315
_____________________________________________________________________
instead of religion, social conservatism and social liberalism, unattainable utopian ideals,
saving the planet and creation of a nanny state.
To even attempt to pull out and diagram the strict economic agenda of either of the two
political parties is almost impossible because neither have a clear cut goal that is stated.
Both claim to be looking-out for the economic interest of the people, but nothing that
impacts that nebulous objective ever gets accomplished. Performance is measured by
accomplishments and when a job review is conducted on our government and the two
parties the performance says nothing but failure. The most glaring failure is the
ruination of our economy and the loss of trillions of dollars in personal wealth by
Washington, D.C. being in bed with Wall Street. Even before that failure erupted,
however, the American political class has a 30+ year record of creating massive wealth
disparity by continuing to funnel money to the top. f it can be assumed that the goal of
government is wealth accumulation and prosperity for the largest number of citizens,
then why is that NOT the No. 1 focus of the two political parties? The rapidly declining
standard of living in America is the bottom line that must be addressed in the
performance review of our two political parties going forward. To date, with that as the
measuring stick, both of the two political parties are complete failures who deserve an F
on their report card. When you add in, trillions of dollars in red ink to the performance
review of our political class their F grade falls off the charts.

Most Americans now view our political quagmire as a disgusting mess, an entwined ball
of string that can't be untangled so most have just given up, stopped voting, tuned-out
and are resigned to ride an American economic boat that is going down the toilet. The
idea that a vote for any party but A or B is a wasted vote is, quite frankly, hard to
disagree with at this juncture in time, but as long as we're locked into that status quo
failed system we're doomed! t's exactly because we're in that lock-down, with no
alternatives, that Party A and Party B continue to get a pay check even though they
continually fail to perform their No. 2 job priority. They believe that we the people are
simply stuck with them and have no option to hire anyone else. That belief by them and
the majority of the American people is the force that has created a downward sucking
vortex a.k.a. the political toilet taking all of America downward financially, except for the
elite in the top 10 percent that receive all the economic benefits of government. As long
as the mega-rich can keep us locked into two parties dominated by their money, we the
people are going to lose.
While no one of course can see into the future, most people would predict that the two
existing political parties are going to be with us far into the future simply because they
are so engrained into our psyche and governmental system. f that's the case, then their
performance has to change or we're doomed to ride the down escalator economically.
That conclusion is no longer up to conjecture, but is now a foregone fact. This so called
system just isn't working any longer and it's not going to work as long as we stay with
the status quo. Bringing about that change in performance will not be simple or easy.
There is no silver bullet and there is no easy painless fix, but if you expect the children in
Washington, D.C. to suddenly grow up and stop playing political games at our expense
without a massive outcry for revolution from the American people then you know
nothing whatsoever about the city and how completely dysfunctional it really is. t's
nothing but a political game 24/7, it's how the place exists, it's how it functions, it what it
lives for and it has been a part of the city's DNA for so long that the American people
have grown to accept it.
Copyright 2011 316
_____________________________________________________________________
Our political class, at the urging of the mega-rich, are marching the American people into
the sea of poverty, day-by-day, week-by-week, year-by-year. The economic playing field
has never been more monopolized and tilted in favor of the mega-rich at any time in our
nation's history and yet the political class has done nothing whatsoever to correct that
trend over the course of 30+ years. Neither of the two parties has done anything
whatsoever to dismantle the American pyramid scheme whereby all the money flows
upward to be amassed by the mega-rich who own both political parties. A completely
flawed tax structure, a corrupt campaign finance system that is blatant bribery and
economic monopolies in the marketplace answer all questions the American people may
have as to whom both political parties serve the mega-rich. Our political class has
operated for well over 30+ years with one singular focus, reward campaign contributors
at the expense of the people, then lie to the people by pretending you're looking out
for them. Now, as a result of their singular focus, we have a mountain of red ink and
oligarchy form of government, instead of a democracy, that now intends to pay off the
red ink on the backs of middle-class Americans and the poor.
All the statistics in Part say one thing: THS SN'T WORKNG! As far as the financial
wellbeing for the majority of the American people, the two-party political system is an
abysmal failure! No further discussion required the facts are the facts and can no
longer be denied. t's all corrupt, it's fixed and it's we the people that have been
screwed while the greedy have been wildly rewarded in such disproportion that it is
unconscionable.
There are those who will of course measure success by the fact that we are not yet
killing each other in the streets and burning Washington, D.C. to the ground as a
yardstick for success. f that is the measuring stick almost anything short of complete
anarchy is a success. We're not yet at this low point, but without a doubt we're heading
in that direction! Picture a playground seesaw where the fat posteriors of the mega-rich
are at the ground level of an economic seesaw and our entire nation is dangling up in
the air . . . that is the present picture of America. f not leveled, at some point that
untenable scenario will lead to violence, chaos and destruction and it won't be the mega-
rich that pay their greed . . . it will be the little people who suffer.
The reasons our current two-party political system is a colossal failure are many, but
first and foremost it is primarily due to the money running the system. n an atmosphere
of obvert bribery that we call democracy for some reason, almost zero real
transparency and voter apathy by half the population . . . what else would anyone
expect? With almost no supervision whatsoever, the mega-rich are doing what every fat
kid in a candy store will do . . . eat all the candy and leave nothing for anyone else.
The problem is that the system itself hasn't been reformed to any significant degree
since its inception. There are of course those who will say, once again, that it works, but
it's like watching sausage being made, it's ugly to watch. Cute clich, but trite little
sayings don't speak to the fact that virtually nothing is being made and when it is made
it's done in an atmosphere of back room deal making and corruption with the
undeniable finger of the mega-rich dictating that every piece of sausage that comes out
is in their favor. Nothing gets passed into law unless the mega-rich say it can be
passed . . . period! Every winner or loser in every piece of legislation that determines any
money flow [be it business or government related], is determined by bribery in one form
or another. The only concern for the people comes in a smoke and mirrors
Copyright 2011 317
_____________________________________________________________________
bamboozling game in front of the cameras to make it appear Congress and state
legislatures are working for the people.
Members of Congress work for themselves, their families, their mega-rich handlers and
their political party. The party always comes first because without it, they're locked out of
the political system and without the mega-rich they have no money to run for office
because the current election system makes if cost prohibitive. n turn, the American
public at large is stupid enough to vote for the candidate that runs the most commercials,
no matter how manipulated and contrived the message may be. The corruption is
systemic via the money required to run and absolute loyalty to the party required for
political survival with no adherence to convictions as to what is good for the majority
of the American people. When political parties come before the people's business, it is
time for those parties to go!
Currently in Congress, as of this writing, there are three independents and one socialist.
Why? Simple: because party A and party B have a monopoly on our political system. n
front of the cameras at least, they supposedly hate each other as they fight for the
people, but when the cameras are off they both have the same huge fear. Both parties
are afraid the American people might finally wise up and figure out whose work is really
being done in Washington, D.C. Once that happens, assuming anarchy doesn't occur,
hundreds of independents, a strong third party or multiple parties will emerge. That
change would threaten the money flows, via the two-party status quo, and that's their
real fear. t always comes down to the money and how to get their greedy hands on as
much of it as possible to funnel to their political party backers.
n the current system [assuming the corporate media can maintain the smoke and
mirrors game to keep the people docile with a steady drip of two-party morphine]
prospects for more independents, a strong third party or multiple political parties are
remote. As evidence, look no further than the two-party lockout system currently in
place. f we are supposed to be living in a democracy, where all ideas are welcomed
and encouraged, then why is a candidate required to acquire thousands and thousands
of signatures within a short time window just to get on the ballot to run? Perhaps
previous to electronic voting the printing costs of having more names on the ballot may
have been somewhat cost prohibitive, but not any longer. Surely you need some bar for
signatures to get on the ballot, but why wouldn't it not be only a few hundred, instead of
thousands?
The answer to that question is because it is all fixed for the mega-rich to always win via
a two-party only lockout game to control the American Monopoly board. t's to guard the
money flow by protecting the status quo. f independents get elected and new parties get
voted in, what happens to the money flow? At a minimum it gets diluted, more flows to
the people instead only into the hands of the political establishment or better yet the
political money will disappear all together to restore a true democracy. While the two
parties fear such a change to their sophisticated game, it's the mega-rich behind the
political two-party establishment that shake in their boots when they consider such a
change. t's all about their ability to control, manipulate and funnel even more wealth into
their pockets. With more parties and more independents they lose control of the
Monopoly board. They no longer get to set all the rules. They no longer get to say our
way or the highway. As long as the mega-rich can manipulate us down either one
political party chute or the other to keep us divided they can continue to control the
Monopoly board because they own and control both of the two existing political parties.
Copyright 2011 318
_____________________________________________________________________
The game and pyramid scheme that funnels all money to the top simply remains in
place.
Just look at the recent evidence with the Tea Party. No sooner did the Tea Party come
into existence than Party A reached out and snatched them under their wing with a
you're one of us pitch. Behind the scenes, the Party A establishment was absolutely
freaking out until they were able to blow smoke into the Tea Party beehive in order to
make the Tea Party docile enough in order to move the hive under Party A control. t
remains to be seen however whether the Party A establishment can actually control their
Tea Party beehive. Almost any challenge to the existing two-party political establishment
is a move in the right direction and within Party B, there is virtually no force whatsoever
to challenge the status quo except little chirping peeps from some Progressive Party and
rumors of a Green Party both lined up like zombies under the Party B establishment.
What will become of the Occupy Wall Street movement in America is difficult to say as
of this writing at this early juncture, but one thing is for sure: an already failed Party B is
making their play just like Party A did for the Tea Party. With much of the Tea Party
being comprised of small business owners, they were sucked up like gullible little kittens
by Party A who's only goal is unrestrained free trade and growing already behemoth
U.S. corporations into Godzilla creatures that consume every small business in America.
The words anti-trust violations and breaking up monopolistic Godzilla corporations that
are killing every small business in America is not on the Party A agenda whatsoever, but
the Tea Party has already been had and played for suckers.
The looming question now is whether the Occupy Wall Street movement will be played
for suckers by Party B? As noted in Part , from 1999 to 2008 leading up to the mortgage
loan meltdown, the financial sector spent $1.738 B on campaign donations within federal
elections and 45 PERCENT OF THAT $1.738 B WENT TO PARTY B. What else does
the Occupy Wall Street movement need to know? Thus far, the corporate owned media
has marginalized the Occupy Wall Street movement by describing them as unfocussed
and disorganized with no clear objectives. Those descriptions may or may not hold
some validity, but we'll soon see if they are completely stupid by being suckered into
Party B the way the Tea Party was suckered into Party A. Following upon the status quo
failures, of either of the two existing political parties, is just more of the dog chasing its
tail path to futility. While fun for the media and great for the power objectives of Party B,
a marginalized Occupy Wall Street movement operating under the influence of failed
Party B opiates is a complete waste of time, energy and most importantly opportunity for
a true political revolution.
As for the Libertarian Party, forget about it, a brain dead group misguided by only liberty
and freedom dogma with zero justice that will have us all even more dominated and
under the boot of the mega-rich like never before in our history. One thing is absolutely
clear, at present, no existing political party is focused at all on our economy, stagnated
wages and salaries, workers' rights, opportunities for upward mobility, off shore jobs
outsourcing, the hoards of new immigrants, trade deficits or the massive wealth
inequality in America. The American people are blowing in the wind and no political
leader or party is looking ahead or delivering any new world economic solutions for the
American people. Dead parties, dead ideas and zero political leadership whatsoever!
Both political parties, as any review of opensecrets.org will reveal . . . are owned by the
same mega-rich money masters in charge of the American game board. The game is
Copyright 2011 319
_____________________________________________________________________
simple, you cow tail and answer to the mega-rich or you don't get elected because the
people have no money and if you have no money . . . you just can't win political office
under the current fixed political system. Even if you had money, without the media
machine owned exclusively by the mega-rich, your chances for exposure to voters are
almost zero. With the campaign finance laws now in place, as in no laws whatsoever, it's
just that simple.
Somehow Party B manages to promise everything to everyone who is not on the right of
the culture war or still believes in fairy tale stories of trickle down economics. That
creates such a fragmented and schizophrenic political party with so many competing
agendas that it's unmanageable and incoherent beyond comprehension. While Party A's
solution to every issue is to give the mega-rich more money, God only knows what Party
B's economic platform is based upon? Stimulus money, unemployment and welfare
checks and seeing how many pregnant, uneducated new immigrants they can dump
upon America's poor and add to the welfare roles in order to get more votes . . . seems
to be their economic platform.
While party B manages to throw the people a bone with a little meat left on it from time
to time such as HC reform or an unemployment or welfare check the majority of
their money and backing come from the exact same place that Party A gets their cash.
Party B simply has more greedy trial lawyers contributing than Party A, but essentially
it's the same mega-money. Rather than working to fix the system and rebalance the
economic playing field by busting monopolies and rejecting mergers and acquisitions,
taxing the mega-rich, penalizing U.S. corporations that ship jobs off shore, raising tariffs
on imported goods and services . . . Party B is focused solely upon increasing their base
of poverty voters via immigration and prolonging dependency upon their party for basic
survival with such initiatives as a social safety net. The only real question is which party
devotees are the biggest suckers: those that believe in trickle down economics or
those that believe there is an endless pot of money in Washington, D.C.? Neither party
has any intention to re-lever the playing field, which is at the core of our economic
problems.
Whereas Party A somehow snatched God on high as their perceived party leader,
Party B is constantly stirring the pot of social issues to keep their voters coming back for
more opium. Not too dissimilar than addicts looking for a fix . . . as long as the economic
table is unleveled there will always be a need for another shot in the arm. f Party B were
to bite the mega-rich hand that feeds them and work to re-level the playing field . . .
unemployment checks, welfare and a social safety net wouldn't be desperately needed
and neither would the party of poverty pimps.
At the end of the day, American voters have only two really bad choices: the far left
fringe or the racial right option and nothing in between . . . where most Americans reside.
We Americans just want a descent job and to make a respectable living where we can
put food on the table, send our children to college without incurring massive debt and to
live our lives. Are either of the two political alternatives we're given focused on that basic
desire? Hell NO! The two parties are focused solely upon liberal or conservative
ideology and getting or keeping their party in power so it can funnel more money to their
true masters . . . the mega-rich that own both parties. t's a huge manipulation game
that's been played over and over for more than three decades with the American people
being used as pawns for political power. This shell game of lies and manipulation in the
face of well documented financial losses for the vast majority of the American people just
Copyright 2011 320
_____________________________________________________________________
continue election cycle after election cycle . . . as we the people sit idle, apathetic,
stupefied and dumbfounded. Yea, we're stupid, half of us don't even make it out of high
school now, but even so, can we really be this stupid?
What will it take to get America beyond the present two-party political toilet that is
sucking us all down the drain? There is absolutely no way it can happen with the same
old faces within the two existing parties that got us here. Even if you stay with your
beloved party, ALL the incumbents and existing leaders have to go! True change for the
better will unfortunately take a lot of work, grassroots organizational structures and a few
small wins here and there. We don't like political work, we're all about quick fixes and
instantaneous gratification and it's why we've made the mistake of voting in the other
failed party election cycle after election cycle instead of taking back the reigns of political
power and returning rule of America back to the people.
Make no mistake, the political scientists are absolutely correct on at least one point
when that they conclude that political change is all about well oiled organizational
structures and networks. Without it, no political change will ever occur . . . it's just not
possible to combat the media machine of the mega-rich without it. An extensive multi-
layered organizational structure is exactly how the mega-rich now own us like dogs in a
total and almost complete lockdown that resembles prison. Via their organizational
structures and their intertwined overlapping networks the mega-rich set the table.
They dictate the issues to be discussed or prohibit issues from being discussed, namely
the massive wealth inequality in America that is never allowed to get any air. As long as
they own the dialog and own our political class and the media we the people will
continue to lose economically.
This reality beckons the question, 'can we the little people actually win?' David beat
Goliath didn't he? There was a French Revolution wasn't there? Dictators in the middle-
east are falling aren't they? So the short answer is yes we can win, but the word win
should be tempered with caution just a bit. Without going the bloody route of the French
Revolution, we can only at best hope to greatly re-level the playing field. f we go the
bloody route, it will be the little people that will pay the consequences, not the mega-
rich. Chaos and anarchy are NOT the answer! We will never have utopia or true equality,
but a more equalized playing field is a win because only anarchists are stupid enough
to want to bring the entire house down upon our own heads. Admittedly, to see some of
the greedy bastards on Wall Street hanging with their tongues and eyeballs bulging out
would be fun in a virtual world via a gaming console, but most Americans don't have the
stomach for that reality.
f we react now by reading the writing on the wall we can simply fix the system and
dispense with the hanging and mayhem, but if we don't it's coming just a sure as the sun
will rise tomorrow morning. Google the French Revolution and you'll quickly see parallels
to today that are so blatant and so absolutely clear and undeniable that only a fool can't
see what's coming if we remain on the present path. One member of Congress has
already been shot by a madman, New Orleans, during Katrina, could have quickly
spiraled out of control, South Central L.A. along with every major inner city area in
America are one spark away from erupting. Add in austerity measures levied against the
middle-class and the poor, to pay off greed at the top, and America is now standing upon
a powder keg. The root to it all is money and greed at the top and corruption of our
political system.
Copyright 2011 321
_____________________________________________________________________
0nd t#e Br!7ery( 5o&pre#en"!2e 5a&pa!%n F!nan$e Re1or& ? NO)I
Two major political parties, 535 members of Congress and 311+ million citizens and no
one it seems can come up with a viable way to fix the bribery, corruption and ownership
of our government by special interests and the mega-rich? Our campaign finance
system will never be perfect, but with the present system nothing even resembling a
democracy exists. The background and rationale were clearly laid out in Part to justify
six straightforward steps that will greatly help to return rule of America to the people as
it was envisioned by our founding fathers. These straightforward steps are as follows:
1) Overturn the Citizens United versus the Federal Election Commission Supreme
Court SCOTUS ruling that gave corporations, labor unions and other
organizations the right to spend money from their general treasury to back or
oppose specific candidates running for office. That will still leave the door almost
wide open for electioneering type spending that does not name specific
candidates. Going forward however, any and all money behind any effort with
implications upon the function of our government or the election of officials must
disclose the individual donors behind the effort . . . no more secret funding from
anonymous donors manipulating our political system for their own agenda or
financial gain.
2) Create a campaign contribution ceiling of $10 K max per calendar year across all
avenues, parties, committees, and candidates. That would be a total ceiling of
$10 K per year across local, state and federal elections. Amounts for
electioneering [non candidate specific spending] would remain as is, but with
the strict stipulation that all contributions must have full and complete
transparency, with individual identities and contribution amounts for the American
people to audit, see and document via complete sunlight and regulation.
3) No more PAC spending whatsoever on specific candidate campaigns either for
or against. PACs should be strictly limited to electioneering spending only.
Although not perfect, at present, bundling money into PAC contributions for
specific candidates is nothing more than clear and undeniable vote buying that
must end completely! t's blatant bribery to procure a pre-paid vote card to use to
push for or block legislation.
4) No more bundling whereby rich fat cats solicit political contributions to be
earmarked under their name for the purpose of buying political favors,
government and White House appointments and government loans for green
industry scams upon U.S. taxpayers. All political contributions must become
individual contributions only!
5) Abolish and eliminate all 527 groups and entities, be they headed or sponsored
by a member of Congress to bribe their fellow members of Congress, or more
germane electioneering 527 groups engaged in electioneering activities. Both are
a tool that introduces even more millions of dollars into the political system to buy
votes on legislation in Congress. Buying votes is illegal at polling stations and it
therefore must become illegal within the halls of Congress.
6) Full transparency and financial disclosure of every single dollar, over $5000 per
year contributed to any 501(c)(4) entity. The names and contributed amounts
Copyright 2011 322
_____________________________________________________________________
must be accessible via every single 501(c)(4) website and if no site exists,
available via e-mail request. No more billionaires operating behind the scenes to
fund 501(c)(4) publications, articles, websites, mailings, etc. to bend the feeble
minds of Americans to work against their own economic self interest via floods of
propaganda. At a minimum, Americans should clearly be able to follow the
money to see who is behind the curtain, pulling the strings so citizens can make
up their own minds in an atmosphere of complete sunlight and transparency.
Voila it's done, campaign finance reform delivered, problem largely solved. No debates,
no posturing, no lobbying, no 24/7 smoke and mirror media manipulation . . . just one
clean sweep, write it up and we're done . . . move on to the next challenge. The resulting
political environment will still of course be far from perfect, but the six simple
straightforward measures above would do more to return rule of our nation back to the
people, via the vote, than any reforms in perhaps 50 years, if not longer.
Yes, we would still have the corrupting roaches on K Street, a.k.a. lobbyists, but they
would now have to lobby instead of buying Congressional votes outright via bundling
their massive wealth into PAC donations. Millions and millions of dollars would be
removed from the vote buying game by slashing the total amount of individual
contributions to specific candidates to a maximum of $10 K per year. By banning the
money and ability of 527s to buy off members of Congress and exert party and senior
member control of junior Congressional members we would remove even more of the
mega-millions lottery that presently makes the individual vote of a common citizen
virtually worthless. Most important of all, at present, by overturning the Citizens United
versus the Federal Election Commission Supreme Court ruling, the most egregious blow
to democracy in our lifetime, millions more dollars would be removed from what now
amounts to a political sledge hammer of political corruption and manipulation that favors
corporations and the mega-rich alone. Finally, by legislating identity and contributions
disclosure for all 501(c)(4) organizations and groups, Americans would at least know
who is doing the funding.
The pay-to-play political corruption and bastardization of our American political system
and democracy has gone on for far too long, as the American people's legislative needs
interests have been trampled by the greed of our aristocracy. With the Obama 2012
campaign expected to raise and spend a billion dollars and the Party A candidate
expected to try and follow suit plus the millions upon millions that will be spent in
Congressional races, state legislatures and local elections . . . the poisonous, radioactive
waters of political corruption and vote buying have finally come over the dam. Enough!
The American people of all political persuasions must now step up to demand an end to
the outlandish political spending, along with full and complete disclosure of all players
manipulating the political deck of cards.
Clearly, there is no other issue more important to America, than massive and
comprehensive campaign finance reform! Without it, the mega-rich alone own and
control America, our government and our future. f allowed, they will do nothing more
than continue to march middle-class Americans into a sea of poverty by off shore job
outsourcing, massive numbers of new immigrants and budget balancing on the backs of
those who can least afford it. At a time when America is on the brink of financial disaster,
everyday citizens are literally starving, losing their homes to foreclosure and their jobs.
For either party, or candidates of either party, to spend billions on political campaigns in
this economic environment is repulsive and sickening beyond comprehension! How
Copyright 2011 323
_____________________________________________________________________
many people could those billions feed, how many budgets could be brought closer into
balance and how many people could be re-employed with money that is currently
spread like manure upon the American people with gotcha politics and negative political
advertising to support a status quo political system that has to date failed the American
people economically?
The time has come for the political establishment to understand that we the people
demand performance! We're done with the two-party only BS and their games at the
expense of the people. The days of kissing babies, bus tours, lavish conventions a.k.a.
multi-day drunk-fests wearing stupid hats are over! Hollow speeches that promise
change we can believe in via some ideological head in the clouds social liberal manure
doesn't feed people or put a roof over people's heads. From here on out it's all about
bread and butter, wealth disparity, jobs and a strong U.S. economy! We the people are
no longer buying the smoke and mirrors manure being spread! We now know who owns
and runs America and we demand that control be returned to the people via
cancellation of pay-to-play business as usual and complete political reform!
Americans, via the nternet, now have alternative sources of political information at their
fingertips. n the 2008 election cycle, 24 percent of Americans got most of their political
news and information from the nternet.
1
As a whole, 73 percent of all nternet users, a
number representing 54 percent of all U.S. adults, went online for political information.
2

While not everyone has access to the nternet, the vast majority of Americans do and
that number will only continue to grow. Just like any other communication medium, the
nternet has its share of misinformation and political propaganda, but compared to
corporate owned news sources and TV based political ads, the nternet is far superior!
At least if Americans deploy their brains and engage in critical thinking, they can find
accurate news and political information on the nternet. With TV ads and corporate
owned media outlets, Americans get only sound bites, gotcha politics, hysteria,
hyperbole, manipulation, talking points and only perspectives from the two major political
parties. Such limited vehicles only serve to perpetuate ignorance and ensure Americans
stay with a failed two-party only system of government. By removing the billions of
dollars now in our political system, both candidates and voters will be forced somewhat
to rely less on mindless TV ads that are now obsolete and only for the gullible. nstead of
relying on the staid good guys versus the bad guys game and culture wars, candidates
will be forced to take clear legislative positions, state what they will vote for and why in
the event they are elected. Presently, candidate websites are only red, white and blue
donkey or elephant games with as few actual position details as possible. t's total crap!
t's vote and hope that always delivers the same result . . . the mega-rich becoming
richer and average Americans getting screwed.
The time is long past for American voters, who are supposed to be adults, to rely only on
little animal characters to decide the future of our nation. Our lives are not a cartoon and
the political games being played ceased being funny a long time ago! At present, as far
as examining the issues, being informed and engaging politically, Americans are
woefully negligent and we're now living a hellish economic existence as a result. We're
taken in and played like suckers at a political carnival whereby the big money wins and
those without it lose. At present it's all about marketing, advertising, flag waving, image
making and massive money based propaganda machines run by an elephant or a
donkey. As long as billions of dollars are allowed into the system, it will continue to be a
pay-to-play carnival game with the mega-rich owing the entire game. Presently, the
aristocracy has their system fine tuned with money to function exactly the way they
Copyright 2011 324
_____________________________________________________________________
molded it over the course of decades. Their goal is to keep the masses ignorant and
uninformed so they will continue buying into the propaganda that furthers to divide the
people and keep them conquered . . . while they continue to exploit it all to their
economic advantage and laugh all the way to the bank.
T#e *nternet and 5a&pa!%n 2010
http://pewresearch.org/pubs/1931/online-political-use-2010-over-half-US-adults

Once reformed, those that violate the forthcoming campaign finance reforms, go to jail
without possibility of parole, period! No slaps on the wrist, no commutation of sentences,
no looking the other way. Otherwise they'll work the system and walk the streets until a
new administration is voted in and ask for a commutation of their sentence. As a great
barometer for just how corrupt our political system really is and politicians really are,
consider the attitude of our former House Minority leader. n 2010, upon conviction on
charges of illegally funneling money to influence elections in Texas, former U.S. House
Minority Leader Tom DeLay said, This criminalization of politics is very dangerous. t's
dangerous to our system. No! Mr. DeLay, what's dangerous to our system and
American at large, is the pay-to-play political corruption that exists and goes on every
single day in Washington, D.C. and every state legislature in America. Just the legalized
corruption alone, via our campaign finance system, is horrible enough, but if the truth
were known, if the focus and resources were available to pursue it . . . the illegal cash
money, political favors and backroom deal making that transpires would set
Washington, D.C. and state capitols literally ablaze if it were to all be uncovered and
exposed to the American people.
When the political class and the mega-rich rule our nation with money, walk on every
criminal and civil charge, skirt all the laws via high powered attorneys, but a kid in the
inner city does massive jail time for a small rock of crack cocaine . . . we have no
America any longer! We now exist in an oligarchy and a banana republic where the
middle-class is shrinking ever smaller by the day, millions of children starve and the
greedy become even richer as they gain even more control of our government, our
economy and continue to hammer a death nail into the American Dream. The day for a
complete reform of our campaign finance system is now at hand and it must be at the
top of the list of political objectives pursued by the American people going forward.
Fa!r 0le$t!on" No
http://fairelectionsnow.org/

0le$t!on Re1or&" and Ne 3ol!t!$al 3art!e"
As explored in Part , while the two dominate political parties supposedly hate each
other; they're united 100 percent in locking down the election system into a two-party
only dictatorship of ineptitude. Each election day, most Americans, outside the fervent
Copyright 2011 325
_____________________________________________________________________
party devotees, are given what they consider to be two horribly bad choices: voting for a
millionaire in Party A or one in Party B. Since both candidates are backed by the mega-
rich via campaign contributions and influence peddling that amounts to bribery the
end result is always the same: NO RESULTS toward re-leveling the playing field to
resolve the economic issues of the people who are supposed to be in charge. The
outcome equals an oligarchy not a democracy!
Currently we have a political system much like major league baseball: a National League
and the American League in which political puppets play act upon a stage where all the
puppet strings are connected to the mega-rich above the stage. Each party has a farm-
league system that fields rich players who start out on city councils or county boards,
then they move to state politics and eventually slither up -95 into the federal big
leagues. At any point, any player that bucks the mega-rich oligarchy, a.k.a. the two-party
system, gets sent home and is out of the game. Because it typically takes years to make
it to elected office at the federal level, by the time they arrive they're so indoctrinated
with party dogma and the politics of money . . . they're worthless as far as responding to
the needs of the people. Their alliance is to their party that put them in the game and
their only priority is keeping their party and themselves in office.
Every state has a different set of election laws and criteria for getting on the ballot and
running for public office. Although different in every state one thing is the same: Party A
and Party B have joined hands, over the course of decades, to make it virtually
impossible for anyone that's not in either of the two parties to get elected. n other words,
it's rigged for either Party A or Party B to win every election. As evidence, as of this
writing there are only four members of Congress who are not a member of one or the
two dominate parties. That fact speaks for itself. The current system spits in the face of
democracy by ensuring that only the rich ever get elected to office. Party B hates to lose
to party A and vise versa, but as long as someone from the political class wins they can
live with it. t's all about ensuring that the status quo money funnel continues to be
channeled in only two directions and the odds for the political class only winning are kept
at 100 percent.
Party A and Party B do not fear voters, China, the economy, the media or anything else,
nearly as much as they fear any encroachment upon their two-party only money/power
funnel. They are desperate at all times to maintain the idea that it has always been a
two-party game and therefore it is set in stone that is must always be only a two-party
game. This highly flawed misconception has America in prison lockdown via the idea
that a vote for anyone outside of the political class [Party A or B] is a wasted vote. n
truth, if you're seeking any real positive change in America, a vote for either Party A or B
is a wasted vote! As long as the puppet strings to the mega-rich remain uncut, nothing
will ever change.
Clearly nothing is seen by both parties as more of a threat than deviating from the
scripted game that's been played in Washington, D.C. and in state legislatures for more
than 30+ years. t's exactly why the Tea Party was quickly hugged and gobbled up by
Party A and it's why Party B is desperately reaching out to the Occupy Wall Street
movement with the kiss of Judas that will do nothing whatsoever to bring about any real
change.
The emergence of hundreds of independents and or a Party C, D and E would first and
foremost interrupt the flow of money to Party A or Party B, but for the people it would
Copyright 2011 326
_____________________________________________________________________
help to restore democracy to America. t's about dismantling the oligarchy and
demanding performance form Washington, D.C. instead of 24/7 party games. t's just
like running a business, if you currently have two employees, one lazy and the other
psychotic, what happens to the work dynamic if you hire a new employee that is
motivated and passionate? The performance of the company increases via competition
between all three employees. As long as the two employees can keep anyone else from
being hired, they can do nothing and still get paid. Doing nothing and accomplishing
nothing on behalf of average Americans and still getting paid is what Party A and Party B
are extremely good at. Continuing to promise the world while deliver nothing has been
the status quo political standard in American for more than 30+ years.
They have big extravaganza conventions, talk a really good game, dominate the
corporate owned news media 24/7, give great speeches, talk about Washington, D.C.
being a shining city on the hill, etc. and that's it! Nothing ever changes, while the mega-
rich get richer, the little people get sold out and the middle-class continues to disappear
right before our eyes.
f we are still stupid enough to continue to believe the speeches and buy into the hollow
rhetoric spewed from the mouths of the political class about how this big charade is all
about a fight for the interests of the little people then why not allow more parties,
candidates and players into that noble fight? f it's all about what's good for us, then
more competition is far better than only two parties that owe their existence to the mega-
rich, right? f that's the case, ask yourself the following questions to the following facts:
t takes 675,00 petition signatures for an independent or minor party presidential
candidate to get on the ballot in all 50 states (26 times the number needed if you
are the Party A or Party B presidential candidate).
1
Requirements for a minor party candidate to get on the ballot increased tenfold
form 1930 to 1980 (while the population merely doubled).
2
Filing fees in most states only apply to independent or minor party candidates.
3
Ridiculously high petition signature requirements and time windows exist in most
states just to get on the ballot, such as: CA 140,149 within a 15 week period;
OK 58,552; MD 69,500 or NC 43,601.
4
Take just one case study from Georgia which the Supreme Court [appointed by either
Party A or B] refused to hear in January 2011. n Coffield v Kemp, 10596 Coffield an
independent candidate running for the U.S. House in 2008 filed a case that challenged
the onerous, ridiculous walls put up by the two main political parties to ensure no one
ever gets on the ballot unless they are sanctioned by the mega-rich who own our two
existing parties.
The State of Georgia requires a petition signed by 5 percent of all registered voters in a
district. All signed petition sheets must be notarized and all petitions must be collected
on over-size paper. To preclude anyone not from the leisure class [rich] from running as
a candidate they cannot begin getting petition signatures until six months before the
July petition deadline. n even a small voting district, that means tens of thousands of
Copyright 2011 327
_____________________________________________________________________
signatures must be obtained in just six months. Added to that almost impossible wall to
climb, a filing fee of 3 percent, approximately $5 K must be paid.
Way back in 1964, an independent Georgia candidate actually completed the ridiculous
requirement to get a petition signed by 5 percent of registered district voters, so Party A
and B in Georgia put their heads together and shrunk the petition period to July . . .
instead of October as it had been for decades. Then they added another level of
onerous criteria by making it mandatory that the petitions be notarized. To date, since
the two political parties colluded to ensue no one else runs but their two parties not
one single candidate since 1964 has overcome the ballot hurdles and been able to run
for office as an independent candidate. t's the same story in every single state, the
onerous rules, fees and ridiculous requirements vary, but the intent is the same no
one gets to run for office except members of our elite out of touch with reality political
class.
Why are there any significant requirements whatsoever for getting on the ballot for any
office in any state? What's the purpose of a narrow six month time period for the petition
or notary seal once the signatures have been obtained? What difference does it make
what size paper the signatures are submitted on? t's called worthless red tape to keep
anyone not from the political class from running for office . . . professional politicians
from either Party A or Party B only! Perhaps there should be some criteria for getting on
the ballot, but the petition should have a deadline only and no limit window in which to
acquire signatures. A constrained tight time window only means that candidates with
existing organizational structures and financial freedom are allowed to run for office. As
for the number of signatures required on the petition; how about a 100 or so, instead of a
ridiculous 5 percent number? As far as the size of the paper and a notary . . . forget
about it! Typically today, ballots are electronic which means with a few simple key
strokes someone can be added to a ballot and even if the ballot is printed, it takes less
than a penny to print another name that is not a fix for Party A or B.
t's time for all Americans to ask themselves just what the two dominate political parties
are so afraid of . . . could it be missing out on some campaign bribes? Perhaps it's the
positions on boards for themselves and their family members or the influence over
decades to convert Congressional office into backroom deals, perks and money.
Further complicating the prospects of independents or any party candidates, other than
the big two, is the fact that the corporate media machine sees to it that only Party A or
Party B candidates get any coverage. All debates include only two candidates and no
independent or emerging party candidate is ever even interviewed by the media. t's a
lockout and censorship deployed by the powers behind the two main political parties to
ensure that no winds of real political change ever get air. Given this reality, the paranoid
measures and walls put up by the two main parties are even more puzzling. Could it be
that the two main political parties don't want anything that resembles a true democracy?
That's exactly their true intent and nothing else whatsoever could explain the onerous
measures they have installed in every state over the course of decades to preclude
independent candidates and new political parties from emerging. n other words, the
election system in America is fixed!
Far from a silver bullet that will solve all of America's challenges economically and
politically independent candidates and new parties in Washington, D.C. and in state
legislatures all across American are a key to dismantling our current oligarchy form of
Copyright 2011 328
_____________________________________________________________________
government. The two dominate political parties are tools manipulated by the mega-rich
that are easily controlled by money and their media machine. State laws barring any
candidate other than someone from the main two parties must be overturned and
rewritten to allow air into the political process. Anything less is a dictatorship run by two
political parties backed by the mega-rich.
Just like the marketplace, competition breeds success and better options for all
Americans. f free markets are good for the economy, then why would they not be good
for the political system? With a two-party only political monopoly, the mega-rich can
simply buy off both parties . . . then lock down media coverage to those two parties only
and continue to control the game board.
f ever America needed independent candidates and political parties free from political
bribery it's now! The time is long overdue for new voices and common citizens serving in
political office instead of only the rich. Why do we have military leave laws for Americans
in the National Guard or the Reserves to go die for our nation, but no laws whatsoever to
allow for a common citizen to run for political office? f Americans are good enough to
die for America and the agenda of the mega-rich, aren't we good enough to run for
political office? The mega-rich and the two political parties know that a common citizen
with only two weeks of vacation time [assuming they are not now working two or three
jobs just to make ends meet] simply cannot run for political office. t is part of the
sophisticated tool kit to bleed out the American middle-class and kill the American
Dream for all. f we really want a democracy, then pass laws that allow for a political
leave program, whereby candidates that aren't rich are given leave from work to run for
political office just like going off to war. f an American is good enough to die for America
in war, then they are good enough to hold political office in Washington, D.C. and in
state capitols.
n the end, as long as Americans sit by and continue to be drained day-by-day by the
status quo and don't get involved to change state ballot restrictions and create laws that
allow common citizens to run for office we'll continue to live in an oligarchy that now
resembles a banana republic . . . whereby the greedy get richer, the American middle-
class ceases to exist and the poor starve to death. Not since 1991 in Norman v Reed, an
llinois case won by the Harold Washington Party, has the Supreme Court even heard a
ballot access case. A 20+ year lockdown where no one is even allowed to challenge the
onerous laws in place to maintain a two-party only system simply points directly back
to the two parties that put our Supreme Court judges in place. None of the major players
in the two dominate political parties, nor any judge on the Supreme Court, want anything
that even resembles a true democracy. They have an oligarchy built and they intend to
protect it at all costs.
A two-party only political system is not what our founding fathers envisioned, it's not a
system in which the American Dream can gain life again and it is surely not a part of the
liberty and freedom mantra now being spewed from every rooftop in America. True
liberty and freedom is all about allowing for new political parties and creating an
environment where new candidates and independents can actually get elected. As long
as the two main political parties can aptly claim that any vote for anyone but them is a
wasted vote then we'll never get out from under the current two-party only political
dictatorship that is ruining America and destroying opportunities to achieve the American
Dream.
Copyright 2011 329
_____________________________________________________________________
5oal!t!on 1or Free and Open 0le$t!on"
http://www.cofoe.org/
Ballot A$$e""
http://www.ballot-access.org/
Lot!n% Yo.r )allet
At present, the truth is that any concept of voting our wallet is extremely difficult for
reasons almost too many to spell out, but going forward is must now become America's
singular focus. First and foremost, toward the challenge of voting our wallet, is that there
are currently no good options because if we're honest we all now know that nearly
every candidate is rich or placed into office by the mega-rich who own them. That's why
the campaign reforms detailed herein are so absolutely critical, but even with reforms in
place there is no magic bullet beyond a lot of grassroots work ahead by informed
American voters. Becoming informed via the breakout resources provided herein, with
more to come, have to part of a massive underground effort that educate America by
spreading the word. As noted, virtually every conversation at present is political party
focused, biased and tilted toward maintaining the status quo . . . including many if not
most of the resources provided herein. Nonetheless, they are almost all better than
what's provided via billionaire backed news propaganda outlets.
As pitiful as the two political party choices we now have really are, Americans must
begin to vote again instead of just giving up and allowing America to be owned and run
by the mega-rich. As things stand today, with miles to go before we can actually change
our highly flawed political system, Americans have to vote in an order of descending
priorities and it has to be wallet first with almost everything else, including all social
issues a very distant second. Making that descending order of voting priorities
challenge even more difficult is that what may work for one political race, may not fit or
work for another race. Take just one example where Perot ran against Bush and
Clinton and it's clear than voting only against the mega-rich would have kicked Perot out
of the mix even though in regard to NAFTA and a strong U.S. economy for the future
Perot was clearly the best option we had. America stuck with the status quo and now
we're paying the price for president, Clinton's signature on NAFTA and his push to get
China into the WTO.
First and foremost from this day forward, Americans have to become economically
informed and keep themselves informed on every issue that impacts America and our
wallets. That challenge speaks volumes about the difficulty in covering the wide breath
of issues addressed in the writing this book. A book such as this can only lightly touch on
an entire universe of topics that impact the American economy, in varying degrees, as
well as our wallets and our common financial livelihood going forward. n writing, it was a
constant battle to not be lured into drilling down too far into any particular topic or sphere
of economic influence. No book can possibly cover it all [much less in any real detail]
and this book fell far short as well. Americans want a quick fix, a silver bullet, an easy
and completely painless way out, which exactly why we are so easily taken in by some
cult of personality or some charismatic figure that gives a good speech. t's why we
Copyright 2011 330
_____________________________________________________________________
repeatedly fail miserably in bringing about and real change whatsoever. Slick, polished
professional political snakes are certainly not going to change anything, nor are
incumbents or party ideologues. They are heavily invested in the status quo, owned by a
party and will do everything possible to keep the mega-rich in control . . . because it is
the mega-rich that keep their party in control. One hand washes the other in a never
ending cycle of cronyism, bribery and political corruption.
The closest thing to a silver bullet is massive and complete campaign finance reform and
a change in every state to make it easier to get on the ballot. As long as no average
citizen can get on the ballot and our political system is based upon outright blatant
bribery we're doomed to rule by the mega-rich. Once we remove the ballot access
and campaign money road blocks in the corruption wall, we can begin bringing about
real political change, but not until. Nonetheless, only a multi-tiered, multi-faceted attack
plan on all political reformation and economic fronts simultaneously will deliver any real
change and improve prospects for restoring our American Dream birthright.
Within the complex set of wallet voting priorities are any and all trade agreements, tariffs,
all favored nation trading agreements, imports and exports, currency evaluations, the
WTO, the Federal Reserve, Wall Street and the entire economic arena. f it sound like a
big headache, that's because it is. f it sounds interesting, it's not. Watching American
dol and going to Hollywood movies as opiates for suffering are far more fun. That's
exactly why the American people abdicated their political responsibilities long ago and
handed over the keys to the mega-rich. To date however, all these entities and issues
have been in a black box that only the political class and the vy League economists
were allowed to delve into and speak upon. Any average citizen, via a little research, can
now get their head around any of these formerly black box issues and this book proves it
100 percent!
After reading this book, it's hoped that you're going to feel compelled to provide funding
whereby the time frames for your research can be shortened via a website which will
serve as a conduit to resources and unbiased experts. The goal will be to provide a one
stop link pool along with commentary and a knowledge base to assist Americans with
deciphering all the black box economic issues. Most importantly, the website will be a
free as possible from the sickening two-party political spin game that is killing America
economically. At a high level, at the moment, any candidate that is pushing for repeal of
NAFTA should be top of our list for support. Candidates focused on saving American
jobs and limiting imports must be high on our support list. Efforts to prevent mergers and
acquisitions, except in rare cases, are a high priority. Anything that takes us one step
further down the dead end road of free trade, without some protections for American
jobs for specific industries such as the green industry, is a non starter. Perhaps more
than any effort, continuing to allow more than a million new immigrants into America,
more than all the other nations on Earth combined, in order to drive down wages and
raise welfare rolls to benefit a party power must end now! f not alleviated now, it will
bankrupt our entire nation and lead to massive starvation within America the likes of
which our nation has never witnessed. By comparison, the suffering and starvation
during the Great Depression will look like Disneyland by 2030 if not long before.
While many economic issues are simple, such as repealing the NAFTA agreement, most
require some research and thought and the plan going forward is to assist with that effort
via a website that constantly provides new information. On economic issues, America is
an uninformed, unfocused population that supposedly votes their wallets when in reality
Copyright 2011 331
_____________________________________________________________________
nothing could be further from the truth. nstead, we simply vote for the other failed party
when the economy is bad . . . with zero economic basis or logic whatsoever to shape our
voting decisions.
n regard to candidate evaluation, once you get past the strict economic issues, it
becomes more straightforward. As you may have guessed, voting out all incumbents,
until we get term limits in place, should be priority one. The old guard, all the same old
tired faces in Congress [in both political parties] simply have to go every single one of
them! They got us into this economic mess and they are not the candidates that can be
trusted to get us out of it. They neglected the American people while they stuffed money
into their own pockets and bank accounts. Keeping anyone in Washington, D.C. that has
been there for any period of time is just a recipe for more of the same corruption that
took us down this disastrous economic road. The entrenched political class isn't going to
change their stripes anymore than a tiger. f you should choose to stay with one of the
two main political parties, then you simply have to push for political system reformers
into each race to replace every single incumbent! We simply can't succeed with our
currently flawed political system of corruption. t's just not possible! Every few years or
so, until term limits are in place, all incumbents have to go! f they have been in
Washington, D.C. for any extended period of time, they are poisoned by the environment
and allowing any incumbent to fall into a comfort zone is a recipe for corruption.
Voting priorities have to be formed on a descending path of reverse priority for removal,
if a politician has a high net worth, the higher the chance is that they are NOT working
for you or your wallet. As stated in PART , birds of a feather stick together and the rich
take care of the rich. The unrelenting tide going forward must be representation by the
people for the people and the mega-rich are not people they are members of the
American aristocracy. Does that mean that we should vote in welfare queens so they
can vote money into their pockets? Of course not, but it is time that average working
Americans took the reins of power in Washington, D.C. and all state capitals. Average
citizens who have been downsized by acquisitions, had their small business closed by
Walmart, been put out on the streets because of their age, those barred from holding a
job in America because their personal credit rating was ruined by Wall Street and those
making nothing because new immigrants arrived to drive down the costs of labor
throughout America . . . just to name a few of the new breed political candidates who
much step forward and take charge of our common future. Along with the rich and mega-
rich, toss out any and all political families that have ruled America for generations as if
by birthright. We don't have kings and monarchies in America and we sure as hell don't
believe in or support the putrid concept of royal bloodlines unless we're buying a dog.
Nothing could be more un-American than voting in a family name over and over. t's time
they got a real job or just play golf or polo 24/7.
Law school . . . if they have ever been near one, even as a groundskeeper, they have to
go! While a significant amount of progress has already been made in this regard, much
more has to be done to remove every single attorney from any and all elected positions
in government. Nothing whatsoever about holding public office requires a law degree.
While much of the criteria above may seem to be a non-starter as far as practical
application, it's a 535 game in Congress with somewhere around 532 of the wrong
people now holding office. Some can be flipped into working for the American people
instead of the mega-rich, but most have to be replaced with new faces. ndependents,
new parties and an entire new way of thinking about the political arena will bring about
Copyright 2011 332
_____________________________________________________________________
citizen government instead of the oligarchy we now live within. t's not going to happen
overnight and it's not going to happen via passive citizens and voter apathy, but it can
and will happen with millions of citizens mobilized and rabid with burning passion for real
change with a complete and total reformation of our current so called political system,
how it works, how it is financed and who it serves.
D!"&antl!n% t#e To43arty -a&e
Erasing monopoly control of government by two deeply corrupt political institutions such
as Party A and Party B will be the most difficult fight in the war to save our economy,
provide jobs and reduce wealth disparity in America. While one is willing to bankrupt
government and plunge us off a debt cliff via spending and hoards of new immigrants
to acquire votes, the other is hell bent upon grinding the people into dust by tilting the
economic playing field to a full 90 degrees. Both pools have the same construction . . .
an ideological deep end that will drown all average Americans. As demonstrated in
PART , nearly everything is set-up in a divide and conquer strategy by the mega-rich to
continue funneling all the wealth to the top. As long as the majority of the American
people continue to believe that two political parties are fighting it out for the good of the
little people the two-party game will maintain the vast pyramid scheme that will
continue sucking every dime possible out of every living American who is not a part of
the aristocracy.
Conscience buying every time you open your wallet or pocket book is the first step
toward restraining the money hose that's buying off our government. Coupled with
comprehensive campaign finance reform such measures will create an environment
whereby one or both of the two dominate political parties can be reformed, but a tiger
doesn't generally change its stripes once he has tasted the blood of corruption that is our
current political system. As evidenced by the data and statistics in Part , both of the two
political parties and a two-party only system of government have been absolute abysmal
failures when it comes to looking out for the American people and protecting the
American Dream for all Americans. Bite into the lure and completely swallow the
extremely poisonous ideological dogma of either of the tow existing parties and America
is completely doomed beyond reclamation. t's the same cliff of no return, no matter
which part is driving the bus.
For more than 30+ years, the strangle-hold of two-party rule by the greedy has been
maintained with one simple mantra: 'a vote for any other political party is a wasted vote.'
n reality, it's akin to a dog chasing its tail in an endless exercise in futility. Under the
current political system a vote for either party delivers more cheap foreign labor,
depressed wages and salaries and only monetary rewards for the parties and the mega-
rich. Are all 535 members of Congress corrupt to the core and only working to further the
goals of the mega-rich? No, but a 2010 poll gave Congress an overall approval rating of
just 13 percent, so 87 percent have to go. The problem is that no one in America will get
rid of their incumbent and replace them with a political reformer to fix the system. While
the two pathetic parties are horrible, it's the political system that is at the heart of our
economic problems. Can a few of the corrupt 87 percent in Congress be flipped to work
for the people instead of the mega-rich? Yes, but it's far easier to just replace every old
face and every old name in Congress and just start over. Unfortunately, you can no
longer vote for political pork for your district delivered by incumbency and earmarks, but
instead must put the financial needs of America first. t has to include fiscal
Copyright 2011 333
_____________________________________________________________________
responsibility, but it must also include good private sectors jobs and a reduction in the
massive wealth disparity in America.
Only a true and complete political revolution in America can stave off the America 2030
vision described at the beginning of this book. The mega-rich now firmly in charge of
our American Monopoly board will not one day simply come to the conclusion that
they now have enough caviar, yachts and billions in their Swiss bank accounts. Greed
simply has no limits and unless an uncorrupted government is put into place to regulate
and limit greed . . . the mega-rich will starve us all to death. Virtually every mechanism
and tool is in place right now for the mega-rich to simply pull up on the noose to finish
hanging the middle-class by the neck and only we can stop them.
t will take time and it will take great courage, but with millions of Americans engaged
economically and politically it will happen. Reform of the political system as well as the
two parties is part of the solution, but just as much, so too is a groundswell new political
parties and independent candidates in every political race all across America. The new
parties can't get sucked into one of the big two as we saw happen with the Tea Party
becoming part of the status quo GOP. f the Occupy Wall Street movement is suckered
into Party B . . . then just write them off now as a dead cause not worthy of any attention
whatsoever. A revolution must be all about destroying the establishment and replacing it
with voices of average Americans. New parties have to stand alone and we the
American people have to say good bye to the status quo by voting in new faces in the
two existing parties, independent candidates and candidates from new political parties.
We're currently traveling down a futile dead-end road and we have to turn the wheel
away from the status quo cliff of no return.
Whatever parties emerge, they must develop full and complete political platforms that
address the full economic realities of the world we now live in. A good example is a
Green Party can't be just about saving Mother Earth, but must have a full and complete
economic platform beyond environmental issues. Any platform must address wealth
disparity, the economy and creation of good private sectors jobs or it is irrelevant and out
of touch with reality. Just as important, it must be about restraint and fiscal responsibility
when it comes to government spending. Saving trees doesn't feed people, nor does it
restore the American Dream unless that dream is an America free from all humans and
just one huge forest and healthy planet. We need new parties with realistic solutions to
real economic problems, not the utopian visions that have dominated the political
discussion on the fringe left for far too long. First comes national security and after that,
the agenda has to be all about basic bread and butter issues 24/7 instead of social
issues or some grand vision of an utopian world. Stop for a moment and look around,
does this look like anything approaching utopia to you? Utopian thinking is largely
responsible for the economic abyss we now find ourselves living within. Wine and
cheese intellectualism devoid of reality checks that dream of a world we wish could be,
when in truth we've never been further away, doesn't feed people . . . good private
sector jobs do! By the same token, if you're lazy, unwilling to get an education, learn
English and unwilling to work hard . . . no one is going to mail you a check going forward
because the government is now officially broke. While it would be fun to just play video
games all day and go to the mailbox to pick up your check, it's not going to work
because there will be no one paying taxes.
The American people must become politically involved like never before, they must
volunteer, organize, rally, write books, blog, e-mail and most importantly vote! What will
Copyright 2011 334
_____________________________________________________________________
happen from there, no one can truly predict, but anything will be more productive than
staying the two-party course of futility. Any effort that dilutes the strangle hold that the
mega-rich dominated two-party system currently has on America is progress in the right
direction. ndependent candidates have won elections before and many would argue that
if Ross Perot has won when running against Bush and Clinton we would be far better off
as a nation today, especially economically. At least we would not have been raped by a
NAFTA agreement that Bush pushed and Clinton actually signed. Perot wouldn't have
put his signature on NAFTA even if he had been water boarded by the CA. That's the
type of political leadership we must now have in place.
f you're asking yourself if multiple parties would confuse things in Washington, the
answer is yes! Confusion in Washington is good if it threatens the two political parties by
forcing them to worry and become extremely uncomfortable. They currently live in a
cushy beltway cocoon thinking their world can't be touched or dismantled. At present,
Party A knows they are going to get all the votes right of center and Party B knows they
will get all the votes left of center. Once they are in office, they vote however the mega-
rich that put them into office tell them to vote. We simply must introduce a game changer
into the status quo environment of corruption whereby we have lost our democracy and
now live in an oligarchy ruled by greed.
The political class has been playing the exact same game for more than 30+ years and
we the people have been the ones losing while the mega-rich and the political class
win it all. Allay any fears that upheaval will allow some radical fringe group to get into
office and take over the government. We already have a radical fringe group in charge of
our government: a political class that answers only to the mega-rich. What could be
more radical than that? Their clear platform is as straightforward and simple as
exterminating the middle class until America becomes a two class nation of ultra rich and
dirt poor. They intend to continue plundering the American economy for their own gain,
sucking it ever more barren by the day. When they are done, if we allow it, slavery will
look like a step up for quality of life, because slaves at least had food, we the American
people will not. Starvation is radical, political reforms, new parties and new independent
candidates are not! Does anyone in America, with any brainwaves, anyone awake for
the past 20+ years, think this the current political system is working? Again,
stupidity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting a different outcome. t's a
dead tired clich, but the evidence of our collective stupidity couldn't be more clearly
demonstrated by now. This just isn't working and it's time for radical change! A peaceful
revolution via political channels . . . before the violent revolution described at the
beginning of this book comes to pass. The clock is ticking and the time for change is
now! America can continue on this passive path of manipulation by the mega-rich, or we
can change what's coming by taking back America from the greedy and restoring
democracy. Only actions, activism and multitudes of Americans energized and ready to
fight can change our present course.
5on%re""!onal Re1or&" . . . 0no.%# 5#atter, Let/" Do *tI
When it comes to implementing solutions and reclaiming our democracy from the mega-
rich, we the people have a massive chicken or the egg conundrum. The question of
what comes first, congressional reforms or the solutions to massive wealth inequality, a
teetering economy and a lack of private sector jobs growth is impossible to answer.
Because of our two-party only monopoly, at present there is little if any real pressure on
the political establishment to deliver any solutions. While you may be starving, they
Copyright 2011 335
_____________________________________________________________________
continue to feast like pigs in Washington, D.C. As stated at the beginning of Part , there
is no sequence to this peaceful revolution. Some initiatives are more critical than others,
but to think that congressional reforms are not an egg that must be hatched before
many, if not most, solutions can take place is pure folly. The status quo, the same old
faces along with the same old games and rhetoric are simply not going to work!
Congress as well as state and local governments are as dysfunctional and flawed for the
role of serving the people as they can possibly be. Via the corporate media machine,
the America people have been led to believe that the dysfunction of government is
because of bi-partisanship and infighting across the aisle when in fact that
dysfunction has been manipulated over time to work for the mega-rich. The political
class and the mega-rich designed the game and as long as we the people play their
same old game repeatedly we'll never win. We must force game changer initiatives,
parties and candidates into the political system that are focused on wealth inequality, the
economy and jobs. There is no political price to pay whatsoever for poor performance by
our political class because it's now a 50/50 proposition. There is no governmental
watchdog with teeth and our so called political system is rife with corruption and holes
that that stymie radical political reforms and invite even more cronyism and pay-to-play
political corruption. Any American that views Congress as some beacon on a hill for the
rest of the world to emulate has simply not given the true reality any real thought. t's an
apple full of worms, not some beacon on a hill and the worms must be removed in order
to fix the political system!
0nd t#e 5on%re""!onal 3en"!on 3lan
As detailed in Part , the Congressional Pension Plan is abhorrent, excessive and
completely out of touch with modern American reality. t may even be unconstitutional,
in that within the Constitution, Congress was only given a somewhat nebulous perimeter
of naming their pay . . . not their retirement package and certainly nothing about a
pension was ever mentioned. A pension is old and outdated versus 401k plans and a
guaranteed 16 percent per year via the CSRS, in addition to all the medical benefits and
perks, received by Congress is more than enough.
n our lifetimes, the Congressional Pension Plan will easily cost U.S. taxpayers more
than a billion dollars at a time going forward where every billion counts to reduce the
federal budget. Far more important than the dollars are the issues of job performance
and accountability to the American people. f you're guaranteed $87,000 per year after
20 years in Congress or even $43,500 after 10 years . . . who cares what the voters and
people think? After a decade in office, their nest is so feathered via connections and
perks from influence peddling that their feet never again touch the ground. They glide
through the rest of their lives as a former member of Congress and their entire
extended family is able to ride their political coat tails for generations.
Ending the Congressional Pension Plan is but one of many critical first steps that will
work toward returning of the rule of America back to the people as it was designed by
our forefathers. f members of Congress know they may have to actually live within the
America they create . . . they will begin to think twice about selling out America to the
mega-rich. t will serve to depose rule of America by Congressional kings and queens
who operate under the moniker of honorable when virtually nothing they do is
honorable. The move to kill off the Congressional Pension Plan will begin to create an
environment of citizen legislators who go to Washington, D.C. to serve short terms and
Copyright 2011 336
_____________________________________________________________________
then return to live within the America they created . . . instead of living the rest of their
lives as part of the American aristocracy who they spent their entire career to enrich.
+la& t#e Re2ol2!n% Door and Delay 3lan B
We the people have almost zero accountability from elected members of Congress
once they are in office for only a few years and not much previous to serving only a few
years. There is no real downside whatsoever to being voted out of office and all start
planning their plan B exit strategy as soon as they take their seat in Congress. f a
former member of Congress can simply walk to K Street to collect millions as a lobbyist
or collect millions of dollars sitting on several corporate boards of directors as payoff for
votes . . . all while collecting a Congressional pension where is the accountability to
voters? Even without a Congressional pension, any good lobbying job pays far more
than the $174+ K received as a member of Congress. Serving as a member of Congress
is just the big money minor leagues, a political internship en route to the major leagues
of lobbying or serving on corporate boards. t's crooked, it's corrupt and it should be
illegal. As long as the current system exists, the American people can forget about living
within a democracy . . . it simply doesn't exist!
There is no silver bullet and there will never be a utopian political environment in
Washington, D.C. that is perfect. Allowing senior administrative officials and former high
ranking government bureaucrats to become lobbyists is bad enough, but to allow
somewhere around 348 former members of Congress to simply drop off the key to
their Congressional office and walk to K Street where they make millions as lobbyists
makes almost anything a voter does in the ballot box virtually null and void. That is NOT
an extreme view, but the reality! Furthermore, to allow a member of Congress to vote on
any legislation that impacts any industry or business and then once out of office to
serve on a board of directors for a company within that industry is nothing more than flat
out pay-to-play bribery a.k.a. vote buying. Such a political system is not representative
of American values. t is not worthy of American families sending their sons and
daughters off to fight wars to protect and it is surely not the shining city on a hill the
political class loves to boast about to the rest of the world.
Although not perfect, at a minimum, the American people must force the passage of
legislation whereby no former member of Congress works for a lobbying firm in any
capacity whatsoever [even as an errand boy] or serving on any corporate board of
directors that was impacted by any vote they took while in Congress for a period of
time that spans the amount of time they spent in Congress. Be it 5, 10, 15 or 20 years no
former member of Congress can be allowed to use their Congressional connections to
influence votes and be paid for it. Period! The time has come that members of Congress
became citizen legislators and former members are removed from influencing our
political system once they are out of office.
Again, this is NOT a perfect solution by any means and work around tricks and under the
table payoffs will inevitably come to pass with even with such a reformed system in
place. Therefore, criminal prosecution that includes jail time must be part of the
legislation as well. Without teeth for violating the laws of our political system . . . you can
forget about having a democracy. t's just that simple! The time has come to make
political corruption a crime and force those convicted to do the prison time upon
conviction.
Copyright 2011 337
_____________________________________________________________________
Re2ol2!n% Door
http://www.opensecrets.org/revolving/index.php
Tran"paren$y t#at/" Mean!n%1.l
For decades, as America has been sold out by our political class to the mega-rich,
Washington, D.C. has talked transparency. Nonetheless, virtually little or nothing to date
has been accomplished as far as any true transparency in government. While there are
a few somewhat unbiased sources for openness in government almost all are funded
by the public and nothing approaching what's really needed actually exists. For the most
part, what's existing today are only political party backed entities to further the game of
gotcha politics with one of the two political parties as their true master. f that is all we
have, then who is watching the political system at large in which the two parties operate?
The sad thing is that American voters, by and large, don't even use the feeble watchdog
resources that are available [a major focus this book hopes to rectify] and then we
complain that our government is dysfunctional and doesn't work? Not monitoring every
move of Congress, between trips to the ballot box, is like telling your child to keep the
lawn mowed and then waiting until two years later to see if it got accomplished. The
results of such an approach for your lawn are weeds as high as the rooftop and with our
children in Congress it equals even greater wealth disparity via the selling out of the
American people to the mega-rich. f you want something accomplished, you monitor
and supervise and the same approach that works for getting your lawn mowed will work
for Congress if the American people are ever vigilant and extremely involved. We the
American voters are the adults and it's our responsibility to deploy some draconian
tough love for our children in Congress.

Going forward, far more exposure is needed for office holders at the federal, state and
local levels of government. A member of Congress, for instance, already foregoes many
of the same rights to privacy held by a private citizen, but it doesn't even begin to be
high enough scrutiny. Loss of privacy goes with the political territory and any members
of Congress that take issue with that are simply in the wrong place. f they don't like
$174 K per year for their horrible job performance, then let them replace that income in
today's economy they created. They will find that outside of the Washington, D.C.
beltway the rose garden is now full of only thorns.
Although the billions in bribery that take place via campaign donations are public record,
most of the real bribery takes place via cronyism behind closed doors, on yachts, private
jets, during extravagant vacations and at cocktail parties with the beautiful people. t's
the promise of a job for a spouse, sibling or child, freebies, discounts, the future position
on a board, the intermarriage between political dynasties and Wall Street insider trading
information where the cash register gets rung all in exchange for votes and influence
peddling to secure contracts, legislation, tax breaks and regulations favorable to only the
mega-rich. For members of Congress it all adds up to millions in unnatural personal
wealth gains in an unseen, unmonitored game of pay-to-play. While some of it gets
attention from watchdog groups and the media, it's a far cry from what is actually needed
to restore our democracy. nstead, every meeting, every lunch or dinner engagement,
Copyright 2011 338
_____________________________________________________________________
every phone call, every vacation, trip, physical possession, renovation, purchase and
activity should be available for audit and part of the public record. Family members, have
a right to privacy, but only the extent that every job, contract, deal, monetary gain and
physical possession is scrutinized for under the table graft, corruption and pay-to-play
connections.
Such scrutiny and reporting can no longer be left up to citizen groups alone, nor can
investigations be left up to the Justice Department or FB in an unfocussed, under
funded atmosphere where such investigations are not a high priority. Without such
reforms, any idea of a democracy is tenuous at best. n other words, in more colloquial
average citizen language our government is crooked as hell and stinks to high
heaven!
5!t!>en" 1or Re"pon"!7!l!ty and 0t#!$" !n )a"#!n%ton 85R0)9
http://www.citizensforethics.org

De&o$ra$y 21
http://www.democracy21.org/
Nat!onal Le%al and 3ol!$y 5enter 8NL359
http://nlpc.org/
3roMe$t On -o2ern&ent O2er"!%#t
http://www.pogo.org
3ol!t!$al 5orr.pt!on.net
http://www.politicalcorruption.net/
5enter 1or 3.7l!$ *nte%r!ty 83R*9
http://www.publicintegrity.org
MapL!%#t.or%
http://maplight.org
For%et 5en".re or 0<p.l"!on R.led 7y 5on%re""
The time has finally come for the American people to stop pretending that the few
members of Congress brought up upon ethics violations from time to time are the
exception rather than the rule. t's also time to admit that Congressional efforts to police
their own, via such entities as the House and Senate Ethics Committees, are an
Copyright 2011 339
_____________________________________________________________________
absolute laughable joke! The only way a member of Congress is ever caught doing
anything improper is if they flaunt it and are just plain stupid. f they are smart enough to
maneuver themselves into Congress, then they are smart enough to cover their tracks
from entities as toothless as ethics committees.
There is no dedicated investigative entity in place solely focused and well funded to stop
Congressional corruption, malfeasance and pay-to-play such as what occurred in the
Abramoff case. Abramoff and his crew were so over the top that they couldn't help but
get caught and when they were caught . . . they were slapped on the wrist with a little jail
time. We can leave the current ethics committees in place, that amount to a paper tiger,
for sexual exploits such as that of Ensign, Vitter and Foley, but for any violation that
involves monetary gain for a member of Congress . . . the time for criminal prosecution
and real jail time has arrived. Everyone can remember the hollow words in 2006 of
former House Speaker, Nancy Pelosi who said that Party B was going to drain the
swamp that is Washington, D.C. Now, more than a half a decade later, virtually nothing
has been accomplished to change how Washington, D.C. works only for the mega-rich.

The swamp won't get drained until and unless there is a full-time well funded arm of the
Justice Department or FB that is solely dedicated to investigating Congress 24/7. f for
instance, it's proven that a member of Congress had a conflict of interest they did not
divulge or took action as a member of Congress that resulted in personal financial gain
for themselves, a member of their family or close political contributor . . . they go to jail
for a long time! The days of censure or potential expulsion by Congress as the only
means to police the activities of members of Congress must come to an end! f it
involves financial gain it is criminal not ethical and it should not be left up to Congress
to police their own. Does anyone in America believe that Senators Dodd or Conrad did
not gain financially when they received VP loans from Countrywide Financial? No! n a
criminal court of law they would have been found guilty, but nothing resulted when
investigated by their fellow members of Congress.
There are some in America that say or believe that we don't want our public servants
locked-up or behind bars when they commit crime because it impacts our national
psyche, faith in government, etc. Many, far too many, think the corruption is funny and
good material for the Comedy Channel. Even in the face of massive campaign donations
from Wall Street as evidence of them being in bed with Washington and the millions of
Americans left holding trillions of dollars in loses, not to mention 8.5+ million being
unemployed . . . many still find the antics of Congress funny? The massive wealth
inequality, the feeble economy and no job prospects for Americans are NOT funny and it
all ties back to corruption within Congress and state legislatures.
Nothing that goes on in Congress is either funny or amusing and as long as the fox is
allowed to watch the henhouse the confidence of the American people in government
will remain at an all time low. Any Americans who believe that Congress is not rife with
criminal activity if financial gain is the measuring tool are beyond nave and
clueless. n today's environment, it's why most members of Congress go into politics and
to pretend otherwise or not work to correct it . . . is criminal on the part of American
citizens. Furthermore, it's a big part of the system by which the greedy have taken
control of America and our government.
Oero 0ar&ar," a" !n None, Not 02er A%a!nI
Copyright 2011 340
_____________________________________________________________________
Like much about Capitol Hill, some solutions are so simple that even a child could fix
them. Earmarks, just in case you don't know, are spending measures attached to
legislation. They typically go to a district of a particular member of Congress. Why do
they call them earmarks? Simple, the word earmark sounds better than the word bribe.
n Washington, D.C. they are bilingual, they speak only two languages: bribery and
corruption. Unless a member of Congress or one of their campaign contributors makes
money from it it generally doesn't happen. n this case, the member of Congress
makes money off the earmark in two ways: 1) they are able to funnel your tax money to
their district which gets them reelected in order for them to continue to amass unnatural
wealth gains and 2) they are oftentimes able to steer the money into projects for their
cronies and buddies in exchange for campaign contributions. Both are called corruption
and stealing and both if you are a true American patriot should bother your greatly
since our government is broke and this is wrong. t is no less wrong even when it
benefits your community. Wrong is wrong even if your state or community are the ones
that benefit. Although earmarks are currently off the table because of the deficit
environment in Washington, D.C. they will return just as soon as the American people
become less vigilant. That can't be allowed to happen and must be banned 100 percent
by law.
0nd +enate F!l!7."ter -a&e" On$e and 1or All
With the term, filibuster most Americans understand that the term means taking the
Senate floor and talking endlessly to keep a bill from passing by blocking it from being
voted upon. Nothing demonstrates the immaturity of the so called adults in the Senate
than use of a filibuster [taking over the floor and endlessly talking] when a person or
party opposing a bill already knows that the votes exist to pass the legislation. The ploy
is one inch above the child's game of sticking a finger in both ears and shouting can't
hear you . . . when someone is saying something they disagree with or don't want to
hear. The people in Congress are supposed to be adults, but the filibuster game has to
make you wonder?
The tactic doesn't exist in the House of Representatives because they were adult
enough long ago to outlaw the practice. n the Senate it currently takes only 51 votes to
pass a bill, but if a party merely threatens a filibuster it takes 60 votes to invoke cloture
[ending the discussion] . . . which basically is a filibuster override to pass the bill and get
on to other business. Now here is the funny part, if there is one, the person or party
members don't have to actually get up and talk endlessly, hour after hour, day after day .
. . they just have to merely threaten to do it. Once the threat is made, it takes 60 votes
instead of just 51 to get a bill passed.
f this isn't the most stupid, infantile exhibit of childish behavior in all of politics, what is?
At a minimum it should take more than a mere threat of filibuster to block legislation. f
anything, the person or party members should at least be forced to stand on their feet
and talk 24/7 until they fall over from exhaustion . . . at least their bluff should be called,
but our Senators are so lazy that if a mere threat is made they take the rest of the day
off to work behind the scenes to get 60 votes instead of only 51. Why not at least force
them to work on getting the 60 votes while the person of party filibustering is actually
forced to babble endlessly . . . [at least it makes for good theater]?
nstead, why don't we the people mediate and force our Senate children to grow up,
just like the House of Representatives did long ago, by killing the filibuster tactic all
Copyright 2011 341
_____________________________________________________________________
together. Then just maybe, the Senate can actually get something accomplished by
using the sensible method of passing bills with the 51 votes required . . . instead of
getting paid for doing nothing year after year.
Clearly nothing demonstrates the pettiness of our current political system, whereby, the
people's business is held up, by childish games being played by adults. Just like when
your child quarrels with a playmate or refuses to share a toy, we the people have to
step in and finally put an end to the childish behavior from the Senate by ending the
tactic of a filibuster. Without a doubt, the Senate is the most do nothing political entity in
the entire World except for raq's legislature and the filibuster tactic simply makes an
already inept, dysfunctional political branch of government a laughable group of
buffoons.
America has major economic issues such as no jobs and massive wealth inequality and
filibuster games are a waste of critical time we just no longer have.

Ter& L!&!t"( No More G5areer 3ol!t!$!an"H 02er A%a!n
Political office is not a career, it is not a profession and as everyone in America who
doesn't live in the Washington beltway knows, being a politician is not a real job. f you
do consider it to be a profession, surly at this point you can't still believe it is an
honorable profession. As the saying goes, there is no honor amongst thieves. To
lessen the chances of them becoming good thieves the time has finally arrived to
install term limits upon members of Congress. Even Cuba is now discussing term limits,
but in a so called democracy the idea has been off the table since Party A promised
term limits during the Newt Gingrich era, but did nothing once they got the power. The
time has arrived for the American people to force term limits upon Congress, even if we
have to force their greedy mouths open and ram the legislation down their throats.
Here's how it would work: we're going to limit any member of the House of
Representatives to three two year terms and all Senators to only two six year terms. The
magic threshold would be that once you cross a 12 year threshold in Washington,
D.C. you're no longer allowed to run for office as a member of the House or Senate.
Once someone has been in the House for six years, they have to be elected to the
Senate or they are out of the game. t doesn't have to be consecutive, but there does
have to be an absolute strict limit of 12 years maximum. t may play out to where a
member of the House would be elected once, reelected twice and then be elected to one
six year term as a Senator or a Senator could simply serve two six year terms, but once
they cross the 12 year threshold they're gone from the House and Senate forever!
Combined with the legislation proposed herein to prohibit lobbying by any former
member for the exact period of time served in Congress, we'll force our public servants
to finally leave cushy Washington, D.C. beltway and live in the real world they created.
To those that contend we'll lose what some like to call legislative expertise and
experience with such a term limit system . . . Hooray! The less experience they have in
the Washington, D.C. beltway, the more experience they will have in the real world. To
those that contend that term limits are not necessary because citizens can simply vote
Copyright 2011 342
_____________________________________________________________________
out whomever they wish . . . it rarely ever happens because an incumbent currently has
the financial campaign advantage to crush any and all contenders for their office.
As you will learn in the following section, once a member of Congress is in office we're
stuck with them for at least one full term be it 2 in the House or a miserable 6 in the
Senate. As long as we have a detached political class and career politicians who live in
the utopian beltway bubble, we'll suffer under their let them eat cake political tyranny
where we're ruled by the mega-rich in an oligarchy. Once the political class knows they
can't all become lobbyists and will have to return to living in the world they create . . .
we the people will be far better off.
)#ere !" t#at Re$all B.ttonJ
While laws for recall elections vary wildly state by state, the states that do permit recall
elections only have jurisdiction over state and local holders of political office. Just for
example, California has the recall button and they used it in 2003 to recall governor,
Gray Davis. n some states it's a fairly easy and straight forward process by just by
getting enough names on a petition and in other states it's not possible at all. Going
forward, the option needs be easy, straight forward and readily available in every state.
Now, what about at the federal level for members of Congress? Are you sitting down? f
so, prepare to be sick! f you're searching for the recall button and can't find it, there's a
reason. t does NOT exist! No you didn't misread . . . it's NOT possible to recall a
member of Congress. There is no option, there is no button, there is no law and there is
no way other than by lynch mob to recall a member of Congress. Similar to the
current joke of ethics committees and the idea of Congress policing itself . . . it's only
Congress that can get rid of a member of Congress. [So much for the idea of a
government for the people, by the people] No matter what a member of Congress
does, to include treason, espionage, accepting bribes, being on China's payroll, etc.
we the people are stuck with them until A) they die or B) their term is up. Oh yea, if two
thirds of either the House or the Senate vote to remove one of their members it can
happen as well. That's like going to your local prison and allowing 66 percent of
prisoners to vote on who should be set free. Just like in prison, everyone in Congress is
innocent, were entrapped, temporarily insane or abused as a child.
As we know already the rich take care of the rich, there is no honor among thieves,
birds of a feather stick together and Congress as a whole may be the most corrupt
group of humans in America, excluding of the course the mega-rich who own them. t's
bad enough there is little, if any, oversight or investigative due diligence of Congress, but
to discover that it takes 66 percent of a corrupt group of people to remove one of their
own with no other option leaves the American people with only one option. The
current no ejection button for Congress scenario, supposedly backed by the
Constitution, must be challenged in the Supreme Court now! Believe it or not, the fact
that we the people don't have the right to remove a member of Congress has never
been challenged. Much like the political class in general who have received a free
pass for decades we the people have been asleep at the wheel, apathetic, far too
trusting and if we're honest with ourselves . . . just plain stupid! So pick a state or
multiple states, a member of Congress or multiple members and let's get moving on
creating an ejection button for Congress. t will take awhile to work its way through the
courts to make it to the Supreme Court, or enacted by Congress, so there is no better
time to get started than now! f and when a Congressional recall is ruled unconstitutional,
Copyright 2011 343
_____________________________________________________________________
we'll either amend the Constitution or in time change the mix of Supreme Court
justices until they rule in our favor. f you can get fired at your job, but no one in
Congress can get fired by their employer a.k.a. voters in their district . . . tells you
everything you need to know about the political class and accountability in government.
While disheartening to know that, at present, once a member of Congress is in office,
they are going to stay in office . . . it at least signals to the American people that it is time
to strongly question: yet another vote for any incumbent, member of one of the two failed
parties and the status quo dead end road we are now on. The inability to recall a
member of Congress simply reinforces the mountain of evidence that once in office . . . a
member of Congress has little if any need whatsoever to respond to the needs of the
people.
Re!n2ent!n% t#e Role o1 G3.7l!$ +er2ant"H
Americans are sick to their stomachs of our failed political class referring to themselves
as public servants as they run for office, banter endlessly and play political games
that are only about their party and never about the people. n truth, we know all too well
that the only people served by the political class are themselves and the mega-rich who
put them into office. Our forefathers never intended for America to have a permanent
political class full of forked tongue professional politicians. Back when our nation was
founded, members of Congress left their farm or business went to the capitol to debate
and cast votes and then went back home to work for a living like the rest of America.
Today, none of our political class in Washington, D.C. work for a living, never return
home and live as members of the American aristocracy that rules America.
We have a class of people in Washington, D.C. who consider themselves above
common citizens and actually consider their job and career path to be professional
politician. They get elected into office, move to Washington, D.C. and never return
home. Even if they are voted out of office, they milk the system, milk the American
people, milk the political arena and live within the Washington, D.C. beltway bubble for
the rest of their lives. From government job appointments, government jobs for their
spouse and children, pseudo-media jobs for political kids such as Ron and Michael
Reagan [just to name two], lobbing jobs that pay millions of dollars, envoys, White
House staff positions, etc. Their singular goal is to do whatever it takes to stay in
Washington, D.C. and never work again, never associate with average citizens again
and to never be exposed to petty Main Street issues of commoners ever again. These
are the people that run the government, pass the legislation, run the two political parties
and decide our future. For instance, take Newt Gingrich, former House Speaker who left
office in 1999 and still lives in Washington, D.C. to this day. He continues to milk the
political system writing books, appearing on Fox News as an expert and pretends to
run for president every four years to sucker Americans into sending him money so he
won't have to work. The guy has as much chance of ever getting the nomination to run
for president as Mickey Mouse, but he's somehow able to milk the fact that he was once
the Speaker of the House into sitting on his fat posterior for the rest of his life?
Take another great example, Senate majority leader, Harry Reid who except for a couple
of years as a city attorney [which most people would consider a political office] has never
worked at a real job in his entire life. Never! He went into politics almost straight out of
college, local and state political office, served two terms in the House of Representatives
before his first election to the Senate in 1986 and has been in the Senate ever since.
Copyright 2011 344
_____________________________________________________________________
Perhaps no example typifies a political class that live a lifetime of aristocratic existence
out of touch with the American people more than Reid.
Does either Reid or Gingrich represent anyone the American people would want in
Washington, D.C. having anything whatsoever to do with our future? What is it that a
professional politician knows about Main Street, working for a living, fearing the loss of a
job, the impact of a bad economy, loosing a job to China or anything else that impacts
everyday Americans? They live and exist in the beltway bubble, they have a
Congressional pension plus a retirement plan, they have enough political escape
hatches to where they are set for life . . . all based upon being a professional politician
and nothing else whatsoever. They are completely out of touch with the real world, are
party and political ideologues only and their experience and brains know nothing else but
life inside the warped unreal world of Washington, D.C. Only an American that worships
the political class [of which we have far too many], one who is enamored with politics,
the games, the hoopla and the absolute manure and manipulation that is now our
political system can believe that professional, life-long politicians should have
anything whatsoever to do with the future of America. f anything points to why our
political system has failed so miserably, it's the same old people and the same old faces
that never seem to fade into history or go back home to Main Street reality to live
amongst us commoners.
A true public servant goes to Washington, D.C. for only a few short years contribute
to America by cleaning up the system, restoring an economy that works for the people
instead of only the mega-rich and then returns home to live in the America they created.
Just a quick review, via the breakout resource below, tells any American that far too
many members of Congress have held office, via rubber stamp incumbent voting, for far,
far, far too long. America claims it wants change, yet over and over again, election after
election cycle we send the same people back to Washington, D.C. Once again, the
definition of stupidity . . . repeating the same mistakes and expecting a different
outcome. f America wants change, then obviously all the players must change and the
new members of Congress must be kept on an extremely short leash forevermore by the
American people.
n the next election cycle and every cycle thereafter, via term limits, via prosecution for
corruption, via exposing every unscrupulous move and connection they have . . . the
time has come to replace America's political class with real Americans, everyday
citizens, people who have worked for a living, lost homes to foreclosure and jobs to
mergers and China and who are in touch with Main Street America. We were never
intended to have kings, queens and royalty in America, our forefathers intended America
to be for the people ruled by the people, but we have badly lost our way since our
inception as a nation. The time has come for us to find our way back and removal of the
political class is the first step on that journey.
6.+. +enate, 5.rrent +en!or!ty L!"t
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seniority_in_the_United_States_Senate#Current_seniority_li
st
Copyright 2011 345
_____________________________________________________________________
6.+. ;o."e, 5.rrent +en!or!ty L!"t
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_United_States_Representatives_in_the_112th_Congr
ess_by_seniority
Let/" Be ;one"t a7o.t 3ol!t!$al Re1or&"
Many of the reforms listed in Part have been suggested for years and frail and wildly
splintered advocacy efforts deployed to date have failed to bring them to fruition. f all
were passed tomorrow, we would still live in a world in which the mega-rich have huge
advantages politically, but today, as things now stand . . . they have every advantage!
They own federal government, every state legislature, every city council and most
importantly of all they own our Congress like a dog on a leash. To see where such
corruption leads, look no further than the catastrophic results of Wall Street owning
Washington, D.C.
Anyone in America who believes that the mega-rich are suddenly going to lay down and
give up control of our government and their monopolies, system of corruption, the pay-
to-play game, influence peddling and complete domination of our Monopoly board is
living in la, la land. Just as nave are any ideas that they will suddenly develop a
conscience, love of America and her people or feel guilty for their greedy mega-rich dark
hearts that beat within their body. They know but one pursuit greed and lust for even
more money no matter the cost to the American Dream for all Americans. We live in one
of the most corrupt democratic systems of government in the entire world and yet, we
continue to pretend that it is some shining city on a hill.
Rest assured, just as they started this class war upon the American people more than
30+ years ago, the mega-rich will fight like hell to keep us from taking back our nation.
They will use every trick in the book, every manipulation game and put even more
money into the correct palms to halt political reforms at every turn. As long politicians
can be bought, they will be bought and only transparency along with an American
population monitoring every move they make will end rule of America by a greedy
oligarchy.
America has talked on and on about reforms for years, decades in fact, yet nothing has
changed. Understand that this will take a massive, concerted effort from a newly united
America to force a change in our completely corrupted system of government. The
mega-rich will not take their poisonous fangs out of our flesh until we pivot as a nation
and fight like hell! We no longer have any other choice but to fight this fight . . . otherwise
they will simply continue to tighten the noose they now have around our collective neck
until we have no will or strength to fight.
F!<!n% t#e Med!a . . . Drea& OnI
Media reforms were saved for last in Part for a reason: while their performance can be
vastly improved upon, reporters and their handlers are not going to bite the hand that
feeds them. With 6 massive multi-billion dollar corporations owning almost all the media
universe and what little remains being owned by as few as 35 or so corporations
the American people will never get anything but a mega-rich sanctioned version of the
truth. Some reporters and outlets are better than others of course, but as long as the
Copyright 2011 346
_____________________________________________________________________
mega-rich own virtually all the media and write the paychecks the American people
will be spoon fed a steady stream of manipulated garbage. Any idea or vision of a truly
free press free to fight the oligarchy we now live within is nave. The idea is probably
just as nave as believing a publisher can be found for this book without grassroots
financial support from the American people. The last thing the mega-rich and their
political puppets want is for this book to get published and be read by millions.
We now live in a locked down society and nothing whatsoever is more locked down than
the media. The media was all bought up and consolidated into the hands only a few for
two reasons. While an obvert profit motive is obvious, it's the profits and monetary gains
from mind and heart control that is not obvious to most Americans. Own and control all
the media and you own and control the people, the government and everything that
transpires within a society. There is simply no need for a state owned media dictatorship
when in fact . . . the mega-rich are the state. Virtually nothing gets out they don't want to
get out, period! Nothing proves that fact more than the media blackout of any issues
surrounding the massive wealth disparity in America and the 30+ year financial losing
streak of the middle-class. Within the media lens, America is still being presented, even
today, as the land of milk and honey with glowing prospects of upward mobility when in
fact the idea is a complete joke! n America, you work for the mega-rich within their
vast pyramid scheme or you starve . . . it's just that straightforward and simple. The
masses must be controlled and the absolute best control mechanism is to keep the rats
focused on the mirage of cheese via a contrived 1 in 311+ million success story such as
yet another aristocrat vy Leaguer, such as Facebook's Zukerberg.
For the rats bright enough not to be completely focused on the cheese, it is critical to
create the illusion that two political parties are engaged in some epic battle for the good
of the people. Too funny! As of this writing, the talking heads owned by the mega-rich
are gearing up for Campaign 2012, via the latest wow them news rooms, push button
video and chart technologies. So called award winning journalist who all know the
game and how it is played, just as much as you now do, but journalists who sold their
souls long ago for designer fashions and the latest pair of cute shoes. They cover every
puff of wind from both party's campaigns as if we're all still stupid enough to buy into the
media game. To perpetuate the charade, we'll get an endless blast of fire hose spin jobs,
polling, electoral break downs, red states, blue states, donkeys and elephants, bus
tours, baby kissing and enough manure and political theater to numb the mind of
Einstein. t is all designed for one thing and one thing alone, to keep the people docile
and pliable, to keep us coming back for more of the status quo in order to mask who is
behind the curtain pulling all the puppet strings, pushing all the buttons and in control of
the game. As much as you may hate to admit to being manipulated like a rat in a maze
you at least have to give the mega-rich credit . . . they are absolute masters of the
propaganda game.
Only an absolutely brilliant group of people could have dreamed up and executed a
sophisticated divide and conquer strategy whereby the people are polarized and fighting
each other, rather than the greedy force behind the curtain. t can't be said enough
times, there is no conspiracy just all the mega-rich on the same page, working toward
the same goal. Who would have thought of betting heavily on both red and blue and
being able to win no matter what color the election wheel lands upon? Who would have
though of buying up all the media, then perpetuating the false faade of a free press
that's covering all the issues from both sides? Certainly none of us are that smart, so
you have to give the mega-rich credit for being absolutely brilliant!
Copyright 2011 347
_____________________________________________________________________
All generals in war throughout history have stood on one hill and looked across to the
other while they pondered the workings of the mind of opposing generals. The American
people are now so confused, manipulated and over worked, that any clear perspective
from atop a hill is almost impossible. Until Americans can see the forest, instead of just
the trees, we'll lose this battle. n any war effort you must know the adversary in order to
beat the adversary and our corporate owned media has manufactured the perception of
a battlefield upon which we believe a political battle is taking place. There is no battle
taking place with a goal of improving the financial security of average Americans.
The only war taking place with is the war upon the American people that began 30+
years ago and the mega-rich have won every battle to date via the status quo two-party
game. Via their divide and conquer warfare played out within their media the middle-
class in America has been destroyed via tax breaks for the mega-rich that amassed
even more money at the top, the creation mega-corporate monopolies, the idea of a
global economy and political corruption so deep, so entrenched that the American
people no longer even pay attention to it. What takes place within the media is nothing
more than an elaborate contrived illusion, just like the theater of the absurd that takes
place in Congress via your big screen TV. The mega-million dollar bets on both red and
blue are already placed by the aristocracy, so what happens on stage is just for gullible
voters to take in. On election night, we may as well replace the beauty queen news
bimbos with Vanna White from the Wheel of Fortune. We can call the show, the Wheel
of Misfortune and Vanna can strut her stuff and shake her money maker across stage
all evening turning states to red or blue. No matter the color of the game board at the
end of the night all red or all blue the winner is always the same . . . the mega-rich
of course. Haven't we been played for suckers long enough?
Please don't think there are not a multitude of other objectives that take place via the
media machine beyond political control and maintenance of the status quo . . . there are
of course. With market share being chief among them, as long as the people are
polarized and divided, the rest is gravy in the form of profits and big money. f ever there
was a win-win for the meg-rich, their media machine is it. Complete political control and
even more money . . . what's not to like? You watch, they feed you the brand of comfort
food you brain has been conditioned to crave and they charge their buddies in the
corporate world big bucks for access to your brain. The ideologues both progressive
and conservative alike must get their daily fix in order to remain blinded to the divide
and conquer game being played. United we win and divided we fall and economically,
we the people have been falling to for 30+ years. Liberals, conservatives, progressives,
evangelicals, black, white, brown, gay, straight, white collar, blue collar, union, non-union
and what you have is an American ripe for the taking by the mega-rich who are 100
percent united. Their ranks don't bend, their ranks don't fold, they stay on message and
they march forward everyday in their efforts to march us all into the sea of poverty.
While a cornucopia a media watchdog groups provide the people with a sense of
balance, in truth, most all are party-only mouthpieces that keep the people divided. As
far as balance or objectivity with both sides of any economic issue being presented, it's
pretty much just their brand of dog food only. As far as fixing the media by legislating
some grand utopian vision such as the fairness doctrine, whereby both sides of every
issue get equal air time . . . forget about it . . . just more utopian worthless BS! Money
gets ink and air time and that's not going to change as long as you watch, read and buy
the products and services being pushed. All media operates via advertising and all
advertising is driven by market share a.k.a. YOU. You watch or read, the media charges
Copyright 2011 348
_____________________________________________________________________
advertisers for your eyeballs and that money funds the so called news you get. Who
are the advertisers . . . the mega-rich and their multinational corporate holdings who of
course dictate one version of news promoting a wonderful global economy, a failed
two-party political system with never any focus whatsoever on the massive wealth
inequality that exists within America and how the money is maneuvered politically out of
the hands of the middle-class. Why anyone would find that surprising is beyond
comprehension? You get what you pay for within the currently corrupted political system
know as that shinning city on a hill in political circles.
While media watchdog and media reform advocacy groups are a critical component of
reform, they are almost all so political party only biased that everything you read,
everything they present must be scrubbed thoroughly to wash off the red or blue stain.
As far as true change with immediate impact, here's a better idea: just cut the media
garbage machine off! Just stop watching, stop filling your brain with the daily dribble of
cable news manure. Stop and think about it. What does taking in such manure, banter,
talking head babble, pundits, so called experts and the endless back and forth contrived
arguments do to inform you or further any solutions whatsoever to solve the massive
economic problems we now have? Answer: Nothing! Sound bites, gotcha politics,
political theater and breaking news hysteria are the only thing that arrives via the cable
news pipe coming into your living room. Who needs it, what purpose does it serve?
t's all about revenues via market share and it's we the people that give them the power
to fill our brains with more inflammatory gotcha politics manure. Whether it's MSNBC
pushing the Sarah Palin button yet one more time or Fox News pushing the birther
button on president, Obama it is all contrived garbage designed to pull in market
share a.k.a. making money. The American people of course take the dog food, go off to
their respective camps and chase their own tails in an exercise of absolute and total
futility. What changes do polarization and manipulation games bring about, when we're
prodded to fight each other instead of the true adversary? Sarah Palin is a media
creation who doesn't have a chance in hell of ever being elected again to any political
office including dog catcher and where Obama was born, or not born, has no bearing
whatsoever on the future of the American Dream. For any feeble minded American to be
taken in like suckers by wasting any time whatsoever upon such manipulation hot
buttons being pushed just furthers the game being played the media moguls. Strip
them of their market share a.k.a. money and we'll begin to get something that more
resembles the truth. Just as important, if not more, the American psyche and collective
brain will actually function once again, instead of being constantly short circuited via
cable news static.
While events such as Comcast acquiring most of NBC's media holdings to further
consolidate all of our media in the hands of only a few is alarming and should have be
stopped putting the brakes to the media garbage machine is located on our fingertips
via the remote. The button is marked off now push it! Yes, of course America will still
tune in for brief periods to get the latest news event, but then cut if off! Every hour that
cable news runs on your TV, is another hour of eyeball market share the mega-rich
media moguls can bill out to corporate advertisers to perpetuate the cycle of manure
spreading. Just send your cable news vehicle of choice an e-mail that says, 'Start
reporting on the disappearing middle-class, wealth inequality in America, the oligarchy,
government corruption and alternative political movements to the two-party game and
until you do, 'm hitting the off button! Then, just cut if off . . .
Copyright 2011 349
_____________________________________________________________________
Just imagine the joy, in a year or so, when you tune back in and all beauty queen news
bimbos are wearing the same rags you're wearing instead of designer fashions.
magine actual investigative journalism where the mega-rich hold on America is
exposed, the pay-to-play connections, the cronyism, the corruption of our political
system and the political spin games are put to rest. magine wow them charts that show
just how many good American jobs have gone off shore and how many are leaving by
the day as well as the mega-rich CEOs behind the efforts being exposed. magine,
investigations into every corrupt trade agreement negotiated and passed over the past
30+ years to benefit the mega-rich and every member of Congress who voted for them
being exposed. How about an extensive week long investigative report on the politics of
poverty, the immigration issue, the driving downward of wages by new immigrants and
how the media and Party B benefit from the race and xenophobia game being played?
That's called news America! What we now get, via the cable pipe, doesn't even
resemble news, most especially news we can use to fight back the oligarchy and
restore the American Dream.
As long as we participate, feed the politics of division and settle for mindless drivel and
react to the latest manufactured hot button issue of the day we'll continue chasing our
tails in futility. Accurate information exists, as demonstrated via the many breakout
resources herein, but the American people have to search them out instead of eating
contrived dog food and more importantly . . . use what we have! t's about a singular
focus, instead of being taken in by the diversion tactics deployed by the mega-rich media
machine. t's about trusting and supporting each other with alternative news sources,
blogs, micro-websites with citizen journalist behind them. Obviously such alternatives
have to be tethered to reality, validated and verified to preclude becoming yet another
source of misinformation, but that comes down to critical thinking by the American
people. There seems to be yet another feeble minded conspiracy theorist around every
corner and with blogs and cyberspace it just gets worse by the day, but with some
balance critical thinking and effort to validate accurate information exists. When we
ask, 'what's the money motivation' behind everything viewed, read or listened to . . . truth
becomes clear. Whether it's the mega-rich, utilizing culture wars or dead economic
solutions for a time long past [circa the industrial revolution], or a political party willing to
deploy any means to either gain or hold onto power it's always about the money!!!!!
Follow the money trail to unravel the spin and the truth will always become clear. The
sad thing is that virtually nothing exists within the media that is not a thinly veiled
political party mouthpiece. What is progressive news or conservative news? What
ever happened to truth news with objectivity and balance? The federal government and
most states are broke and in red ink up to their necks. t's a fact and stating that fact
doesn't make someone a conservative or member of the Tea Party. Americans are
suffering and starving by the millions, are unemployed and desperately need jobs. Does
stating that truth make someone a progressive or does it just indicate they are in touch
with reality? Clearly, we no longer live in a democracy and are ruled by the mega-rich
with their boot on the throat of every American. Does speaking that truth make someone
unpatriotic, a radical and a rebel rouser? No! t simply means they are engaged enough
to understand the issues and see the truth . . . nothing more. To hell with all the trite,
mindless little tags dividing America from focusing on our real economic issues!
n between all these truths are enough spin, manipulation, political party dogma and
manure to muddy any water . . . it divides, it distracts and diverts attention from the real
issues and stands as a roadblock to any real solutions. Only with informed judgments,
accurate information and critical thinking will America recover in time to save the
Copyright 2011 350
_____________________________________________________________________
American Dream. When it comes to the media, the time has come to take off the
blinders, see the mega-rich and political party first objectives behind every news and
information source only by reviewing both sides of every issue and following the
money path do we have any chance to actually arrive at the truth!
Fa$t5#e$,.or%
http://www.factcheck.org/
Free 3re"" Net
http://www.freepress.net/
+ett!n% 3ol!t!$al and 0$ono&!$ 3r!or!t!e"
Any American concerned and committed enough to have trudged this far into this book,
has to realize by now that the oligarchy referred to as our government is so
entrenched, so pervasive and so formidable that only a true revolution by the people
will bring about change. While the term revolution conjures up images of bloodshed, no
where herein has this book called for any efforts outside of peaceful means working
within the system to bring about a revolution . . . nor are any efforts outside of peaceful
means required. However, please do NOT associate the word peaceful to mean
easy, because nothing about this transformation is going to be simple or easy!
f we had the time and luxury to focus only upon political reforms and then move on to
the beginnings of a legislative agenda to address the U.S. economy, jobs and massive
wealth disparity . . . it would be far easier than what we are faced with confronting.
Understand that because our political system is so corrupt that in many cases we can't
get the legislative reforms until and unless we achieve the political reforms. We have to
confront both agendas simultaneously and every step of the way we'll confront a corrupt
political class of incumbents that will resist every single change we must now force
through. Understand that Party A and Party B along with their mega-rich handlers like
this game just the way it is and have no intentions whatsoever of allowing it to be
changed. More importantly understand that most, if not all, of every single position, piece
of legislation, focus and initiative laid out and called for herein are backed by the
majority of the American people according to polling data . . . whether you agree with
them or not. That should clearly tell you two undeniable things: 1) Our political class in
America is completely out of touch with everyday Americans and 2) The loose platform
as laid out herein neither matches that of Party A or Party B. That simply means that we
cannot achieve the overwhelming will of the people if we bite and swallow the current
lure being dangled either Party A or Party B. Both of the two failed political parties must
be thrown under the bus and a massive transformation must take place in order to
achieve the economic objectives of the people in order to save what is left of the
American Dream. While the media and the world focus on the so called Arab Spring,
the day is now at hand to deliver an American autumn unlike any change witnessed in
America since the Revolutionary War. The day has arrived for the true patriots to rise up
and reclaim America from the greedy and return rule to the people the way it was
Copyright 2011 351
_____________________________________________________________________
envisioned by our founding fathers. f not accomplished, America will enter an American
winter ice age of no return.
Much of the transformation will require replacing the political class ruling both political
parties, the emergence of new political parties along with hundreds of independent
candidates who owe little or nothing to any political party or the mega-rich. Clearly the
very people and political system that got us into this economic quagmire can't be the
people tasked with getting us out, nor are they the people we can trust to reform
government and return rule of America to the people. Nonetheless, we can't just go vote
for the lesser of two evils until someone good comes along . . . then work for change.
nstead we have to force change down the throats of the existing political class, while
working to replace them with citizen government . . . in order to win and to bring about
change that will improve the financial lives of all Americans. The first step is that we the
people must set aside the culture wars, the religious and social issues and focus only
on financial survival a.k.a. the money! We're being played and manipulated like rats in a
maze via a propaganda machine run by the mega-rich that has us fighting each other
and working against our own self interest economically.
The monetary losses, the financial damage, the 30+ year losing streak for 90 percent of
the America people are facts! They cannot be denied, they cannot be glossed over and
when communicated in the absence of culture wars, social issues, diversion tactics and
smokescreens they ring true with almost every single American. We the informed
have however lost the propaganda war and will continue to lose that war as long as we
allow to political class to focus on anything except the economy, good jobs and the
massive wealth disparity in America. Only the brain dead can be presented with the facts
herein that document the massive wealth at the top of the American food chain and
believe that tax cuts for the mega-rich are the key to restoring our economy. Yet, millions
of Americans continue to buy into the idea that the mega-rich just don't have enough
money and if we give them even more, they will come to our rescue. When the top 1
percent own 40 of America and take in half of all the yearly income within our entire
nation . . . only an idiot would vote to give them even more money via tax breaks as the
key to correct our economic course. The American people simply don't know the facts
and they will never know the facts as long as we sit by idle and passive and wait for it to
be reported on cable TV. t is not going to happen because the mega-rich own the
airwaves and the TV pipes. Therefore it is up to every informed American to do their part
to overcome the billions being spent to obscure the truth and divert the focus of America
on anything but the massive wealth disparity in this nation.
Understand that this communication effort simply can't be won in a nation divided with
trite little political tags such as progressive, liberal and conservative. Facts are facts,
statistics are statistics, hard data is hard data and none of the facts and statistics herein
constitute progressive, liberal or conservative facts. t's a fact that almost 90 percent
of America has been losing their shirt for 30+ years. t's a fact that the vast majority of
new immigrants into America aren't able to make it without government assistance. t's a
fact that nearly no one in America inherits one single dime when their parents' estate is
settled. t's a fact that government red ink at all levels threatens to bankrupt our entire
nation. t's a fact that the top 1 percent of Americans now own 40 percent of all the
stocks, bonds and property in the U.S. t's a fact that supply side economic theory a.k.a.
trickle down is and always has been nothing but a huge money-grab by the mega-rich.
Over the course of 30+ years, all the data, all the statistics and all the facts surrounding
Copyright 2011 352
_____________________________________________________________________
wealth accumulation for average Americans prove trickle down economics to be a
complete abysmal failure! The reason that message doesn't get through is quite simple
and succinct it is delivered with a liberal and progressive tag that includes a social
re-engineering agenda and nothing that resembles fiscal constraint that many
Americans simply can't stomach. As long as that is the reality, average Americans will
continue to be marched financially into the sea by the greedy. The only solution is for the
left and right ideologues to be kicked to the curb and replaced with average citizens
holding political office who are focused on providing legislative solutions.
As long as the typical messenger is someone that labels themselves as a liberal or
conservative instead of discussing economic solutions alone we the people will
lose the propaganda war. This is about money and only about money and has zero to do
with culture wars, social re-engineering agendas or progressive, liberal or conservative
tags! Until and unless that message is delivered, free from all the inconsequential by
comparison issues outside of money . . . the mega-rich will continue to win the
propaganda war. As long as America clings to their trite, small minded political tags, we
will continue being washed out to sea by the mega-rich in charge of this game. t's just
that straight forward and simple! Without a singular focus on jobs, the economy and
wealth disparity . . . we the people will continue to lose.
No sane, logical human can look at all the data, statistics and the numbers and still
believe in supply side economics and trickle down theory. No one can look at the almost
$13 T in debt and financial losses the American people are now sitting upon [due to Wall
Street's greed] and agree that less regulation of Wall Street is good for America and
the economy. Nonetheless, if you label such history, facts, data and statistics as
progressive and or liberal and muddy the water even further with a culture war
agenda to include religion, gun control, abortion, gay rights and everything else under
the sun . . . many in America will die, literally, before they accept the economic truth that
supply-side economic theory is a hoax. We can agree to disagree on everything else,
but we can no longer disagree on economic issues. The evidence is in, the facts speak
for themselves and the noose around the neck of the American people is tightening by
the day.
America must be forced to simply drop the trite political tags and just confront the facts.
t's why all the culture war issues have to put aside and instead we must now focus on
our economic issues 24/7/365. The culture wars and a strong U.S. economy, jobs and
massive wealth disparity have absolutely nothing whatsoever to do with one another.
They don't fit together, they don't go together, that don't relate to one another and the
economy and culture wars have nothing whatsoever in common! Culture wars, social
issues, God, guns and the flag are simply the manipulation tools of the mega-rich to
squeeze more money from under the American Monopoly board.
This book is focused upon the same exact thing that the mega-rich are focused upon
the money! Until and unless average Americans becomes focused on their money a.k.a.
a strong U.S. economy, jobs and the massive wealth disparity . . . we'll continue to lose
financially as a population. Culture wars have nothing whatsoever to do with the money,
except as a manipulation tool abscond with more wealth. No different than the
immigration issue has nothing whatsoever to do with compassion, but instead is an
economic issue entirely . . . manipulated into a tool to gain political power for money.
The economic well being of people within a society cannot be secured with an
unregulated flow of new immigrants competing for an ever fewer number of good jobs.
Copyright 2011 353
_____________________________________________________________________
Because we have no clean political parties, with no clear economic agendas or policies
to re-level the economic playing field, we're stuck with two horrible alternatives. Even
though both political parties are responsible for the massive red ink at all levels of
government, no one in their right mind has any real faith that Party B is capable of
making the very difficult fiscally responsible decisions now mandated. On the other
hand, if Party A were given carte blanche political control they have already aptly proven
their cuts will be made only along the lines of their ideological political control agenda.
That agenda will crush the people and place them even more firmly under the boot of the
mega-rich. Pick your poison America . . . we the people are sitting in the back seat of a
vehicle while Party A and Party B fight for the political wheel as we drive off a cliff of no
return. f allowed, they will fight their ideological wars at our expense and kill us all in the
process. There is a missing political party and political agenda in America that is
somewhere in the middle. A party that is NOT focused upon dependency, such as Party
B which perpetuates poverty and a wealth divide by playing the immigration race and
xenophobia card to gain and hold the reigns of power instead of working to re-level
the playing field. A party that's answer to every problem in America is NOT giving more
money to the mega-rich. A party that is NOT all about removing sensible regulations,
most especially from Wall Street, in the hope that some nickels and dimes trickle down
to the peasants via an environment of greed and corruption.
While Party A and B fiddle, America burns. Just like with the HC debate for more than a
solid year, now it's the red ink debate 24/7 and nothing whatsoever about anything else.
The word multitasking is not in the vocabulary of Congress and anything that diverts
Americans' attention from the wealth divide the media machine of the mega-rich is all too
happy to perpetuate. All the air sucked out of the room once again with zero emphasis
on a strong U.S. economy, jobs and reduction of the massive wealth disparity in
America. Different issue, same lack of emphasis on what really matters a.k.a. an inept
disconnected political class living within the Washington, D.C. beltway completely out of
touch with Main Street America.
The reason that neither party will take on and confront the economic issues, job creation
and massive wealth disparity in America is because, in most cases, it requires biting the
mega-rich hand that feeds them. Repealing NAFTA or any of the other horrible trade
agreements with low wage nations cut profits for corporate American and trims the stock
dividends for the mega-rich. The same goes for raising tariffs for selected economic
segments of imported goods and services sourced or produced off shore by cheap slave
labor to benefit corporate America and the mega-rich. Congress could compel the hiring
of Americans almost overnight with either a carrot or stick tax/tariff legislation, but again,
that will impact the mega-rich who own them. They will debate health care, red ink, don't
ask don't tell or anything else possible before they will finally confront the real issues
behind job creation, a strong U.S. based economy and massive wealth disparity in
America.
The real issue is not the economy, jobs or massive wealth disparity, but instead it is the
fact that we are now governed via an oligarchy. We have a system of government that
has been overtaken by the mega-rich and two political parties that are beholding to them
for their existence. Furthermore, both the political parties are living in the past with
extremely antiquated economic views of a world that has changed while their brains are
still somewhere back in the industrial revolution that ended long before the 1970s.
Copyright 2011 354
_____________________________________________________________________
Strict adherence to an unrestrained free market for labor that sources from anywhere
in the world simply dictates that the majority of Americans will lose out for decades to
come, just as we have lost out for more than 30+ years. f hiring can go anywhere, via
the avenues of imported goods and nternet based labor pools, sound business 101
principles dictate that it will always go to the lowest cost source possible. Selected
industries exporting into the U.S. marketplace must be forced to hire Americans if they
want access to this market and corporate America must be forced to hire Americans
whenever possible. Some nebulous idea of cutting the corporate tax rate in the hope
they will hire Americans and pay them a living wage . . . is a proposal for fools. Without
teeth and strict measurements in place, corporate America will simply take the money
and run to hire elsewhere . . . as they have done for 30+ years. What is it that America
doesn't get? What is it that Congress doesn't get about this post industrial revolution
reality? While the world has continued to spin and change more rapidly by the day, the
political class in America is stuck in a pre 1970s era hell bent on fighting their
ideological battles at our expense no matter how many Americans suffer the financial
consequences of unemployment, poverty and starvation. t's always about the party and
political careers and never about the American people!
As long as Congress and state legislatures are allowed sell out American citizens for
personal and political gains they will. As long as America at large continues to be
baffled, confused and remains unfocussed on a strong U.S. economy, jobs and
correcting the massive wealth disparity the political class will be allowed to skirt the
issues and continue to deliver no solutions. Furthermore, as long as the American
people still believe we live in a democracy, where their voice and vote counts when
nothing could be further from that truth we'll continue down the dead status quo road
we've been on for decades.
Gaining and maintaining that one singular national focus is not going to arrive via the
cable news bimbos in designer fashions, nor is it going to come voluntarily from the halls
of Congress. The mega-rich who own both are hell bent on keeping the American people
divided and distracted with any issue possible except for what actually matters. As a
result, the average American knows only two things: they either don't have a job or are
worried about losing the one they have and they are more financially challenged than at
any time previously. They don't know why, they don't know the issues and most don't
have the slightest clue as to what has been happening to middle-class Americans over
the course of the past 30+ years. t is high time that readers of this book and other books
and resources on the topics . . . got the word out to our fellow citizens. Despite all the
books, websites, news vehicles, cable TV, etc., we are the most uninformed nation on
the face of the Earth when it comes to economic issues, jobs and the massive wealth
disparity that exists in America.
Each enlightened America must now understand that it is their job to educate and
disseminate the information herein as well as from other sources. f not, no change will
occur and we as a nation will continue down the path of a financial train wreck. Wealth
disparity will only increase along with unemployment, homelessness, wage stagnation,
poverty and starvation. Since corporate America and the mega-rich own the media
pipes, the information has to come from what constitutes an underground movement in
America to inform and enlighten fellow citizens as to what is really going on. As a nation,
our collective economic Q must rise markedly and quickly in order for average
Americans to understand what monopolies and massive wealth only at the top
really mean for average citizens. They must be forced to see where pay-to-play and
Copyright 2011 355
_____________________________________________________________________
unhinged political corruption has gotten us. America at large has to be shown the
manipulation techniques, trained to see through the freedom and liberty smokescreens
and most of all . . . America has to be smart enough to follow the money and or
political power grabs behind every single game being played by the political class.
Once America finally understands that all the noise, the political posturing, the games
and both political parties are about only two things: money or political power to funnel
money . . . all becomes clear. We have a completely corrupted system of government
that no longer serves the needs of the people. t's an elaborate pyramid scheme
whereby the mega-rich always win and the people always lose financially.
These realities must be disseminated in blogs, e-mails, websites, Facebook, etc. until
the American people at large finally realize that we've all been had and played for fools
for well over three decades. t's you that has to get the word out, you that has to take the
data, statistics and information herein and spread it far and wide and it's you that has to
be the information conduit to bring about change. Otherwise it's not going to happen.
First and foremost, change is about information and education. There is virtually nothing
countering the massive propaganda fire hose owned by the mega-rich. To see just how
powerful their fire hose is, consider that Wall Street pulled off the biggest scam upon the
American people in history and left average citizens holding the bag for almost $13 T in
damages . . . yet we are still fighting amongst ourselves instead of against the American
aristocracy. How can that be? How can anyone in America be advocating for repeal of
the pathetic Wall Street reforms before they even become implemented?
Even in view of the Wall Street heist that ruined our entire economy, consider just how
many Americans are currently buying into the freedom and liberty propaganda to roll
back regulations upon Wall Street and you can clearly see just how powerful the force
we are fighting really is. We the people are fighting a propaganda monster, a behemoth
media machine that can make Americans believe absolutely anything whatsoever
because no force in America is confronting their lies with truth, facts and hard data that
simply cannot be denied. Just as insane as rolling back the pathetic Wall Street reforms,
are the freedom and liberty simpletons preaching American exceptionalism while all
average Americans are being murdered economically within a free trade world economy.
The only people winning at this game are the mega-rich, yet Americans by the millions
are being brainwashed to work, vote and purchase against their own economic self
interest.
s it we, the enlightened, that have to counter the propaganda. We have to set the
agenda, we have to control the conversation and we have to ensure that the present
political class along with the American people focus on nothing other than jobs, a strong
U.S. economy and the massive wealth disparity in America. n doing so, we have to
combine that message with the reality that it is political corruption, the status quo, pay-
to-play, cronyism, PAC money, 527s, massive campaign contributions, revolving doors,
lobbyists and the entire business as usual environment that dominates Washington, D.C.
and state legislatures . . . that is responsible for hanging all average Americans by their
financial necks. t is massive political corruption and cronyism that is responsible for our
economic plight, not China or all the other scapegoats and smokescreens being thrown
at the American people.
Copyright 2011 356
_____________________________________________________________________
The corruption, via Wall Street ties to Washington, D.C., almost wiped out our entire
U.S. economy and yet America still doesn't seem to get it? This, system of government
is simply no longer working and the time for massive reforms in the way business is
conducted in Washington, D.C. and state capitols is NOW! f not now, then when
America?
While the mountain to be climbed is tall and formidable, perhaps the most disheartening
fact of all is that parents and grandparents who have brought children into this world are
the most apathetic of all. t is unconscionable, irresponsible and a gross failure of duty to
continue supporting the status quo and to leave an oligarchy form of government in
place for our children and their children. With the trends documented herein, left to fester
without a revolution, what do parents and grandparents think the future holds for
employment, the economy and wealth disparity going forward? f the existence of an
oligarchy didn't impact prospects for personal financial security and upward mobility
going forward or American families were giving birth to puppies instead of humans it
wouldn't matter. How can any informed American parent sit at the dinner table and look
into the eyes of their children and do nothing to change a corrupt government structure
that is destroying the American Dream? Virtually no one in America currently foresees a
better financial life for their children than what they had yet apathy and resignation
prevails throughout America. How can that be?
Americans seem to believe that getting their child to school and soccer practice is as far
as their parental obligation goes. Doesn't political activism do more to ensure the future
wellbeing of your child or grandchild than soccer practice? n school, children get a
steady dose of Valley Forge, George Washington and the idea that we live in a
democracy. At a minimum shouldn't we at least include a chapter on lobbyists,
cronyism, pay-to-play and the massive government corruption that currently exists
rather than have our children brought up on antiquated history lessons? Even better than
that, shouldn't we work to ensure that the history books reflect the truth by bringing
about a political revolution that delivers upon the ideals set forth in the history books?
Otherwise, we should just tell our children the truth which is that we are one nation
ruled by the mega-rich and all will suffer under their well heeled boot of slavery. We
should teach them that upward mobility is a remnant of the past and they cannot be
anything they want to be when they grow up. nstead they should expect an ever
declining standard of living until such time as the pay and standard of living for 6 billion
other inhabitants of the planet rises to our level. We should teach then that we have no
representative form of government and the best way to make it in the world ahead is to
kiss the feet of the mega-rich in charge of the game.
Almost no one in America wants to face the truth, much less tell their children the truth.
We all want to pretend that everything is A-OK and that even though we're going through
a tough economic time that it's just a bump in the road. Well America it is NOT a bump in
the road, but instead is a mountain to climb! Furthermore, any American that believes
that the status quo, the two political party ideological games and continued massive
corruption at all levels of government will get us over the economic hump may as well
the kiss the American Dream for all future generations good bye!
The solutions put forth in Part are just a rudimentary beginning of what needs to be
accomplished in order to restore the American Dream. Yet those solutions alone
constitute a mountain to climb in light of the political realities we face. We certainly can't
Copyright 2011 357
_____________________________________________________________________
climb that mountain, much less the others to follow, as a divided nation tagged as
progressive, conservative, liberal, evangelical, social conservative or social liberal. We
also can't climb the mountain by playing partisan political party games that only serve
the interest of the two political parties and never the people.
Clearly America is the most confused, unfocussed, splintered and uninformed population
imaginable when it comes to economic issues, jobs and wealth disparity. When you
consider that more than 8.5+ million jobs were lost during the Great Recession, some
30+ million Americans are underemployed or unemployed and that millions and millions
more jobs will be lost via austerity measures . . . how is it that our political class is
allowed to focus upon and discuss anything that does not encompass private sector job
creation in America? How did health care reform suck all the air out of the room for more
than a year? t happens quite simply because we the people allow it to happen and the
political class doesn't have the willpower and backbone to confront the mega-rich that
own them.
Whatever your political tag, no matter your political party affiliation, if our political class
hasn't yet figured out that America needs at least 20+ million new jobs to be created or
brought back to America and without that becoming reality almost overnight
thousands of people will literally starve to death . . . then we are a rudderless nation with
no political leadership whatsoever. Fight all you want over budget cuts, but it will do little
to change the reality that we must have millions and millions of private sector jobs
created to fill the void left from budget cuts.
The political class simply cannot be allowed one moment longer to focus upon anything
whatsoever other than the economy, jobs and wealth disparity. We're so far behind the
curve in replacing the millions of jobs lost to the Great Recession and the millions
more that will be lost to austerity measures that if legislative measures were put into
place tomorrow, to begin plugging the private sector jobs hole, it will take years to bear
fruit. Yet our political class is discussing nothing, doing nothing and passing nothing to
even begin the process of filling the jobs hole. Nothing demonstrates the reality of a
political class more out of touch with Main Street reality more than zero movement
whatsoever on the jobs front. Only an elitist political class living in the beltway bubble of
Washington, D.C. could be this out of touch with the American people.
Therefore it is we the people that have to bring the focus, we have to drive the dialog
and we have to both educate and deliver the solutions. Otherwise our current political
class will do nothing but continue to play partisan political games, cater to the mega-rich
and allow millions of Americans to starve via even more unemployment driven by
austerity measures. The America people no longer have a choice to be non-political,
passive and apathetic. Anyone that trusts the political class to drive the discussion or to
lead us forward is waiting on something that is not going to happen.
t all starts with average Americans, just like you, getting the information, data, statistics
and issues out to their fellow Americans. The communication vehicles we now have at
our disposal via social media, blogs, Facebook, websites and e-mail are so vast and so
powerful that no efforts by the mega-rich can stop the truth from getting through.
ndividually and as a nation, the average American is sinking financially like a rock and
the worst is yet to come if America at large is not awakened. While there are a myriad of
individual issues such as off shore labor and trade imbalances that have impacted the
financial losses for middle-class America for more than 30+ years the American
Copyright 2011 358
_____________________________________________________________________
people don't understand that it is greed by the mega-rich that is propelling it all. Until
America awakens and learns to follow the money and disentangle the political rhetoric
from the quests for political power we'll continue being blinded by smokescreens and
political ploys. Until it becomes all about the people and not about the political party,
we'll continue down a divided path toward economic devastation. As things stand now,
the America of the future will have no middle-class, but instead will be ruled by only a
few mega-rich individuals and families. Everyone else will live in Third World poverty
among the unemployed or working poor a.k.a. slave labor. n the best case scenario it
will occur in a continued fairly slow progression that is picking up momentum by the day.
n the worst case scenario it will occur along with a massive and complete breakdown of
society that includes lawlessness and violence the likes of which America has never
before witnessed. Americans by the millions must be forced to see what has occurred
already via ownership of our government by the mega-rich and they must be forced to
look down the road ahead. As ugly as it is, average Americans must now be forced to
look at the numbers, the data and the statistics before it is too late!
That is not going to happen without enlightened Americans reaching out beyond their
comfort zones and trite political tags to quell the misinformation, propaganda and
diversion tactics being fed to America like a fire hose by a media machine owned by the
mega-rich. Be it the dead economic theory of trickle down economics, the bending of the
Bible by the radical right to further more greed or the twisting of the immigration issue by
the fringe left to make it appear to be about racism and xenophobia instead about
economic opportunity for America citizens it's all about political power, greed and
money and not about what is best for the America people.
t's all about the money, it's always going to be all about the money as long as we are
ruled by an elitist political class and until America gets that fact, we're doomed. The
mega-rich, the two dominate political parties and 99 percent of the entire political-class
are all about the money and until and unless the American people focus on the money,
we'll lose! Whether it is a diversion issue, or actual legislation that impacts our wallets,
everything that goes on politically is all about the money. As long as the American
people believe it is about anything else, we'll continue to be led down the road of
financial ruin. Love should make the world go around, but wishing that were so doesn't
make it so. Democracy should be about the good of all Americans, but we don't have a
democracy and wishing for change and dong nothing to bring about that change is
about as worthwhile as awaiting the arrival of the tooth fairy. No political savior is coming
and as long as we leave change up to someone else, we will only continue to slide into
an economic and financial abyss by staying the status quo course with a dial that is
currently set upon economic doom for all average Americans.
5#an%e and Re1or&at!on a G;o ToH -.!de
Write your members of Congress/state legislatures, join/support advocacy groups and
don't forget to vote . . . and the issues of wealth inequality, jobs and a strong U.S.
economy will be solved, right?
Wrong! The political class and the mega-rich who own them would love for America to
buy into, or continue buying, the idea that the three steps above will bring about a
revolution and actually change the reality in Washington, D.C. and in state legislatures.
For many Americans, perhaps even most, even the three simple steps above would be
far more than they have ever done in their lifetimes to participate in the democratic
Copyright 2011 359
_____________________________________________________________________
process. Yet they wonder why this democracy thing isn't working, why all the wealth
has been accumulated at the top, why there are no jobs and why average American
citizens continue to get screwed by the mega-rich and our political class.
While the steps above are now an absolute must for economic survival, the reasons why
they are not going to be enough are so numerous that it's almost impossible to
enumerate, but let's try anyway. First and foremost, the above steps don't work and
won't work if those are the only efforts put forth by the American people because
we're currently given no choices but to vote in the rich and members of the leisure class
[who have the time and resources to participate in politics]. n other words America, the
political system is rigged, fixed and it is currently a foregone conclusion that only a
member of one of the two parties can get elected. As long as the two dominate political
parties can keep it a 50/50 proposition only backed by the mega-rich we the
people will continue to lose financially. As the political system is currently set-up, almost
no one can get into Congress or state legislatures without first selling their soul to the
devil a.k.a. the mega-rich . . . simply because the costs of campaigning are too
extravagant. Because the mega-rich own the media, no one but their hand chosen
candidates get any face and air time to be exposed to the voting public. Essentially, the
mega-rich allow us to either pick someone from Party A or Party B and those are the
only choices allowed. The two parties, in every state, have fixed the system to keep
independents and third parties out of the game, but that can be overcome and changed.
Tied to that reality is the fact that most Americans still see incumbency as good for their
district and incumbents almost always have the financial advantage. Here is the biggest
problem in a nutshell: as of June 2011 the approval rating of Congress was 18 percent
and their approval has been in the pits for years and years, however, when asked about
their respective members of Congress, most Americans approve. The result is that
election cycle after election cycle we get the same crooks with longstanding ties to the
mega-rich because almost no one in America will vote anti-incumbent or replace their
party incumbent with someone new. We go with the status quo over and over and then
we wonder why our economy is horrible and why we have been sold out?
We, as a nation, are so economically uneducated, so misinformed, so pliable and so
easily manipulated by media whoever runs the most commercials usually wins.
Virtually no one in America goes to a website such as opensecrets.org and looks up the
campaign financing of their candidates . . . then when the candidate does exactly what
they are paid to do via campaign contributors we act surprised and wonder why
democracy doesn't work? We're a nation whose brains have been cooked by political
marketing and massive media manipulation.
As your guide for this book, stated early on that a vast background in marketing and
advertising made me uniquely qualified to write a book of this type . . . you undoubtedly
questioned that assertion. Well America, if you haven't figured it out by now, you'll never
get it . . . the truth is that to date, for more than 3 decades, all political maneuvering is
nothing whatsoever but a marketing, advertising and propaganda fire hose directed by
our greedy aristocracy. That's it, nothing else, total and complete BS!!! Decade after
decade of nothing but spin via marketing blitzes and PR campaigns masquerading as
the political process and democracy and we have all been total suckers! t's a carnival
game where someone is allowed to win every once in awhile so more suckers will line
up to play. As long as someone like Mark Zukerberg of Facebook walks away with a big
stuffed bear every once in awhile . . . we fail to see who is behind our economic carnival
Copyright 2011 360
_____________________________________________________________________
game and continue lining up to play a game that is fixed for vy Leaguers such as
Zukerberg.
Here is the truth America. f you have enough money, enough spin masters and can
control what people see, hear and talk about . . . you can sell anyone anything and there
is no limit whatsoever as to what can be sold to include ice to Eskimos or anything
else. t is just a fact of marketing and advertising and that is all politics is . . . pure
unmitigated marketing spin. f marketing and advertising can convince a fat middle-age
man that he will find hot young love if he buys a BMW and Viagra . . . why, for even a
moment, would you not believe that advertising, marketing and control of the media
could not put anyone in the White House or in any seat in Congress? f that is possible,
then manipulating Americans to work directly against their own economic self interests is
a piece of cake with the advertising and marketing expertise at the fingertips of the
mega-rich who have unlimited funding and budgets. We are a nation that loves to be lied
to and we've been lied to over and over for more than 30+ years by a political class that
will promise anything to get elected into office . . . just so they can sell us all out while
laughing all the way to the bank.
n all advertising and marketing if you simply tell people what they want to hear and do it
enough times they will buy. t is marketing 101: buy enough exposures and the
suckers will line up at your door. n politics it's a simple message of requiring no pain, no
sacrifice, no reality checks and promising to return America to the land of milk and
honey. Add in a good speech writer, some compelling video, patriotic music, wave the
flag and voila you're elected or re-elected. Since no network or news vehicle is allowed
to cover any candidate that is not a member of either Party A or Party B . . . it's a locked
in 50/50 proposition for the mega-rich puppet masters [since most Americans delve no
further than TV or obvious newspaper and nternet outlets].
Once a candidate has overcome the 50/50 game of chance, they're almost set for life
unless they really screw up big time. f they make it to the Senate they are set for 6
years no matter what and even with a two year term in the House, most will get elected
to at least another term or two. Since there is no Congressional recall button for
American voters and only the possibility of expulsion by their fellow band of thieves
via laughable ethics committees there is no heat in the kitchen until the next election
season. As long as a member of Congress has a little common sense, covers their
tracks and isn't too outlandish the chances for a Justice Department or FB
investigation into their activities are minimal . . . most especially since most political
corruption is presently categorized as ethical as opposed to criminal. After all,
criminal prosecution is for us commoners . . . not the aristocracy.
Now, with such a cushy position inside the Washington, D.C. beltway secured [for at
least a couple of years at a time], consider that thousands and thousands of e-mails,
letters, petitions, etc. arrive into Congress every single day to the tune of at least a
couple hundred of thousand per year if not more. All from lowly constituents or slightly
elevated slugs such as citizen advocacy groups who have, by comparison, paid little or
no money for attention from the political class via campaign contributions and cronyism.
On average, a member of Congress has around 14 staff members. Typically a couple of
interns or the kids just out of college handle all the phone calls e-mails, petitions, etc.
that arrive from lowly constituents. t's the job of the interns and the kids just out of
college to simply pat citizens on the head like children and make them go away. n order
Copyright 2011 361
_____________________________________________________________________
to accomplish this lowly mission, they are fully equipped with form letters and canned
responses to any and all issues and pieces of legislation that may be on the citizen
agenda. n most cases, the citizen gets a letter or a canned e-mail and they go away
with pride, no matter the response, because a letter arrived on congressional letterhead
or a mass e-mail was sent to make it look individualized. Even for the rare citizen that is
still impressed for a time with congressional letterhead, etc., after awhile frustration with
the same old games of corruption and cronyism mount and the citizen just goes away.
While a responsive member of Congress and true concern over any citizen issue is rare,
simply because it is special interest and lobbyists that get attention in Washington, D.C.
a new phenomenon has emerged to make it even worse. n the beltway it's called
clicktivism and most Americans who are even a little engaged politically have
participated. t's the e-mail from some advocacy group that provides a click here to
send an e-mail or to sign a petition, etc. Behind all the clicking are well intentioned
companies selling software and database management tools to make all the click here
political activism happen with ease. The problem is two fold: A) to much clicking on far
too many issues a.k.a. a lack of focus on a strong U.S. economy, jobs and wealth
disparity and B) the assumption by the American people that clicktivism is actually an
effective lobbying tool.
Bad news America, it's going to take a lot more effort to bring about change and a
revolution than sitting at your computer and clicking your mouse. n an average year,
more than $3.5 B is spent in Washington, D.C. alone on lobbyists, not to mention the
billions spent in state capitols.
1
So America has to understand that clicktivism is great
and far better than doing nothing, but far more has to be done before a member of
Congress will throw a lobbyist under the bus and do the right thing for the American
people. Even if we were operating in a democracy, which of course we're not, a lack of
focus would hurt and merely clicking would have little effect, but this book is about facing
up to actual reality and changing that reality . . . not about making readers feel good via
lies and unrealistic expectations.
Understand that there are thousands of advocacy groups all focused on a thousand
different agendas attacking in an uncoordinated fashion. That's just simply not going to
work! Secondly, while this book documents that many groups are focused on the
economy, jobs and wealth disparity there are far too few advocacy groups focused
strictly upon the economic issues in America that truly matter. The reason for that is
America has had it too good and too easy economically and we've never had to fight
previously. There was plenty of wealth to go around and the economy was just left up
to the political class and the Harvard economists. Advocate efforts could be vague and
non-specific and the American people didn't have to educate themselves on issues such
as trade agreements and trade imbalances. Well America those days are gone!!!
Even though your voice will absolutely achieve far more volume via one or more
advocacy groups, the individual groups can't be allowed to take your money and waste
your time with splintered advocacy efforts that oftentimes distract or even compete with
one another. f all or even most groups came together to push for campaign finance
reform or repeal of the NAFTA agreement for instance . . . how long do you think it would
be before we had movement in Congress? We could repeal NAFTA in less than 60
days.
Copyright 2011 362
_____________________________________________________________________
nstead of only pushing members of Congress, the time has come for citizens to push
the thousands of advocacy groups to come together upon more common economic and
political reform agendas. t's time these diverse groups were forced to grow up and focus
on overcoming the bread and butter issues facing America instead of working toward
utopia or their own individual niche issues. How do you get their attention? Easy, you put
them on notice that you will be withholding your contributions and support until you see
an effective coordinated strategy, working with other advocacy groups on common
priorities to bring about change, instead of only talking 24/7 about change. Someone
once said that the road to hell is paved with good intentions and economically hell is
the road we're now on. Therefore, now is the time for some tough love and realistic
expectations for advocacy results! Good intentions don't pay the bills . . .
Simply tell all the advocacy groups not focused on a strong U.S. economy, jobs and
wealth disparity that you'll have to get back to them at another day and time. America
now has far bigger issues to confront and overcome. As for the groups that are focused
on the issues that count, ask them what happens to the clicktivism letters and petitions
that supposedly travel through cyberspace to Congress? Who receives them, who do
they go to, how high are their contacts within each congressional member's staff and
most importantly ask if all the letters, petitions and e-mails are physically hand
delivered in duplicate to their cyberspace outreach? All advocacy groups are not created
equal and it's yet another reason why they must be forced to come together to work on
common economic and political reform objectives. Millions of dollars per year go to
advocacy groups and the time has come for those dollars to start paying huge economic
dividends for the American people! Advocate groups need to feel the heat to deliver just
like members of Congress. Since clicktivism obviously isn't working for the American
people, the day and time has come to shut down Congress for a few days, via activist
groups coming together to amass millions to takeover the capitol until they listen. A great
issue to begin with would be campaign finance reform, the most important issue in
America today by far! Clicking your mouse is simply not going to be enough to create the
required revolution and the sooner America realizes this reality the better.
Although it is clich to say that all politics are local, it is true that far too much emphasis
is placed on national advocacy efforts. At the end of the day, either your individual
member(s) of Congress is tuned in with your overall economic and political reform
agenda [most especially when it comes to sponsorship of specific legislation], or they are
not. The problem is that getting a politician to take a position on anything is like nailing
Jello to tree. While some will give you a position, most will hedge while waiting to see
what their party and the mega-rich that own them will allow. So when you receive their
form letter saying how concerned they are about whatever issue it may be, if it doesn't
give you a firm yes in support and more importantly their name as a sponsor of a
specific bill you can quickly uncover if you should waste anymore of your time with
them. Simple go to opensecrets.org or some other source and look up their campaign
contributors, then look up their party line on the issue. At that point you pretty much
know their position and potential vote should the legislation come to a vote. Nine times
out of ten, they currently vote how they are paid to vote and in areas where there are not
firm dollars, cronyism and paybacks on the table they will vote with their party 90
percent of the time. t's called democracy and it has nothing whatsoever to do with the
people or the majority of citizen opinions expressed.
Nonetheless, as you move through your series of issues, if you haven't attained their
position via news sources or research, you'll over time learn if they are a keeper or it's
Copyright 2011 363
_____________________________________________________________________
time to launch your personal campaign to oust them in the next election cycle. Via blogs,
Facebook and e-mail, start your campaign immediately to move them out by exposing
their campaign money sources and their voting record. f they voted for NAFTA or they
take one single dime from Wall Street they have to go . . . this is not complex! You
simply can't wait until November of the election year to make a difference. Bring the heat
and bring it NOW! Understand that this review can no longer be just about specific
economic issues and legislation, but just as importantly going forward, it must now be
about congressional reforms and the way Washington, D.C. does business. When you
combine the two arenas, you'll quickly see that most of the incumbents in both political
parties must now go most especially if they resist congressional reforms! This nation
simply can't move forward and address the vast number of issues we now face with the
present broken system of massive political corruption now firmly ruling America. We
have a completely broken and corrupted system of government and the time has come
for America to face up to that reality and do something about it!
Once you know the positions of your member(s) of Congress, all is not lost within interim
periods between election cycles even if all your positions and pieces of legislation are
opposed. There is still much work that can be accomplished at the national level via
blogs, advocacy and Facebook groups to garner attention and votes from other
members of Congress for your issues and pieces of legislation.
Also, don't discount the legislative initiatives that can be accomplished at the state, or
even the local level, when movements fail at a national level. A great example are the
initiatives to ban employment credit checks that have stalled in Washington, D.C. thus
far, but have passed in 6 states and are being considered in at least 20 more. Where
there is a will, there is a way as the saying goes and Americans have to learn that
apathy and resignation to living under the boot of the mega-rich will be an uphill fight
every step of the way. Over the course of more than 30+ years, they put the
mechanisms, the tools, the media domination, the campaign finance system, the
cronyism, the smokescreens and the games into play to own us. Each one will have to
be overcome and dismantled step by step, fight by fight until we return control of
America to average citizens within a true democracy. The mega-rich and the political
class will only go kicking and screaming and this war is only for true American patriots
with fight and backbone.
This fight cannot be fought and won from only your computer or the ballot box, but
instead will require far more if it is to be successful. Civil disobedience, taking to the
streets of Washington, D.C. and state capitols in peaceful protest efforts must be part
of the game plan. The American people have been lulled to sleep over the course of
generations with media and technology toys, while the mega-rich have slipped their
noose around our necks and plunged their fangs of greed into our juggler veins. We've
been taken in by the idea that two political parties are fighting it out on our behalf, when
in fact . . . nothing could be further from the truth! Lofty speech after lofty speech, as the
flag waved in the background, the American people have been fed lie after lie, election
cycle after election cycle and the only change that occurs is more financial ruin for
average Americans. Promises and good intentions are meaningless and the time for
massive change has arrived! The time is now for an American-autumn, much like what
we're now seeing sweep through the middle-east under the moniker of an Arab-spring.
We are not facing an economic bump in the road, but instead we're facing a massive
mountain that has been constructed and put into place by a greedy aristocracy that is
Copyright 2011 364
_____________________________________________________________________
sucking the life blood out of every single American and their family. f we don't fight now,
there will be nothing left for which to fight . . . the mega-rich will not stop, their greed will
not cease and they will not remove their boot from our necks until we are all marched
into a sea of poverty one by one, family by family until all future generations are
born into slavery and servitude under rule of an even stronger, more well entrenched
oligarchy. The table has been tilted as far as it can be tilted and now we must fight in
order to return the American Dream to the people . . . out of respect for past generations
and respect for those that follow. This is our war, we allowed this downfall to happen to
America and this is our day and our time to fight!
)anted( Yo.r *np.t, Feed7a$, and F!nan$!al +.pport
As stated in my foreword, to this book, 'm not an anarchist or a radical seeking to
unfairly attack the mega-rich or overthrow the government. nstead this book is all about
reining in the mega-rich and fixing our government so it works for the people instead of
only the mega-rich. Ultimately it's all about rebalancing the playing field. t's not going to
happen without people power, but radical and anarchists and ardent two-party devotees
need not apply. This movement is fully and completely committed to working within the
existing political framework to bring about the downfall of the American oligarchy. With
input, feedback and financial support from all Americans committed to restoration of the
American Dream, we can change the very certain horrific economic future that presently
lies ahead. At present, the future is one of continued American decline, the
disappearance of a middle-class, massive social unrest, Third World poverty levels and
only one class of fabulously wealthy people sitting atop a mass of rubble . . . once called
America. f we continue on the present path of infighting, polarization and political party
games all propelled by massive propaganda machines fueled by the mega-rich we
will awaken one day in a nation in which the few Americans that still have a job will work
for slave wages for only a handful of mega-corporations owned and controlled by mega-
rich stockholders. There will be no other options, no possibilities of entrepreneurship or
upward mobility whatsoever and no way out. The slow steady decline that has taken
place over 30+ years will continue to pick up speed as the war by the mega-rich upon
the middle-class continues to suck the lifeblood out of the American Dream. The
homelessness and starvation we're presently just now starting to see will someday seem
like the good old days by comparison. The numbers and the data presented herein
simply don't lie, it's reality, they are the truth and they point only in one direction toward
continued decline. There will be no charismatic political figure that comes along to stop
it, nor will it be stopped by either of the two completely corrupted political parties that
now exist. The political system is horribly flawed and corrupted and any idea that you're
going to fix either of the two parties, within such a system, with the same old faces is
completely nave. As long as a politician can be bribed they will be bribed and as long as
they can make false promises and lie to the American people to enrich themselves
they will . . . it's just that simple and straightforward. The time to change the political
system to remove the culture of corruption must be now! The time to develop and deploy
a buying conscience whereby we support America and each other [the little people]
has now arrived!
Nonetheless, none of the data and information herein will reach the American people
without your thoughts, feedback and most importantly financial support. Understand this
is only a book draft and it will undergo hundreds of changes, such as edits, rewrites,
updates, additions and deletions before we actually publish. That's exactly why your
input and ideas are needed to complete the work. t's why this grassroots review effort
Copyright 2011 365
_____________________________________________________________________
was launched to be taken viral to as many American citizens as possible. Simply send
your input and PLEASE forward this draft [in its entirety with no changes whatsoever] to
every American e-mail inbox possible. Please forward to fellow political activists, friends
and family concerned about the economy as well as American citizens that have tuned
out and just given up. The best hope for getting this draft to press, along with a
launching a subsequent website is by playing the numbers game. The more inboxes it
arrives within, the greater the chances for publication. As stated in the foreword, this
book effort was not and is not about making money, but instead is a calling with a much
higher purpose. While no book, website or writer alone can change anything this is
one citizen's small pebble in the pond in the anticipation that millions of other
American citizens will see the futility of continuing with the status quo and toss their
pebbles in the pond for change as well.
We are not alone as is demonstrated by all the information, activists groups and
organizations provided via the breakout resources herein. While many are still being
taken in by political party dogma, thinking that the only way out is continuing down the
status quo road the resources, information conduits and most importantly their
organizational structures can and will pay major dividends to our war effort going
forward. Once America at large realizes that we all must get beyond the social issues
and the ongoing culture wars and focus on the money, our money and our common
economic future instead the small trivial issues that divide us . . . we can rebalance
the playing field, but not until. We need Washington, D.C. and state legislatures focused
on private sectors jobs and the economy along with the massive wealth disparity in
America and NOTHNG ELSE! We simply cannot afford any more diversion tactics to
move the focus to anything else outside of national security on rare occasions.
At present, this draft is simply a framework being worked within and nothing else
almost nothing within is cast in stone. t's has a working title and almost everything is up
for input and direction from you. The principles adhered to herein will not change, rest
assured of that, however many elements may change en route to publishing. How it may
change, what may change before publishing is difficult and impossible to predict at this
early point. t will depend a lot upon feedback, buy-in and encouragement received from
the American people. Just to get to this point was a long lonely road to travel, but a belief
in the American people kept propelling the effort forward. Now it will be determined if that
faith and belief was nave and misguided. Nothing herein was written with any delusions
of grandeur whatsoever and in fact, a continued anonymous life as a private citizen
would have been much preferred. n the event that no grassroots support comes forth,
then that wish will be granted, however, someone has to finally expose the truth behind
the political party and media games being played upon American as a nation, we can
no longer continue down this dead end status quo road of no return.
Outside of the multitude of absolute facts and statistics supplied herein, everything else
is simply an opinion. believe they are informed opinions based upon the facts and
statistics, but every single American is going to disagree with some of the opinions and
solutions put forth herein. Thus is the nature of economic and political discourse. Writing
a book leaves no time for e-mail debates, but it does open the door to considering any
and all perspectives seriously. Opinions, backed only by think X or Y won't carry any
weight whatsoever. This book is about data, statistics, historical facts and track records
and only conclusions based upon such evidence will merit serious consideration for
changes and additions to this book en route to publishing. f you believe have it wrong
on certain issues, then send your data, facts and resources to back it up. want push
Copyright 2011 366
_____________________________________________________________________
back and want dialog in order to move the ball forward, but have no time or patience
whatsoever for mere opinions, conspiracy theories, anarchists, political loons and ardent
two-party devotees. Rest assured, however, that every credible e-mail will be read and
reviewed if it is provided in a civil tone with an objective to build up and contribute to
completion of this book and subsequent website.

Where trends across multiple inputs are seen or viable alternatives are provided, content
will of course be revised with that in mind. Additional breakout resources, groups and
advocacy channels are desperately wanted, so please contribute your links and
avenues. n Part : The Resistance it's a given that fixes such as legislative proposals,
political reforms and a host of other resources, proposals and initiatives exist that am
unaware of and desperately want all the information can get so please send it in!
only know what 've researched and know to be true, now want to know what you've
researched and know to be true. This book is about a national dialog to turn things
around and restore the American Dream for all American citizens. Your input and
financial contributions are critical to that effort.
America desperately needs for citizens to focus upon what we do agree upon in all areas
especially economic issues! That same mindset is needed from all readers of this
book. After you forward your input, simply forget about everything herein that you
disagree with! f you disagree with 9 out of 10 solutions herein, then fantastic, let's work
together on the one solution we do agree upon. Americans can no longer take their ball
and go home because their political tag reads liberal or conservative. Like it or not,
we're all in this economy together and both liberals and conservatives need to work, eat
and have a roof over their heads. When it comes to bread and butter issues the
overwhelming majority of Americans agree. Solutions will of course differ, but Americans
who still believe that this current political scenario is working or that an unchecked,
unrestrained free enterprise system in a free-for-all environment will do anything but put
the majority of Americans even further in the financial hole and under the boot of the
mega-rich are simply out of touch with reality!
This book is all about solutions and being a catalyst for massive positive economic
change which requires political change as part of the means to get there. You simply
can't have one without the other. This book is NOT about political parties, especially
failed ones! f a politician or candidate is on the right track, 'll gladly note the individual
and the solution they are backing, but can't at this point ever foresee buying 100% into
either of our two failed political parties. This book is about economic results, reducing
wealth disparity and creating jobs and neither of the two existing political parties has
delivered on any of these three critical issues in the last 30+ years. Therefore, vote at
present, just like most Americans . . . for the lesser of two evils. Americans must now be
given a choice in between fringe left and radical right. . . either of which will drive
America off an economic cliff of no return.
couldn't be any more nonpartisan and that will never change! don't care about any
political party, but do care deeply about my fellow Americans, the nation of my birth and
the restoration of the American Dream. What any politician may say is meaningless . . . it
is how they vote and what they push forward that matters nothing else! This book and
subsequent website is not about furthering the career of any politician or to promote any
party. t is about deposing the American oligarchy from their perch. This book and
subsequent website will deal in the real business of economic and political facts, not
hyperbole, spin, political party dog food or the politics of division that only serve the
Copyright 2011 367
_____________________________________________________________________
goals of the mega-rich. The facts may sometimes disappoint you and deflate your faith in
a party or politician, but you'll get it straight-up every time out. f you don't want the truth,
don't look in this direction. The American public has been baffled, misled, manipulated
and led down a 30+ year road of financial ruin with lies and deception. The time has
come to follow the money, stick with the facts, do our own research and make up our
own minds. Providing the tools and resources to make that possible is what this entire
book and effort is all about.
There is no desire here to recreate the wheel, nor spin wheels going no where with
overlapping work and information available from other sources, organizations or
information conduits. The website envisioned will monitor every move of the mega-rich
to bend government to their will, whether it be offshore job sourcing, a continued
massive flow of new immigrants to lower wages, tax breaks and loopholes for the mega-
rich, monopolies, campaign donations, corruption and efforts to further cement the
oligarchy the mega-rich now have firmly in place. This effort is all about turning back the
tide of greed and corruption! The goal is clear and concise: make government and the
American economy work again for the people via a true democracy that adheres to the
will of the majority.
Where valuable information, organizations and initiatives already exist, the website just
like this book will do noting more than push the information out and link to it. Where
original journalism is required, we'll solicit investigative journalism from experts as well
as common everyday Americans with writing backgrounds or expertise in particular
fields. Most importantly, the website will serve as a hub to link and network likeminded
Americans to facilitate amassing huge numbers of Americans to work for positive
economic change in whatever areas they have an interest. nformed Americans fully
engaged by the millions are the only avenue for positive economic change and it must
happen now before it is too late to fight.
The website and content won't come near any of the social or cultural issues dividing
America, but will focus on bread and butter economic issues alone! f we had a political
party in America with such clear focus such a site would not be necessary, but it's clear
that the political class in America is focused on everything but jobs, the economy and the
massive wealth inequality in America. Someone has to focus on these issues, begin
thinking ahead and force the political class to perform when it comes to the economy,
jobs and the massive wealth disparity that exists in American. The site will not focus on
creating utopia, a perfect world or frivolous issues that are a waste of time and energy.
Lastly and most importantly the site will not be partisan, rife will talking points and
political spin from either of the two failed political parties. You'll get both sides, the ins
and outs, of every economic issue of our time that impacts American citizens financially.
To deliver upon these objectives, the site will need your expertise, research skills and
financial support.
When, for instance, we target an industry in which jobs are going to be brought back to
America, by unleashing a collective uproar from the American people upon public
officials and the mega-rich . . . it won't be some knee jerk reaction to further some labor
union or political party objective. t will be all about delivering results for our economy
and jobs for the American people. Those types of efforts require expertise and extensive
research from strong economic minds and this book is part of that search for that type of
talent and background. The same goes for tax accountants, please come forward so we
Copyright 2011 368
_____________________________________________________________________
can close all the tax loopholes that exist only for the aristocracy. Let's expose how the
game is played so we can change the game with specific reforms.
As the book publishes, the website launches and efforts move forward, a governing
board of 5 [based upon experience and expertise] will be convened to ensure the
longevity of our fight and adherence to the principles set forth herein. Only true
nonpartisans need apply we will not be marginalized or silenced by any political party!
This board and process will take some time to roll out so a little patience will be required,
but rest assured this effort is all about inclusion, working with either of the two existing
parties when they perform and developing expertise that will deliver a restoration of the
American Dream.
Just as soon as we receive seed money via your financial contributions, we'll move to
legally operate as a 501(c)4 organization. n accordance with principles established
herein, all donations above $5 K will be public. Once that quick hurdle is leaped, funding
will focus exclusively on completing this book and getting it published. What route that
will take is impossible to say at this early juncture in time. Due to this book's content, the
adversary who now owns America as well as all the major publishing houses it's
anticipated that finding a publisher will be all uphill. Understand, the mega-rich don't
want this book published and what they might be willing to do in order to stop it from
being published is, somewhat unnerving, but with your financial assistance of small
grassroots donations it will publish!
The goals and objectives laid out herein can simply not be accomplished without your
financial assistance. Together, at the moment at least, we the people have far more
money than the mega-rich could ever dream of having. We of course can't outspend
them, but we can get a book published along with a website launched and then utilize
the Web, e-mail and social networks to outsmart them. While they are playing polo and
gorging themselves on caviar we'll be innovating and utilizing our nickels and dimes,
along with true free speech, to turn back the clock and restore the American Dream.
Understand that we simply cannot do any of this without your financial assistance.
Whether it's $5 or $10 or $50 K all contributions count. We won't be bribed however to
back-off any power structure that may need to be reformed or called to answer to the
American people. Bribery is for Washington, D.C. not us!
0arly +ta%e Re2!eer"( f you always wanted to be a book reviewer, here's your
chance. While all input, links, detailed feedback, etc. are much desired and appreciated,
a semi-formal review written by you and e-mailed in will help with our publisher and
publicity efforts. Even if your review is worst book ever read and disagreed with every
word of the entire book send it in. This limited time pre-release review stage is all about
learning, gaining feedback, direction and clarity no matter how brutal it may be. Let it rip!
F!nan$!al 5ontr!7.t!on"( Early stage financial contributions can be made through
PayPal via the link below. For personal checks and a mailing address shoot out an e-
mail and the address and payee information will be provided. All donations of at least
$25 will receive a copy of Monopoly when it publishes, but every nickel and dime
donation is critical to move the cause forward. Please be sure to forward a mailing
address with your $25 contribution. Acquiring 501(c)(4) status is a the top of our early
stage agenda, but nonetheless donations are NOT tax deductible nor will they be under
current election/tax law operating as a 501(c)(4) entity. Once we get up and rolling we'll
move to accept credit card contributions, but for the moment we're not yet at that stage.
Copyright 2011 369
_____________________________________________________________________
Please know that all your contributions, no matter how small, are vital to our efforts and
very much appreciated!
F!nan$!al 5ontr!7.t!on"(
#ttp(//t#ere"!"tan$eM,l.7lo%"pot.$o&/2011/10/$ontr!7.t!on"41eed7a$,4$onta$t.#t&l
5ontr!7.t!on" 2!a per"onal $#e$,( e-mail JKaneTheResistance@hotmail.com for
mailing address and payee information.
Feed7a$,, *np.t and P.e"t!on"( JKaneTheResistance@hotmail.com
Fa$e7oo,( http://www.facebook.com/JKaneTheResistance
T!tter( http://twitter.com/JKTheResistance
-ra""root" 0<pert!"e and Re"o.r$e Need" Mo2!n% Forard(
Tax accountants, re: tax loopholes for the mega-rich, income taxes and
especially inheritance\gift taxes a.k.a. death taxes
Trade agreement expertise, the ins and outs, the legalese, WTO, etc.
Webmaster(s), designers/graphic artists, illustrators, hosting services
Writers, editors, journalists
Potential book publishers as well as self-publishing avenues
Experts in federal and state election law
Add!t!onal Brea,o.t Re"o.r$e8"9(
O11!$e o1 t#e 3re"!dent
http://www.whitehouse.gov
6.+. +enate
http://www.senate.gov/index.htm
+enate MaMor!ty Leader
http://reid.senate.gov/index.cfm
+enate M!nor!ty Leader
http://www.mcconnell.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?p=Home
6.+. ;o."e o1 Repre"entat!2e"
http://www.house.gov/
+pea,er o1 t#e ;o."e
http://www.speaker.gov/
;o."e M!nor!ty Leader
http://pelosi.house.gov/
Copyright 2011 370
_____________________________________________________________________
Footnote"(
A&er!$a Year 20'0
1
Dennis Cauchon, More Americans leaving the workforce, ?SA Today, April 13, 2011
T#e )r!t!n% *" On t#e )all
1
G. William Domhoff, Class and Power in America, Fifth Edition (5c7raw-6ill, 2006), p. 10

2
3
Stephen Webster, Corporate America has best quarter in US history as real unemployment rate soars, The
8aw Story, November 23 2010

4
Jacob

Hacker and Paul Pierson, Winner-Take-All Politics, (Simon @ Schuster, 2010), p. 22
5
ncome nequality: t wasn't always this way, Aconomic 1olicy /nstitute, February 9, 2011

6
Eric Dash, Recession officially over, but US incomes kept falling, 5S">0)"4T, October 10, 2011
7
ndividual bankruptcies rose 9 percent in 2010, MSNBC/Reuters, February 15, 2011
8
Bankruptcies rose 9 percent in 2010, MSNBC/Reuters, February 15, 2011
9
John Schmitt and Dean Baker, The $1 Trillion Dollar Wage Deficit, 0enter or Aconomic and 1olicy
8esearch B0A18C, December 2009
10
Alexandra

Alper, Jobless 99ers have fallen through the safety net, 8euters)5S">0, July 8, 2011

11
Christian E. Weller, The Consequences of Conservatism Loss of Wealth Stunning During Great
Recession, 0enter or American 1rogress, March 25, 2011
12
Lisa Myers, Rich Gardella and John W. Schoen, Housing Downturn worsens foreclosure crisis, 5S">0,
May 9, 2011
13
David Streitfeld, Foreclosure backlog give some reprieve, 5S">0)"4T, June 19, 2011
14
Roben Farzad, The housing slump is far worse than you think, 5S">0)>loomberg >usiness, July 14,
2011

15
Recession, 0enter or American 1rogress, March 25, 2011
16
Brian Williams, ">0 "ightly "ews, September 2011
17
Lisa Myers, Rich Gardella and John W. Schoen, Housing Downturn worsens foreclosure crisis, 5S">0,
May 9, 2011
18
David Streitfield, Housing index expected to show new low price, "4T, May 30,2011
19
11 Long-Term Trends That Are Absolutely Destroying The U.S. Economy, The Aconomic 0ollapse >log,
October 5, 2010
20
October 5, 2010
21
October 5, 2010
22
October 5, 2010
23
Hope Yen, Poverty is becoming a suburban problem now, 5S">0)A1, October 7, 2010

24
October 5, 2010
25
Alexandra

Alper, Jobless 99ers have fallen through the safety net, 8euters)5S">0, July 8, 2011
27
Mike Brunker,

Wealth in America: Whites-Minorities gap is now a chasm& 5S">0& July 26, 2011
A 3ro1!le o1 t#e Me%a4R!$#
1
Kate Snow& s college still a good investment& ">0 "ews broadcast& September ,-..
2
T#e 5areer Ladder 6n$l!&7ed
Joseph E. Stigutz, Of the 1%, for the 1%, by the 1%, Danity (air, May 2011
Wealth Redistribution
Bureau of Labor Statistics, June 2, 2011
2
Monika Bauerlein and Clara Jeffery, All Work and No Pay: The Great Speedup, 5other Jones, July/August
2011
3
2011
Copyright 2011 371
_____________________________________________________________________
4
2011
5
Joseph E. Stiglitz, Of the 1% by the 1% for the 1%, Vanity Fair, May 2011

) /nequality!org, May, 2011
6
Wealth/nequality!org
7
G. William Domhoff, Class and Power in America, Fifth Edition (McGraw-Hill, 2006), p. 9
8
Drake Bennett, The curious politics of income inequality, Bloomberg Businessweek 5S">0, October 25,
2010
9
Steven Pearlstein, The costs of rising economic inequality, The Washington 1ost, October 6, 2010
10
Jacob

111
Eva Pereira, Malcolm Gladwell On Why ncome nequality is the Next Big ssue Facing America,
(orbes)Eevelopment Wire, February 16, 2011
12
nequality.org, June 8, 2011
13
14
Allison Lynn, Another year, another million or so millionaires, 5S">0,.June 9, 2011 / Don't Ever Bet
Against America's Wealthy, /nequality "ews& /nequality!org, May 7, 2011
15
Stephen Webster, Corporate America has best quarter in US history as real unemployment rate soars,
The 8aw Story, November 23 2010
;!"tor!$al 5onte<t to Ma""!2e Top4Only A&er!$an )ealt#
Jacob

B.d%et Ba"!$" and t#e A00 3o.nd -or!lla
1
Defense Systems Staff, Top 20 Defense Contractors, DefenseSystems, June 8, 2011
2
Defense Systems Staff, Top 20 Defense Contractors, EeenseSystems, June 8, 2011
Deat# and Ta<e" are A2o!da7le
Tory Newmyer, Tiny but Powerful: The estate tax lobby, 0"" 5oney, December 21, 2010
2
Spending Millions to Save Billions, 1ublic 0itiFen)?(A, 2006 Report Page 11
3
Tory Newmyer, Tiny but Powerful: The estate tax lobby, 0"" 5oney, December 21, 2010
5orporate Ta<e" . . . Not +o Fa"tI
CEOs say they would give up tax breaks, 8euters)5S">0, July 27, 2011
2 60 Minutes, 0>S, October 9, 2011
)or"#!p!n% t#e -od"
1
Jacob

2
Robert Frank, Where Will Tomorrow's Billionaires Come From, WSJ, September 23, 2010
The Great Game Changer with More to Come
Sam Williford, s Silicon Valley the next Detroit?, Aconomy/n0risis!org, November 8, 2010
2
s College Worth t?, 1ew 8esearch 0enter, May 15, 2011
3
Pallavi Gogoi, Many U.S. companies are hiring overseas, A1)5S">0, December 28, 2010

4

5

6

7
8
Zaid Jilani,

Top 'U.S.' Corporations Outsourced More Than 2.4 Million America Jobs Over The Last
Decade, Think 1rogress, April 19, 2011
9
Zaid Jilani,

Top 'U.S.' Corporations Outsourced More Than 2.4 Million America Jobs Over The Last
Decade, Think 1rogress, April 19, 2011
10
The 2009 Strategic Outsourcing Conference: Maximizing Outsourcing Strategies in Challenging Times,
The 0onerence >oard

11
The 2009 Strategic Outsourcing Conference: Maximizing Outsourcing Strategies in Challenging Times,
The 0onerence >oard
., Scott Geyes& After Taking a $10 Billion Bailout, Goldman Sachs Announces t Will Outsource 1,000 Jobs
to Singapore, Think1rogress, June 28, 2011
13
Christa Case Bryant ,

Surging middle-class eclipsing global poverty, 0hristian Science 5onitor)5S">0,
May 17, 2011
Fa$!n% 6p to t#e On +#ore N.&7er" Real!ty
Copyright 2011 372
_____________________________________________________________________
1
Edwin Rubinstein, mmigration Drives U.S. Population Growth: Part 8, The Social 0ontract 1ress, 2010
2011
2
2011
3
Mark Nowak, mmigration and U.S. Population Growth: An Environmental Perspective, "17, July 2011

4
Unemployment Disproportionately Affects Lower-Educated and Minority Racial and Ethnic Groups, 0enter
or 1ostsecondary and Aconomic Success, August 3, 2011
5
Lawrence Mishel and Heidi Shierholz, Sustained High Joblessness Causes Lasting Damage to Wages,
Benefits, ncome and Wealth, A1/ >rieing 1aper H<,I, August 31, 2011
6
Lawrence Mishel and Heidi Shierholz, Sustained High Joblessness Causes Lasting Damage to Wages,
Benefits, ncome and Wealth, A1/ >rieing 1aper H<,I, August 31, 2011
7
Roland Jones, Latino child poverty sets a record, report shows, The>ottom'ine)5S">0!com, 9/28/2011
8
9
10
11
Shane Cohn, llegal immigration focus of minority unemployment, D08eporter 2nline, March 9, 2011
12
David Degraw, Sing of Things to Come: Riots in Milwaukee, AmpedStatus website, September 2011
13
14
Ed Stoddard, More than a million immigrants land U.S. jobs, 8euters)5S">0, January 20, 2011
15
16
17
18
19
20
Karrie Kahn, Report: 5 Percent of Labor Force are legal mmigrants, "18 Website, September 6, 2011
21
Mark Hugo Lopez, llegal mmigration Backlash Worries, Divides Latinos, 1ew 6ispanic 0enter, October
28, 2010
22
28, 2010
23
28, 2010
24
28, 2010
25
Low-paying jobs not spread evenly across workforce, A1/: State o Working America!org, June 14, 2011
26
27
28
29
30
31
Brian Williams, The State of Education in the U.S., ">0 "ightly "ews, September 2011
32
Steven Camarota, Welfare Use by mmigrant Households with Children, 0enter or /mmigration Studies
website, April 2011
33
website, April 2011
34
website, April 2011
35
Heidi Shierhotz, ssue Brief 307: The Facts About the Recovery, EP, July 6, 2011
36
37
38
Heidi Shierhotz, ssue Brief 307: The Facts About the Recovery, A1/, July 6, 2011
39
U.S. Adds Just 18,000 Jobs in June, Unemployment Up, /nternational >usiness Times, July 8, 2011
40
Private sector job creation, at a glance, (o*"ews!com)A1, June 3, 2011
41
Hope Yen, Census: Recession taking toll on young adults, 5S">0)A1, September 22, 2011
42
Hope Yen, Census: Recession taking toll on young adults, 5S">0)A1, September 22, 2011
43
2011
44
2011
45
2011
46
2011
Copyright 2011 373
_____________________________________________________________________
47
2011
48
Edwin Rubinstein, mmigration Drives U.S. Population Growth: Part 8, The Social Contract Press, 2010
2011
49
Edwin Rubinstein, mmigration Drives U.S. Population Growth: Part 8, NPG, The Social 0ontract 1ress,
2010 2011
50
2011
51
2011
52
website, April 2011
53
Wikipedia, H-1B visa, August 11, 2011
54
Wikipedia, H-1B visa, July 11, 2011
T#e To43arty M!ra%e
1 Warren Buffett, Stop Coddling the Super-Rich, NYT, August 14, 2011
3.ll!n% Ba$, t#e 5.rta!n
1
Sold Out How Washington and Wall Street Betrayed America, WallStreetWatch.org, March 2009

2
Recession, Center for American Progress, March 25, 2011
3
Recession, Center for American Progress, March 25, 2011
+o )#y )o.ld O.r 3re"!dent +!%n +.$# a B!llJ
Opensecrets.org
2
Sold Out How Washington and Wall Street Betrayed America, WallStreetWatch!org, March 2009
3
4
T#e Federal Re"er2e
1
Mark Pittman and Bob vry, U.S. Taxpayers Risk $9.7 Trillion on Bailout Programs, >loomberg!com,
February 9, 2009
2
February 9, 2009
3
February 9, 2009
4
Craig Torres and Scott Lanman, Fed Names Recipients of $3.3 Trillion in Crisis Aid, >loomberg, December
1, 2010
5
Craig Torres and Scott Lanman, Fed Names Recipients of $3.3 Trillion in Crisis Aid, >loomberg, December
1, 2010
*1 Yo. T#!n, )all +treet !" -reedy . . . )el$o&e to 5orporate A&er!$a
2
5aritF 8esearch 6ospitality 7roup 2011 Employee Engagement Poll, June 2011
3
5aritF 8esearch 6ospitality 7roup ,-.. Employee Engagement Poll, June 2011
50O/0<e$.t!2e 5o&pen"at!on( A Re$!pe 1or 02en More 0$ono&!$ D!"a"ter
1
Rana Foroohar, Stuffing Their Pockets, Newsweek, September 4, 2010
2
Dr. Mark Kroll,

CEO Pay Rates U.S. vs Foreign Nations, November 17, 2005
3
Dr. Mark Kroll,

CEO Pay Rates U.S. vs Foreign Nations, November 17, 2005
4
CEO Pay Database: 100 Highest-Paid CEOs, A('-0/2, June 17, 2011
;.&an" are NOT +to$,
1
Roland Jones, CEOs lay off thousands, rake in millions, 5S">0, September 1, 2010
2
Roland Jones, CEOs lay off thousands, rake in millions, 5S">0, September 1, 2010
3
Floyd Norris, Stock Options: Do They Make Bosses Cheat?, "4T, August 5, 2005
4
James Parks, CEO Pay Loopholes Cost Taxpayers $20 Billion Each Year, A('-0/2"ow>log, August 26,
2008

Copyright 2011 374
_____________________________________________________________________
*t/" an 0&ployer"/ Mar,et
StaffingToday.net (American Staing /ndustry website) June 17, 2011
2
3
4
Paul Wiseman, The economic recovery turns 2 feel better?, A1)5S">0, July 4, 2011
5
6
7
Heidi Agustin, Job Discrimination Claims Hit Record, 0T/ 0areer Search, January 11, 2011
8
Retaliation surpasses race as most frequent EEOC charge, The St! 'ouis American, June 30, 2011
La7or 6n!on"( t#e Ant!t#e"!" o1 5orporate A&er!$a or NotJ
1
Lydia Saad, Labor Unions See Sharp Slide in U.S. Public Support, 7allop, June 17, 2011
2
Lydia Saad, Labor Unions See Sharp Slide in U.S. Public Support, 7allop, June 17, 2011
3
?nion (acts!com, 1/1/2011
4
>ureau o 'abor Statistics,

Press Release, January 21, 2011
5
>ureau o 'abor Statistics,

Press Release, January 21, 2011
)ally )orld t#e 02!l 0&p!re
1
Anne D'nnocenzio, Like Wal-Mart before it, Target becomes villain, 5S">0)A1, July 14, 2011
2
Ken Jacobs, Dave Graham-Squire, Stephanie Luce, Living Wage Policies and Big-Box Retail: How a
Higher Wage Standard Would mpact Walmart Workers and Shoppers, ?niversity o 0aliornia at >erkley,
April 2011

3
April 2011
4
April 2011
5
April 2011
6
WalmartWatch!org, June 2011
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
T#at G+leep!n% Dra%onH !" No )!de Aa,eI
Jeremy Warner, China may be bigger economy than US within two years, The Eaily Telegraph, November
10, 2010
2
Jeremy Warner, China may be bigger economy than US within two years, The Eaily Telegraph, November
10, 2010
3
2penSecrets!org, June 18, 2011
4
Nick Carey and Jane Kelleher,

US and China on collision course for trade war?, 5S">0)8euters, April 27,
2011
5

US and China on collision course for trade war?, 5S">0)8euters, April 27,
2011
6
David Barboza, China Poised to Lead World in Patent Filings, Aconom*, October 6, 2010
7
David Barboza, China Poised to Lead World in Patent Filings, Economx, October 6, 2010
8
C.J. Ciaramella, Bankrupt solar company with fed backing has cozy ties to Obama admin, The Eaily 0aller,
September 1, 2011
9
Robert E. Scott, China's Subsidies to Green ndustries Lead to Growing Trade Deficits in Clean Energy
Products, A1/, October, 2010

10
Robert E. Scott, China's Subsidies to Green ndustries Lead to Growing Trade Deficits in Clean Energy
Products, A1/, October, 2010

11

US and China on collision course for trade war, 5S">0)8euters, April 27,
2011
Copyright 2011 375
_____________________________________________________________________
12

US and China on collision course for trade war, 5S">0)8euters, April 27,
2011
13
Statistics on Counterfeiting and Piracy, ?"0!edu)A07
14
Statistics on Counterfeiting and Piracy, ?"0!edu)A07
15
David M. Dixon, China holds more U.S. debt than indicated, Washington Times, March 2, 2010
16
Little hope in sight for China's university graduates, rt!com, June 18, 2011

17
Little hope in sight for China's university graduates, rt!com, June 18, 2011
18
Robert E. Scott, Costly Trade With China: Millions of U.S. jobs displaced with net job loss in every state,
A1/, May 1, 2007
19
Robert E. Scott, Rising China Trade Deficit Will Cost One-Half Million U.S. Jobs n 2010, A1/, September
20, 2010
20
John Gress,

US and China on collision course for trade war, 5S">0)8euters, April 27, 2011
21
Dustin Ensinger, Trade Deficit with China Could Cost Half-a-Million Jobs, Aconomy/n0risis!org, October 4,
2010
22
Robert E. Scott, The China Trade Toll, A1/, July 30, 2008
23
Nick Zieminski, 'Made n the U.S.A.' may be staging comeback, 5S">0)8euters, May 5, 2011
A Balan$e o1 3oer Lar%ely !n 5on".&er"/ ;and"
1
Martin Crutsinger, Emboldened China to meet with U.S. this week, 5S">0, May 8, 2011
2
Robert E. Scott, Rising China Trade Deficit Will Cost One-Half Million U.S. Jobs n 2010, A1/, September
20, 2010
3
Neighbors fret as China boosts defense spending, 5S">0, March 4, 2011
Trade Agreements and the WTO
1
Robert E. Scott, U.S. Trade Deals With Columbia and Korea Will Be Costly, A1/, February 25, 2010
T#e Nort# A&er!$an Free Trade A%ree&ent
1
Jeff Faux & Robert E. Scott, NAFTA at Seven, A1/, 2001
2
Scott Malone, Surging China costs forces some U.S. manufacturing companies back home,
8euters)5S">0, June 29, 2011
3
Scott Malone, Surging China costs forces some U.S. manufacturing companies back home,
8euters)5S">0, June 29, 2011
4
Chris Wolski, NAFTA Trade Agreement, Eemand 5edia, June 21, 2011
5
Jeff Faux & Robert E. Scott, NAFTA at Seven, A1/, 2001
6
NAFTA's mpact on Employment,

(act0heck!org, July 7, 2008

7
Trade in Goods with NAFTA with Mexico (Consump),

0ensus!gov
8
Trade in Goods with NAFTA with Mexico (Consump),

0ensus!gov
The Media Game: How t's Played and Who Wins
1
Norman Herr, PhD, csun!edu, June 21, 2011
Ta7le +ett!n% 1or t#e Me%a4R!$#
1
2
3
4
5
6
2penSecrets!org
3art **( T#e Re"!"tan$e
Br!n% t#e Top E Ban," Don to +!>e
1
Joan Gralla and Clare Baldwin, Average Wall Street cash bonus fell to $128,530, MSNBC, February 23,
2011
2
Goldman bankers received $15.4 billion in pay, Bonuses, 5S">0, January 19, 2011
3
Goldman bankers received $15.4 billion in pay, Bonuses, 5S">0, January 19, 2011
4
Clare Baldwin and Jonathan Stempel, JPMorgan's Dimon get $17 million package, 5S">0)8euters,
February 18, 2011
5
Clare Baldwin and Jonathan Stempel, JPMorgan's Dimon get $17 million package, 5S">0)8euters,
February 18, 2011
Copyright 2011 376
_____________________________________________________________________
3r!or!ty *( +top GMade !n 5#!naH 1ro& De"troy!n% A&er!$a
1

Currency spat: China threatens trade war with US, 5S">0, October 4, 2011
T#e B!%%e"t 5#allen%e o1 O.r T!&e
1
Dave Carpenter and Jeannine Aversa, Americans net worth is continuing to rise, 5S">0)Associated
Press, March 10, 2011
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U.S. Adds Just 18,000 Jobs in June, Unemployment Up, /nternational >usiness Times, July 8, 2011
)or,pla$e Fa!rne""
1
J. Kane Latta, One Less Privacy ntrusion: Bill to End Pre-Employment Credit Checks, Truthout,
September 15, 2010
2
September 15, 2010
3
September 15, 2010
4
Joel Stonington, Boys-only boards: Where the women aren't at the top, 5S">0)>loomberg >usinessweek,
June 27, 2011
Ta< t#e Me%a4R!$#, Mo"t 0"pe$!ally T#e!r 0"tate"
1
Poll: Tax the rich to balance the budget, 5S">0)8euters, January 3, 2011
Too Many 3eople and No Jo7"
1
Andy Kroll, The persistent black-white employment gap, Salon July 5, 2011

2
3
4
5
6
7
Steven Camarota
,
An Examination of Minority Voters' Views on mmigration, 0enter or /mmigration
Studies, February 2010
8
Steven Camarota
,
An Examination of Minority Voters' Views on mmigration, 0enter or /mmigration
9
Steven Camarota
,
An Examination of Minority Voters' Views on mmigration, Center for mmigration
10
Brett Zongker, Thousands honor MKK at memorial dedication in D.C., MSNBC/AP, October 16, 2011
11
12
13
Public Opinion Polls on mmigration

(A/8 website, August 2011

14

15

16

FAR website, August 2011
17

18

19

20
Rita Handrich, mmigration Polls and Lying College Grads and Liberals, Geene Trial 0onsultants website,
June 2011
21
Steven Camorota, Public Opinion in Mexico on U.S. mmigration, Zogby Poll Examines Attitudes, October
2009
22
2009
23
2009
Copyright 2011 377
_____________________________________________________________________
24
2009
25
Wikipedia, Migrant deaths along the Mexico United States border, September 29, 2011
B."t!n% t#e Monopol!e" and 0nd!n% t#e Mer%er and A$=.!"!t!on 5ra>e
1
Richard Brunell, AA Comments Before the FCC, AA/, May 31, 2011
2
Richard Brunell, AA Comments Before the FCC, AA/, May 31, 2011
0nd t#e Br!7ery( 5o&pre#en"!2e 5a&pa!%n F!nan$e Re1or& ? NO)I
1
Aaron Smith, The nternet and Campaign 2010, 1ew 8esearch 0enter, March 17, 2011
2
Aaron Smith, The nternet and Campaign 2010, 1ew 8esearch 0enter, March 17, 2011
0le$t!on Re1or&" and Ne 3ol!t!$al 3art!e"
1
0ooe!org, June 22, 2011
2
3
4
5#an%e and Re1or&at!on a G;o ToH -.!de
1 Jake Brewer, The Tragedy of Political Advocacy, The 6uington 1ost, October 25, 1010
Copyright 2011 378

Monoply

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Monoply

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Вам также может понравиться